The
PAN-PACIFIC
ENTOMOLOGIST
Volume 66 January 1990 Number 1
* Published by the PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
in cooperation with THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
(ISSN 0031-0603)
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
EDITORIAL BOARD
J. T. Sorensen, Editor
S. S. Shanks, Treasurer
J. T. Doyen J. E. Hafernik, Jr.
R. M. Bohart
J. A. Powell
Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed¬
ings usually appearing in the October issue. All communications regarding non¬
receipt of numbers, requests for sample copies, and financial communications
should be addressed to: Sandra Shanks, Treasurer, Pacific Coast Entomological
Society, Dept, of Biology, University of San Francisco, San Francisco, CA 94117.
Application for membership in the Society and changes of address should be
addressed to: Vincent F. Lee, Secretary, Pacific Coast Entomological Society,
Dept, of Entomology, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San
Francisco, CA 94118-4599.
Manuscripts, proofs, and all correspondence concerning editorial matters (but
not aspects of publication charges or costs) should be sent to: Dr. John T. Sorensen,
Editor, Pan-Pacific Entomologist, Insect Taxonomy Laboratory, California Dept,
of Food & Agriculture, 1220 N Street, Sacramento, CA 95814. See the back cover
for Information-to-Contributors, and volume 66 (1): 1-8, January 1990, for more
detailed information. Refer inquiries for publication charges and costs to the
Treasurer.
The annual dues, paid in advance, are $ 15.00 for regular members of the Society,
$7.50 for student members, or $20.00 for subscription only. Members of the
Society receive The Pan-Pacific Entomologist. Single copies of recent numbers
are $5.00 each or $20.00 per volume. Make checks payable to the Pacific Coast
Entomological Society.
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
OFFICERS FOR 1990
Robert V. Dowell, President Sandra S. Shanks, Treasurer
Leslie S. Saul, President-Elect Vincent F. Lee, Secretary
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST (ISSN 0031-0603) is published quarterly by the Pacific
Coast Entomological Society, c/o California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco,
CA 94118-4599. Second-class postage is paid at San Francisco, CA and additional mailing offices.
Postmaster: Send address changes to the Pacific Coast Entomological Society, c/o California Academy
of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-4599.
This issue mailed 1 May 1990
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist (ISSN 0031-0603)
PRINTED BY THE ALLEN PRESS, INC., LAWRENCE, KANSAS 66044, U.S.A.
THIS PUBLICATION IS PRINTED ON ACID-FREE PAPER.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66(1): 1-8, (1990)
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST:
FORMAT INFORMATION FOR CONTRIBUTORS
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist is published quarterly by the Pacific Coast Entomological Society, in
cooperation with the California Academy of Sciences. The journal serves as a refereed publication
outlet and accepts original manuscripts on all aspects of the biosystematics of insects and closely
related arthropods, especially articles dealing with their taxonomy, biology, behavior, ecology, life
history, biogeography and distribution. Articles with either a natural, descriptive orientation or a
technical and analytical emphasis are welcome. Articles that deal with the strictly economic aspects
of insects, however, are inappropriate for submission to the Pan-Pacific Entomologist. Manuscripts
must be in English, but foreign language summaries are permitted.
As of 1 January 1990, beginning with volume 66, number 1, the Pan-Pacific Entomologist will
employ changes in format which will be consistently applied. The format changes will require con¬
tributing authors to closely observe these guidelines. Because of comments by peer reviewers, but
more particularly copy editing, very few manuscripts are ultimately accepted without being redrafted
to incorporate changes.
Format
All manuscripts must be typed or printed on one side of 8.5 x 11 in nonerasable, high quality paper.
Three (3) copies of each manuscript must be submitted: an editor’s copy (original or high quality
photocopy), and two high quality review copies each including reductions of any figures to an 8.5 x 11
in page. Manuscripts must either be double or triple spaced in a legible typeface (preferably a serif
font) that makes identification of letters and numbers distinct, especially characters such as the number
1, lower case L, and upper case I. All margins should be 1.5 in, all pages must be numbered and the
senior author’s name should appear in the upper right comer of each page following the title page.
Do not break words with hyphenation at the right margin of the text.
The pages must be ordered and numbered separately in sequence as: title page (page 1), abstract
and key words page (page 2), text pages (pages 3+), acknowledgment page, literature cited pages,
footnote page, tables, figure caption page, original figures (unnumbered).
Title Page
The upper right comer must include the statement “Send galleys to:” and list the corresponding
author’s name, address including ZIP code, and phone number. Type the title of the manuscript in
all upper case letters in the center of the page. Use a title that is informative and specific, but as brief
as possible. Compound titles are permitted and are separated by a colon; do not include a serial
number in the title. The title should not include both the common name and scientific binomial of
an insect. Titles must list the order and family involved within parentheses and separated by a colon.
The name of each author should be typed in upper case letters several lines below the title. In no
case should the professional or academic title of authors be noted. Several lines below the author’s
name, the institutional affiliation should be typed in upper and lower case letters, as the sequence:
department, institution, city, state or province, postal ZIP code or equivalent, and country if different
from the United States or Canada. Abbreviations must not occur within affiliations or addresses, spell
out all words in the affiliation, but omit building and room numbers (i.e., Department of Entomological
Sciences, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720); do not use two letter postal abbre¬
viations for states. In institutional addresses use a street number (i.e., 2258 Howard Avenue) or
building (i.e., Wellman Hall) only if mail would not be likely to ultimately reach its destination without
that addition. If the address on an article is different from the author’s current correspondence address,
use a footnote number after the address associated with the title and supply the current correspondence
address on a separate footnote page.
If multiple authors are associated with different institutions or addresses, separate these addresses
with a semicolon; place a footnote marker after each author’s name, and before the respective address.
Abstract Page
The second page of the manuscript should contain only the abstract and key words. It is essential
that the abstract be concise, not exceeding 250 words. The abstract should be an informative digest
2
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(1)
of the significant findings or main conclusions of the article and is often the only information made
available by the abstracting publications. The abstract must be in a left indented paragraph format
and begin with the word Abstract in upper and lower case letters, underlined, and followed by a period
and two hyphens (i.e., Abstract .—). Begin the abstract to the right of the hyphen. When a taxonomic
binomial is first mentioned in the abstract, the author (unabbreviated) of the name must be stated.
Reference citation is not permitted in the abstract.
The key words paragraph (again, a left indented) follows several lines below the abstract. Its lead
is treated similarly to the abstract (i.e., Key Words .—). This is followed by five to seven key words or
concise phrases, the first of which should be “Insecta” (or the class of related arthropod if applicable).
The key words are aids to abstracting services that will index the article and as such should be chosen
wisely. You may repeat words or phrases from the title.
Text Pages
The text should generally follow the guidelines established in a recent edition of the Council of
Biological Editors Style Manual (CBE Style Manual Committee. 1983. CBE style manual: a guide for
authors, editors, and publishers in the biological sciences. 5th ed. Council of Biological Editors,
Bethesda, Maryland.). In the introduction avoid statements such as “The purpose of this paper
is . . .” and use instead simply “This paper . . .” followed by what is accomplished. Throughout the
article use simple and concise phrasing.
Major sections are delimited by centered headings using upper and lower case letters, such as:
Methods and Materials, Results, Discussion, Results and Discussion, Acknowledgment, Literature
Cited. Do not use a heading for the introduction. In taxonomic manuscripts the major headings might
include: Taxonomy, Biology, Behavior, etc. Minor headings are delimited as are the abstract and key
words paragraphs. Minor headings begin as left indented paragraphs with the word(s) in upper and
lower case letters and underlined, followed by a period and two hyphens (i.e., Description of Adult
Female .—).
References in the Text. — Cite published works by a single author by using the author’s last name
and the date of publication, without intervening punctuation (i.e., Burton 1989). For two authors cite
both names with an intervening asmpersand, but no punctuation, followed by the date (i.e., Burton
& Bickham 1989). For multiple authors, cite the senior author’s last name followed by “et al.” and
the date (i.e., Burton et al. 1989); place a period after “al” and do not indicate italics. When citing
multiple papers by an author or authors in a single year, follow the year by a lower case letter (i.e.,
Burton 1979a, b or Hicks 1986c). Lower case letters must follow the dates of the appropriate citations
in the Literature Cited section. Sequences of references in the text must be cited chronologically (i.e.,
Nelsonl978, Nieukoop & Sutasurya 1983, Raff 19 8 7). In cases where sequential citations occur within
the text and note multiple papers by the same author, the dates of articles should be separated by
commas and the authors separated by semicolons (i.e., Weber 1932, 1936, 1941; Whitcomb 1950,
1952; Henderson 1978, 1979). Citations within the text that include reference to pages, figures or
tables should be cited as: (Smith 1983: 149-153, Price 1985: fig. 7a, Nothwith 1987: table 3). Note
that citations within the text of illustrations or tables from other works should begin with a lower case
letter (i.e., fig. 2, table 2), to distinguish them from the figures and tables of the manuscript which
begin with upper case letters. All (and only) articles cited in the text must occur within the Literature
Cited section.
Cite as “in press” (i.e., Hawksworth in press), any manuscript which has been formally accepted
for publication by a journal (not which is in preparation, or that merely has been submitted, acknowl¬
edged, or is in review by a journal!); do not estimate a date of publication in either the text reference
or Literature Cited listing for articles that are in press. Data which does not exist in press (in this strict
sense) or in publication and is not being presented in the manuscript under consideration can be cited
as unpublished. If the unpublished data are from the sole author or all authors of the manuscript
under consideration, then cite simply as “(unpublished data)” but if the data are from only one of
multiple authors of the manuscript under consideration cite by initials (i.e., JAC, unpublished data).
Cite as “unpublished data” any manuscript in preparation or which has been submitted for publication
but has not yet been formally accepted after review. If the unpublished data are from a source other
that the author(s) of the manuscript under consideration, cite the data as a personal communication.
Personal communications should be kept to an absolute minimum, but where necessary should be
cited without abbreviation as: (D. Hille Ris Lambers, personal communication). Personal commu¬
nications and unpublished data citations are not listed in the Literature Cited section.
1990
FORMAT INFORMATION FOR CONTRIBUTORS
3
Measurements.— All measurements must be in metric units. Measurements in U.S. equivalents are
permissible only within quoted data (as from the label of a holotype), or within parentheses after their
metric counterpart if such display has a practical value. All fractions must be in decimal format (i.e.,
0.2, 0.33, 0.67, 0.125); if such numbers are less than one, place a zero before the decimal (i.e., 0.05,
not .05). When using measurement or count data and citing its range, mean and standard deviation,
use the format: low-high (mean ± SD) (i.e., 337-388 [361 ± 16]).
Numbers.— Numerals are expressed as their word equivalents if between one (1) and nine (9), unless
part of a sequence including values of 10 or greater; values greater than 10 are expressible as their
numbers. Always begin a sentence with the word equivalent of a numeral (i.e., “Four specimens were
. . .”)• When a large number begins a sentence it is usually preferable to modify the beginning of the
sentence to avoid awkwardness (i.e., “We examined 175 taxa . . .” rather than “One hundred and
seventy-five taxa were . . .”). Usage can be confusing, and acceptable examples are: “Six genera were
examined which contained a total of 26 species 10 males among the seven groups could
be classified into three categories...,” “The number of synapomorphies associated with each respective
intemodal segment in the phyletic sequence is: 3, 5, 13, 11, and 8.” Values representing counts or
distances should use their numerical rather than word equivalents, even if under 10; for example, in
the Material Examined section of a taxonomic paper use the data format: “.. . 3 km E of Wilsonville,
hwy 17, 6 males, 10 females,
Comparative Ratios.— Use a slash (/) rather than “per” to indicate standard units in relation to
other standard units (i.e., mg/liter, not mg per liter). Use “per” to indicate counts in relation to
nonstandard units (i.e., 10 insects per leaf). Indicate ratios using a colon (i.e., 10 males: 1 female).
Use a lower case “x” to indicate “times” in comparative ratios (i.e., mesothoracic width 0.8 x width).
Dates and Time.— Dates must be expressed in the format: day month year, without punctuation;
not as: month day, year. Months are abbreviated as their first three letters in upper and lower case:
Jan, Feb, Mar, Apr, May, Jun, Jul, Aug, Sep, Oct, Nov, Dec. Do not shorten the notation for the year,
cite in full (i.e., 1989, not 89 or ’89). Examples of acceptable dates are: 4 Jul 1990, 17 May 1753.
Time is expressed in 24 hour format followed by h. If appropriate, time zones can be noted following
the time, as a standard, three letter, upper case abbreviation. An example is 06:30 h (PDT), representing
6:30 AM, Pacific Daylight Time.
Italics.— Italics are indicated by underlining words. It is preferable not to use actual italicized words
in a manuscript, even if the capability exists in word processing, but rather to use a single underline
to denote words to be italicized; this promotes clarity and reduces the chance of error during the
editing and type-setting stages of publication. Italics are used only for taxonomic names, for denoting
minor subheading sections in the text, for highlighting categorical descriptors or “flags” within a block
of text, and for denoting mathematical variables as in formulae. Italics may be used to denote a word
which should stand out in a block of text. Examples are: the word “Thorax” when used within text
comprising a taxonomic description; the name of a county (or equivalent) when used in a Material
Examined section; the word “In” denoting a contribution to a larger work, as used in a bibliographic
citation in the Literature Cited section. Do not use italics to emphasize a word for effect in a sentence
(i.e., “Only some of the insects were . . .”). Do not indicate italics for Latin abbreviations such as:
i.e., e.g., ca., sic., et al., etc.
Abbreviations.— Reference to tables should not be abbreviated in the text, whereas reference to
figures should be (i.e., Table 4, Figs. 1-3, Fig. 6A); capitalize such references when they are part of
the manuscript but not in citations from other articles (i.e., Hamilton 1983: fig. 2, Rolling 1975: table
2). Abbreviations for conventional units are in lower case letters and not followed by a period. Examples
are: h, min, sec, km, m, mm, /um, cc, ml, g, mg, ng, kg. Spell liter completely, do not abbreviate as
95
Avoid the use of ca. by using approximately instead. States should be spelled out in full, do not use
their two letter postal abbreviations (except possibly in tables where space is at a premium). Do not
abbreviate male(s), female(s), morphs, castes or life forms as their symbols. Do not include periods
after, or spaces between, the letters of abbreviations of institutions (i.e., use USDA, NMNH and
BM[NH] for U.S. Department of Agriculture, National Museum of Natural History and British
Museum [Natural History], respectively). Abbreviate percent as %. Abbreviate feet as ft, not ('), when
necessary in elevations, after altitude in meters. Trademarks and registered brand names are noted as
® and ®, respectively.
Compass directions are presented entirely in upper case without periods (i.e., N, S, E, W, NW, SE,
NEE, SSW). Direction from a source, as in data presented in the Material Examined section of
taxonomic papers, should have the word “of” between the direction and source to avoid potential
4
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(1)
confusion in locality names (i.e., 3 km E of Palo Alto, instead of 3 km E Palo Alto, which should be
taken as East Palo Alto rather than East of Palo Alto).
Taxonomic Studies and Citations
Taxonomic works present special editorial problems in maintaining relative consistency within and
between articles on systematics within the journal. Because of these inherent problems, there is
necessarily less flexibility for style and format in taxonomic works in the journal than for articles on
solely biology.
Taxonomic Citations. — Upon the first mention of a species or lower level taxon in both the abstract
and text, the author of an animal taxon must be cited using the International Commission of Zoological
Nomenclature convention; botanical names must be so cited using the ICBN. Do not abbreviate the
generic name of a taxon upon first mention. The names of authors of taxa must not be abbreviated,
except for Linnaeus (as L.) and Fabricius (as Fabr.). If more than a single taxonomic author with the
same last name worked in the taxonomic group considered, the author’s initials should be used to
avoid confusion (i.e., Papilio bairdii W. H. Edwards, to avoid confusion with H. Edwards who was
also a lepidopterist). Multiple authorship for taxa should substitute an ampersand (&) for “and”
between the names (i.e., Gillette & Palmer).
When citing authors of taxa, citation of the year of description is optional; if used, however, the
year must be enclosed within parentheses and the citation must be considered a reference citation
within the article and be listed in the Literature Cited section (see below for an exception). Examples
are: Chaitophorus populellus Gillette & Palmer (1928) (where populellus was originally described in
Chaitophorus ), and Chaitophoruspopulifolii (Essig 1912) (where populifolii was not originally described
in Chaitophorus ). In these cases Gillette & Palmer (1928) and Essig (1912) must be listed in the
Literature Cited section. If no year citation is noted for a species when citing its author, a literature
citation is not invoked. The only exception to treating an author-year citation as a literature citation
is in checklists and synonymies, where year citations may be more appropriate than in the text, and
where the numbers of such citations would make literature citation unwieldy. In such cases, cite years
as C. populellus Gillette & Palmer, 1928, and C. populifolii (Essig), 1912.
All nomenclature erected in taxonomic studies must follow the rules established in the most recent
nomenclatural code by the ICZN. When mentioning the ICZN code, refer to it as such, rather that
just “the code.” At any mention of a particular article in the ICZN code, cite the publication date of
the code version used, to avoid confusion (i.e., “ . . . due to ICZN article 49 [ICZN 1985].”) and list
the code citation in the Literature Cited section (see the Literature Cited examples for citation of the
ICZN code).
New taxa or synonymies that are erected should be clearly and appropriately marked, or “flagged,”
in upper case letters after mention in the text (i.e., NEW GENUS, NEW SYNONYMY, NEW STATUS,
etc.), and notation should also occur in the abstract. New taxa must be listed with the name of the
describing author(s), even if the it is same as the manuscript author, after the binomial but before any
taxonomic “flag” (i.e., Diodontus retiolus Eighme, NEW SPECIES).
Descriptions and Diagnoses.— Taxa being described must have the following: a description (pref¬
erably with appropriate illustrations), and a separate diagnosis. The diagnosis must occur as a separate
paragraph delimited as “ Diagnosis .-” and must be concise but not in telegraphic style. Comment
briefly and only on those attributes required to separate the taxon from related taxa in the diagnosis.
The description must be delimited by a minor subheading, as is the diagnosis; it need, however,
not be labeled as “description” but rather can be labeled as a sex, life stage or form (i.e., male, egg,
larvae, viviparous apterae, etc.). Descriptions must be concise and be in telegraphic style. It is preferable
to separate major components with periods (i.e., legs), minor components with semicolons (i.e., tibiae,
tarsi) and the details of minor components with commas (i.e., color of tibiae and the forms of setae
on them). Avoid conjunctives as much as possible in telegraphic descriptions; also avoid “-ish”
adjective suffix forms of colors, such as “head yellow with brownish” using instead “head yellow with
slight brown”; avoid latin color descriptors (i.e., testaceous). An example is: “. . . Genitalia (Fig. 5A):
valve breadth greatest ventrally, filling entire vinicular area, bilobed and constricted near indentation,
caudal extension tapered, blunt terminally; saccus diminutive, lobate with rounded margins; aedeagus
robust, ceacum two-fifths aedeagal length.”
Types. —Descriptions and revisions also require comments on the types involved. Comments on
types are to be in a separate paragraph delimited as “ Types .—” that lists the type of type(s) (holotype,
paratype, etc.) erected, and their data and deposition. An example is: “Holotype, male (Figs. 2E, 5A)
1990
FORMAT INFORMATION FOR CONTRIBUTORS
5
deposited BM(NH), data: PERU. Cajamarca, 2800 m, Simons collection. Paratype, 1 male deposited
NMNH, (poor condition with tails broken off), data: same as holotype but 3800 m, O. T. Baron
collection, ex Hamilton collection 1919.” When citing data from the labels of types it is permissible
to quote within quotation marks. If not directly quoting from type labels, use the data format listed
below for material examined. The deposition of types must be noted appropriately and be in accord
with ICZN requirements. Deposition of types in private collections should be avoided for reasons of
“professionalism,” but when deposition is so designated, the ultimate intended deposition after the
death of the author(s) should be stated; neotypes require institutional deposition (ICZN 1985: article
75-d-6).
Keys.— Keys are not required in taxonomic works, but are highly recommended. When presented,
keys must be concise, clear, easy to follow and have reversibility provisions. Keys must also be in
adjacent couplet style, and each couplet should contain preferably more than a single, nonoverlapping
attribute. It must be clear to which life stage, sex, caste, morph, etc., the key pertains; keys requiring
more than a single such life form are discouraged, and it is recommended that separate keys be
provided in such cases.
Material Examined.— Data for material studied in taxonomic manuscripts must be listed under a
separate paragraph delimited as “ Material Examined .—This taxonomic section should have the
countries, as well as major (i.e., state, province) and minor (i.e., county or equivalent) political units
spelled out in upper case, with the minor political units also underlined for italics. Use the following
format, with modification as appropriate: USA. ARIZONA. APACHE Co.: 10 km N of Lupton, hwy
12, 2070 m, 11 Sep 1978, J. T. Sorensen (JTS 78118), P. ponderosa, 6 females. COCHISE Co.: nr
Rustler Park, Chiricahua Mts, 2500 m, 16 Sep 1978, J. T. Sorensen (JTS 78147), P. ponderosa, 12
females. COLORADO. ARCHULETA Co.: 25 km W of Pagosa Springs, hwy 160, 2140 m, 8 Aug
1978, J. T. Sorensen (JTS 78H50), P. ponderosa, 1 female. CANADA. BRITISH COLUMBIA.
Fairmont Hotsprings, hwy 93, 17 Jul 1978, J. T. Sorensen (JTS 78G91), P. ponderosa, 25 females.
Acknowledgment Page
Begin this section on a separate page and spell the heading as Acknowledgment, not as Acknowl¬
edgement, Acknowledgements or Acknowledgments. The acknowledgment should be concise, thanking
people first, institutions second where necessary, and grant or contract support third where appropriate.
Do not use the professional or academic titles of those being acknowledged. If the affiliations of those
acknowledged are included, do not abbreviate institutional names but do include their locations. Do
not abbreviate number as “No.” or as “#” in citing grant or contracts; rather, for example, cite as
“NSF grant BSR-8908456.”
Literature Cited Pages
Begin this section on a separate page, titled Literature Cited, not References, References Cited or
Bibliography. All paragraphs should be hanging format (left block first line and indented thereafter).
Do not list references which are not cited in the text. Do not list unpublished data, personal com¬
munications, or works in preparation in the Literature Cited section. Citations listed should be in
alphabetical order first and then in chronological order; if multiple citations bearing the same author(s)
and year are cited, they should be listed using lower case letters after the year and be in the sequence
in which they appear in the text. Do not use Ibid.
Authors cited are listed as last name first followed by initials for sole or senior authors and initials
followed by last name for subsequent authors. Omit reference to number (issue) in citations after the
volume. Omit the number of total pages in books, separates, pamphlets, etc. Abbreviate journal titles
as listed in the International Serials Catalogue: Part I: Catalogue (International Council of Scientific
Unions Abstracting Board, 1978). Do not abbreviate single word journal names (i.e., Evolution,
Ecology). All citations must fully cite the authors, even when more that one article is present for any
author(s). When listing articles or books, all letters in the title should be lower case, except the first
letter of the title’s first word and any proper nouns. Examples of acceptable citation formats follow:
One author articles:
Arnold, R. A. 1983. Speyeria callippe (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae): application of information-
theoretical and graph-clustering techniques to analyses of geographic variation and evalu¬
ation of classifications. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 76: 929-941.
6
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(1)
Two author articles:
Ferrari, J. A. & K. S. Rai. 1989. Phenotypic correlates of genome size variation in Aedes albopictus.
Evolution, 42: 895-899.
Articles with more than two authors:
Atchley, W. R., E. V. Nordheim, F. C. Gunsett & P. L. Crump. 1982. Geometric and probabilistic
aspects of statistical distance functions. Syst. Zool., 31: 445-460.
Manuscripts in press:
Sorensen, J. T. (in press). Three new species of Essigella (Homoptera: Aphididae). Pan-Pacif.
Entomol.
Books:
Anderson, T. W. 1984. An introduction to multivariate statistical analysis (2nd ed). John Wiley
& Sons, New York.
Parts of larger works:
Klecka, W. R. 1975. Discriminant analysis. Chapter 23. pp. 434-465. In Nie, N. H., C. H. Hull,
J. G. Jenkins, K. Steinbrenner & D. H. Brent. 1975. SPSS: statistical package for the social
sciences (2nd ed.). McGraw-Hill, New York.
Blackman, R. L., P. A. Brown & V. F. Eastop. 1987. Problems in pest aphid taxonomy: can
chromosomes plus morphometries provide some answers? pp. 233-238. In Holman, J., J.
Pelikan, A. G. F. Dixon & L. Weismann (eds.). Population structure, genetics and taxonomy
of aphids and Thysanoptera. Proc. international symposium held at Smolenice Czechoslo¬
vakia, Sept. 9-14, 1985. SPB Academic Publishing, The Hague, The Netherlands.
Proceedings of meetings:
Philbrick, R. N. (ed.). 1967. Proceedings of the symposium on the biology of the California
islands. Santa Barbara Botanic Garden, Santa Barbara, California.
Wilson, M. R. & L. R. Nault (eds.). 1987. Proceedings of the second international workshop on
leafhoppers and planthoppers of economic importance, held in Provo, Utah USA, 28th
July-1st August 1986. CAB International Institute of Entomology, London.
Governmental or Institutional publications:
Little, E. L. Jr., & W. B. Critchfield. 1969. Subdivisions of the genus Pinus (Pines). U.S. Dept.
Agric., Forest Serv. Misc. Publ., 1144.
Hafemik, J. E. Jr. 1982. Phenetics and ecology of hybridization in buckeye butterflies (Lepidop-
tera: Nymphalidae). Univ. Calif. Publ. Entomol., 96.
Anonymous Institutional or organizational publications:
International Code of Zoological Nomenclature. 1985. (3rd ed.) International Trust for Zoological
Nomenclature (BM[NH]). University of California Press, Berkeley, California.
California Department of Food & Agriculture. 1987. Environmental assessment of gypsy moth
and its eradication in California, 1987 program. California Department of Food & Agri¬
culture, Division of Plant Industry, Sacramento, California.
Theses and Dissertations:
Sorensen, J. T. 1983. Cladistic and phenetic analysis of Essigella aphids: systematics and phy¬
togeny in relation to their Pinaceae host plants (Homoptera: Aphididae, Lachninae). Ph.D.
Thesis, University of California, Berkeley.
Computer programs:
Felsenstein, J. 1984. PHYLIP—Phytogeny inference package (Version 2.5). (A phylogenetics
computer program package distributed by the author). J. Felsenstein, Dept, of Genetics,
University of Washington, Seattle, Washington.
1990
FORMAT INFORMATION FOR CONTRIBUTORS
7
Pimentel, R. A. & J. D. Smith. 1985. Biostat II. (A multivariate computer program package
distributed by the authors). Sigma Soft, Placentia, California.
Footnote Pages
All title and text footnotes must appear on a separate and numbered footnote page and be indicated
by consecutive superscript numbers. Author-line footnotes that denote a change of affiliation or current
address must also appear on the separate footnote page. Only multiple author and affiliation address
footnotes (as described under the title page section) should not be on the footnote page. Text footnotes
provide additional information and are usually discouraged; such information, if short, may preferably
be enclosed within parentheses in the text. Footnotes cannot not be used for acknowledgments, list
these in the Acknowledgment section.
Figure Caption Page
Figure captions should briefly interpret the figures but need not be complete sentences. Captions
should not unnecessarily repeat or explain information provided in the text. Be sure, however, to
adequately explain any graphics that employ symbols (i.e., graphs, charts, scattergrams) in their figure
captions. The caption for each plate or block of illustrations should be represented by a separate left
block paragraph. If several figures are illustrated on a single plate, each figure may be cited separately
as a sequential Arabic number. Alternatively, each individual figure making up a plate may be cited
as a subcomponent and labeled sequentially and alphabetically (preferably as an upper case letter)
when the plate itself bears a single Arabic number. In the former case, appropriate citation for a plate
containing several figures would be the figure caption paragraph: “Figures 1-3. Thoracic morphology
of Rhyacophila chordata (lateral views). Figure 1. Prothorax. Figure 2. Mesothorax. Figure 3. Meta¬
thorax.” In the latter case, the paragraph would state: “Figure 1. Thoracic morphology of Rhyacophila
chordata (lateral views). A. Prothorax. B. Mesothorax. C. Metathorax.”
Do not use “multiple nested” explanations when multiple figures of different subjects appear on the
same figure plate. For example, the following format is unacceptable: “Figures 1-4. Aphid taxonomic
characters. Figures 1-2. Myzus persicae. Figure 1. Siphunculi. Figure 2. Cauda. Figures 3-4. Myzus
cerasi. Figure 3. Siphunculi. Figure 4. Cauda.” Instead use a format such as: “Figures 1-4. Aphid
taxonomic characters. Figure 1. Myzus persicae, siphunculi. Figure 2. Myzus persicae, cauda. Figure
3. Myzus cerasi, siphunculi. Figure 4. Myzus cerasi, cauda.”
Illustrations
Illustrations must be of high quality and large enough to stand reduction. Authors must plan their
illustrations to reduce to a 117 x 181 mm (approximately 4.5 x 7.0 in) galley bed, allowing space for
the figure caption below the figure. They are strongly encouraged, however, to provide illustrations
which are not larger than 8.5 x 11 in format for easy handling; damage to larger illustration formats
is the responsibility of the author(s). Do not attach legends to the illustrations. Figures must be
numbered in the order presented. Multiple figures on a plate may be numbered or lettered (preferably
upper case). All illustrations must be mounted; the editor will not handle loose illustrations.
Line drawings must be done in black, waterproof ink (i.e., India ink). The original drawings need
not necessarily be submitted, but copies submitted must be of equal quality. Photostats (from nega¬
tives), the highest quality photocopies, or laser-printer output may be acceptable, provided the black
lines are uniformly and absolutely black and the background is absolutely and uniformly white. Multiple
figures on a plate must be grouped closely to eliminate unnecessary large spaces between the illustra¬
tions. Photographs must be trimmed and mounted, abutting each other; they must not be less than
the width of the printed page. Lettering must be consistent throughout, and appropriately sized for
the potential reduction so that it does not reduce to less than 1 mm. Lettering must be of quality
appearance; hand lettering or typewriter lettering is not acceptable for illustrations.
If return of original illustrations is desired, request it when the manuscript is originally submitted.
To avoid confusion and loss at the press, all original illustrations submitted should be labeled with
nonreproducible, light blue pencil on the back noting the following: (1) figure number, (2) direction
of top as indicated by an arrow, (3) author’s name, (4) title of the manuscript, and (5) journal. For
guidance in preparing illustrations for optimal presentation, consult the following books:
Hodges, E. R. S. (ed.) 1989. The guide handbook of scientific illustration. Van Nostrand Reinhold,
New York.
8
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 66(1)
Papp, C. S. 1976. Manual of scientific illustration, with special chapters on photography, cover
design and book manufacturing. American Visual Aid Books, Sacramento, California.
Tables
Because of the expense involved in reproducing tables, their use should be kept to a minimum.
Tables should have a short title and be numbered in Arabic numerals (i.e., Table 1). Each table must
be double-spaced and can be continued on additional sheets of paper as necessary. Do not reduce
tables. Double-space all segments of the table, including title, heading, body and any footnotes. Use
standard abbreviations for column heads. Nonstandard abbreviations may be used sparingly and must
be defined in footnotes. Table footnotes are indicated by consecutive use of lower case letters. Tables
must be numbered in the order presented.
Scientific Notes
As an alternative format, the Pan-Pacific Entomologist also publishes scientific notes to allow an
outlet for contributions which are not judged suitable for full length articles. Scientific notes use an
abbreviated format. The title is in full upper case and as a centered paragraph. No abstract, key words,
footnotes or major and minor section headings are permitted. Minimal use of figures and tables is
permitted.
A Literature Cited section is not allowed. Reference citations are kept to a minimum, but when
necessary are cited initially in the format (Bohart, R. M. 1989. Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 65: 156-161.),
without title. After being cited initially, if it becomes necessary to cite a reference again, simply cite
it as author and year, in this instance: (Bohart 1989) or Bohart (1989). Avoid citing contributions to
larger and edited works or those which entail lengthy citations, to maximize reading ease.
An Acknowledgment paragraph is permitted, but is handled as a paragraph with a left indented,
minor subheading (i.e., Acknowledgment . —). Authors and affiliations are cited as the last left indented
paragraph of the note, with the affiliation underlined for italics as:
John T. Sorensen, Insect Taxonomy Laboratory, California Department of Food & Agriculture,
Sacramento, California 95814.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66(1): 9-12, (1990)
BEE POLLINATION OF CUPHEA (LYTHRACEAE)
SPECIES IN GREENHOUSE AND FIELD
Frank D. Parker 1 and Vincent J. Tepedino 2
‘U.S. Department of Agriculture, Agricultural Research Service,
Screwworm Research, American Embassy,
PSC Box 342, APO Miami, Florida 34020
2 U.S. Department of Agriculture, Agricultural Research Service,
Bee Biology & Systematics Laboratory,
Utah State University, Logan, Utah 84322-5310
Abstract. — Several species of native bees were examined as pollinators of three species of Cuphea,
a prospective oil-seed crop, in greenhouse and field trials, and records of flower visitation by
bees were assembled from literature and museum sources. The most successful pollinator in the
greenhouse was the gregarious megachilid, Osmia bruneri Cockerell, which constructed 106 nests
and produced 139 progeny using the pollen, nectar and leaves of Cuphea leptopoda Hemsley.
Two female Xylocopa californica Cresson also produced progeny in the greenhouse. In the field,
the only consistent visitors of Cuphea were three species of bumblebees ( Bombus fervidus (Fabr.),
B. huntii Greene and B. occidentalis Greene).
Key Words. — Insecta, Cuphea, Osmia, Xylocopa, Bombus, pollination, seed production, oil-seed
crop, brood
Cuphea is a large genus of plants (260 species) with potential agricultural im¬
portance because the seeds of some species contain oils that are rich in medium-
chain fatty acids (MCT). Such oils contain a high proportion of lauric acid whose
main source is coconut and palm kernel, and capric acid which is derived from
petrochemicals. These MCTs have important industrial applications (Hirsinger
& Knowles 1984, Thompson 1984, Hirsinger 1985).
Several federal and state research units are conducting intensive breeding pro¬
grams to develop Cuphea for commercial production. Because many of the species
being studied require animal vectors to transport pollen from one plant to another,
seed set is contingent upon providing effective pollinators. Although species in
the genus display a wide variety of pollination syndromes, including hummingbird
pollination (Feinsinger 1976), insects appear to be the most important pollinators
of species with commercial promise. The honeybee, Apis mellifera L., however,
does not visit flowers of many cross-pollinated species, even under duress (S. J.
Knapp, personal communication). Thus, this study was conducted to find man¬
ageable bee species that would visit and pollinate the flowers. In addition, we
assemble available bee-flower association records from various sources.
Methods and Materials
Three species of Cuphea were grown from seeds. Seedlings of Cuphea leptopoda
Hemsley were planted in a greenhouse (6 x 6 x 3 m) in February, 1986. Flowering
of the 450 plants began 1 May and continued until October. In June, two flats of
blooming C. lutea Rose in Koehne, an autogamous species, were introduced to
the same room. At the same time, about 100 plants each of C. laminuligera
Koehne and C. lutea were planted at Greenville Experimental Farm, North Logan,
10
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(1)
Table 1. Species of bees released in greenhouse containing Cuphea plants and numbers of cells
produced. Logan, Utah 1986.
Species
No. adults
Date
No. nests
Ashmeadiella aridula
1922, 466
2-7 May
0
Chelostoma minutum
2022, 20 66
20 Jun
0
Hoplitis fulgida
2622, 2066
24-25 Jun
0
Osmia bruneri
2422, 166
27-30 May
106
Osmia sanrafaelae
2122, 1266
27-30 May
1 +
Xylocopa arizonensis
222, 366
27 Apr
2
Utah, to provide flowers for field visitation by pollinating insects. These flowers
were observed several times each week and flower visitors were recorded.
The bee species tested as potential pollinators in the greenhouse were an ar¬
bitrary selection of those obtained from trap nests placed in Utah in 1985. In
addition, several adults (three males, two females) of Xylocopa californica Cresson
were also tested. These bees were found overwintering in a dead Yucca flower
stalk collected near St. George, Washington Co., Utah, in February. The bees and
stalks were held at 3° C until late April and then set among the blooming Cuphea
in the greenhouse.
Nesting units of several types were included for the megachilid bees. Some were
wood blocks with holes drilled therein. Two sizes of soda straws (5, 8.5 mm) were
alternately inserted in the holes. Other wood blocks contained 10 holes each of
5 diameters (2, 4, 6, 8, 10 mm) in Latin square design but without straw inserts.
Elderberry (Sambucus sp.) stems with 3 mm diameter holes drilled longitudinally
through the pith to a depth of 45 mm, and 3 mm holes drilled 1-2 mm into the
pith perpendicular to the longitudinal axis, were also provided. Finally, several
elderberry stems, each with 12 mm diameter holes drilled perpendicular to the
longitudinal axis and into the pith, were included as nest sites for X. californica.
Results and Discussion
Greenhouse Visitation. — Five species of megachilid bees and X. californica were
released in the greenhouse with Cuphea. The date and number of bees released,
and the number of nests recovered, are shown in Table 1. Only C. leptopoda was
consistently visited. The rare visits to C. lutea plants by Osmia and Xylocopa
were of brief duration. The bees clearly preferred C. leptopoda. The avoidance of
the flowers by half of the species is probably related to the presence of glandular
trichomes on the flower (Hirsinger & Knowles 1984), which frequently entangled
the mouthparts of foraging bees. Even large carpenter bees occasionally had dif¬
ficulty in freeing themselves from the viscous flowers.
Of the megachilids, only the metallic-blue Osmia bruneri Cockerell constructed
many nests and reared much brood on the pollen and nectar of Cuphea. Pollen
and nectar were collected from about 08:30-19:00 h. These bees produced 139
cells of which 80.5% contained live adults in diapause in September. Most nests
(98) and progeny (125) were produced in wood blocks in holes of 5-6 mm diameter
and irrespective of whether straws were present.
1990
PARKER & TEPEDINO: BEE POLLINATION OF CUPHEA
11
Female O. bruneri exclusively masticated pieces of Cuphea leaves to line and
partition their nests even though plants of other acceptable species were provided
for this purpose. This leaf selection behavior is noteworthy in that O. bruneri has
refused leaves of other crop plants such as red clover ( Trifolium pratense L.) in
other greenhouse studies (FDP, unpublished data). Thus, managing this bee for
Cuphea pollination in greenhouse or field is simplified because it is unnecessary
to provide another plant species as a leaf source.
Other attributes of O. bruneri make its use as a greenhouse pollinator of Cuphea
promising. Populations of this spring bee are abundant and can be obtained by
placing trap nests in mountainous locations in many western states. Its nesting
behavior has been studied in the greenhouse by Frohlich (1983) whose data and
that of Parker (FDP, unpublished data) show that several sizes of boring (10, 8,
6, 4 mm) are accepted for nesting. Osmia bruneri is univoltine and enters diapause
in the adult stage in the fall. Adults can then be stored overwinter at 3° C until
needed the following spring. At that time, nests with adults are incubated at 30°C
for a few days to break diapause. A small percentage of overwintering adults are
parsivoltine; i.e., diapause is not broken until the second spring (FDP, unpublished
data).
A single nest with a few cells was produced by a female Osmia sanrafaelae
Parker, a species whose life cycle and management requirements (Parker 1984)
are similar to O. bruneri. The female nested in a chamber formed by the meeting
of L-shaped metal joints that held the sides of the plant beds together. Other O.
sanrafaelae were observed collecting pollen and cutting and gathering pieces of
Cuphea leaves. These females probably also produced nests in obscure places but
those nests were not found.
Both X. californica females lived for approximately two months and used Cu¬
phea pollen and nectar to produce progeny. In contrast, adult males died about
a week after their introduction to the greenhouse. Although males were seen to
attempt copulation with females several times at the flowers, females produced
only a few male offspring each and, thus, may have remained unmated. Foraging
was limited to early morning and late evening; during the heat of the day, they
remained in their nests.
Should Cuphea be grown commercially in the desert southwest, X. californica
could be an important pollinator. Nests are commonly found in flower stalks of
Yucca and Agave in Arizona and New Mexico. It may be feasible to collect stalks
containing quiescent adults and transport them to agricultural plantings.
Field Visitation. — Only eight species of bees were recorded visiting Cuphea
plants in the field and of these, only the three species of bumblebees ( Bombus sp.)
were numerous. The following species were collected from C. laminuligera : B.
fervidus (Fabr.), B. huntii Greene, and B. occidentalis Greene. Three specimens
of Dialictus sp., one Agapostemon texanus Cresson and one Megachile rotundata
(Fabr.) were also taken from this same species. A few specimens of Anthophora
urbana Cresson and Calliopsis coloradensis Cresson were collected from C. lute a.
Both species produced abundant seed. Cuphea lutea, however, is known to be
autofertile (Hirsinger & Knowles 1984).
Collection Records.— The most intriguing information is from S. J. Knapp
(personal communication) who collected 6 bees from C. laminuligera in Mexico.
All specimens but one Bombus sonorus Say were Loxoptilus longifellator LaBerge
12
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(1)
(Anthophoridae). This is the first flower association for Loxoptilus, a genus char¬
acterized by peculiar pads of curved hairs on the galea. Perhaps these hair pads
enable Loxoptilus females to more effectively negotiate the viscous trichomes of
Cuphea flowers.
We (FDP) recently (July 1987) collected four species of bees foraging on an
unknown species of Cuphea in the state of Chiapas, Mexico. Females of two new
species [Anthidium and Dianthidium (Mecanthidium)\ were collecting pollen, but
the others {Bombus mexicanus Cresson and Anthidium maculifrons Smith) were
collecting only nectar. L. A. Stange collected both sexes of an undescribed mega-
chilid, Hypanthidioides (Moureanthidium ), from flowers of Cuphea in Argentina.
Hurd (1979) listed Augochloropsis metallica metallica (Fabr.) and Melissodes te-
paneca Cresson visiting C. balsamona and Melissodes bimaculata bimaculata
(Lep.) from C. petiolata. Whether any of these bee-flower records represent as¬
sociations that are more than fortuitous remains to be studied.
Acknowledgment
We are most grateful to S. J. Knapp (Oregon State University, Corvallis) for
supplying seeds, bee specimens, unpublished information, and for reviewing the
manuscript. The nest of Xylocopa californica was found and donated by Utah
State University students D. Broemeling and N. Youssef. Technical assistance
was supplied by D. Veirs, M. E. Klomps, S. Jennings and J. Hennebold. The
manuscript also benefited from reviews by W. E. LaBerge and A. E. Thompson.
This is a contribution from the Utah Agricultural Experiment Station, Utah
State University, Logan, Utah 84322-4810, Journal Paper No. 3455, and USDA-
Agricultural Research Service-Bee Biology & Systematics Laboratory, Utah State
University, Logan, Utah 84322-5310.
Literature Cited
Feinsinger, P. 1976. Organization of a tropical guild of nectarivorus birds. Ecol. Monogr., 46: 257-
291.
Frohlich, D. R. 1983. On the nesting biology of Osmia ( Chenosmia ) bruneri. J. Kans. Entomol. Soc.,
56:123-130.
Hirsinger, F. 1985. Agronomic potential and seed composition of Cuphea, an annual crop for lauric
and capric seed oils. JAOCS, 62: 76-80.
Hirsinger, F. & P. F. Knowles. 1984. Morphological and agronomic description of selected Cuphea
germplasm. Econ. Bot., 38: 439-451.
Hurd, P. D., Jr. 1979. Apoidea. pp. 1741-2209. In Krombein, K. V., P. D. Hurd, Jr., D. R. Smith
& B. D. Burks (eds.). Catalog of Hymenoptera in America north of Mexico. Smithsonian
Institution Press, Washington, D.C.
Parker, F. D. 1984. A candidate legume pollinator, Osmia sanrafaelae Parker. J. Apic. Res., 24:
132-136.
Thompson, A. E. 1984. Cuphea—& potential new crop. Hort. Science, 19: 352-354.
Received 23 February 1988; accepted 3 April 1989.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66(1): 13-18, (1990)
DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF METRIUS
(COLEOPTERA: CARABIDAE: PAUSSINI) FROM IDAHO
WITH COMMENTS ON THE TAXONOMIC STATUS OF THE
OTHER TAXA OF THE GENUS
Yves Bousquet and Henri Goulet
Biosystematics Research Center,
Agriculture Canada, Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0C6, Canada
Abstract. — A new species of Metrius Eschscholtz, M. explodens Bousquet & Goulet, is described
from Idaho. Specimens representing the three previously described Metrius taxa were examined,
but conclusions as to the taxonomic status of each of these taxa could not be drawn from the
material at hand.
Key Words. — Insecta, Carabidae, Metrius explodens, bionomics, interspecific variations
The genus Metrius Eschscholtz (1829) as recently discussed (Bousquet 1986),
represents the sister-group of the remaining Paussini (= ozaenines + paussines
of authors). The adults are odd, looking superficially more like tenebrionids than
carabids. The genus is confined to the Pacific Coast, ranging from southern British
Columbia to the Sierra Nevada in California. The beetles live along forest edges
and in woodlands under rocks, rotten logs and in leaf litter. Lindroth (1961)
recognized two species of Metrius, M. contractus Eschscholtz (1829) and M. ser-
iceus Rivers (1900) but Van Dyke (1925) suggested they may represent subspecies
of a single species. In the same paper, Van Dyke (1925) described a subspecies,
M. contractus planatus, from the alpine areas of the Lake Tahoe region.
This paper describes a new species of Metrius collected several years ago in
Idaho, compares it with Metrius, and briefly discuss the status of taxa within
Metrius.
Metrius explodens Bousquet & Goulet, New Species
Type Material. — Holotype (male) and paratype (male). IDAHO: “Ida: Idaho
Co. Hwy 12, 39 mi N.E. Lowell (2860') 30.VII.1968, R.E. Leech.” The holotype
is deposited in the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco (CAS Type
No. 16494) and the paratype in the Canadian National Collection, Ottawa (CNC
No. 20010).
Description. —Coloration: body, including palpi and legs, uniformly brownish with head and first
four antennomeres slightly darker than remaining parts. Microsculpture: nearly entire body with
isodiametric, flat microsculpture. Head: frons with one supraorbital seta on each side; clypeus with
one long seta on each side and one to three smaller ones medially; labrum with 13-14 setae along
anterior margin; eyes small, flat; antennae pubescent from fifth segment, antennomere X about 2 x
as long as wide. Mentum with epilobes rounded anteriorly; tooth truncate; labial pits not apparent;
paraglossa fused to ligula; ligula with one pair of setae near anterior margin; last segments of both
labial and maxillary palpi slightly dilated in apical half; penultimate labial palpomere with two long
setae on anterior margin and usually a few additional smaller setae. Pronotum (Fig. 2): pronotum
rather flat, about 1.5 x wider than long; lateral margins barely sinuate in posterior half, with three or
four (only two unilaterally in one specimen) setae on each side; lateral bead thin, especially in anterior
half; anterior angles rather protruding, rounded; posterior angles sharp, distinctly protruding poste¬
riorly; base without lateral impression; basal margin strongly sinuate. Elytra: elytra oviform, convex,
14
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(1)
Figure 1. Metrius explodens Bousquet & Goulet.
1990
BOUSQUET & GOULET: A NEW METRIUS
15
2
3
4 5
Figures 2-5. Figure 2. Pronotum, M. explodens. Figure 3. Pronotum, M. contractus. Figure 4.
Aedeagus (left lateral view), M. explodens. Figure 5. Aedeagus (left lateral view), M. contractus.
coalescent, without discal or parascutellar setae; striae shallow; intervals slightly convex. Underside:
underside impunctate; prothoracic epipleura as wide anteriorly as at middle; prostemum and prostemal
apophysis with setae medially; apophysis not margined, pointed at apex; metastemum and metepi-
stemum short; metastemum with a few setae laterally; metepimera distinct; abdominal stemite III
with a patch of small setae at level of trochanter; stemites III, IV and V with two or three setae on
each side near posterior margin; stemite VI with a few setae medially and usually with two setae on
each side at posterior margin. Legs: tibiae smooth dorsally near apex; fore tibia with 8-10 clip setae;
all tarsomeres sparsely pubescent dorsally; last tarsomeres with rows of spiniform setae on ventral
side; first three fore tarsomeres of male with adhesive setae ventrally; middle tibia densely pubescent
in apical half; hind trochanter with two or three small setae dorsobasally and one longer seta near
posterior margin. Genitalia (Fig. 4): median lobe of aedeagus with apical part distinctly curved, nearly
perpendicular to remaining part, apex straight, not twisted in lateral view, rounded in dorsal view;
parameres asymmetric, left one without setigerous puncture, right one with brush of hair apically on
medial side. Body length: 11.0-11.5 mm.
Diagnosis .—The other Metrius differ most importantly from this species by
the following character states: microsculpture on body convex or beadlike; eyes
more convex; antennae proportionally shorter, antennomere X approximately
1.5 x longer than wide; epilobe of mentum longer and more oblique anteriorly;
tooth of mentum emarginate; lateral margins of pronotum (Fig. 3) more sinuate
in posterior half, with two setae on each side; lateral bead thick over entire length;
pronotum with anterior angles more protruding and more or less angulate, pos¬
terior angles less protruding posteriorly; elytral intervals flat; prothoracic epipleura
16
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 66(1)
M. contractus
ffc M. contractus
form planatus
(f) M. contractus
form sericeus
Figure 6. Distribution (including M. explodens [■]) and variation of the apex of median lobe
(dorsal view) of M. contractus (•), M. contractus form “ planatus ” (3) and M. contractus form “ sericeus ”
(O). Outside the map, M. contractus is also known from Vancouver, B.C.
wider anteriorly than at middle; prostemal apophysis rounded apically; abdominal
stemites III, IV and V usually with only one seta on each side at posterior margin;
tibiae more or less furrowed dorsally near apex; first two fore tarsomeres of male
with adhesive setae ventrally; metatrochanter without setae basally; median lobe
of aedeagus with apex twisted (Fig. 5), left paramere usually with few small setae
apically (Fig. 5).
Etymology. — The specific name explodens is derived from the Latin verb ex-
plodo, -ere (in the figurative expression to expel). It refers to the ability of the
species to expel the content of the pygidial glands like the bombardier beetles (H.
B. Leech, personal communication).
Distribution. — The species if known only from the type locality in Idaho.
Bionomics. — The two specimens of M. explodens were collected in a partly
logged pine-fir forest adjacent to a river (H. B. Leech, personal communication).
Leech (1971) reported collecting a female of the spider Callobius enus (Chamberlin
& Ivie) eating an adult of M. explodens. He also noted that the egg sac of the
spider was covered with remains of Metrius.
Taxonomic Status of Other Metrius Taxa. —In addition to the new species,
three Metrius taxa have been described previously: (1) M. contractus, occurring
BOUSQUET & GOULET: A NEW METRIUS
17
1990
Figures 7, 8. Figure 7. Microsculpture near the middle of the fifth elytral interval, M. contractus.
Figure 8. Same, M. contractus form “ sericeus
from SW British Columbia to southern California along the coast and in the Sierra
Nevada, usually at low elevation (< 600 m); (2) M. planatus, a montane form
recorded from near Lake Tahoe and from the Yosemite National Park, originally
described as a subspecies of contractus ; (3) M. sericeus, found in the southern
Sierra Nevada, from Kings Canyon and Sequoia National Parks to northern part
of Kern County.
Differentiation between these three forms is based on the shape of the apex of
the median lobe of the aedeagus and the type of microsculpture of the elytral disc.
These differences are summarized in Table 1.
Whether this complex consists of a single species or three taxa (subspecies or
species) is uncertain. The form planatus appears to be intermediate both geo¬
graphically and in the shape of the microsculpture. On the other hand, the dif¬
ference in the shape of the median lobe of these three forms, though slight, is
constant. Moreover, one typical male of contractus was found in proximity to the
other two forms that occur in the Sierra Nevada. We feel that better sampling of
Metrius from the Sierra Nevada is needed to resolve the complex. Therefore, we
currently consider all specimens to represent one species, M. contractus Esch-
scholtz, without recognition of subspecific status for the different forms.
Two of these three forms show no geographical variation. Adults of the form
contractus are uniform from southern British Columbia south to San Francisco,
California. From there southward, they tend to be smaller.
This study is based on 601 adults from the California Academy of Sciences,
Table 1. Distribution of character states between the three forms of M. contractus
Character states
Forms
Apex of median lobe (Fig. 6)
Elytral microsculpture
contractus
symetrically fanlike and sharp
laterally
sculpticells moderately convex and meshed
(Fig. 7)
“ planatus ”
symetrically fanlike and round
laterally
sculpticells convex and not meshed in spots
“ sericeus ”
asymetrically expanded
sculpticells very convex (wartlike) and not
meshed (Fig. 8)
18
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(1)
San Francisco and from the Biosystematics Research Center, Ottawa. All speci¬
mens studied were labelled according to the form to which they belong to facilitate
future studies.
Acknowledgment
We thank H. B. Leech and D. Kavanaugh (California Academy of Sciences,
San Francisco) for the loan of specimens; A. Smetana and J. M. Campbell (Bio¬
systematics Research Center, Agriculture Canada, Ottawa) for reviewing the
manuscript; and G. Sato for preparing the habitus and inking the drawings.
Literature Cited
Bousquet, Y. 1986. Description of first-instar larva of Metrius contractus Eschscholtz (Coleoptera:
Carabidae) with remarks about phylogenetic relationships and ranking of the genus Metrius
Eschscholtz. Can. Entomol., 118: 373-388.
Eschscholtz, J. P. 1829. Zoologischer Atlas, enthaltend Abbildungen und Beschreibungen neuer
Thierarten, wahrend des Flottcapitains v. Kotzebue zweiter Reise um die Welt, auf der Russisch-
Kaiserlichen Kreigsschlupp Predpriaetie in den Jahren 1823-1826. Erstes Heft. G. Reimer,
Berlin.
Leech, R. E. 1971. Revision of the Amaurobiid spiders of the Nearctic Region (Arachnida: Araneida).
Ph.D. Thesis, University of Alberta.
Lindroth, C. H. 1961. The ground-beetles (Carabidae, excl. Cicindelinae) of Canada and Alaska.
Part 2. Opusc. Entomol. Suppl., 20: 1-200.
Rivers, J. J. 1900. A new Metrius from California. Entomol. News, 11: 389.
Van Dyke, E. C. 1925. Studies of western North American Carabinae (Coleoptera) with descriptions
of new species. Pan-Pacific Entomol., 1:111-125.
Received 9 February 1989; accepted 13 October 1989.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66(1): 19-23, (1990)
FEMALE NESTING BEHAVIOR AND MALE
TERRITORIALITY IN
APHILANTHOPS SUBFRIGIDUS DUNNING
(HYMENOPTERA: SPHECIDAE)
Kevin M. O’Neill
Entomology Research Laboratory, Montana State University,
Bozeman, Montana 59717
Abstract. — The behavior of females and males of Aphilanthops subfrigidus Dunning was studied
in southcentral Montana in 1987, 1988, and 1989. As with the related species A. frigidus (F.
Smith), females of A. subfrigidus were found to specialize on alate queens of Formica (F. subpolita
Mayr) that they capture at mating swarms of this ant. Several aspects of female nesting behavior
are described, including their reaction to the presence of miltogrammine flies in the nesting area.
In addition, male territoriality and scent-marking, which are widespread within the Philanthinae,
are reported for the first time for this genus.
Key Words.— Insecta, Aphilanthops, Formica subpolita, nesting, territory
Aphilanthops is one of three North American genera of the sphecid subfamily
Philanthinae with females that provision their nests with ants (Bohart & Menke
1976). Females of Clypeadon and Listropygia prey upon workers of Pogonomyr-
mex spp., with each wasp species apparently specializing on a single species of
ant. Female Aphilanthops frigidus (Smith), restrict their prey to alate queens of
Formica (Peckham & Peckham 1905, Wheeler 1913, Evans 1962). Several prey
records obtained for A. subfrigidus Dunning suggest that it also specializes upon
queens of Formica spp. (Evans 1970). In contrast, Evans (1977) reports bees as
prey of Aphilanthops hispidus W. Fox, indicating that predation upon ants is not
a consistent feature of this genus. Our knowledge of the behavior of female Aphi¬
lanthops is incomplete. Furthermore, of the five genera of Philanthinae that are
relatively widespread in North America ( Aphilanthops, Cerceris, Clypeadon, Eu-
cerceris, and Philanthus), Aphilanthops is the only one for which male territoriality
and scent-marking have not been reported (Evans & O’Neill 1988). We report
observations of female nesting behavior and male territorial behavior in A. subfri¬
gidus.
Methods
Observations were made on Aphilanthops subfrigidus from 29 Jun-3 Jul 1987,
21 Jun-1 Jul 1988, and from 3-19 Jul 1989 at a site 13.5 km south of Three
Forks, Gallatin Co., Montana. Male territories and female nest sites were located
on the bottom and sides of several gullies, 0.5 to 1.5 km west of the Madison
River. Over a three day period in 1987, five hours of focal observations were
made on females at eight nests. Intermittent observations of both females and
males were made at other times. The grassland site was within the Stipa comata
Trinius & Ruprecht /Bouteloua gracilis (Humboldt, Bonpland, & Kunth) Lagasca
y Segura ex. Steudel habitat type (Mueggler & Stewart 1980). Also present were
three-leaf sumac ( Rhus trilobata Nuttall), junipers ( Juniperus spp.), and soapweed
(Yucca glauca Nuttall).
20
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 66(1)
Results and Discussion
Female Behavior.— In 1987, a nesting aggregation ultimately consisting of 11
nests within 4 m of one another, was discovered at the bottom of a gully 1 km
west of the Madison River. While no nests were found at this location in 1988,
a group of six nests was located in the same gully, approximately 100 m to the
east. Only three other nests, each well-separated from other nests, were located
during the three years of study. When present, the tumulus at each nest entrance
was less than 1 cm in diameter. The absence of a substantial tumulus was also
noted for A. frigidus (Evans 1962).
Eight of the nests were excavated, but the burrows were difficult to track, as
was reported for A. frigidus (Peckham & Peckham 1905, Wheeler 1913, Evans
1962). All of the nests occurred in fine silt interspersed with small rocks and fine
roots. The burrows entered the soil at angle of 30° to 45°. One burrow was followed
for 24 cm to a depth of 23 cm. The main burrow of the nest doubled back upon
itself, so the terminus was only 10 cm in horizontal distance from the entrance.
All prey found within nests were alate queens of Formica subpolita Mayr (For-
micidae). Alate queens of Formica neogates Emery were reported as prey of A.
subfrigidus from a single nest excavated in Jackson Hole, Wyoming (Evans 1970).
Two nest cells containing three and four prey were found at depths of 15 and 20
cm, each at a distance of 1 cm from the main burrow. Twelve additional prey
were found stored in the main burrows of four other nests (one to seven per nest),
all within 10 cm of the entrance. All seven prey found in the nest cells and two
of those found in burrows lacked wings. The wings of all but one of these prey
had apparently been chewed off by the provisioning female, rather than shed
because the fragmented bases of the wings were present. Ten of 12 ants found in
the burrows had wings.
At least some of the prey were captured at mating swarms of F. subpolita,
several of which were within 3 m of the 1988 nest site. A. subfrigidus were observed
at the mating swarms 13 times. Successful capture of an alate female at swarms
was observed once; three other females were seen leaving swarms carrying prey.
The female A. subfrigidus themselves were taken a prey by the robber fly Ejferia
staminea (Williston) (Asilidae) near the ant swarms ( n = 4).
Females began bringing prey into nests shortly after 09:00 h RMST and con¬
tinued foraging until between 10:17 and 11:05 h. This overlapped with the period
during which mating swarms of F. subpolita were observed on Rhus trilobata on
11 days in June and July, 1988 and 1989 (unpublished data). Seasonal synchrony
between predator and prey species was also observed. The first sightings of A.
subfrigidus in 1988 and 1989 occurred one and four days, respectively, after
swarms of the ants first appeared.
Storage of prey in the burrow allowed females to spend very little time in the
nest during the short daily period available for hunting. They spent 0.5 to 3.6
min (X = 1.8, n = 23) inside the nest between foraging flights 2.2 to 9.8 in duration
(X = 5.2, n = 20). During a 1 h observation period, three females brought 5, 6,
and 11 prey to their nests. Thus, if three or four prey per cell is typical for this
species, females were obtaining prey for more than a single cell in a morning. This
would seem advantageous because the mating swarms of Formica occurred for
only several hours per day, on only 11 of the 17 days on which A. subfrigidus was
1990 O’NEILL: SPHECID NESTING BEHAVIOR AND TERRITORIALITY
21
observed in 1988 and 1989. Winged females were only rarely observed on days
on which swarms did not take place.
The nest entrance was left open by the females during 86% of the foraging flights
observed (n = 37). However, seven females returning to nests after the final daily
foraging flight and five leaving the nests for prolonged non-foraging periods all
closed the nest with a loose plug of soil. Facultative temporary nest closures have
also observed in A. subfrigidus (Evans 1962) and in several species of Philanthus
(Evans & O’Neill 1988) and are thought to prevent entrance by cleptoparasites.
One final nest closure was observed. Over a period of 30 min, the female plugged
the top three cm of the burrow with soil before initiating a second nest two m
away.
Females approaching nests carrying prey sometimes behaved differently when
being pursued by cleptoparasitic Senotainia spp. (Sarcophagidae). In 22 of 32
return flights, the females with prey were not followed by the miltogrammine flies.
These 22 flew to the nest and either entered directly, or after dropping the prey
at the entrance, entered, turned, and pulled in the prey. However, of the 10 flights
observed when females were pursued by one (n = 5) or two (n = 5) flies, five
females continued their approach and entered the nest, whereas the other five
turned in flight and left the area. This apparently evasive action was observed in
A. frigidus (Wheeler 1913) and in many species of Philanthus (Evans & O’Neill
1988). Ristich (1956) and Evans (1962) found high levels of miltogrammine
parasitism in A. frigidus.
Male Behavior.— Groups of males were found in four locations from 21-29 Jun
1988 where they perched 1-2 m high on Rhus trilobata in three areas and on
grasses growing adjacent to Yucca in another. The types of behavior displayed by
males were generally identical to those of many other Philanthinae (Evans &
O’Neill 1988). From perches 0.5-2 m high, males pursued passing insects and
engaged in interactions with conspecific males. These interactions included: (1)
“swirling flights” when two to four males rapidly and repeatedly circled one
another in flight within a radius of less than 10 cm; (2) “butting” when males
made brief, but forceful and often repeated head-on contact in mid-air; and (3)
“grappling” when males grasped one another in mid-air and sometimes fell to
the surface below where they continued wrestling for several seconds. All three
of these behaviors have also been observed in the related genus Philanthus. In
that genus, specific butting and grappling episodes are sometimes best interpreted
as misdirected mating attempts. However, in Philanthus, interactions among males
often differ markedly from male-female encounters. They occur repeatedly be¬
tween two males over short intervals and commonly result in the perch occupant
being driven from the area and replaced by the intruder. Thus, in Philanthus and,
probably Aphilanthops as well, these behaviors, especially repeated bouts of but¬
ting and grappling, represent aggressive interactions associated with territorial
defense and exclusive occupation of areas immediately surrounding perches (Ev¬
ans & O’Neill 1988).
At three of the four aggregations, 7-14 territories were found. All territories in
each aggregation were within 5-20 m of one another, with perches of adjacent
males often less than a meter apart. Because the number of males at an aggregation
was at least twice the number of territories, interactions were common.
Territorial males also exhibited “abdomen dragging,” another behavior typical
22
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 66(1)
of male philanthines. Males walked up the stems of grasses with the hair brushes
of their clypeal area and posterior venter of their abdomen in contact with the
plant. On Rhus, they walked along the edges of the leaves. This behavior probably
serves to deposit a pheromone that attracts females (Evans & O’Neill 1988).
Schmidt et al. (1985) found that male Philanthus basilaris deposited volatile
substances onto plant from their mandibular glands while abdomen dragging. The
clypeal hair brushes of male Aphilanthops are shorter and less dense than those
of male Philanthus. The abdominal hair brushes are also sparser, although distinct
rows of short hairs (“fimbriae”) are present on abdominal sterna IV and V (Bohart
& Grissell 1975).
The territorial areas lacked flowering plants or honeydew sites likely to attract
conspecific females and although nests were nearby, nests did not occur in the
large aggregations sometimes found in philanthines (Evans & O’Neill 1988). Other
nests were scattered throughout the area that contained territories. Although ter¬
ritories of males at two of the areas were within swarms of Formica subpolita,
the latter were not observed at the other two territorial areas.
The behavior of female A. subfrigidus is similar to that of A. frigidus (Peckham
& Peckham 1905, Wheeler 1913, Evans 1962), particularly with regards to prey
use. Comparative data from other philanthines suggest the interactions observed
among male A. subfrigidus result from attempts of males to exclude conspecific
males from areas containing scent-marked plants. Although territoriality has been
reported in many Sphecidae, scent-marking of territories has been observed only
within five genera of the Philanthinae (Evans & O’Neill 1988). The presence of
the clypeal hair brushes in four of the six remaining undocumented genera (Bohart
& Menke 1976) suggests that territoriality and scent-marking maybe even more
widespread within the subfamily.
Acknowledgment
I thank Andre Francoeur for identifying the ants, Eric Fisher for identifying the
robber fly, Ruth O’Neill for assistance in the field, and Howard E. Evans, Daniel
Bartell, Stephen Harvey, Douglas Streett, and Saralee Visscher for reviewing the
manuscript. This publication is contribution 2326 of the Montana Agricultural
Experiment Station.
Literature Cited
Bohart, R. M. & E. E. Grissell. 1975. California wasps of the subfamily Philanthinae (Hymenoptera:
Sphecidae). Bull. Calif. Insect Surv., 19: 1-92.
Bohart, R. M. & A. S. Menke. 1976. Sphecid wasps of the world: a generic revision. University of
California Press, Berkeley.
Evans, H. E. 1962. A review of the nesting behaviour of digger wasps of the genus Aphilanthops,
with special attention to the mechanics of prey carriage. Behaviour, 19: 239-260.
Evans, H. E. 1970. Ecological-behavioral studies of the wasps of Jackson Hole, Wyoming. Bull.
Mus. Comp. Zool., 140: 451-511.
Evans, H. E. 1977. Aphilanthops hispidus as a predator of bees (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae). Pan-
Pacif. Entomol., 53: 123.
Evans, H. E. & K. M. O’Neill. 1988. The natural history and behavior of North American beewolves.
Comstock Publishing Associates, Ithaca, New York.
Mueggler, W. F. & W. L. Stewart. 1980. Grassland and shrubland habitat types of western Montana.
U.S. Dept. Agriculture, Forest Serv. General Technical Report, INT-66.
Peckham, G. W. & E. G. Peckham. 1905. Wasps social and solitary. Houghton Mifflin, Boston.
1990 O’NEILL: SPHECID NESTING BEHAVIOR AND TERRITORIALITY
23
Ristich, S. S. 1956. The host relationship of a miltogrammid fly Senotainia trilineata (VDW). Ohio
J. Sci., 56: 271-274.
Schmidt, J. O., K. M. O’Neill, H. M. Fales, C. A. McDaniel, & R. W. Howard. 1985. Volatiles from
mandibular glands of male beewolves (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae, Philanthus) and their possible
roles. J. Chem. Ecol., 11: 895-901.
Wheeler, W. M. 1913. A solitary wasp (Aphilanthops frigidus F. Smith) that provisions its nest with
queen ants. J. Anim. Behav., 3: 374-386.
Received 23 March 1989; accepted 27 October 1989.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66 ( 1 ): 24 - 32 , ( 1990 )
LIFE HISTORY OF EUTRETA DIANA (OSTEN SACKEN) ON
ARTEMISIA TRIDENT AT A NUTTALL IN
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA (DIPTERA: TEPHRITIDAE)
Richard D. Goeden
Department of Entomology, University of California,
Riverside, California 92521
Abstract. —Eutreta diana (Osten Sacken) is univoltine on Artemisia tridentata Nuttall (Astera-
ceae), its only reported host plant in southern California. Eggs are inserted in axillary and terminal
buds on young branches in late spring. First instars diapause, and gall growth essentially ceases,
for the next six or seven months until larvae molt and then overwinter as second instars in very
small galls. Branch elongation and gall and larval growth resume in spring. Galls are described
in detail and pictured. Pupation and adult emergence occur mainly in April and early May.
Newly emerged females require two to three weeks to mature eggs, mate, and begin oviposition.
Principal natural enemies of E. diana include the parasitoids, Eurytoma sp. and Rileya sp.
(Eurytomidae), Pteromalus sp. (Pteromalidae), Tetrastichus sp. (Eulophidae), and Torymus ci-
tripes (Huber) (Torymidae), and avian bushtits, Psaltriparus sp., besides arthropod predators
and other mortality factors identified.
Key Words.— Insecta, Eutreta, Artemisia, gall, parasitoids, life history, predation, larval mor¬
phology
Live specimens of Eutreta diana (Osten Sacken), with their pale green eyes,
white-dotted black wings, and bright red abdomens, represent one of the more
beautiful species of fruit flies (Diptera: Tephritidae) in California. This aesthetic
consideration, plus my discovery of several field populations of E. diana, provided
me with ample reasons to study its life history.
Taxonomy. — First described as Trypeta diana by Osten Sacken (1877), Eutreta
diana and two separately described color variants of the adults were synonymized
by Stoltzfus (1977), who also illustrated the adults in his comprehensive revision
of the genus. Second and third instars and the puparium of E. diana were described
and illustrated by Steck & Wharton (1986).
Distribution, Hosts and Study Sites. —Stoltzfus (1977) mapped the North Amer¬
ican distribution of E. diana as California, Oregon, and Washington east into the
Dakotas, Nebraska, Colorado, and New Mexico, and adjacent parts of Canada
and Baja California, Mexico. Benbow & Foster (1982) also reported this fly from
northwestern Texas and called it “one of the most widely encountered gall-forming
tephritids in western North America.” Foote & Blanc (1963) and Stoltzfus (1977)
noted that it has been collected as far east as Missouri, well east of the distribution
actually mapped by the latter author, who also suggested that its southern distri¬
bution extends into Mexico, presumably meaning east of Baja California. Foote
& Blanc (1963) plotted the distribution of E. diana in northern California along
the length of the northern and central Sierra Nevada Mountains, and in southern
California, from the Palomar, Cuyamaca, and Laguna Mountains in Riverside
and San Diego Counties southwest to the Pacific Coast.
My field-study locations for flies and galls on Artemisia tridentata Nuttall (As-
teraceae) in the southern Sierra Nevada and San Bernardino Mountains serve to
1990
GOEDEN: LIFE HISTORY OF EUTRETA DIANA
25
connect the apparent northern and southern segments of its California distribu¬
tion: Horse Meadow, 2225 m, Mahogany Creek, and Taylor Creek, Sequoia Na¬
tional Forest (northern section), Tulare Co., 1985 and 1986, and Mormon Rocks,
Cajon Pass, San Bernardino National Forest, San Bernardino Co., 1986-1989.
Additional locations where the characteristic galls on A. tridentata were observed
or collected included: Rattlesnake Creek above S. Fork of Santa Ana River, San
Bernardino Mts., San Bernardino National Forest, San Bernardino Co., 9 Jun
1981; Mojave River Forks, 975 m, San Bernardino National Forest, San Ber¬
nardino Co., 22 Apr 1986. Adults were also swept as follows: road to Horseshoe
Meadow, 2750 m, Inyo National Forest, Inyo Co., 22 Jul 1987; White Mountain,
3150 m, Inyo National Forest, Inyo Co., 19 Aug 1987. Unless otherwise stated,
most of the observations were made at the Mormon Rocks site.
The recorded hosts of E. diana include six species and two varieties of Artemisia
representing tall and erect as well as low-growing shrubs (Fronk et al. 1964,
Stoltzfus 1977, Benbow & Foster 1982).
Egg. — No intact egg was found in nature because they are inserted for most of
their length tightly into buds, cannot readily be seen with the naked eye, and are
easily overlooked and destroyed even during dissection under a stereomicroscope.
Three ova dissected from a sexually mature, field-collected female were fusiform,
smooth, white, bluntly rounded at both ends, 0.55 mm long and 0.25 mm wide,
and at the cephalic end bore a 0.06 mm, peg-like pedicel. Within a bud, an egg
was surrounded by brown necrotic tissue.
Larva. — Eclosion was not studied, except to note that an embryo had rotated
180° before hatching. Upon hatching, first instars tunneled basipetally into the
pith but moved only 2 to 3 mm during the six to seven months following ovi-
position, which mainly took place in May 1987. The first instar is 1.1-1.2 mm
long and is easily distinguished by its red-brown cephalopharyngeal skeleton and
a black patch of verrucae on the abdominal ventor (Fig. la).
Examination of this instar by scanning electron microscopy (see Headrick &
Goeden in press for materials and methods) determined that the verrucae actually
ringed several abdominal segments (II-V dorsally, Fig. 2a; I-VII ventrally, Fig.
2b), but only the central portion of the ventral verrucae were pigmented (Figs.
2a, 2b). Two forms of verrucae were seen at higher magnification (Fig. 2c); the
larger morphs are less common, unevenly distributed, and have a central pore.
The dark ventral verrucae are less scattered than the lateral and dorsal verrucae,
being aligned in transverse rows (Fig. 2d).
The function of the segmental verrucae is uncertain, but an ambulatory role is
probable, although the larva could move little in its confined quarters. Like the
cephalopharyngeal skeleton, the patch appeared to darken as the first instar aged,
but was absent, or at least not prominent on the second and third instars. Fur¬
thermore, no such patch was mentioned by Steck & Wharton (1986) in their
detailed descriptions of the last two instars.
Thirty-one small and barely recognizable bud galls were collected on 9 Nov
1988, at the beginning of overwintering by E. diana. These young galls were
merely slightly clavoidal swellings of the distal parts of lateral and terminal veg¬
etative branches (Fig. lb). Twenty-one (68%) of the 31 galls contained live first
instars; seven had begun to molt, indicating the second instar served as the main
overwintering stage. The 21 galls with live larvae averaged 1.89 ± 0.06 (x ± SE)
26
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(1)
Figure 1. Life stages and galls of Eutreta diana on Artemisia tridentata : (a) first instar in small gall
(note black verrucae on ventor) (15 x); (b) dissected (left) and intact (right) small galls contained first
instars (5x); (c) overwintered second instar in gall (11 x); (d) puparium in central cavity with exit
tunnel and exit hole to right (note tunnels of agromyzid larvae in walls) (4x); (e) mature galls (0.8 x);
(f) female at rest (8 x); (g) puparia of E. diana and Liriomyza sp. in gall heavily mined by the latter
(5 x); (h) gall with hole through which bushtit extracted larva (4x).
1990
GOEDEN: LIFE HISTORY OF EUTRETA DIANA
27
Figure 2. First instar Eutreta diana : (a) lateral view; (b) ventral view; (c) detail of two morphs of
verrucae; (d) detail of ventral verrucae (pigmented).
(1.87-2.55) mm in diameter, measured at the level of the gall cavities, and 2.03
± 0.06 (1.50-2.57) mm at their maximal width slightly more distally. Benbow &
Foster (1982) reported that galls of E. diana on A. filifolia Torrey containing first
instars averaged 8 mm in diameter only a month or so after eclosion. The cavities
within the young galls from Mormon Rocks ended an average of 2.51 ± 0.17
mm from the gall apices (Fig. la) and were ellipsoidal, frass-free, open, and
smooth-surfaced; they averaged 0.97 ± 0.03 mm in diameter and were 1.56 ±
0.07 mm long. The thickness of gall walls varied from 0.2-0.6 mm. Ten of the
31 first instars examined were dead, and on one of these a parasitoid adult de¬
veloped (identified below).
On 21 May 1986, just after snow melt allowed access to the Horse Meadow
site (2225 m), 122 overwintered galls were collected, refrigerated, and dissected
in the laboratory during the next week. Only one gall showed little growth, mea¬
sured 6 mm long by 3 mm wide, and contained a live early second instar in a 2
mm long, 0.5 mm wide cell. This may typify the overwintering state. This gall
sample also contained 44 (36%) more advanced second instars (Fig. lc), 21 (17%)
of which had been killed by parasitoids or unknown causes. In the 21 galls con¬
taining dead larvae, the cavities had become wholly or partly filled with the
enlarged parenchymatous pith cells constituting most of the gall tissue, and which
the larvae rasp with their mouth-hooks while feeding. The 23 (19%) subspheroidal
galls that contained actively feeding or molting second instars averaged 8.7 ± 0.4
mm long by 7.5 ±0.3 mm wide. These lively larvae occupied open, approximately
1 mm wide, central-longitudinal feeding chambers which also contained a small
accumulation of whitish frass (Fig. lc). No solid feces littered the gall cavities.
After molting, the exuvium and cephalopharyngeal skeleton were discarded, usu¬
ally at the base of the feeding chamber. Even at this early date the remaining galls
28
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 66(1)
in this sample contained two live third instars and 22 puparia, so larval devel¬
opment progressed at different rates even in galls along the same branch.
A sample of 92 galls collected at Taylor Creek (2072 m) on 22 May 1986
contained only three (3%) second instars, 39 (42%) third instars, and 50 (54%)
puparia in contrast to the Horse Meadow sample. Earlier development by E.
diana at low elevations was further suggested by a sample of 55 galls collected
for dissection at Mormon Rocks (1017 m) on 18 May 1987. This sample contained
no larvae, only three (5%) intact puparia that probably were parasitized, and 18
(33%) empty puparia from which adults already had emerged. The remaining
galls bore evidence of bird predation or larval parasitism (see below).
Most larval growth takes place during the third stadium. Although Benbow &
Foster (1982) stated that gall growth ceased if the larva died before it reached the
third instar, my data, like their graphed mean gall diameters, suggested that gall
growth continued during the third stadium. One hundred mature galls that each
bore a puparium (Fig. Id) averaged 12.0 ± 0.4 (6-19) mm in length and 10.0 ±
0.2 (6-13) mm in maximal width. The central cavities within these mature galls
averaged 7.5 ± 0.2 (5-10) mm in length and 3.1 ±0.1 (2-4) mm in width. The
cavities usually were mostly frass-free, circular in cross-section, rounded basally,
and smooth-walled. The thickness of galls walls varied from 1.5-4 mm.
Externally, mature galls that contained live puparia usually were subspheroidal
(Figs. Id, le). This gall shape also resulted when larval feeding or exit hole con¬
struction destroyed the terminal bud at the apex of a gall. Upon death or removal
of a larva, or after emergence of the adult, apical growth and intemode elongation
usually resume and the gall assumes a spindle-shape. This causal relation for
branch-gall shape was reported for other tephritids ( Trupanea conjuncta [Adams]:
Goeden 1987, Tephritis stigmatica [Coquillett]: Goeden 1988), as well as for a
gallicolous moth ( Carolella beevorana Comstock, Cochylidae: Goeden & Ricker
1981). Though apparently fairly common among branch-gall-forming Tephriti-
dae, this relationship is not widely recognized (Freidberg 1984). Thus, the gall of
E. diana is a modified branch composed of shortened and inflated intemodes
(Fig. le). The galls are grey-green when young, sometimes purple-tinted, especially
when infested by inquilines and certain parasitoids (see below), but turn brown
and woody with age. They are covered with a closely appressed whitish tomentum
when young and are laterally marked by transverse, scale-like expanded leaf bases
bearing sessile leaves and axillary buds that may grow into one or more branches
adorning old empty galls. Empty galls of the current season end in clusters of
leaves or a terminal branch, depending on whether the apical bud has been killed.
Galls formed from axillary buds may be sessile or borne on pedicels of various
lengths, whereas galls of apical buds of main branches may have pedicels several
cm long. For example, 11 (37%) of 30 galls sampled at Mahogany Creek on 13
Jun 1985 were sessile but the remainder were borne on pedicels from 1-13 mm
long. Similarly, 19 (50%) of 38 galls from Taylor Creek on 12 Jun 1985 were
sessile although the remainder had pedicels which varied from 1-9 mm long.
Usually only a single larva of E. diana inhabits each gall. One gall, however,
collected at Mormon Rocks on 20 May 1987 contained two intact puparia formed
in separate chambers. These puparia did not yield flies or adult parasitoids when
caged at room temperature in a humidity chamber. This is a rare example of a
monothalmus tephritid producing a biloculate, polythalmous gall (Freidberg 1984).
1990
GOEDEN: LIFE HISTORY OF EUTRETA DIANA
29
Two dead second in stars found within a single chamber in a gall collected at
Taylor Creek on 12 Jun 1985 apparently wounded and killed each other, providing
another outcome to abnormal multiple oviposition in a single bud or branch tip.
Freidberg (1984) reported that the highest record for the number of tephritid
galls on a single plant probably was the 135 galls of Spathulina sicula Rodani he
counted in Israel. I removed and counted 147 current season galls of E. diana
from a single plant at Mormon Rocks on 27 May 1987. However, Dodson (1987)
noted “over 2000” galls of Aciurina bigeloviae (Cockerell) reported from aim
diameter Chrysothamnus nauseosus (Pallen) Britton.
Toward the end of their feeding period, the third instars usually extended their
feeding chambers distilaterally to form a curved exit tunnel. This narrowed to a
1.5 to 2 mm diameter, circular window formed by a thin layer of epidermis that
is usually not visible externally when intact (Fig. Id). A few exit tunnels projected
straight outward and destroyed the apical bud. One gall was observed in which
the exit tunnel had been formed basilaterally near the juncture with the pedicel.
Pupariation often occurs with the anterior end of the puparium projecting into
the mouth of the exit tunnel.
Pupa. — The puparium description of Steck & Wharton (1986) was based on
eight specimens from California. The 40 puparia I measured (Fig. Id) averaged
4.2 ±0.1 (3.3-5.0) mm in length and 1.7 ± 0.1 (1.0-2.5) mm in width. These
dimensions compare favorably with the 2.8-4.8 mm lengths and 1.0-1.8 mm
widths reported by Steck & Wharton (1986). The puparia I examined were trans¬
lucent and changed from mustard-yellow to ochrous tan with age. The abdomen
eventually appeared red-brown and the rest of the body dark brown through the
puparium just before adult emergence.
Adult.— Adults (Fig. If) were uncommon, but when found they were always on
gall-bearing A. tridentata. The ability of E. diana adults to feign death and drop
to the ground when disturbed reported by Steck (in Freidberg 1984) was not
observed. Both sexes exhibited the alternate and synchronous wing-waving be¬
havior described for other nonfrugivorous tephritids (e.g., Trupanea bisetosa [Co-
quillett]: Cavender & Goeden 1982, Neotephritis finalis [Loew]: Goeden et al.
1987, Paracantha gentilis Hering: Headrick & Goeden, unpublished data).
Adult emergence began approximately on 6 May 1987 as judged from emergence
records for flies reared from larvae and puparia dissected from galls collected at
Mormon Rocks on 30 Apr. Thirty-two males (63%) and 21 females were reared
from all galls sampled in 1985; 23 males (64%) and 13 females, from galls sampled
in 1986. Both sexes emerged over week-long emergence periods during both years.
Newly emerged females (n = 3) possessed immature ovaries. Weekly dissection
of three females, each held at room temperature (21° C) in separate cages and
supplied with water and honey, showed that they contained full size ova between
two and three weeks after emergence.
Gall-bearing plants are attacked year after year as reported by Benbow & Foster
(1982), although why a plant is attacked for the first time remains unanswered
(Freidberg 1984). Adults continued to frequent the plant from which I had re¬
moved all galls of the current season. The only occurrence in common that I
found was that galled plants always had access to a good supply of ground water
(e.g., in a wash at Mormon Rocks or other drainage at Mojave River Forks), were
on the margin of a meadow (Horse Meadow), or above a running stream (Ma-
30
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(1)
hogany Creek, Taylor Creek). Plants with galls of E. diana also bore galls of one
or more species of Cecidomyiidae, as noted on A. tridentata in Wyoming (Fronk
et al. 1964). Adults of E. diana appeared early in the year when night temperatures
were low and days remained cool. Their morning activities mainly consisted of
sunning to gain heat with their black bodies and dark wing color. Flies rested with
their long axis perpendicular to, and dorsa facing, the sun and with their wings
held flat, motionless, and parted (Fig. If). Their characteristic dark wings no
doubt function in heat gain, raising body temperature to facilitate early daytime
and seasonal activities at higher altitudes.
Mating was observed once, at 08:15 h on 9 Jun 1987. Although the start and
finish of this single act of copulation was not observed, the flies were initially
located on the underside of a vertically oriented leaf. The male was positioned
over the posterior of the thorax and the abdomen of the female with his wings
motionless and straight back but overlapping and flat upon his dorsum. The wings
of the female were slightly parted and also motionless. The male was held off the
substrate and carried by the female as she alternately walked or rested, as they
pumped their mouthparts and remained in copula.
Oviposition by a single female was observed between 13:30-14:00 h on 27 May
1987. She backed into, and oviposited directly into, two axillary buds, while
probing other buds for 15-20 sec each without ovipositing. The two acts of
oviposition lasted 3:50 min and 3:45 min, and were subsequently confirmed by
observing the eggs in the excised buds after dissection under a stereomicroscope.
Phenology. — Adult emergence and activity coincided with flowering by Yucca
whipplei Torrey (Agavaceae) and Eriodictyon crassifolium Bentham (Hydrophyl-
laceae) at the Mormon Rocks site. The adults disappeared about the time that
Senecio douglasii deCandolle began to bloom there in 1986 and 1987.
Seasonal History. —Eutreta diana is univoltine on A. tridentata in southern
California, although it might be able to produce additional generations on one or
more alternate but as yet undetected hosts (Foote & Blanc 1963, Wasbauer 1972),
as predicted by host records from Wyoming (Fronk et al. 1964) and Texas (Benbow
& Foster 1982). Two of the four alternate hosts, A. arbuscula Nuttall and A. cana
Pursh, reported by Fronk et al. (1964) also occur in northern California (Munz
& Keck 1959), but not in southern California (Munz 1974) where these studies
were conducted. I have reared E. simplex Thomas from galls on a different species
of Artemisia (unpublished data), but not E. diana. My sweep records of live adults
from high elevations in July and August also indicate that alternate hosts are
present in California.
The biology and seasonal history of E. diana on A. filifolia in Texas (Benbow
& Foster 1982) is very different than on A. tridentata in southern California. Both
populations appear to be univoltine. The overwintering stage is the egg in Texas,
but mainly the second instar in southern California. First instars hatch in late
March to mid-April in Texas, where the first stadium lasts approximately a month,
in contrast to the six or seven months in southern California! Subsequent larval
and gall growth are continuous in Texas, without summer and fall diapause by
the first instar and concomitant arrested gall development that is now known
from southern California. Pupation occurs in late August to early September in
Texas and lasts about a month, whereas, in southern California it occurs in late
1990
GOEDEN: LIFE HISTORY OF EUTRETA DIANA
31
spring (April and May) and lasts about two weeks. Adults emerged in the fall to
oviposit the overwintering eggs in Texas, but emerged and oviposited in late
spring in southern California. Life history differences of this magnitude suggest
that Texas and California populations may be temporally, spatially, and etholog-
ically separated by their different host plant affinities and therefore possibly sibling
species which should undergo morphological re-examination. Stoltzfus (1977)
recognized great variability in the color of E. diana adults.
Natural Enemies and Inquilines. — The larvae were heavily parasitized by Hy-
menoptera including: Eupelmus sp. (Eupelmidae), a solitary, ectoparasitoid of the
first instar; Pteromalus sp. (Pteromalidae), a solitary, larval ectoparasitoid; Eur-
ytoma sp. and Rileya sp. (Eurytomidae), solitary, larval, endoparasitoids; Tet-
rastichus sp. (Eulophidae), a gregarious, larval-pupal endoparasitoid; and Torymus
citripes (Huber) (Torymidae), a solitary, larval, ectoparasitoid. These parasitoids
were reared from isolated parasitized hosts (humidity chamber). The latter species
killed and devoured the young larvae of E. diana, and then completed its devel¬
opment by tunneling in the walls of the gall. This same behavior was ascribed to
a Eurytoma sp. by Benbow & Foster (1982), who reared an additional five species
of parasitic Hymenoptera from galls of E. diana in Texas, including a Tetrastichus
sp. Fronk et al. (1964) also reported a braconid ( Dacnusa sp.) as a parasitoid of
E. diana.
Larvae of Apion sp. (Coleoptera: Apionidae) and an unidentified species of
Lepidoptera similarly fed inside the galls on the walls. They killed, and in a few
cases partly ate, the E. diana larvae encountered, thus accidentally functioning
as predators. The walls of the galls also were heavily mined and darkened by the
small larvae of an unidentified species oi Liriomyza (Diptera: Agromyzidae) (Figs.
Id, lg), which apparently did not harm E. diana (Fig. lg). Mining of gall walls
by the Apion sp., Liriomyza sp., the torymid, and lepidopteran hastened gall decay
and disintegration, in contrast to empty galls uninfested by inquilines that turned
woody and persisted for several years (Benbow & Foster 1982).
The larvae of an unidentified clerid beetle were observed as predators of E.
diana larvae and an adult was seen that had been freshly killed by a salticid spider.
However, the more common predators of E. diana larvae and puparia were birds,
which were especially active at the Mormon Rocks study site, where many galls
bore open holes pecked by social, insectivorous bushtits, Psaltriparus sp. (Fig.
lh). Stoltzfus (1977) suggested that woodpeckers opened galls presumably formed
by E. longicornis Snow on Artemisia cana.
Acknowledgment
My thanks to D. W. Ricker and D. H. Headrick for technical assistance, in¬
cluding the insect photography involved in Figs. 1 and 2, respectively. Thanks
also to F. L. Blanc, D. H. Headrick, J. A. McMurtry, and B. A. Stoltzfus for their
helpful comments on early drafts on the manuscript. The parasitoids were iden¬
tified by J. LaSalle and the insectivorous birds by A. C. Sanders (Department of
Entomology and Department of Botany and Plant Sciences, respectively, Uni¬
versity of California, Riverside). Apion sp. and Liriomyza sp. were identified
respectively by D. R. Whitehead and R. V. Peterson (Systematic Entomology
Laboratory, USDA, ARS, Beltsville, Maryland).
32
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(1)
Literature Cited
Benbow, S. M. & D. E. Foster. 1982. Biology of Eutreta diana Osten Sacken on sand sagebrush
Artemisia filifolia Torr. (Diptera: Tephritidae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 58: 19-24.
Cavender, G. L. & R. D. Goeden. 1982. Life history of Trupanea bisetosa (Diptera: Tephritidae)
on wild sunflower in southern California. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 75: 400-406.
Dodson, G. 1987. Host-plant records and life history notes on New Mexico Tephritidae (Diptera).
Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash., 89: 607-615.
Foote, R. H. & F. L. Blanc. 1963. The fruit flies or Tephritidae of California. Bull. Calif. Insect
Survey, 7: 1-117.
Freidberg, A. 1984. Gall Tephritidae (Diptera). pp. 129-167. In Ananthakrishnan, T. N. (ed.). Biology
of gall insects. Edward Arnold, London.
Fronk, W. D., A. A. Beetle & D. G. Fullerton. 1964. Dipterous galls on the Artemisia tridentata
complex and insects associated with them. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 57: 575-577.
Goeden, R. D. 1987. Life history of Trupanea conjuncta (Adams) on Trixus californica Kellog in
southern California (Diptera: Tephritidae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 63: 284-291.
Goeden, R. D. 1988. Gall formation by the capitulum-infesting fruit fly, Tephritis stigmatica (Diptera:
Tephritidae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash., 91: 37-43.
Goeden, R. D. & D. W. Ricker. 1981. Life history of the gall-forming moth, Carollela beevorana
Comstock, on the ragweed, Ambrosia dumosa (Gray) Payne, in southern California (Lepidoptera:
Cochylidae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 57: 402-410.
Goeden, R. D., T. D. Cadatal & G. A. Cavender. 1987. Life history of Neotephritis finalis (Loew)
on native Asteraceae in southern California (Diptera: Tephritidae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash.,
89: 522-558.
Headrick, D. & R. D. Goeden. (in press). Description of the immature stages of Paracantha gentilis
(Diptera: Tephritidae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am.
Munz, P. A. 1974. A flora of southern California. University of California Press, Berkeley.
Munz, P. A. & D. D. Keck. 1959. A California flora. University of California Press, Berkeley.
Osten Sacken, C. R. 1877. Western Diptera: descriptions of new genera and species of Diptera from
the region west of the Mississippi and especially from California. U. S. Geological and Geo¬
graphical Survey of the Territories Bull., 3: 189-354.
Steck, G. J. & R. A. Wharton. 1986. Descriptions of immature stages of Eutreta (Diptera: Tephrit¬
idae). J. Kansas Entomol. Soc., 59: 296-302.
Stoltzfus, W. B. 1977. The taxonomy and biology of Eutreta (Diptera: Tephritidae). Iowa State J.
Res., 51: 369-438.
Wasbauer, M. W. 1972. An annotated host catalog of the fruit flies of American north of Mexico
(Diptera: Tephritidae). California Dept. Agriculture, Bur. Entomol. Occas. Papers, 19: 1-172.
Received 5 April 1989; accepted 1 November 1989.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66(1): 33-38, (1990)
LIFE HISTORY OF EUTRETA SIMPLEX THOMAS ON
ARTEMISIA L UDO VICIANA NUTTALL IN
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA (DIPTERA: TEPHRITIDAE)
Richard D. Goeden
Department of Entomology, University of California,
Riverside, California 92521
Abstract. —Eutreta simplex Thomas is univoltine on Artemisia ludoviciana Nuttall (Asteraceae),
its only known host plant reported here for the first time. Eggs are inserted in terminal buds of
young emerging shoots in the fall by the long lived females that emerged from galls late during
the preceding spring. The second instars overwinter. Shoot, gall, and larval growth all resume
early in the next spring. Galls are described in detail and pictured. Pupation occurs in the gall.
Adults emerged from puparia after about three weeks during early July. Females convert their
fat body tissues to yolk, but postpone oviposition until fall; moreover, they apparently can resorb
these ovarian eggs, as a means of increasing fecundity and longevity.
Key Words.— Insecta, Eutreta, Artemisia, gall, life history, ovisorption
My discovery of a somewhat accessible field population as well as the host plant
of the heretofore little known, gall-forming fruit fly, Eutreta simplex Thomas
(Diperta: Tephritidae), allowed me to study those aspects of its life history reported
herein. The conduct of this field study and the interpretation of my findings on
this still rare and elusive tephritid were greatly aided by my concurrent, more
extensive field study of E. diana (Osten Sacken), reported separately (Goeden in
press).
Taxonomy.— Thomas (1914) described E. simplex from a single female. The
adults were illustrated and the male was described, again from a single specimen
by Stoltzfus (1977).
Distribution, Hosts and Study Sites.— The North American distribution of E.
simplex as recorded by Stoltzfus (1977) consists of two sweep records, one for the
holotype female from 2440 m at Sunset, Colorado, 19 Jul 1903, and the other
for a male and female from Big Meadow (probably on San Gorgonio Mountain,
San Bernardino National Forest), SW San Bernardino Co., California, 8 Jul 1950.
A female swept in Yosemite National Park in central California in 1940 by E. E.
Kenage was identified for the U.S. National Museum in 1978 by F. L. Blanc.
The three principal study areas in 1987 and 1988 where I collected galls on
Artemisia ludoviciana Nuttall (Asteraceae) from which I reared E. simplex adults
included: Near the summit (2330 m), at Santa Rosa Spring, and on the south¬
ernmost point along the truck trail (2110 m) on Santa Rosa Mountain of San
Bernardino National Forest, Riverside Co. Collections were also made at Coxey
Meadow (1770 m), San Bernardino Mts., San Bernardino National Forest, San
Bernardino Co., 26 Apr 1988.
Wasbauer (1972) and Stoltzfus (1977) listed no host information for E. simplex.
Whether this tephritid is monophagous on A. ludoviciana (which also occurs in
Colorado: Munz & Keck 1959), or forms galls on one or more other species of
Artemisia (like E. diana: Fronk et al. 1964, Stoltzfus 1977, Benbow & Foster
1982, Goeden in press), is unknown.
34
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(1)
Egg. —No intact or newly hatched egg of E. simplex was found in nature;
however, like the egg of E. diana, it probably is inserted for most of its length
singly into a bud (Goeden in press). The terminal buds of succulent young shoots
formed in the fall, and arising from underground rhizomes (Fig. la), are the
probable oviposition sites of E. simplex. Only one empty, apparently infertile egg
was recovered from this position following week-long cagings of six mature lab¬
oratory-reared females with field-collected bouquets of these young shoots; the
origin of this egg was uncertain. No eggs or newly hatched first instars were
dissected from another 21 of these young shoots collected on 3 Nov 1988 from
the same immediate areas at Santa Rosa Springs where galls were harvested earlier
in the year.
Twenty eggs were dissected from a newly dead, 115 day old, laboratory-reared
female (Fig. lb). Like those of E. diana, these ova were fusiform, smooth, white,
rounded at both ends, with a peg-like 0.03 mm pedicel at the cephalic end. They
averaged 0.70 ± 0.006 mm (X ± SE) long and 0.25 ± 0.003 mm wide, slightly
longer on average but with shorter pedicels than those of E. diana (Goeden in
press).
Larva. — Despite repeated searches of specific areas previously yielding mid- to
full-size galls, no immature gall was found on current season shoots in October
and November, 1987 and 1988. The herbaceous galls of E. simplex on A. ludo-
viciana were observed to persist for at least six months after the adults had
emerged, but most decayed or became buried by the second year; moreover, each
emergent shoot is galled only once. Nevertheless, collection of several half-grown,
overwintered galls containing second instars (May 1987 and 1988, Santa Rosa
Mountain, Fig. lc) strongly indicates this is the overwintering stage in southern
California, as for E. diana (Goeden in press).
The fully developed, mature monothalmous galls of E. simplex consist of short¬
ened and thickened terminals of sessile or short-stalked vegetative shoots formed
at or just above the litter or soil surface (Fig. Id). Externally, they are subovoidal,
smooth, grey-green tomentose, and bear sessile leaves with expanded, transversely
oriented, fish scale-like leaf bases. The leaf blades elongate at the gall apices to
form characteristic, flattened rosettes 2-6 cm in diameter (Fig. le). The lengths
and widths of 38 galls (collected on Santa Rosa Mountain and containing fully
grown larvae or puparia, Fig. If, lg) averaged 12.0 ± 0.4 (8-20) mm and 9.0 ±
0.2 (6-11) mm, respectively, after leaves were removed. The largely buried ped¬
icels measured up to 7.6 cm in length between gall bases and their juncture with
the rhizome (Figs. If, lg). The central feeding chambers were clavoidal, open,
rounded basally, narrowing apically, and measured 7.0 ± 0.3 (6-9) mm long and
3.0 ± 0.1 (2-4) mm wide (n = 17). The walls of the galls were pitted and covered
with frass from larval feeding (Fig. If). The walls of mature galls were thickest
basally (4-7 mm), thinner laterally (2-3 mm), and thinnest apically (< 1 mm) at
the point of exit for the adult (Figs. If, lg).
Galls were found singly or in small groups of up to three beneath conifers on
steep (45°), shaded, north-facing slopes in thick litter (upper site, Santa Rosa
Mountain, 1987). They were scarce at this location in 1988. The first galls found
were on plants growing intermixed with Eriogonum wrightii Torrey ex Bentham
in an open, south-facing, gently sloping area (lowest site, Santa Rosa Mountain,
1987). None were found there in 1988. Since E. diana galls on A tridentata usually
1990
GOEDEN: LIFE HISTORY OF EUTRETA SIMPLEX
35
Figure 1. Life stages and galls of Eutreta simplex on Artemisia ludoviciana: (a) emergent and
emerging vegetative shoots (lx); (b) photomicrograph of an unresorbed ovum (~ 100x); (c) over¬
wintered second instar in gall (3.5 x); (d) lateral view of mature gall (2 x); (e) view of mature gall from
above (1.5 x); (f) saggital view of mature gall containing full-grown third instar (5.5 x); (g) puparium
in mature gall (4.4 x); (h) mating adults, lateral view (4.7 x); (i) mating adults, dorsal view (4.6 x).
36
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(1)
were located in drainages or riparian habitats (Goeden in press), I searched for
galls at Santa Rosa Springs; most galls were found there in 1988 on plants growing
on steep, moist, north-facing slopes beneath conifers.
Pupa. — The puparia (Fig. lg) are formed with their anterior ends at or within
the central, apical meristem. This usually is destroyed by larval feeding or adult
emergence. The puparia are smooth, ellipsoidal, bluntly rounded posteriorly, and
slightly more tapered anteriorly. They are translucent mustard-yellow at first but
later turn dark orcherous brown at both ends. Puparia (n = 21) averaged 5.3 ±
0.08 (4.40-5.8) mm in length and 2.2 ± 0.04 (1.9-2.5) mm in maximal width.
Pupation lasted about three weeks (27 ± 2° C, humidity chamber). One dead
adult was observed that had become trapped in its gall upon emerging; it could
not break through the tissue layer (left uneaten as a larva) at the gall apex. Galled
shoots usually did not elongate apically after adult emergence, although if the
larva within a gall died the terminal bud growth resumed forming a more elongate,
narrower, fusiform gall. The shapes of E. diana galls on A. tridentata were similarly
influenced by larval mortality and terminal bud reactivation (Goeden in press).
Adult.— No adults of E. simplex were found. Ten males and 13 females were
reared from larvae and puparia dissected from galls collected in 1988, emerging
during early July. The four galls collected at Coxey Meadow in late April (same
year) yielded three females emerging in late May.
The adults were caged separately in screened-topped, clear-plastic, 850-ml cages
supplied with a water-wick and honey to study longevity. They remained relatively
inactive when isolated, usually resting on the side of the cage facing laboratory
windows. Adult males lived 51-121 days ( x = 85), and females (n = 11) lived
26-128 days (x = 83). Dissections indicated females were sexually immature at
emergence, but (like males) had substantial fat tissue. In females the fat bodies
subsequently were sequestered for yolk in ova (Fig. lb).
Mating occurred readily without elaborate courtship behavior when surviving
males and females were caged together in pairs about six weeks after emergence.
During premating behavior, flies faced each other at a distance of 1.5-2.0 cm and
slowly, alternately, waved their wings. The male then climbed atop the female
from the rear. While in copula the male was largely off the substrate (Fig. lh),
except for his hind tarsi, positioned above the posterior of the thorax and abdomen
of the female. His wings were held motionless, straight backward, overlapping,
slightly parted, and flat upon his dorsum (Fig. li). The male’s mouthparts touched
the female’s abdominal dorsum anteriorly, as both sexes pumped their mouthparts
rhythmically. The female’s wings were held perpendicularly and angled at 45°
from the body (Fig. li). The male’s foretarsi grasped the female’s abdomen an-
terolaterally, his mesotarsi grasped her abdomen mid-laterally, while his metatarsi
either intermittently stroked her oviscape, held it posteriorly or rested on the
substrate. Matings observed in cages (n = 5) were protracted (3.5-4 h), usually
beginning in the afternoon and ending at dusk (19:00). Twice matings were ex¬
tended under artificial light for 6 and 9 h. Stoltzfus (1977) observed a caged pair
of E. caliptera (Say) that remained in copula for about 4 h. Whether copulations
of such duration normally occur is questionable. One male E. simplex died shortly
after two protracted copulations on successive days. Stoltzfus (1977), however,
reported that a pair of E. caliptera copulated on each of seven successive days!
Ovaries of four females that lived 115, 116, 127, and 128 days were found to
1990
GOEDEN: LIFE HISTORY OF EUTRETA SIMPLEX
37
contain 66, 66, 58, and 48 full sized ova. The female that lived 127 days contained
white, intact, unresorbed ova, but the other three females also contained varying
proportions of nonwhite translucent ova whose contents had been partly resorbed.
Ovisorption has long been known in parasitic Hymenoptera as an adaptation for
extending the fecundity and longevity of synoovigenic females (c.f., Flanders 1935,
Legner & Gerling 1967, Legner & Thompson 1977). Ovisorption in long-lived
adult Tephritidae was first observed in Trupanea conjuncta (Adams) (Goeden
1987), and also occurs in long-lived adults of certain species of Procecidochares
(unpublished data).
Seasonal History. —Eutreta simplex is univoltine on A. ludoviciana in southern
California, as is E. diana on A. tridentata (Goeden in press); however, their
seasonal histories show several major differences. Both species: overwinter as
second instars in small, undeveloped bud galls; complete larval and gall devel¬
opment once vegetative growth resumes in the spring; pupariate in their galls;
and emerge as sexually immature adults. However, E. diana adults mature, mate,
and begin oviposition within three weeks. The larvae pass the summer and fall
in diapause as first instars, and molt to the second instar just before winter begins.
In contrast, E. simplex adults are long-lived and postpone their oviposition until
fall. Eutreta diana on A. filifolia Torrey, another herbaceous host, displays a
different seasonal history in Texas involving fall-emerging adults and overwin¬
tering eggs, but no summer and fall adult aestivation or larval diapause (Benbow
& Foster 1982).
Natural Enemies.— No parasitoids and only one parasite exuvium were re¬
covered from dissected galls or puparia of E. simplex. In contrast E. diana has a
well-developed complex of natural enemies (Fronk et al. 1964, Benbow & Foster
1982, Goeden in press). Thirty-two galls were collected at the highest study area
on Santa Rosa Mountain on 21 Oct 1987. Upon dissection: 19 contained empty
puparia indicative of fly emergence; eight had apical openings but were empty,
indicating predation; three were intact and small, containing carcasses of larvae
that died of unknown causes; one intact gall contained the dead adult that failed
to emerge; and only one had an exit hole and contained a larval carcass and
parasitoid exuvium. No symptoms of bird predation or gall inquilines were ob¬
served with E. simplex, as for galls of E. diana on A. tridentata (Goeden in press).
Acknowledgment
My thanks to D. W. Ricker for technical assistance, including the insect pho¬
tography involved in Fig. 1. Thanks also to F. L. Blanc, D. H. Headrick, and B.
A. Stoltzfus for their helpful comments on early drafts of the manuscript.
Literature Cited
Benbow, S. M. & D. E. Foster. 1982. Biology of Eutreta diana Osten Sacken on sand sagebrush
Artemisia filifolia Torr. (Diptera: Tephritidae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 58: 19-24.
Flanders, S. E. 1935. An apparent correlation between the feeding habits of certain pteromalids and
the condition of their ovarian follicles. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 28: 438-444.
Fronk, W. D., A. A. Beetle & D. G. Fullerton. 1964. Dipterous galls on the Artemisia tridentata
complex and insects associated with them. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 57: 575-577.
Goeden, R. D. 1987. Life history of Trupanea conjuncta (Adams) on Trixus californica Kellogg in
southern California (Diptera: Tephritidae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 63: 284-291.
38
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(1)
Goeden, R. D. (in press). Life history of Eutreta diana (Osten Sacken) on Artemisia tridentata Nuttall
in southern California (Diptera: Tephritidae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 66: 24-32.
Legner, E. F. & D. Gerling. 1967. Host-feeding and oviposition on Musca domestica by Spalangia
cameroni, Nasonia vitripennis and Muscidifurax raptor (Hymenoptera: Pteromalidae) influences
their longevity and fecundity. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 60: 678-691.
Legner, E. F. & S. N. Thompson. 1977. Effects of the parental host on host selection, reproductive
potential, survival and fecundity of the egg-larval parasitoid, Chelonus sp. near curvimaculatus
Cameron, reared on Pectinophora gossypiella (Saunders) and Phthorimaea operculella (Zeller).
Entomophaga, 22: 75-84.
Munz, P. A. & D. D. Keck. 1959. A California flora. University of California Press, Berkeley.
Stoltzfus, W. B. 1977. The taxonomy and biology of Eutreta (Diptera: Tephritidae), Iowa State J.
Res., 51: 369-438.
Thomas, F. L. 1914. Three new species of Trypetidae from Colorado. Can. Entomol., 46: 425-429.
Wasbauer, M. W. 1972. An annotated host catalog of the fruit flies of America north of Mexico
(Diptera: Tephritidae). California Dept. Agriculture, Bur. Entomol. Occas. Papers, 19: 1-172.
Received 5 April 1989; accepted 1 November 1989.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66(1): 39-42, (1990)
A MORPHOMETRIC ANALYSIS OF MELANOPLUS
FEMALES (ORTHOPTERA: ACRIDIDAE)
S. J. Guenther and W. Chapco
University of Regina, Regina, Saskatchewan S4S 0A2, Canada
Abstract. — Females of certain species-groups in the genus Melanoplus are difficult to distinguish
morphologically, especially for the novice. Three linear discriminant functions based upon mor¬
phometric traits are defined that allow separation of females of M. sanguinipes Fabr. from each
of M. femurrubrum De Geer, M. confusus Scudder, and M. gladstoni Scudder.
Key Words. — Insecta, Orthoptera, Acrididae, Melanoplus, discriminant function
Species of Melanoplus are conventionally identified by genital characters of the
male. Females of certain species-groups, however, are difficult to distinguish,
especially for the novice. One practice is to associate co-occurring females with
identified males; this is probably satisfactory if males of no other Melanoplus
species are found. Nevertheless, congeneric species do often appear in the same
location. It is not uncommon to find M. sanguinipes Fabr. associated with M.
femurrubrum De Geer, M. confusus Scudder, and M. gladstoni Scudder. Features
used to distinguish M. sanguinipes from these species are unreliable. For instance,
the red-legged trait of M. femurrubrum also occurs polymorphically in M. san¬
guinipes (Chapco 1983). The early spring emergence of M. confusus can aid in its
separation from M. sanguinipes, but by late June adults of both species are found.
The more robust M. gladstoni is less difficult to distinguish from M. sanguinipes.
Pale laterodorsal lines which form a diamond-back marking are common in the
former, but M. sanguinipes also has this trait polymorphically (Bidochka 1984).
Brooks’ (1958) monograph on Acridoidea of the Canadian Prairies states that
there are differences in the dorsal angle of ovipositor among Melanoplus species,
but we have found considerable variation for the trait; moreover, its measurement
is awkward. We demonstrate that discriminant functions based on a few easily
made measurements can, with reasonable confidence, help separate M. sangui¬
nipes from M. femurrubrum, M. confusus and M. gladstoni.
Materials and Methods
Eleven morphometric traits were determined for roughly 30 specimens per
species: prozona length (PZL), metazona length (MZL), pronotum width (PRW),
head width (HW), eye height (EH), eye width (EW), femur length (FL), femur
width (FW), tibia length (TL), interoccular distance (ID), and suboccular suture
length (SSL). Traits can be easily measured to the nearest 0.5 mm with calipers.
Melanoplus sanguinipes, M. femurrubrum, and M. confusus were collected within
a 20 km radius of Regina, Saskatchewan; M. gladstoni were collected at the Last
Mountain House Historical site, about 45 km NW of Regina.
Results and Discussion
Table 1 shows mean values for each trait and species; pooled within species
mean square errors (MSE) provide measures of variability. Because analysis of
40
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(1)
variance (not shown) revealed significant interspecific variation for all traits, a
Duncan’s multiple range test (a = 0.01) was used to determine homogeneous
groupings. Uniform sets are indicated by common letters (a, b, .. .) in the table.
Although Melanoplus femurrubrum appears as the smaller species in Table 1,
there is no consistent ranking among the other species. Many of the shape indices
(ratios of various traits such as MZL/PZL, TL/FL, etc., see Eades 1970) custom¬
arily used in morphometric investigations of acridids were calculated, but inter¬
estingly, with a few exceptions (see below), these showed considerable overlap
among species. Allometric similarity for body proportions may, therefore, explain
why some Melanoplus groups are difficult to identify.
Discriminant functions (DF) between M. sanguinipes and each of the other
three species were arrived at by applying stepwise discriminant analysis (Wilks)
to all variables and to subsets of variables and derived ratios (e.g., MZL/PZL,
PZL/FW, etc.). Those sets with the largest discriminatory power (percentage of
correctly classified specimens) were retained.
Resultant discriminant functions and classification rules follow:
1. M. sanguinipes vs. M. femurrubrum :
DF = (-11.0366) + (0.8882 x (TL))
- (9.3904 x (PZL/FW)) + (0.7142 x (FL))
If DF < 0.0787, classify as M. femurrubrum.
If DF > 0.0787, classify as M. sanguinipes.
96.6% correct classification
2. M. sanguinipes vs. M. confusus :
DF = (—10.2199) + (3.1389 x (FW)) - (4.0698 x (PZL))
+ (2.0752 x (HW)) - (1.9843 x (SSL)) + (0.9190 x (FL))
- (1.0061 x (TL) + (1.1778 x (EH))
If DF ^ 0, classify specimen as Af. confusus.
If DF 0, classify specimen as AT. sanguinipes.
96.4% correct classification.
3. M. sanguinipes vs. M. gladstonv.
DF = (—13.3864) - (1.8198 x (EW)) + (2.1149 x (FL))
- (1.7867 x (PZL + MZL))
If DF < 0.0984, classify specimen as M. gladstoni.
If DF > 0.0984, classify specimen as M. sanguinipes.
98.3% correct classification.
Traits are not difficult to measure although the inclusion of seven variables in the
separation of M. sanguinipes and M. confusus may be bothersome to some in¬
vestigators. An alternative discriminant function based on five variables yielded
92.7% correct classification and may be more attractive. This is given by
DF = (-0.6759) - (1.2193 x (FL)) + (1.0714 x (TL))
- (1.6382 x (EH)) + (12.0694 x (PZL/FW)).
To classify specimens, their character measurement values are substituted into
1990
GUENTHER & CHAPCO: ANALYSIS OF MELANOPLUS
41
Table 1. Mean values for 11 morphometric traits for four Melanoplus species. Letters following
values indicate homogeneous subsets of species. MSE = mean square error with df = 111. See text for
meaning of other symbols.
Trait
fern
sang
conf
glad
MSE
PZL
2.10a
2.29b
2.58c
2.32b
0.054
MZL
2.33a
2.77c
2.63bc
2.53b
0.060
PRW
3.20a
3.71b
3.78bc
3.92c
0.060
HW
3.70a
4.28b
4.15b
4.17b
0.064
EH
2.22a
2.43b
2.25a
2.43b
0.047
EW
1.52a
1.71b
1.52a
1.83c
0.034
FL
11.32a
13.02b
12.69b
11.17a
0.451
FW
2.98a
3.55d
3.22b
3.38c
0.049
TL
9.18a
10.59b
10.74b
9.33a
0.312
IND
0.93a
l.OOab
l.OOab
1.05b
0.013
SSL
1.50a
1.57a
1.52a
1.80b
0.052
Sample n
30
28
27
30
lll(df)
the appropriate discriminant function and their DF scores are assessed accord¬
ingly. For example, one specimen suspected to be M. femurrubrum had the fol¬
lowing measurements: TL = 9.0, PZL = 2.0, FW = 3.0, FL = 10.5. Substitution
into the first discriminant function yielded a discriminant score DF = (—11.0366)
+ (0.8882 x (9.0)) - (9.3904 x (2.0/3.0)) + (0.7142 x (10.5)) = -1.80. Because
-1.80 < 0.0787, the specimen is identified as M. femurrubrum.
It is not known whether these discriminant functions can be applied to speci¬
mens outside the geographic range of the present collection; this is currently being
investigated. Because the samples used to establish the DFs were the same as
those used to test the procedure, quoted discriminatory powers are likely over¬
estimates of true values. A more appropriate test of discriminatory power could
be achieved by randomly splitting samples into parts and using one part for DF
construction and the other part for assessing power. Although sample sizes larger
than those used here are usually required, the procedure was tried using the same
variables as above. Discriminatory powers then dropped to 84.0%, 66.7% and
90.6% for “unknown” samples of M. sanguinipes and each of M. femurrubrum,
M. confusus, and M. gladstoni, respectively. For the alternative DF involving M.
confusus, the percentage of correctly classified specimens remained high at 92.3%.
Despite shortcomings our procedure illustrates that a high degree of discrimination
among morphologically similar females of different species is possible using rel¬
atively few variables; researchers in other locations could define similar functions.
Acknowledgment
We thank the Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Council of Canada
(Grant A-0485 to WC) for financial support.
Literature Cited
Bidochka, M. J. 1984. Genetic variation in natural populations of the migratory grasshopper, Me¬
lanoplus sanguinipes. M.Sc. Thesis, University of Regina.
Brooks, A. R. 1958. Acridoidea of southern Alberta, Saskatchewan and Manitoba (Orthoptera). Can.
Entomol., Supl. 9.
42
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(1)
Chapco, W. 1983. The genes, T R , Ost, Pro R and L in natural populations of Melanoplus sanguinipes.
Can. J. Genet. Cytol., 25: 88-92.
Eades, D. C. 1970. Theoretical and procedural aspects of numerical phyletics. Syst. Zool., 19: 142-
171.
Received 10 April 1989; accepted 7 November 1989.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66(1): 43-54, (1990)
THE INTRODUCTION OF SIPHONINUS PHILLYREAE
(HALIDAY) (HOMOPTERA: ALEYRODIDAE) INTO
NORTH AMERICA: NICHE COMPETITION,
EVOLUTION OF HOST PLANT ACCEPTANCE,
AND A PREDICTION OF ITS POTENTIAL RANGE
IN THE NEARCTIC
John T. Sorensen, 1 Raymond J. Gill, 1
Robert V. Dowell 2 and Rosser W. Garrison 3
insect Taxonomy Laboratory and 2 Pest Detection/Emergency Projects,
California Department of Food & Agriculture, Sacramento, California 95814
3 Los Angeles County Agricultural Commissioner’s Office,
El Monte, California 91732
Abstract.— Siphoninus phillyreae (Haliday), the ash whitefly, was initially collected in North
America in Los Angeles, California, August 1988 and underwent a vast population explosion
shortly afterwards. We document the current status of its expanding distribution in North Amer¬
ica and note over 25 host plant species/varieties and five plant families that are used by this
whitefly in California but unreported as hosts in its native Palaearctic range. We predict a potential
ultimate range in the Nearctic for the whitefly, based upon isotherm data with reference to its
Old World distribution. We list the diagnostic features of the species, and comment on the
taxonomic status of S. phillyreae, noting that pupae from California seem closer in appearance
to material from Egypt than from southern Europe. We suggest that acceptance of new host
plants in California may be a mutation driven phenomenon with the increased host acceptance
mutations due to its extreme and unchecked population size. We comment upon the potential
host plant niches that this whitefly will occupy in the Nearctic, and the taxa that could be its
most serious ecological competitors in these niches.
Key Words. — Insecta, Aleyrodidae, Siphoninus phillyreae, ash whitefly, Nearctic distribution,
host plant evolution, niche competition
On 18 Aug 1988, Siphoninus phillyreae (Haliday), the ash whitefly, was collected
for the first time in North America by R. Orsbum in Los Angeles, California.
This species’ previous distribution was palaearctic, from Ireland, Morocco and
Cameroun in the west to India in the east. Shortly after its collection, an extraor¬
dinary population explosion of S. phillyreae occurred throughout the Los Angeles
basin which was attributed to a lack of natural enemies. Populations grew rapidly
with the flying adults described as appearing similar to a light snow flurry. Within
a year the species distribution within California (Fig. 1) had spread along the
southern California coast from Santa Barbara to San Diego, and ranged inland
to Riverside (Riverside Co.), Victorville (San Bernardino Co.) and Lancaster (Los
Angeles Co.) in the desert; by December 1989 it had expanded through California’s
central valley to Sacramento, and to San Jose in the San Francisco Bay Area,
probably through the movements of infested plant material. In December 1989,
S. phillyreae was found infesting nursery stock arriving in Los Angeles from
Phoenix, Arizona; the whitefly had been found in Phoenix two months before.
The severe infestation found in the Los Angeles basin has caused honeydew
and sooty mold problems, as is common with other whiteflies but seldom noticed
44
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(1)
because of their smaller populations. The whitefly is not dependent upon fresh,
flush growth on its hosts as are several other aleyrodids (e.g., Parabemisia myricae
[Kuwana], Walker & Aitken 1985) which have been recently introduced into
California. Therefore, the entire shrub or tree canopy is subject to infestation
during the season. Locally occurring aleyrodid natural enemies have not been
found associated with the S. phillyreae populations. Although this whitefly has
been reported to have two to three generations per year in Egypt (Priesner &
Hosny 1932), it is thought to have considerably more in southern California with
a potential generation time of 25 days (T. Bellows, personal communcation).
This explosive, invasive occurrence has revealed several interesting biological
1990 SORENSEN ET AL.: SIPHONINUS PHILLYREAE IN NORTH AMERICA 45
Figure 2. Pupae of Siphoninusphillyreae (after Priesner & Hosney 1932). Smaller pupae (described
as S. granati by Priesner & Hosney) and larger pupae (figured as S. phillyreae by Priesner & Hosney).
Note size related occurrence of siphon tubes on dorsomedial abdominal segments.
aspects about this whitefly which are atypical of most others that have become
established in California. We comment upon some of these aspects and their
evolutionary significance in the expanding allopatric distribution of this species.
Taxonomy
Siphoninus phillyreae has a unique phena in its pupal stage. The living pupa is
pale with a melanic stripe dorsomedially; its dorsum is covered with ‘siphon
tubes’ that are somewhat similar in appearance to the siphunculi (cornicles) of
aphids. Each siphon produces a droplet of wax that causes the entire structure to
appear as a glassy club; there are 40-50 such clubs on each pupa. The pupae also
have a dorsomedial series of tufts composed of white fibrous wax which form a
dorsomedial line obscuring medially located siphon tubes.
Slide mounted pupae show these numerous siphon tubes and a dorsomedial
melanic stripe that fades in the middle of the otherwise pale body (Fig. 2). Live
adults are undistinguished, but slide mounted males have a single posteromedially
directed tooth that is immediately anteriad of the terminal process (apical tooth)
on each clasper (Fig. 3); this tooth is apparently homologous with the subapical
tooth of the clasper (Gill in press) exhibited by other aleyrodids.
Mound & Halsey (1978) consider S. phillyreae to be a single, but variable
species, noting that the number and placement of the dorsal siphons on its pupal
46
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(1)
Operculum
Terminal
Abdominal
Segment
Clasper
(Paramere)
Subapical Tooth
Lingula
Aedeagus
Inflatable Sac
Terminal Process
(Apical Tooth)
Figure 3. Male genitalia of Siphoninus phillyreae, dorsal view, anterior to top.
cases is variable and is related in part to the overall size of the pupal case (Goux
1949); see Fig. 2 for size-related variability in siphon numbers, where larger
specimens reputedly show more siphons in dorsomedial series on the mesal por¬
tion of the abdominal dorsum. Mound & Halsey’s (1978) assessment of S. phil¬
lyreae as a single (taxonomic) entity has considerable importance to its successful
biological control because if a species-complex or series of biotypes were involved,
it could complicate efforts to find compatible controlling agents.
Material in California thus far examined shows a characteristic heavy dorso¬
medial band of wax. However, CDFA efforts in August, 1989, to secure natural
enemies in northern Italy and adjacent France found that S. phillyreae pupae in
that area lack such a conspicuous wax band (L. Bezark, personal communication).
The California material appears similar to Egyptian material of S. granati Priesner
& Hosny (1932: plate 1) described from pomegranate. That species nomen, as
well as inaequalis Gautier, dubiosa Haupt, dubious Heeger, phylliceae Bouche,
finitimus Silvestri, and multitubulatus Goux, have been synonymized under phil¬
lyreae Haliday by Mound & Halsey (1978). It will be interesting to find out if
imported and released biological control agents “recognize” such taxonomic treat¬
ment.
Biology
Potential Nearctic Range.—We suspect that S. phillyreae, if it is a single and
uniform biological entity with respect to temperature tolerances, will continue to
1990 SORENSEN ET AL.: SIPHONINUS PHILLYREAE IN NORTH AMERICA 47
Figure 4. Isotherm map of Europe for average daily temperature in January. Siphoninus phillyreae
occurs throughout the area shown, north to approximately the -7° C (20° F) isotherm, except in
southern Norway and Sweden.
expand its range well into temperate North America. This is because unlike many
more tropical aleyrodids that have been introduced into California, such as Aleu-
rothrixus floccosus (Maskell) or Dialeurodes citrifolii (Morgan) (Dowell & Gill
1989), S. phillyreae occurs well north into Europe in Germany, Poland and the
western and southern U.S.S.R. Its Palaearctic distribution appears limited to south
of isotherms for an average January daily temperature of between — 7° C (20° F)
and — 1° C (30° F) (Fig. 4), although it has not been reported in southern Norway
or Sweden (Hulden 1986) which also fall into this zone. If these same isotherms
are also limiting in North America, S. phillyreae could potentially expand its range
well into the Nearctic (Fig. 5) to southwestern British Columbia, western Montana,
southern South Dakota, extreme southern Minnesota, and eastward across south¬
ern portions of Wisconsin, Michigan, and Ontario, to New England.
Host Associations. — This whitefly is polyphagous on relatively hard-leaved shrubs
and small trees in the Palaearctic, where it shows host associations in the Oleaceae
(Fraxinus, Olea, Phillyrea ) and the Rosaceae ( Crataegus, Cydonia, Mespilus, Pru-
nus, Pyrus ), but is also recorded from the Leguminosae ( Afzelia ), Punicaceae
(Punica), Rhamnaceae ( Rhamnus ) (Mound & Halsey 1978) and Rutaceae ( Citrus)
(Khan et al. 1985). In California, S. phillyreae has been found on many hosts
(Table 1) including over 25 species (and varieties) and five families not recorded
in the Palaearctic. (This list has been updated while in press to reflect additional
hosts reported by Bellows et al. [1990] and subsequent data, these have not [yet]
been verified by CDFA.)
Although S. phillyreae has been found to use many new plants in California,
it shows some differentiation in its acceptance of hosts. The preferred hosts in
California have thus far been evergreen ash ( Fraxinus uhdei [Wenzig] Lingelsheim)
and evergreen (flowering) pear {Pyrus kawakamii Hayata), which seem particularly
susceptible with large populations causing partial defoliation (Gill 1989). In con-
48
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(1)
Figure 5. Isotherm map of North America for average daily temperature in January. As judged
by its distribution in Europe with relation to climate, Siphoninus phillyreae should be able to tolerate
those areas in North America north to the -7° C (20° F) or at least the -1° C (30° F) isotherm line.
trast, this whitefly seems to use Rhaphiolepis (K. Arakawa, personal communi¬
cation) and Citrus mostly during winter months in southern California, when
preferred deciduous hosts are barren.
Siphoninus phillyreae appears to survive the winter in all stages in southern
California on some of its nondeciduous hosts (e.g., Citrus, Rhaphiolepis, Hetero-
meles). This facultative use of “overwintering” hosts in such climates has no
doubt aided S. phillyreae in building up the dramatic numbers that are reported
in the Los Angeles basin. By using evergreen overwintering hosts in California,
populations of this whitefly need not crash in the fall, when their preferred de¬
ciduous hosts are unavailable. This permits a large number of surviving individ¬
uals in the spring to allow a greater population growth during the next season, as
seen in the expression: population growth = r m N, where r m is the species’ innate
capacity for increase (Andrewartha & Birch 1954) and N is the surviving popu¬
lation in the spring. As S. phillyreae moves into more continental climates in the
Nearctic, we expect that it will cease to have year-around breeding populations
and that it will necessarily exhibit the distinct seasonality seen in northern Europe.
Evolution of Host Acceptance. —The prediction of ultimate range potential in
the Nearctic assumes that compatible hosts are available and that the source
population for the California introduction has an unrestricted genetic tolerance
1990 SORENSEN ET AL.: SIPHONINUS PHILLYREAE IN NORTH AMERICA 49
for cold with respect to the overall genome of S. phillyreae. Since “founder”
populations are considered to classically show restricted genetic variance with
respect to entire parental populations across their geographic ranges (Lewontin
1974), it is doubtful the last assumption is true. Alternatively, however, California
populations of walnut husk fly, Rhagoletis completa Cresson, derived from intro¬
duced founders from parental populations in eastern North America, have been
found (Berlocher 1984) to have developed both differing patterns of isozymic
variation and greater isozymic variation around individual locii, than occurs in
the populations in eastern North America. Hence, evolutionary mechanisms ap¬
parently exist in some cases to increase genetic variance and heterozygosity in
populations derived from genetically restricted founder groups. Such newly dis¬
covered and poorly understood evolutionary mechanisms make potential and
rapid evolutionary change under allopatric conditions over short time periods
increasingly feasible and probable; this is because the genetic variance of daughter
populations may be increased, allowing them to meet selection pressures of their
new environment that their parental populations were not subjected to.
One potential result of such an evolutionary mechanism in the case of S.
phillyreae might be the increase in acceptable host plants (both as numbers of
species and particularly families) that we report as used in California in comparison
to the Palaearctic. The increase in acceptable hosts is no doubt a result of either
favorable allelic (re)combinations or mutations allowing exploitation of a new
host. Such host plant utilization models based upon genetic variance and com¬
binations have been proposed in tephretids previously (Bush 1969, 1975). Under
these models, the genetic variance in some Rhagoletis species has been considered
great enough to create discrete behavioral traits for host selection; because mating
occurs on hosts this has led to differentiation of mating sites and therefore to
potential sympatric speciation between individuals accepting different hosts. It is
doubtful, however, that simply new allelic combinations alone (barring mutations)
are responsible for the increased level of host acceptance seen in California for
S. phillyreae, because surely such recombination would have occurred previously
in the species’ palaearctic range. Rather it is likely that mutations have caused
the observed increase in host acceptance.
Ordinarily, mutations are usually estimated to occur at one mutation per 10 -5
or 10 -6 individuals in the natural environment for organisms in general (Mettler
& Gregg 1969). This rate has been reported to be as high as more than 1 per 10 -4
for some traits in Drosophila (Dobzhansky 1970). Clearly, at these higher rates
(> 1 mutant individual per 10,000) the explosive population growth exhibited
by S. phillyreae in California (or other new agricultural pests in new environments
free of natural enemies) would provide adequate numbers from which new ac¬
ceptable host plant mutants might occur. Normally, the number of mutations in
populations shows a balance between those mutations imparting an increased
selective advantage and those that are lethal or sublethal. When populations
suddenly begin to grow rapidly, however, the ascendancy of advantageous genes
do not necessarily have to occur at the expense of normally lethal genes; the latter
would thus functionally be eliminated more slowly (Emlen 1973). This is because
if lethal genes were initially in equilibrium in a population, any rapid population
increase would lessen the selection pressures upon them (in terms of population
rather than individual response), allowing their frequency to increase, and ulti-
50
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(1)
Table 1. Hosts recorded for Siphoninus phillyreae in California from which adults have emerged.
Family
Species
Common name
Apocynaceae: a ’ c
Plumeria rubra L. a c
plumeria
Bignoniaceae: 3
Catalpa sp. 3 ’ b
catalpa (hybrid)
Leguminosae:
Cercis occidentalis Torrey 3
western redbud
Cercis siliquastrum L. a - C
Judas tree
Lythracaceae: 3
Lagerstroemia indica L. a
crape myrtle
Magnoliaceae: 3
Liriodendron tulipifera L. a
tulip tree
Magnolia koba stellata Maximowicz 3
star magnolia
Oleaceae:
Fraxinus latifolia Bcntham 33
Oregon ash
Fraxinus uhdei (Wenzig) Lingelsheim
Shamel ash
Fraxinus uhdei (Wenzig) Lingelsheim
‘Tomlinson’ 3 ’ 3
Tomlinson ash
Fraxinus velutina Torrey ‘Modesto’ 3 - 3
Modesto ash
Fraxinus velutina var. glabra Rehder 3
Arizona ash
Fraxinus velutina var. coriacea (Watson)
western (or leather-
Rehder 3
leal) ash
Li gust rum sp. 3
privet
Phillyrea latifolia L.
phillyrea
Syringa x hyacinthifolia (Hort. Lemoine) Rehder 3
excel lilac (hybrid)
Syringa laciniata Miller 3 ' 3
cut-leaf lilac
Syringa vulgaris L. 3
lilac (or common lilac)
Punicaceae:
Punica granetum L.
pomegranate
Rosaceae:
Amelanchier sp. 3 ' d
serviceberry
Chaenomeles speciosa Nakai 3
flowering quince
Eriobotrya deflexa (Hemsley) Nakai 3
golden loquat
Eriobotrya japonica (Thunberg) Lindley 3 ’ 3
loquat
Heteromeles arbutifolia (Aiton) M. Roemer 3
toyon
Malus floribunda Siebold 3
Japanese flowering
crabapple
Malus fusea (Rafinesque) C. K. Schneid 3
Oregon crabapple
Malus scheidecker Zabel 3
Scheider crabapple
Malus pumila P. Miller 3
apple
Malus sp. ‘Hopa’ 3 - 3
crabapple
Malus sp. ‘Red Jade’ 3 3
crabapple
Prunus armeniaca L. 3
apricot
Prunus x blireiana Andre 3
blue plum (hybrid)
Prunus salicina Lindley ‘Santa Rosa’ 3
Santa Rosa plum
Prunus virginiana var. melanocarpa (A. Nelson)
Sargent 3
chokecherry
Pyracantha sp. 3
firethom
Pyrus calleryana Decaisne
ornamental pear
Pyrus communis L.
pear
Pyrus kawakamii Hayata 3
evergreen pear
Pyrus pyrifolia Nakai
Japanese sand pear
Rhaphiolepis indica Lindley 3
Indian hawthorn
Rubiaceae: 3
Cephalanthus occidentalis var. californicus
Bentham 3
buttonbush
Rutaceae:
Citrus aurantifolia Swingle 3
lime
Citrus limon (L.) Burman f. ‘Meyer’ 3
Meyer lemon
Citrus reticulata Blanco
tangerine
Citrus sinensis Osbeck ‘Valencia’ 3 ’ 1-
Valencia orange
Fortunella sp. 3 ’ 3
kumquat
a Host associations recorded from California only.
b Hybrid species reported as “ x Chiopa .”
1990 SORENSEN ET AL.: SIPHONINUS PHILLYREAE IN NORTH AMERICA 51
mately allowing the incorporation of these normally lethal genetic factors into the
genetic variance in ways which may occasionally prove to be beneficial innovations
(Emlen 1973). (For instance, a mutation allowing use of a new host plant might
be functionally lethal or sublethal to a species with a requirement for sexual
[recombinant] reproduction, if a mutated female on the new host could not find
mates which occur on the normal host[s].) The result is that more rapidly fluc¬
tuating populations generally display a greater increase in changes for selected
traits than do stable populations (Ford 1971).
An alternative explanation for S. phillyreae’s increase in host acceptance in
California over that of the Palaearctic is that previous host reporting in the Old
World was inadequate. This is unlikely, however, because the whitefly is a serious
agricultural pest and has been examined by many workers (for a bibliography see
Mound & Halsey 1978). Furthermore, it is not uncommon for other exotic white-
flies to show similar increases in host acceptance during the phase of unrestrained
population growth that initially follows their introduction into a new environment
(RVD, unpublished data). Models currently under development treat expansion
of host plant acceptance in species invading new environments, with particular
reference to agricultural pests (RVD, unpublished data).
Niche Competition.—In addition to lacking natural enemies, S. phillyreae is
almost devoid of competitors in California (especially rosaceous plants). Species
of Citrus are the only hosts of S. phillyreae, either previously reported or new
(Table 1), that are attacked regularly by a complement of whiteflies in California
(RJG, unpublished data). However, S. phillyreae uses Citrus primarily as an
overwintering host in California. Interestingly, Citrus are the chief evergreen hosts
of S. phillyreae in California with a substantial but facultative fauna of polypha-
gous aphids (Kono & Papp 1977).
Because many genera of aphids in a “Rosaceous series” within the Aphidinae
have evolved using plants in the Rosaceae as a primary (overwintering) host (Hille
Ris Lambers 1950, 1979; Blackman & Eastop 1984; Dixon 1987), aphids are
perhaps the most likely Homoptera to seriously compete with S. phillyreae for
the niche of feeding on deciduous leaves in the Rosaceae. Several aphid groups
have radiated using the Rosaceae in this way (e.g., the Rhopalosiphini: Hyalop-
terous, Hysteroneura, Melanaphis, Rhopalosiphum, Schizaphis\ and the Macro-
siphini: Anuraphis through Macrosiphum; among others). These holocyclic aphids
have evolved using a life cycle employing woody plants in the Rosaceae as over¬
wintering hosts, upon which to deposit their eggs in the fall. They move from the
Rosaceae after completing a few generations in the early spring, having taken
advantage of the high amino-nitrogen content of the rapidly growing leaves during
spring foliation (Dixon 1970, 1973, 1977). When the amino-nitrogen content of
c Host added while in press to reflect an update after Bellows et al. (1990) and subsequent data.
Identification not (yet) verified by CDFA.
d Reported as Amelanchier “'dentiolata” for which we can find no species reference in taxonomic
works.
e Reported as M. domestica, which is crabapple, but assumed here to be common apple due to the
common name association of “apple” on the record (Bellows et al. 1990 lists this record as M.
domestica ).
f Also recorded from navel oranges but without reference to a particular cultivated variety.
52
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(1)
the maturing leaves on these woody rosaceous hosts drop, the aphids customarily
emigrate to rapidly growing herbaceous plants during the summer, again because
of the higher available amino-nitrogen during their summer growth season. In
the fall, as the herbaceous plants decline, the summer populations of these hol-
ocyclic aphids immigrate back to their woody Rosaceae overwintering hosts, where
the amino-nitrogen content of the senescent leaves increases as leaf proteins are
broken down. An advantage of this heteroecious life mode for holocyclic aphids
is that favorable amino-nitrogen sources can be tracked throughout the year, and
that foliating woody hosts in the early spring provide a dependable nutrient source
when the aphid’s eggs hatch into poorly mobile first instar nymphs that require
immediate and adjacent high-quality food.
An ecological strategy of heteroecy and holocycly for aphidine aphids has many
exceptions, however. In warmer areas, such as California, many species of these
otherwise heteroecious aphid genera have adapted an anholocyclic strategy and
have become secondarily monoecious by remaining continuously parthenogenetic
on the ever-present growth of herbaceous plants. Many aphids considered serious
agricultural pests (e.g., Myzus persicae [Sulzer], Aphis gossypii Glover) are poly-
phagous and anholocyclic, taking advantage of whatever happens to be the best
amino-nitrogen source at the moment. Other entire aphid genera in rosaceous
evolutionary series have similarly adopted a secondarily monoecious strategy (e.g.,
Sitobion) and have moved permanently to herbaceous plants in noncontinental
climate areas. In contrast, some holocyclic species of Aphidinae (e.g., Aphis pomi
DeGeer) remain on their rosaceous hosts continuously. The abandoning of mid¬
summer teneral leaves with lower amino-nitrogen contents is not trivial for aphids;
some more primitive aphid groups that are monoeciously restricted to trees (e.g.,
drepanosiphines and some phyllaphidines) must cope with lower available nu¬
trients during the summer by ceasing reproduction and estivating as nymphs until
amino-nitrogen raises in the fall (Hille Ris Lambers 1966).
Nonaphid homopterans do not have such a strong and definite evolutionary
link with the Rosaceae, and either do not regularly feed on the deciduous leaves
of plants in the Rosaceae (e.g., Coccoidea, Aleyrodoidea), or appear to occupy
that niche as a relatively modem and derived “host capture” (e.g., several ty-
phlocybine leafhopper genera, Cacopsylla [Psyllidae] on Pyrus, Parthenolecanium
corni [Bouche] [Coccidae] nymphs on leaves during the summer).
Among S. phillyreae’s favored nonrosaceous and deciduous hosts, aphids again
appear as potential competitors. For example, Fraxinus is commonly used by
Prociphilus americanus (Walker) and P. fraxinifolii (Riley) as an overwintering
host (Kono & Papp 1977); these aphids, however, are also holocyclic, using co¬
nifers (Smith 1969) as secondary hosts during the summer.
In contrast to aphids, A. phillyreae prefers mature (teneral) foliage and is present
during the hot summer months on its deciduous hosts; this largely eliminates or
minimizes the synchronic use of these plants by this whitefly and aphids. Thus,
S. phillyreae appears to occupy a reasonably distinct and somewhat unoccupied
or less competitive niche that involves the summer use of teneral leaves among
plants in the Rosaceae and Fraxinus. With no natural enemies or serious com¬
petitors, the population of S. phillyreae has rapidly increased in California and
the whitefly has expanded its host plant range onto previously unused plants.
Economic Potential as a Pest. — Lacking competitors S. phillyreae will become
1990 SORENSEN ET AL.: SIPHONINUS PHILLYREAE IN NORTH AMERICA 53
a major summer feeding pest of stone and pome fruits and numerous ornamental
trees in California and elsewhere in North America. As such it could seriously
disrupt existing management programs on these plants as has occurred with other
whiteflies on Citrus (Dowell in press). In addition, management sprays for other
pests such as codling moth, Cydia pomonella (L.) and oriental fruit moth, Gra-
pholitha molesta (Busck) could interfere with biological control efforts (Dowell in
press) aimed at S. phillyreae.
The apparent requirement for an overwintering host in California will limit the
impact of S. phillyreae to those deciduous hosts near stands of overwintering
hosts. Such situations for S. phillyreae commonly exist throughout California in
urban and agricultural settings with Citrus, Rhaphiolepis and Heteromeles ; par¬
ticularly the latter in foothill areas near orchards. A similar situation exists for
Trialeurodes vittata (Quaintance) which is a pest in grape vineyards near stands
of its overwintering host, Rhamnus californica Eschscholtz (Joos 1981).
The extent of genetic variance in Californian S. phillyreae and its ultimate
expression and consequences remain unknown. We suggest that studies of iso-
zymic variation in the introduced Californian population, as it expands, in com¬
parison with similar studies of variation for the Palaearctic may be of significant
importance to both pragmatic economic estimates for the species as well as to an
increased knowledge of evolutionary parameters and mechanisms in general. We
suspect that eventually when successful natural enemies are introduced to control
S. phillyreae populations in California, the variety of host plants which it occurs
on will collapse to only those it does best on physiologically, ecologically and
competitively. We also suspect, however, that this species will be a significant
aleyrodid pest to some deciduous plants throughout its eventual Nearctic range.
Acknowledgment
We thank D. Barbe for botanical consultations, L. Bezark, T. Bellows and K.
Arakawa for information on S. phillyreae, and T. Kono for reviewing the manu¬
script. Many of the hosts listed as new within California were reported to the
California Dept, of Food & Agriculture by K. Arakawa, which verified the S .
phillyreae identification.
Literature Cited
Andrewartha, H. G. & L. C. Birch. 1954. The distribution and abundance of animals. The University
of Chicago Press, Chicago, Illinois.
Bellows, T., T. D. Paine, K. Y. Arakawa, C. Meisenbacher, P. Leddy & J. Kabashima. 1990. Biological
control sought for ash whitefly. California Agriculture, 44 (1, January-February): 4-6.
Berlocher, S. H. 1984. Genetic changes coinciding with colonization of California by the walnut
husk fly, Rhagoletis completa. Evolution, 38: 906-918.
Blackman, R. L. & V. F. Eastop. 1984. Aphids on the world’s crops, an identification guide. John
Wiley & Sons, New York.
Bush, G. L. 1969. Sympatric host race formation and speciation in frugivorus flies of the genus
Rhagoletis (Diptera, Tephretidae). Evolution, 23: 237-251.
Bush, G. L. 1975. Modes of animal speciation. Annual Rev. Ecol. & Syst., 6: 339-364.
Dixon, A. G. F. 1970. Quality and availability of food for sycamore aphid population, pp. 271-
287. In Watson, A. (ed.). Animal populations in relation to their food resources. Blackwell,
Oxford.
Dixon, A. G. F. 1973. Biology of aphids. Edward Arnold, London.
54
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(1)
Dixon, A. G. F. 1977. Aphid ecology: life cycles, polymorphism, and population regulation. Annual
Rev. Ecol. & Syst., 8: 329-353.
Dixon, A. G. F. 1987. Chapter 4. Biology. 4.1. The way of life of aphids: host specificity, speciation
and distribution, pp. 197-207. In Minks, A. K., & P. Harrewijn (eds.). Aphids, their biology,
natural enemies and control. Vol. 2A. World Crop Pests. Elsevier, Amsterdam.
Dobzhansky, T. 1970. Genetics of the evolutionary process. Columbia University Press, New York.
Dowell, R. V. (in press). Chapter 13. Integrating biological control of whiteflies into existing pest
management systems. In Gerling, D. (ed.). Whiteflies: their bionomics, pest status and man¬
agement. Intercept, Dorset, England.
Dowell, R. V. & R. J. Gill. 1989. Exotic invertebrates and their effects on California. Pan-Pacif.
Entomol., 65: 132-145.
Emlen, J. M. 1973. Ecology: an evolutionary approach. Addison-Wesley, London.
Ford, E. B. 1971. Ecological genetics (3rd ed). Chapman & Hall, London.
Gill, R. J. 1989. The ash whitefly in California, history, economic potential, biology, current status.
Analysis & Identification Branch, California Dept. Food & Agriculture, Sacramento, California.
Gill, R. J. (in press). Chapter 2. The morphology of whiteflies. In Gerling, D. (ed.). Whiteflies: their
bionomics, pest status and management. Intercept, Dorset, England.
Goux, L. 1949. Contribution a l’etude des aleurodes (Hem. Aleyrodoidea) de la France. VII. Le
genre Siphoninus Silvestri. Bull. mens. Soc. linn. Lyon N. S., 18: 7-12.
Hille Ris Lambers, D. 1950. Host plants and aphid classification, pp. 141-148. Proc. 8th Intemat’l.
Cong. Entomol., Stockholm, 1948.
Hille Ris Lambers, D. 1966. Polymorphism in Aphididae. Annual Rev. Entomol., 11: 47-78.
Hille Ris Lambers, D. 1979. Aphids as botanists? Symbolae Botanicae Upsaliensis, 22: 114-119.
Hulden, L. 1986. The whiteflies (Homoptera, Aleyrododea [sic]) and their parasites in Finland.
Notulae Entomologicae, 66: 1-40.
Joos, J. L. 1981. Section IV—Minor insect and mite pests. Grape whitefly. pp. 209-210. In Flaherty,
D. L., F. L. Jensen, A. N. Kasimatis, H. Kido & W. Moller (eds.). Grape pest management.
Division of Agricultural Sciences, University of California, Publication 4105. Agricultural Sci¬
ences Publications, University of California, Berkeley.
Khan, A. G., A. A. Goraya, A. I. Mohyuddin & C. Inayatullah. 1985. The whiteflies (Homoptera:
Aleyrodidae) of Pakistan. Pakistan J. Zool., 17: 29-33.
Kono, T. & C. S. Papp. 1977. Handbook of agricultural pests—aphids, thrips, mites, snails and
slugs. California Dept. Food & Agriculture, Sacramento.
Lewontin, R. C. 1974. The genetic basis of evolutionary change. Columbia University Press, New
York.
Mettler, L. E. & T. G. Gregg. 1969. Population genetics and evolution. Foundations of modem
genetics series. Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey.
Mound, L. A. & S. H. Halsey. 1978. Whitefly of the world, a systematic catalogue of the Aleyrodidae
(Homoptera) with host plant and natural enemy data. British Museum (Natural History) and
John Wiley & Sons, New York.
Smith, C. F. 1969. Pemphiginae associated with the roots of conifers in North America (Homoptera:
Aphididae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 62: 1128-1152.
Priesner, H. & M. Hosney. 1932. Contributions to a knowledge of the white flies (Aleurodidae) of
Egypt (I.). Ministry of Agric., Egypt, Tech, and Sci. Serv., Bull., 121.
Walker, G. P. & D. C. G. Aitken. 1985. Oviposition and survival of bayberry whitefly, Parabemisia
myricae (Homoptera: Aleyrodidae) on lemon leaves as a function of leaf age. Environ. Entomol.,
14: 254-257.
Received 20 November 1989; accepted 4 December 1989.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66(1): 55-61, (1990)
PODAGRITUS CORA (CAMERON) AND
P. ALBIPES (F. SMITH)
(HYMENOPTERA: SPHECIDAE: CRABRONINAE)
PREYING ON EPHEMEROPTERA AND TRICHOPTERA
Anthony C. Harris
Otago Museum, Dunedin, New Zealand
Abstract.— Podagritus albipes (F. Smith) and P. cora (Cameron) are recorded preying almost
exclusively on a Deleatidium sp. taxonomically close to D. myzobranchia Phillips, a Deleatidium
sp. close to D. lillii Eaton (Ephemeroptera) and Pycnocentrodes aureola (McLachlan) (Trichop-
tera). Multitudes of individuals of these carbronines, together with predatory muscids ( Spilogona
Schnabl), occupy large stones in the Blue Stream (Mt. Cook National Park, New Zealand) that
protrude above waterlevel. When Ephemeroptera nymphs eclose as subimagines and emerge
from the water onto the stones, they are often captured either by Podagritus wasps or by Spilogona
muscids. The wasps take the prey to nests in patches of sand on either side of the stream. Forty
(of 41) excavated Podagritus nests contained only Ephemeroptera and Trichoptera. This asso¬
ciation reoccurs every summer. The Podagritus populations generally do not feed upon the
Diptera, prey usually associated with this genus.
Key Words.— Insecta, Sphecidae, Podagritus cora, Podagritus albipes, Diptera, Spilogona,
Ephemeroptera, Deleatidium, Trichoptera, Pycnocentrodes aureola
Podagritus Spinola comprises 53 described species distributed in South America
(28), Australia (19) and New Zealand (6); New Zealand has an additional two
undescribed species. Species of this genus provision their nest cells exclusively
with Diptera (Bohart & Menke 1976). The present observation is unusual because
it shows that nesting aggregates along the entire course of a stream prey almost
entirely on aquatic insects, mostly Ephemeroptera and Trichoptera. The vast
majority of provisioned nest cells in this locality were completely devoid of Dip¬
tera.
A brook, the Blue Stream, originates from Tasman Glacier, Mt. Cook National
Park, New Zealand, emerging from the southern side approximately 8500 m
upstream of the terminal face of the glacier. Blue Stream runs for approximately
2 km along the southern wall of the Tasman Valley before joining the Tasman
River. The stream flows over outwash plains of boulders, gravel, shingle and sand;
large stones line its course and many boulders protrude above the surface of the
water.
Observations
There are large numbers of Ephemeroptera (principally Deleatidium myzo-
branchia- group, D. lillii- group) and Trichoptera (Pycnocentrodes aureola [Mc¬
Lachlan]), besides lesser numbers of miscellaneous immature aquatic insects on
the undersurfaces of the stones. During November-February between 11:00-
16:00 h, ultimate instar mayfly nymphs crawl rapidly from the undersides of
boulders, and emerge from the water. They stop (about 2 min after first appearing
underwater on the stone) and eclose to a subimago, that is free in 2-8 min. Teneral
caddisflies also emerge along the sides of the stones, pausing above the water
56
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(1)
level. Large numbers of crabronine wasps, mostly Podagritus corn (Cameron) and
P. albipes (F. Smith), together with an undescribed muscid fly {Spilogona Schnabl,
formerly Limnophora Robineau-Desvoidy) are also on the stones. In January
there are up to 24 crabronines and five muscids per boulder, but more usually
there are two to six crabronines and two muscids per stone. On warm sunny days
between mid October and February, every available stone in the stream may be
occupied thusly, and the flies and wasps wait for mayflies and caddisflies. The
predators frequently observe the submerged prey and move closer to their emer¬
gence points. During the peak emergence of mayflies (often 13:00-15:00 h) cra¬
bronines fly from the tops of the boulders to the eclosing mayfly nymphs (Fig. 1)
and, as the integument splits, pull the subimago out, sting and paralyze it, and
fly rapidly about 15 m to sand patches on the sides of the stream where they nest.
Most of the nest-cells throughout a 1.5 km area on both sides of the Blue Stream
are provisioned solely with mayflies, although about 10% of nests contain a com¬
bination of mayflies and caddisflies.
The muscids are capable of defending their prey against relatively large cra¬
bronines such as P. corn with which they compete for mayflies (Fig. 2), despite
that in other parts of the country this wasp frequently provisions its nests with
large sarcophagids and calliphorids. Examination of 40 crabronid nests at the
Blue Stream indicated that Spilogona were not used as prey; no sphecids were
observed to take Spilogona.
On overcast days when the crabronines remained underground in their burrows
the muscids were present on the boulders; the flies were also present on the
boulders for longer periods during sunny weather, arriving earlier and leaving
later than the wasps. They frequently captured and consumed aquatic insects on
the boulders.
The crabronines were best able to capture emerging mayflies on still, warm,
sunny days. When a small wind developed, the wasp and its prey were frequently
blown into the stream and swept away with the current. Mayfly subimagines
frequently fell into the stream by themselves and drifted away; some of these,
however, were plucked from the surface of the water by crabronines, stung in
mid-air, and transported to the nests.
Both P. com and P. albipes would attempt to take struggling insects held by the
surface tension of the water, but neither would accept as prey anything other than
Deleatidium subimagines or Pycnocentrodes aureola. On six occasions, P. albipes
females flew to a struggling Syrphus novozealandiae (Diptera: Syrphidae), a pro¬
visioned prey in its nests elsewhere, but these flies were ignored once identified
by the wasps at Blue Stream.
The association between Podagritus, Spilogona, Deleatidium and Pycnocen¬
trodes species at Blue Stream has occurred every summer since at least 1975,
beginning in November and ending at the end of February.
Although the Deleatidium ultimate instar nymphs taken by Podagritus wasps
at Blue Stream key to the myzobranchia- group and the //////-group using Winter¬
bourne et al. (1981), and the subimagines key to D. myzobranchia Phillips and
D. lillii Eaton using Phillips (1930), the two species taken from crabronine wasps
are both undescribed (M. Winterbourne, personal communication).
Nests.—Podagritus albipes nests were made in level sand. The 3.0 mm wide
entrance typically opened in the middle of a 40 mm diameter mound and was
left open during provisioning. The 3 mm wide main burrow sloped at 75°-77°
1990
HARRIS: SPHECID PREDATION ON AQUATIC INSECTS
57
Figures 1, 2. Figure 1. Three Podagritus cora females competing for a Deleatidium sp. subimago
(undescribed), that is emerging from its nymphal exuviae. One P. cora has grasped the subimago,
pulling it out. Other mayfly exuviae are visible. Figure 2. A Spilogona sp. (undescribed) has beaten a
Podagritus cora to a Deleatidium sp. subimago (undescribed) that started emerging from its last
nymphal exuviae.
and the first cell was 10-68 mm (typically 60 mm) below surface level. Nests
contained either one or two cells. The cells contained four to six mayflies ( De¬
leatidium myzobranchia-growp, D. //////-group), and less frequently a combination
of mayflies and caddisflies (Pycnocentrodes aureola). Of 15 nests excavated, 11
58
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(1)
3
Figure 3. Typical nest of Podagritus cor a at Blue Stream, a. Mound, b. Entrance, c. Main burrow,
d. Inner closure, e. Provisioned cell. f. Partly provisioned cell. g. Spur.
were one-celled and four were two-celled. Total prey comprised Deleatidium
myzobranchia-group and D. lillii- group (n = 89) and Pycnocentrodes aureola {n
= 22). All prey were positioned supine (venter up) facing the ends of the cells.
After an egg was laid on the prey, the cell-burrow, but not the main burrow was
closed.
Podagritus cor a nests were made in level sand. The entrance was a 3.5-3.9 mm
wide round hole in the center of a 30-50 mm wide mound. Nests were sometimes
dug beside stones. The main burrow was 3.5-3.9 mm wide and the first cell was
65-80 mm below the surface. The cells were on average 4.6 mm wide (greatest
diameter) and 9.2 mm long. Fifteen nests were excavated, and of these nine were
single-celled and six had two cells. Total prey comprised 139 Deleatidium my-
1990
HARRIS: SPHECID PREDATION ON AQUATIC INSECTS
59
Figures 4, 5. Figure 4. Position of egg of Podagritus cor a on Calliphora quadrimaculata. Figure 5.
Position of egg of P. albipes on Deleatidium sp. subimago (Blue Stream). When preying on Diptera
in other areas, eggs are positioned in the neck region, as in Fig. 4. (Both figures are tracings from
photographs.)
zobranchia-growp and D. lillii- group and 23 Pycnocentrodes aureola. The cells
contained seven to eight mayflies or eight mayflies and one caddisfly. Eggs laid
on mayflies were usually placed on the third and fourth abdominal sterna (Fig.
5). These same species place eggs on the neck region when utilizing Diptera as
hosts. All prey were placed in the cells supine with the head facing the end of the
cell. Main burrows were left open during provisioning.
Both P. albipes and P. cora held the mayfly upside-down, grasped by the meso-
thoracic legs, with the wings of the caddisfly projecting. The wasp would descend
slowly towards the nest and fly directly in without alighting on the sand.
On 24 Jan 1989 a solitary P. cora (initally assumed to be P. swalei until captured)
spent much time at the entrance to a rabbit burrow, preying on large flies. Its nest
was made in the sand, beside the burrows of its peers, and was single-celled. The
nest contained two Calliphora quadrimaculata (Swederus) and one undetermined
sarcophagid of similar size. The egg was placed between the head and thorax of
the fly.
The nests of Podagritus species were invaded by larvae of an undescribed
Anabarynchus (Diptera: Therevidae) which burrowed through the sand and de¬
voured the provisioned food as well as the developing immature wasps. The adult
stage of this therevid had a slate-grey body and white, black-veined wings; it
frequents the sandy patches during summer.
60
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(1)
Discussion
Throughout its range in the Southern Hemisphere, Podagritus has been recorded
as preying only on Diptera (Bohart & Menke 1976). Solitary wasps capture prey
in habitats different than and often distant from their parental nest or where they
eventually build their own nests (Evans 1966, Evans & Eberhard 1970). Therefore,
the wasp must undertake initial hunting flights involving random flight before it
locates a source of appropriate prey. Sphecid wasps apparently learn certain sources
of prey, and return to them until the source is exhausted; they do not normally
make mistakes with respect to prey.
New Zealand Podagritus prey mostly on Diptera, but frequently take other
insects occasionally. Podagritus albipes and P. cora stock their nest-cells with a
combination of Diptera and Ephemeroptera from streams in the Tararua Range,
the South Island West Coast, and elsewhere (unpublished data), and P. albipes
uses predominantly Diptera but also Ephemeroptera at the Hutt River (D. Willis,
personal communication). Podagritusparrotti frequently stocks its nests with small
beetles ( Cyphon spp. [Scirtidae], Asilis tumidus Broun [Cantharidae], Luperus
vulgaris Broun [Chrysomelidae]) captured from flowering shrubs (unpublished
data; J. Charles, personal communication). Notwithstanding this evidence, such
instances usually appear almost as exceptions to the rule that Podagritus in New
Zealand are specialists on Diptera.
Despite such frequent break-downs in prey specificity among New Zealand
Podagritus, the situation at the Blue Stream is unusual. Throughout almost the
entire length of the Blue Stream, P. albipes and P. cora prey almost exclusively
on mayflies and, to a lesser extent, caddisflies and appear to reject seemingly more
appropriate prey. On six occasions, after careful examination, P. cora and P.
albipes females rejected syrphid flies (their usual prey). The association with
mayflies and caddisflies probably represents a population in evolutionary tran¬
sition, as noted in Australia involving the widespread genus Bembix Fabr. (Evans
& Matthews 1973). Bembix is best represented in North America, where Evans
& Matthews (1973) suggest that Bembix evolved, and later spread to other regions.
Evans accumulated thousands of prey records for Bembix in North America,
without finding a single record outside Diptera (Evans & Matthews 1973). Bembix
is also well represented in Australia, and Evans & Matthews (1973) found 14
species that preyed exclusively on Diptera, one which preyed on both flies and
damselflies (Odonata: Anisoptera), one that preyed on both flies and wasps, and
six that were each host specific for Hymenoptera, Odonata and Neuroptera. They
regarded the former as “species in transition,” and assumed that the six Australian
Bembix species that prey on single orders of insects exclusive of Diptera passed
through similar transitional stages. Wheeler & Dow (1933) suggested that if the
(then unidentified) Bembix that Wheeler observed capturing damselflies in Aus¬
tralia was taking its normal prey, it represented a “comparatively recent devel¬
opment in evolution.”
The situation at Blue Stream seems similar and may indicate how sphecids
which characteristically exhibit host specificity at the ordinal level change their
host preference to entirely new orders. Alternatively, the New Zealand Podagritus
might not be specialist hunters of Diptera, but rather prey generally on Diptera,
taking other orders if a good source of prey is located.
1990
HARRIS: SPHECID PREDATION ON AQUATIC INSECTS
61
Acknowledgment
I am grateful to J. Ward, J. Leader and M. Winterbourne for confirming my
identifications of Trichoptera and Ephemeroptera, to R. Harrison and L. Lyneborg
for their identifications of Diptera, and C. Lalas for the photographs.
Literature Cited
Bohart, R. M. & A. D. Menke. 1976. Sphecid wasps of the world: a generic revision. University of
California Press, Berkeley.
Evans, H. E. 1966. The comparative ethology and evolution of the sand wasps. Harvard University
Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts.
Evans, H. E. & M. J. W. Eberhard. 1970. The wasps. University of Michigan Press, Ann Arbor.
Evans, H. E. & R. W. Matthews. 1973. Systematics and nesting behavior of Australian Bembix sand
wasps (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae). Mem. Am. Entomol. Inst. 20.
Phillips, J. S. 1930. A revision of New Zealand Ephemeroptera. Trans. New Zealand Inst., 61: 271—
390.
Wheeler, W. M. & R. Dow. 1933. Unusual prey of Bembix. Psyche, 40: 57-59.
Winterbourne, M. J., K. L. D. Gregson & D. R. Townes. 1981. Ephemeroptera (mayflies). Key to
larvae. In Winterbourne, M. J. & K. L. D. Gregson (eds.). Guide to the aquatic insects of New
Zealand. Bull. Entomol. Soc. New Zealand, 5: 14-18.
Received 7 June 1989; accepted 17 November 1989.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66(1): 62-65, (1990)
INFLUENCE OF HOST PLANT ON FECUNDITY OF
ALEUROCANTHUS WOGLUMI ASHBY
(HOMOPTERA: ALEYRODIDAE)
Robert V. Dowell 1 and Bryan Steinberg 2
4681 Pebblewood Drive, Sacramento, California 95833
2 University of Florida, Research and Education Center,
Ft. Lauderdale, Florida 33314
Abstract. — The ovaries of citrus blackfly females are nonfunctional at eclosion but become
functional within 24-36 h thereafter. Egg development is synchronous and monotene, with all
available eggs deposited in each egg spiral. Maximum number of eggs laid was 118. There were
significant differences in the fecundity of females reared on different host plants with the greatest
from Citrus spp. and the least from Eriobotya japonica Lindley. Variation in fecundity is due
to host plant and not to differences in female survival or the percentage of females laying eggs.
Fecundity is significantly correlated with nymphal survival among the host plants indicating that
both are influenced by the same host plant factors.
Key Words.— Insecta, Aleyrodidae, Aleurocanthus woglumi, fecundity, hostplant, Citrus
Citrus blackfly (CBF), Aleurocanthus woglumi Ashby, is an aleyrodid of Asian
origin that is currently found in Florida, Texas and Mexico. Female CBF deposit
eggs in spirals on the underside of leaves, most notably on Citrus spp. (Dietz &
Zetek 1920). The host plant influences the number of eggs deposited on it and the
subsequent survival of nymphs. Oviposition is influenced by the levels of foliar
nitrogen, sugars, cysteine and methonine (RVD, unpublished data) but nymphal
survival is affected by the density of living tissue and the presence of allelochem-
icals (Dowell 1989, Dowell & Steinberg in press).
This study determined whether host plants of CBF nymphs influenced their
subsequent fecundity, and how ovary and oocyte maturation patterns influence
egg deposition.
Materials and Methods
Females were taken from potted citrus trees 4 h (n = 12) or 24-36 h (n = 6)
after eclosion and dissected to determine the condition of their ovaries. Females
reared on Citrus spp. were dissected after depositing an egg spiral to determine
whether any eggs were left in the ovaries or oviducts.
Six species of plants (Table 2) were exposed to CBF infested citrus trees in
October, 1980. The plants then were held in a screenroom until adult CBF began
to emerge. After emergence, single females were removed from the plant upon
which they developed and placed in a 30 dram vial with a Citrus x paradisi
Macfadyen leaf and one or two males. The vials were held at 24-27° C under
artificial light (16 h photophase) until the female died; she was dissected and the
number of eggs was noted. The leaf was then removed and the egg spirals and
eggs were counted. The leaf petiole was held in water until egg hatch to determine
fertility.
Longevity and fecundity data were transformed to log 10 (x + 1) prior to Analysis
of Variance. Transformed means were separated using Duncan’s Multiple Range
1990 DOWELL & STEINBERG: FECUNDITY OF CITRUS BLACKFLY
63
Table 1. Relationship between number of egg spirals and average fecundity and age of females at
death.
Number of spirals
Average number eggs per female (nf
Average age of female
at death (days) b
Average increase in
number eggs per female
0
0
2.5 ± 1.0 [a]
1
37.7 ± 9.7 (37) [a]
3.3 ± 1.0 [a]
37.7
2
55.8 ± 8.5 (11) [b]
7.4 ± 2.1 [b]
18.1
3
67.0 ± 24.1 (4) [c]
9.0 ± 1.0 [c]
11.2
4+ c
94.5 ± 33.2 (2) [d]
9.0 ± 0 [c]
8.8
a Mean ± SD, with means followed by different letters [a] differing at P < 0.05. ANOVA values F
= 15.99; df = 3, 51; P < 0.01.
b As a: ANOVA values F = 26.42; df = 3, 67; P < 0.01.
c Includes females laying 4 and 5 egg spirals.
Test (Little & Hills 1978). The relationship between host plant specific fecundity
and 34 chemical and physical attributes of the host plants (RVD, unpublished
data) or nymphal survival (Dowell & Steinberg in press) was determined using
regression analysis (Little & Hills 1978).
Results and Discussion
The ovaries of CBF are not functional at eclosion but elongate within 24-36 h
so that oocytes are visible. Oocyte development is synchronous and generally
monotene with a single oocyte developing in each ovariole. Each egg spiral consists
of all available mature eggs; no eggs were found in the ovaries or oviducts of
females that had just deposited an egg spiral. Both the number of eggs laid per
female and the age of the females at death significantly increase with the number
of egg spirals laid. In contrast, the average increase in the number of eggs laid per
female decreases with age (Table 1) indicating that fewer ovarioles produce eggs
as the female ages.
The greatest number of eggs laid was 118 by a female reared on Citrus spp.
(Table 2). The greatest longevity was 17 days. The average number of eggs per
spiral from Citrus spp. females was 31.5 (Table 2). These data agree closely with
previous studies where females laid 20-40 eggs per spiral and egg laying began
1-4 days after eclosion (Dietz & Zetek 1920). The data confirm the conjecture of
Dietz & Zetek (1920) that females can lay over 100 eggs.
There were significant differences in the fecundity of females from the six test
plants; the highest fecundity was on Citrus spp. and the lowest on Eriobotyra
japonica Lindley. There were significant differences in the average number of eggs
per spiral among the test plants; females bred on Ardisia solanacea Roxburg and
Citrus spp. laid the largest egg spirals and those from Eugenia uniflora L. the
smallest. The maximum number of eggs from a female and the percentage of
females laying eggs followed the trend of fecundity; the greatest values were for
Citrus spp. and the lowest for E. japonica. There were no significant differences
in female longevity (F = 1.80, df = 5, P > 0.05) or in percentage egg hatch (x 2
= 4.77, df = 5, P > 0.05) among the test plants (Table 2).
If fecundity was calculated using only those females that laid eggs significant
differences were evident among the plants with the highest values on A. solanacea
(50 ± 22) and Citrus spp. (48.4 ± 19) followed by Mangifera indica L. (39.6 ±
64
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(1)
Table 2. Host plant specific fecundity.
Plant
Average number eggs
per female (n)‘
Average number eggs
per spiral (n) b
Maximum
number eggs
Percentage
females laying
Citrus spp.
39.6 ± 25 (44) [a]
31.5 ± 13(53) [ab]
118
82
Ardisia solanacea
28.6 ±31 (7) [b]
33.3 ± 11 (6) [a]
82
57
Mangifera indica
17.4 ± 22 (25) [c]
27.3 ±7 (16) [b]
75
44
Gardenia thunbergi c
14.1 ± 20(13) [d]
26.1 ± 7 (7) [b]
57
38
Eugenia uniflora
10.2 ± 25 (6) [e]
15.0 ± 2 (4) [c]
61
17
Eriobotrya japonica
8.3 ±11 (12) [f]
19.8 ± 7 (5) [d]
29
14
a Mean ± SD, with means followed by different letters [a] differing at P < 0.05. ANOVA values F
= 5.69; df = 5, 102; P < 0.01.
b As a: ANOYA values F = 3.44; df = 5, 86; P < 0.01.
c Nymphal survival assumed to be 1.4% for regression analysis.
14), Gardenia thunbergi L. (36.6 ± 12) and E. japonica (19.8 ± 7) (F = 6.96; df
= 4, 57; P < 0.01). The average number of eggs in the ovaries of females that
died before ovipositing did not differ from the average number of eggs laid by
females ovipositing on Citrus spp. (38.0 ± 5.4 versus 48.4, t = 1.24, df = 28, P
> 0.05), on E. japonica (18.3 ± 5.6 versus 19.8, t = 0.61, df = 7, P > 0.05) or
on M. indica (31.8 ± 5.4 versus 39.6, t = 1.62, df = 19, P > 0.05). Thus, the
differences seen in Table 2 are due to the host plant and not to differences in
female longevity or the percentage of females laying eggs. Host plant mediated
differences in whitefly fecundity have been reported for Aleyrodes proletella (L.)
on crucifers (Ihaegwam 1980) and Trialeurodes vaporariorum Westwood on an
array of glasshouse vegetables (van Boxtel et al. 1978, van Sas et al. 1978).
There were no significant correlations between fecundity and 34 chemical or
physical attributes (RVD, unpublished data) of the test plants either singly or in
combination (r < 0.6, F < 2.4, P > 0.1). There was a significant correlation
between fecundity and the survival of CBF nymphs on plants (r=0.95;F=35.6;
df = 1, 4; P = 0.004) indicating that the same factors that influence survival
(believed to be allelochemicals: Dowell 1989, Dowell & Steinberg in press) are
affecting the fecundity of the resulting females.
Reduced survival of immature CBF on noncitrus hosts (Dowell & Steinberg in
press), combined with reduced fecundity of the resulting females, are primary
forces inhibiting the utilization of such hosts by CBF.
Literature Cited
Dietz, H. F. & J. Zetek. 1920. The blackfly of citrus and other subtropical plants. U.S. Dept.
Agriculture Bull., 885.
Dowell, R. V. 1989. Toxicity of water extracts of Murray a paniculata Jack leaves to immature citrus
blackfly, Aleurocanthus woglumi Ashby (Homoptera: Aleyrodidae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 65:
163-165.
Dowell, R. V. & B. Steinberg, (in press). Influence of host plant characteristics and nitrogen fertil¬
ization on development and survival of immature citrus blackfly (Hompt.: Aleyrodidae). J.
Appl. Entomol.
Ihaegwam, E. U. 1980. Influence of host plant ( Brassica species) and temperature on population
increase of the cabbage whitefly Aleyrodes brassicae. Ann. Appl. Biol., 95: 273-278.
Little, T. M. & F. J. Hills. 1978. Agricultural experimentation. John Wiley & Sons, New York,
van Boxtel, W., J. Woets & J. C. van Lenteren. 1978. Determination of host-plant quality of eggplant
{Solarium melongena L.), cucumber ( Cucumis sativus L.), tomato {Lycopersicum esculentum
1990 DOWELL & STEINBERG: FECUNDITY OF CITRUS BLACKFLY
65
L.) and paprika ( Capsicum annuum L.) for the greenhouse whitefly ( Trialeurodes vaporariorum
(Westwood)) (Homoptera: Aleyrodidae). Med. Fac. Landbouww. Rijksuniv. Gent, 43: 397-
408.
van Sas, J., J. Woets & J. C. van Lenteren. 1978. Determination of host-plant quality of gherkin
(Cucumis sativis L.), melon ( Cucumis melo L.) and gerbera ( Gerbera jamesonii Hook) for the
greenhouse whitefly, Trialeurodes varorariorum (Westwood) (Homoptera: Aleyrodidae). Med.
Fac. Landbouww. Rijksuniv. Gent, 43: 409^120.
Received 14 August 1989; accepted 7 November 1989.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66(1): 66-70, (1990)
BIOLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS OF GLASSY CUTWORM
(LEPIDOPTERA: NOCTUIDAE) IN WESTERN OREGON
J. A. Kamm
National Forage Seed Production Research Center,
U.S. Department of Agriculture, Agricultural Research Service,
Corvallis, Oregon 97331-7102
Abstract. — The glassy cutworm, Crymodes devastator Brace, is a sporadic subterranean pest of
grasses grown for seed in the Pacific Northwest. Light trap captures indicate that adult flight
occurs from July through September, but peaks in late July. Postharvest field burning eliminates
all foliage and crop residue, probably making fields temporarily unsuitable for oviposition. I
suspect that females fly from burned fields to spring-seeded, green fields to oviposit. Bentgrass,
ryegrass and wild oats, as weeds in fine fescue fields, attract ovipositing females. High densities
of feeding larvae damage or kill the crop of fine fescue near weeds and become evident in late
autumn. Larvae 1.5-2 cm long are present in fields during winter and readily initiate feeding
after exposure to 21° C for 2 to 7 days in the laboratory. Nowickia latianulum (Tothill) and
Lissonota montana (Cresson) collectively parasitized 30% and 48% of larvae collected from two
field sites.
Key Words.— Insecta, Crymodes devastator, pest management, grass seed, insect parasites
The glassy cutworm, Crymodes devastator Brace, is a sporadic subterranean
pest that feeds primarily on the roots and crowns of grass but also attacks many
other hosts (Crumb 1929). Numerous reports document field infestations through¬
out the U.S. and Canada, but only scant biological information is available (Gil¬
lette 1891, Slingerland 1902, Rings & Arnold 1974). Various natural enemies
attack the larvae, but their impact on the larval population has never been quan¬
tified (Coquillett 1897, Gibson 1915, Gillette 1891, Strickland 1921). No infor¬
mation is available on the seasonal appearance, development, and activity of
larvae in fields of grass grown for seed in the Pacific Northwest.
This study determines: the seasonal development of larvae in relation to adult
flight, the feeding behavior of larvae, the degree of larval parasitization, and the
onset of diapause. Seasonal flight of adults was monitored, and oviposition by
females was related to cultural practices of grass seed production.
Materials and Methods
The relative seasonal abundance of adults was determined with a light trap
operated near Donald, Oregon. Eggs were obtained by placing adults in gallon
jars containing corrugated wax paper to provide cover for the moths and also an
oviposition substrate. Newly eclosed larvae were reared individually in stender
dishes (5 x 2.5 cm) whose bottoms were lined with damp blotting paper. Larvae
were fed freshly cut leaves of Chewings fescue (Festuca rubra var. commutata
Guad) every 1-3 days, depending on the size of the larvae. Pupae were kept in
stender dishes whose bottom had a 1 cm layer of moist peat. To estimate the
degree of field parasitism, larvae 1.5-2 cm long were collected in November from
commercial grass seed fields near either Peoria or Stayton, Oregon and reared as
previously described. All larvae were reared in controlled-environment chambers
1990
KAMM: THE GLASSY CUTWORM IN OREGON
67
JUNE JULY AUGUST SEPT OCT
DATE
Figure 1. Seasonal abundance of glassy cutworm adults attracted to a light trap operated near a
field of fine fescue.
at 20° C in a photoperiod of 16 h light, 8 h dark (LD 16:8) unless specified
otherwise.
The fine fescue fields and weeds within were sampled to determine larval density
in mid-summer and early autumn. Cores of crown and root zone (110 cm deep
by 10 cm diameter) of individual fescue or weed plants were removed and dissected
to determine larval numbers. Fine fescue plants were sampled when adjacent to,
or 1 m distant from, various weeds in the field. The number of larvae was de¬
termined in 20 plants of each species sampled. The weed species were bentgrass
(Agrostis tenus Sibth), ryegrass (Lolium perenne L. and L. multiflorum Lamarck),
and wild oats {Avena fatua L.). Because some of the latter were sprayed with the
Table 1. Mean time (days ± SD) that larvae and pupae of C. devastator required to develop at
20° C when exposed to different photoperiods.
Numher nf
Development time
Photoperiod
larvae
Larvae
Pupae
LD 16:8
47
102.9 ± 9.4 a
23.2 ± 2.5 a
LD 16:8 for 46 days, then LD 10:14
45
103.3 ± 17.6 a
23.6 ± 2.8 a
LD 10:14
49
126.8 ± 13.6
27.6 ± 2.9
a Larvae developed significantly faster compared with those exposed to the LD 10:14 regime (AN-
OVA, P < 0.001).
68
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(1)
Figure 2. Cumulative emergence of adults reared in various environmental regimens in controlled-
environment chambers.
herbicide glyphosate in mid-August, the numbers of larvae found on fine fescue
plants adjacent to sprayed and unsprayed plants were recorded in October.
Results and Discussion
Light trap data show that glassy cutworm adults were present in grass seed fields
from late June through September (Fig. 1). The seasonal abundance of adults
indicates that adults are most numerous during July and early August, when
spring-seeded fields of fine fescue are still green. At this time, older fields are
usually covered with postharvest straw or carbon residue from the cultural practice
of postharvest burning. Because the fire in burned fields moved rapidly and was
short-lived, cutworm pupae and larvae in plant crowns or soil escaped injury.
Upon emergence, adults are believed to fly out of burned fields into actively
growing, spring-seeded fields in search of oviposition sites.
Larval development was studied in the laboratory to determine the effect of
photoperiod on larval growth and diapause. Development proceeded at the same
rate when larvae several days old were exposed to either long days (LD 16:8) or
long days for 46 days followed by short days (LD 10:14) (Table 1). The latter
regime shows that early instar larvae developed more slowly in response to short
days; whereas, older larvae were not affected by the short-day regimen. Larvae
exposed to short days required 23.9 days longer to reach the pupal stage compared
with those exposed to long days. The cumulative emergence of adults is shown
in Fig. 2. Assuming oviposition temporarily parallels adult flight, the size variation
1990
KAMM: THE GLASSY CUTWORM IN OREGON
69
Table 2. Number and percentage of parasitized larvae of C. devastator collected from commercial
grass seed fields.
Date and location
Number of caterpillars
% parasitized
Parasites that pupated
Nowickia latianulum Lissonota montana
18 Jan 1974
Peoria, Oregon
159
48
15
57
10 Dec 1981
Stayton, Oregon
168
30
14
36
of larvae infesting fields in the autumn is probably due to egg deposition over
several months and to differential development of younger larvae exposed to the
shorter day lengths of late summer.
Some lepidopteran larvae that diapause in the Willamette Valley of Oregon
during winter may require a month or more to resume active development after
return of favorable conditions (Kamm 1973). The duration and stability of dia¬
pause vary among insects and in some cases diapause is little more than a transitory
delay in development (Beck 1980). When larvae of the glassy cutworm were taken
to the laboratory from the field during December and January, active feeding
began within 2 to 7 days. Larvae have also been observed to feed in the field
during periods of unseasonably warm winter temperatures in the Willamette Val¬
ley.
Many of the larvae collected from two field locations were parasitized by the
tachinid, Nowickia latianulum (Tothill), or the ichneumonid, Lissonota montana
(Cresson) (Table 2). Parasitized larvae were nearly mature before they ceased
feeding, and therefore it is doubtful that parasitization does much to reduce current
season feeding damage by larvae. However, subsequent adult populations will be
reduced according to the degree of parasitization in the larval population.
The distribution of larvae within a field of fine fescue indicated that significantly
more cutworms were found on fine fescue plants adjacent to weeds (nonfescue
grasses) than on fine fescue plants 1 m or more from the weeds (Table 3). When
the postharvest practice of burning temporarily eliminates all foliage in established
Table 3. Number of glassy cutworm larvae found on fine fescue near various weeds compared with
fine fescue 1 m from weeds (Stayton, Oregon, 13 Oct 1983).
Plant sampled
Weeds adjacent to fine fescue
Larvae/sample (X ± SD)
Fine fescue
None
0.70 ± 1.1
Fine fescue
Wild oats
4.00 ± 2.3 a
Fine fescue
Wild oats (sprayed)
1.60 ± 1.9 b
Bentgrass
3.85 ± 2.7 a
Fine fescue
Bentgrass
2.10 ± 1.6 a
Ryegrass
1.25 ± 1.5 b
Fine fescue
Ryegrass
5.00 ± 2.6 a
a Significantly more larvae present compared with fine fescue 1 m or more from weeds (ANOVA,
P < 0.001).
b Not significant.
70
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(1)
fields, females fly from burned fields to spring-seeded fields where green plants
are available for oviposition. The concentration of larvae on or near weeds suggests
that adults use these weeds for oviposition. Some larvae remained on perennial
ryegrass and bentgrass weeds but abandoned the annual wild oats upon senescence.
Also, fewer larvae were found on fine fescue plants adjacent to wild oats that were
killed with glyphosate compared with the number of larvae found on plants
adjacent to the unsprayed wild oats. Thus, early control of weeds reduced the
concentration of cutworms on fine fescue near nonfescue grassy weeds. Often the
fescue within a radius of 30-40 cm of living wild oat plants not treated with
glyphosate sustained considerable damage or was killed by feeding larvae in late
autumn. Other cutworm species are known to prefer weeds to crop plants for
oviposition (Busching & Turpin 1976).
Infestations may result in near elimination of crop plants within 20-30 cm of
weeds. Because the nonfescue grasses are often 30-80 cm taller than the fine fescue
in mid-summer, the taller plants may attract females. Regardless of the reason
for the concentration of larvae near weeds, control of weeds during early summer
reduced the concentration of larvae and feeding damage to the fine fescue.
Acknowledgment
I thank W. E. Gavin for assistance in conducting some of the tests and R. W.
Carlson and W. N. Mathis for identification of the parasites. This article is a
contribution of the ARS-USDA in cooperation with the Agric. Exp. Stn., Oregon
State Univ., Technical Paper No. 8822 of the Agric. Exp. Stn., Oregon State Univ.
Mention of a commercial or proprietary product does not constitute an endorse¬
ment of this product by USDA.
Literature Cited
Beck, S. D. 1980. Insect photoperiodism (2nd ed). Academic Press, New York.
Busching, M. K. & F. T. Turpin. 1976. Oviposition preferences of black cutworm moths among
various crop plants, weeds, and plant debris. J. Econ. Entomol. 69: 587-590.
Coquillett, D. W. 1897. Revision of the tachinidae of America north of Mexico. U.S. Dept. Agric.,
Div. Entomol., Tech. Bull., 7.
Crumb, S. E. 1929. Tobacco cutworms. U.S. Dept. Agric., Tech. Bull., 88.
Gibson, A. 1915. Cutworms and their control. Dom. Canada Dept. Agric., Entomol. Branch,
Bull., 10.
Gillette, C. P. 1891. Notes on habits and life histories of certain cutworms and cutworm moths.
Iowa Agric. Exp. Stn. Bull., 12.
Kamm, J. A. 1973. Role of environment during diapause on the phenology of Chrysoteuchia topiaria
(Lepidoptera: pyralidae). Entomol. Exp. Appl., 16: 407-413.
Rings, R. W. & F. J. Arnold. 1974. An annotated bibliography of the glassy cutworm. Ohio. Agric.
Res. Develop. Cntr. Res., Circ., 199.
Slingerland, M. V. 1902. Trap lanterns or “moth catchers.” N.Y. Cornell Agric. Exp. Stn., Bull.,
202.
Strickland, E. H. 1921. Parasites of the pale western cutworm in Alberta, Canada. Can. Entomol.,
53: 97-100.
Received 15 April 1989; accepted 9 November 1989.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66(1): 71-78, (1990)
REPRODUCTION OF THE SAND WASPS
STICTIA SIGN AT A (L.) AND
BICYRTES VARIEGATA (OLIVIER)
(HYMENOPTERA: SPHECIDAE) ON THE
CARIBBEAN COAST OF QUINTANA ROO, MEXICO
Wayne F. Martin 1 and Robert F. Martin
Texas Memorial Museum and Department of Zoology,
The University of Texas at Austin, Austin, Texas 78705
Abstract.— Reproductive behavior of the sand wasps Stictia signata (L.) and Bicyrtes variegata
(Olivier) was studied from 1984 to 1988 on the Caribbean shoreline of the Yucatan Peninsula,
Mexico. Data on seasonal and diel activity patterns, on prey, and on excavation, orientation,
and dimensions of burrows are presented. A male flight polymorphism, previously undescribed
for the species, occurred in S. signata ; some males hovered in flight at various heights near
foliage, while others patrolled in sinuous flight near the surface of the beach. Burrows of B.
variegata, reported from other locations as polycellular, were with one exception unicellular.
Characteristics of B. variegata at our research site are discussed speculatively as possible con¬
sequences of drought.
Key Words. — Insecta, Hymenoptera, Sphecidae, Stictia signata, Bicyrtes variegata, reproduction,
male flight polymorphism, Mexico
The accumulation of observations on sand wasps has permitted syntheses of
hypotheses on their behavioral evolution (Evans 1966, Alcock et al. 1978, O’Neill
& Evans 1988). Comparisons between populations of single species from diverse
areas and climates have increased the knowledge of behavioral variability that is
necessary to understand differences between higher taxa, as well as behavioral
plasticity within single demes (Alcock 1979; O’Neill 1983; O’Neill & Evans 1983a,
b, 1988).
Stictia signata (L.) and Bicyrtes variegata (Olivier) have extensive Neotropical
distributions (Evans 1966); aspects of the reproduction of each have been reported
from widely separated locations (Janvier 1928, Callan 1954, Vesey-Fitzgerald
1956, Evans 1966, Post 1981, Philippi & Eberhard 1986). Here we describe
reproductive patterns of populations of these species that nest on the Caribbean
beaches of Quintana Roo, Mexico. We report several behavioral attributes that
differ markedly from those previously described for these species, including male
flight polymorphism in S. signata, and speculate on the role of unusual environ¬
mental conditions in influencing behavior.
Methods
Site Description. — We observed wasp behavior on beaches at Akumal (20°24'
N, 87° 18' W), Quintana Roo, Mexico, where sandy embayments alternate with
low rocky headlands. Variation in water level at the shore appeared to be more
a function of easterly trade wind velocity and direction than of minor semidiurnal
1 Present address: Department of Psychology, Virginia Commonwealth University, Richmond, Vir¬
ginia 23284.
72
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(1)
tidal changes (< 0.3 m, see Randall & Martin 1987) at the location. Thick vege¬
tation began 100+ m inland. Seasonally flooded dry areas alternated with nearly
permanent swampy areas along the coast. The general area was transitional vege-
tationally, and farther inland on slightly higher ground, elements of deciduous
dry forest and rainforest occurred. Development of rural communities with tourist
facilities (as at Akumal) presently is common in beachfront areas.
The year during which our primary data were taken (1985) was one of severe
local drought. Rains fell only occasionally and lightly at Akumal before and during
our work. This scarcity of rainfall interacted with a series of new and older
causeways (impassable to drainage from adjacent areas that received rain) to allow
a considerable portion of the normally swampy area inland to become dry and
partially devegetated.
Methods.— We did not attempt to investigate all aspects of reproductive be¬
havior equally, but arbitrarily concentrated our effort in areas we deemed most
significant and/or time effective. Thus, some behaviors are described in outline,
qualitatively, or only by reference to patterns described for the species in the
literature. When appropriate we present only ranges of behavior in such descrip¬
tions and for those based partly on observations begun or terminated in mid¬
behavior.
Our observations occurred from dawn to dusk until we were able to discern
the outlines of major activity patterns; we then concentrated our efforts over
shorter time periods. Observations occurred: 18 Dec 1984; 26-30 Apr, 5 Jun-10
Jul, and 6-15 Aug 1985; 22-27 Apr, 1-7 Jun, 26 Jun-5 Jul, and 20 Dec 1986;
7-18 Jun 1987; and 18 Mar 1988, for a total of 270 h. Data taken during June
and July 1985 (190 h) form the bases of most qualitative descriptions, and all
those presented in Tables 1 and 2.
Descriptions of male behavior are based on 74 observations of S. signata-, those
of female behavior, primarily on repeated observations at marked burrows of 26
S. signata and 30 B. variegata. We dug out burrows at which we had previously
observed repeated activity (26 of S. signata, 30 of B. variegata :), and we provide
statistical data (Table 1) for those at which we had previously observed provi¬
sioning and/or which contained provisions.
Wasps were disturbed only occasionally by us during observation and did not
appear to be confused (after brief reorientation flights) by the numbered beverage
bottle caps that we introduced as burrow markers while the wasps were under¬
ground.
Identifications were provided by Arnold Menke and James Gillaspy (sphecids),
T. J. Henry (hemipterans), and N. E. Woodley (dipterans).
Biology
At Akumal, S. signata and B. variegata aggregated most densely on moderately
compacted sand proximate to human habitation. Areas of the back beach near
the sea, with only scattered ground vegetation and partially shaded by coconut
palms, seemed most favored by both species. Female S. signata usually nested
in moderate density (— 1 per m 2 ) toward the periphery of male flight areas. Female
B. variegata nested in isolation or intermingled loosely with, and less densely
among, female S. signata. Dense aggregations (> 15 per m 2 ) of Microbembix
monodonta (Say) were also common.
Table 1. Descriptive statistics for burrows of Stictia signata and Bicyrtes variegata at Akumal, Quintana Roo, Mexico. ab
Species
Entry direction (degrees)
Distance from shore (m)
Slope down (degrees)'
Burrow length (cm)
Burrow depth (cm)
n
X
± SE
n
X
± SE
n
X
± SE
n
X
± SE
n
X
± SE
S. signata
16
157.6
18.1
17
41.1
2.5
12
32.5
2.4
13
32.9
2.9
12
21.2
1.2
12
36.5
2.0
B. variegata
24
149.2
8.5
24
30.8
2.8
23
36.3
1.8
24
13.1
0.7
24
9.0
0.5
23
38.5
2.1
a All measurements were not possible at all burrows; thus, sample sizes vary.
b Only included are burrows observed being provisioned or those that contained prey.
c Upper figures represent initial slope; lower, final slope.
u>
1990 MARTIN & MARTIN: REPRODUCTION OF SAND WASPS
74
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 66(1)
Table 2. Numbers and taxa of nymphal hemipteran prey of B. variegata at Akumal, Quintana
Roo, Mexico.
Cell
Family
Alydidae
Coreidae
Pentatomidae
Scutelleridae
3a
1 (Hyalemenus sp.)
2
1
3b
2
5
5 {Arvelius sp.)
6
1
7
1 (Hyalemenus sp.)
2
9
2 ( Arvelius sp.)
12
3
14
1
17
2
18
2
1
1
21
1 (Hyalemenus sp.)
4
37
1
38
7
40
1
41
2
42
1
47
1 (Arvelius sp.)
48
3 ( Arvelius sp.)
49
1
2
52
7
54
1 (Leptoglossus sp.)
1
55
3 ( Hyalemenus sp.)
57
2 ( Hyalemenus sp.)
1
60
2 ( Arvelius sp.)
61
6 (Prob. Homaemus sp.)
Stictia signata Female Activity.— Females were observed digging during April,
June-August, and December. December sightings were rare, but a large larva was
recovered from an exhumed cell on 18 Dec 1984. During June, females dug or
provisioned burrows as early as 05:20 h. Activity continued through early after¬
noon, slackened during mid-afternoon, then increased again, and tapered off after
17:00 h. Sand temperatures (taken on 14-15 Jun 1987 in sunny areas just below
the surface of sand recently shaded by us) in wasp aggregations approximated 27°
C at 06:00 h and 37° C from 10:00-14:00 h. Air temperature 7.6-15.2 cm above
sand surfaces ranged from 28° C at 06:00 h to approximately 32° C from 10:15-
14:00 h, and descended subsequently.
Burrow initiation usually began early in the day. Digging, closing, and leveling
usually followed the descriptions of Evans (1966) for Stictia Carolina (Fabr.). With
few exceptions, possibly due to our disturbance, an outer closure was maintained
even during regular provisioning of large larvae. Females arriving at nests fre¬
quently attracted small, possibly kleptoparasitic or scavenger dipterans that often
succeeded in entering burrows with little reaction from the female wasps.
Entries to burrows usually were situated on the back beach in loose aggregations
in compacted sand and averaged 41.1 m from the edge of the sea (Table 1).
Burrows led toward the SSE (Table 1), in the general direction of the sea and into
the prevailing direction of the wind. Burrows were longer than deep, and if mul-
1990
MARTIN & MARTIN: REPRODUCTION OF SAND WASPS
75
tiply-pitched, they were slightly but not significantly (P > 0.1, Mann-Whitney
U- test) steeper farther from the entrance (Table 1). Of 18 provisioned burrows
that we excavated, all were unicellular with loose inner closures.
Provisioning involved dipteran prey, carried in the usual (see Evans 1966)
position. Members of three families of Diptera were identified from exhumed
cells (other taxa may have been represented in the fragmented material): Calli-
phoridae— Chrysomya megacephala (Fabr.) and Cochliomyia macellaria (Fabr.);
Sarcophagidae— Helicobia sp. and three unidentified spp. of Sarcophaginae; Ta-
chinidae— Muscopteryx sp. In addition to the wasp larva, small, probably scav¬
enging or kleptoparasitic larvae occurred in most cells, and were usually buried
in frass and loose sand.
Stictia signata Male Activity. —Sinuous, patrolling flight usually occurred ap¬
proximately 0.5 m above the surface of extensive non-vegetated sandy areas. The
flight was similar to that described for S. Carolina by Evans (1966) and was
conspicuous during most sunny mornings in April and from June through August.
This activity usually began after 06:15 h, increased until 08:00-09:00 h, then
slackened, and ceased between 10:30 and 12:00 h. Males frequently patrolled
semi-exclusive, irregularly shaped areas of over 20 m 2 . The sinuous flight patterns
of males from adjoining patrol areas were occasionally interrupted by face-offs,
head butting, and then upward flight by both males.
Stationary hovering also occurred in this population. At 07:00 h or usually
later, males frequently appeared in hovering flight at relatively fixed positions.
Hovering was not observed after 12:15 h. Hovering males were less common than
those in patrolling flight. Males hovered in isolation or in groups; those in groups
usually were dispersed horizontally and separated by at least 4 m. Individual
hovering positions were held for as long as 1 h. Brief rests on nearby palm fronds
and quick forays to interact with neighboring males occurred during hovering
periods. Vertical stratification of hovering males also existed. In one situation (28
Jun 1986), five individuals hovered at various levels near shrubs—two spaced
vertically between 1-1.6 m, and three spaced vertically between 2-4 m, while
circuitous patrolling flight of other males occurred within 5 m. We observed
hovering flight on 23 Apr 1986 and during June of 1985-1987, but made no
attempt to define its seasonal limits beyond these dates.
Bicyrtes variegata Female Behavior. — Females were observed digging burrows
during April, and from June through August, but not during December. Females
became active later in the day than did S. signata females; their earliest digging
was observed at 07:30 h (June) and earliest provisioning at 07:44 h (June). Digging
involved accentuated body tilting. Stones up to 0.4 cm diameter occasionally were
carried with the mandibles to the burrow entrance from inside and were tossed
sideways away from it. Burrow initiation usually took place in the forenoon;
completion took 45 min to 2.5+ h. Arriving females frequently attracted small,
possibly kleptoparasitic or scavenging dipterans that frequently succeeded in en¬
tering the burrow. Female B. variegata exhibited only cursory or moderate neg¬
ative reaction toward these flies.
After digging or provisioning, the wasps’ exits from the burrow were usually
head first. They maintained an outer closure of loose sand that was casually kicked
inward or was more carefully constructed by entering the burrow backwards while
kicking. Final abdominal tamping of the closure occurred in some instances. The
76
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(1)
wasps exited the site, after one to several orientation flights, in an upward departing
flight.
Entries to B. variegata burrows were most frequently situated on the back beach
in compacted sand, loosely scattered among S. signata burrows. Burrows led
predominately toward the SSE, averaged 30.8 m from the sea, were longer than
deep, and were not significantly (P > 0.4, Mann-Whitney U- test) steeper toward
the rear (Table 1). Of 24 burrows exhumed, 23 had one cell and one had two
cells. No inner closures were noted.
Provisioning with nymphal hemipterans occurred from 07:44 h to 17:04 h.
Provisioning usually began on the same day as burrow initiation, and either was
completed during that day, or extended to a second day. When wasps returned
to burrows with prey, they descended by a vertical hovering flight. Wasps spent
from 1-5 min inside the burrow during each provisioning visit; the shortest
interprovisioning interval was 3 min, but provisioning intervals usually lasted
10-30+ min.
Four families of nymphal hemipterans were collected from 25 cells of 24 bur¬
rows between 8 Jun-5 Jul 1985; most were completely paralyzed. The wasp laid
its egg in a semi-erect position on the mid-ventral line of the first hemipteran
brought to the burrow, usually between the meso- and metacoxal bases. Penta-
tomids were used most frequently, followed by coreids, scutellerids and alydids
(Table 2). Individuals of three families occurred in one cell, two families in six
cells, and one in 18 cells (Table 2). In one cell, we found a quite large wasp larva
24 h after an adult had provisioned the burrow; in another, a large larva was
found within one hour of a provisioning visit. This suggests that some progressive
provisioning occurs in this species. A maximum of seven prey individuals was
found in a cell (Table 2); this total, however, is biased by an early exhumation
protocol but may be due in part to a scarcity of prey during drought conditions.
In addition to the wasp larva, small, probably scavenging or kleptoparasitic larvae
occurred in most cells.
The sizes of female B. variegata captured while digging varied considerably and
may reflect resource shortage and foraging success. Dimensions of four specimens
collected at Akumal ranged from 3.7-5.2 (x ± SD: 4.3 ± 0.7) mm for head width,
12.3-19.2 (15.1 ± 3.2) mm for total length, and 9.5-14.0 (11.2 ± 2.1) mm for
wing length.
Discussion
The digging behavior of female S. signata at Akumal was typical of that reported
for the genus (Evans 1966). Burrow length was similar to that recorded for this
species in Brazil (Post 1981), but shorter than that of other populations of S.
signata (Evans 1966) or for other species of Stictia (Evans 1966, Evans & Matthews
1974, Matthews et al. 1981, Sheehan 1984).
Prey items of S. signata were from families of Diptera previously reported as
utilized by this wasp (Evans 1966, Post 1981); Cochliomyia macellaria (Fabr.),
taken for provisioning at Akumal, is also captured by S. signata on Dominica
and Puerto Rico (Evans 1966) and in Brazil (Post 1981).
Females of B. variegata at Akumal are typical of those of other Bicyrtes (Evans
1966) in that they are only loosely (if at all) gregarious, and nested in isolation
or among aggregations of another sand wasp. In contrast to the situation reported
1990
MARTIN & MARTIN: REPRODUCTION OF SAND WASPS
77
as typical by Evans (1966), burrows at Akumal were (one exception) unicellular;
this characteristic and the considerable range of size of adults may reflect a patchy
scarcity of prey occasioned by drought conditions in the area.
At Akumal, B. variegata utilized only immature hemipterans; Evans (1966)
noted that adults were less common than nymphal stages among Bicyrtes prey.
Also, as Evans (1966) summarized, pentatomids and coreids were the most com¬
mon prey; however, nymphal alydids, not mentioned as prey of this genus by
Evans (1966), nor by Evans & Matthews (1974), were also present.
Our observations of several concurrent intrademe flight patterns by male S.
signata augment the alternative mating strategies reported for other sphecids (i.e.,
Alcock 1975, 1979; Evans & O’Neill 1978; O’Neill & Evans 1983a, b, 1988).
Low, moving flight has been described for male S. signata in Quintana Roo by
Evans (1966). Low hovering flight was reported by Post (1981) in Brazil. William
Sheehan (personal communication) noted interpopulational differences in male
S. signata flight at separate Costa Rican sites during different years: in one pop¬
ulation, a low rapid directional patrol along a path in which females nested was
seen; in another, males hovered within the spreading branches of a shrubby tree
from near ground level to 4-5 m. Sheehan (personal communication) also ob¬
served alternative male flight patterns within populations of Stictia heros (Fabr.)
in Costa Rica, where some males patrolled an open beach with fast low (10-20
cm) sinuous flight, while others held territories at the edge of the beach; individuals
which were marked performed both behaviors.
Our data supplement those of studies that suggest that broad behavioral plas¬
ticity exists within sphecid species as an adaptive response to a variable environ¬
ment (Alcock 1979, Alcock et al. 1978, O’Neill & Evans 1983b). We speculate
that an unusual suite of attributes of B. variegata reported herein (reduced prey
number, nymphal prey only, unicellular burrows, and small adult size) may reflect
this adaptation and may have been mediated by a drought-influenced depauperate
food chain.
Acknowledgment
We thank K. Tedin, A. Hook, D. Watson, L. Wheeler, J. Edwards, L. Adkins,
D. Gottschall, L. Hamilton, M. Martin, and W. Sheehan for field and reference
assistance. Arnold Menke, T. Henry, and N. Woodley of the Taxonomic Services
Unit, Systematic Entomology Laboratory, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Belts-
ville, Maryland, and J. Gillaspy identified specimens. Two anonymous referees
provided editorial and content assistance. The project was supported in part by
the Texas Memorial Museum, The University of Texas at Austin.
Literature Cited
Alcock, J. 1975. Male mating strategies of some philanthine wasps (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae). J.
Kans. Entomol. Soc., 48: 532-545.
Alcock, J. 1979. The evolution of intraspecific diversity in male reproductive strategies, pp. 381-
402. In Blum, M. S. & M. A. Blum (eds.). Sexual selection and reproductive competition in
insects. Academic Press, New York.
Alcock, J., E. M. Barrows, G. Gordh, L. J. Hubbard, L. Kirkendall, D. W. Pyle, T. L. Ponder & F.
G. Zalom. 1978. The ecology and evolution of reproductive behavior in the bees and wasps.
Zool. J. Linn. Soc., 64: 293-326.
Callan, E. McC. 1954. Observations on Vespoidea and Sphecoidea from the Paria Peninsula and
Patos Island, Venezuela. Bol. Entomol. Venez., 9: 13-27.
78
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(1)
Evans, H. E. 1966. The comparative ethology and evolution of the sand wasps. Harvard University
Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts.
Evans, H. E. & R. W. Matthews. 1974. Observations of the nesting behavior of South American
sand wasps (Hymenoptera). Biotropica, 6: 130-134.
Evans, H. E. & K. M. O’Neill. 1978. Alternative mating strategies in the digger wasp Philanthus
zebratus. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. (Washington, D.C.), 75: 1901-1903.
Janvier, H. 1928. Recherches biologiques sur les predateurs du Chile. Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool., 10(11):
67-207.
Matthews, R. W., R. A. Saunders & J. R. Matthews. 1981. Nesting behavior of the sand wasp Stictia
maculata (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae) in Costa Rica. J. Kans. Entomol. Soc., 54: 249-254.
O’Neill, K. M. 1983. The significance of body size in territorial interactions of male beewolves
(Hymenoptera: Sphecidae, Philanthus). Anim. Behav., 32: 404-411.
O’Neill, K. M. & H. E. Evans. 1983a. Alternative male mating tactics in Bembecinus quinquespinosus
(Hymenoptera: Sphecidae): correlation with size and color variation. Behav. Ecol. Sociobiol.,
14: 39-46.
O’Neill, K. M. & H. E. Evans. 1983b. Body size and alternative mating tactics in the beewolf
Philanthus zebratus (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae). Biol. J. Linn. Soc., 20: 175-184.
O’Neill, K. M. & H. E. Evans. 1988. The natural history and behavior of North American beewolves.
Comstock Publishing Associates, Cornell University Press, Ithaca, New York.
Phillipi, T. & W. G. Eberhard. 1986. Foraging behavior of Stictia signata (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae).
J. Kans. Entomol. Soc., 59: 604-608.
Post, D. C. 1981. Observations on female nesting and male behavior of Stictia signata (Hymenoptera:
Sphecidae) in Brazil. Rev. Biol. Trop., 29: 105-113.
Randall, C. W. & R. F. Martin. 1987. Distribution, abundance, and movement patterns of shoreline
chitons of the Caribbean coast of Mexico. Nautilus, 101: 75-79.
Sheehan, W. 1984. Nesting biology of the sand wasp Stictia heros (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae: Nys-
soninae) in Costa Rica. J. Kans. Entomol. Soc., 57: 377-386.
Vesey-Fitzgerald, D. 1956. Notes on Sphecidae (Hym.) and their prey from Trinidad and British
Guiana. Entomol. Month. Mag., 92: 286-287.
Received 12 March 1989; accepted 14 November 1989.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66(1): 79-88, (1990)
FURTHER OBSERVATIONS ON THE BIOLOGY AND
HOST SPECIFICITY OF PROCHOERODES TRUXALIATA
(GUENEE) (LEPIDOPTERA: GEOMETRIDAE),
A BIOLOGICAL-CONTROL AGENT FOR
BACCHARIS HALIMIFOLIA L. IN AUSTRALIA
L. E. Ehler , 1 M. G. Kinsey 1 and W. A. Palmer 2
department of Entomology, University of California, Davis, California 95616
2 North American Field Station, Queensland Department of Lands,
2801 Arrowhead Circle, Temple, Texas 76502
Abstract.— Studies on the developmental and reproductive biology of Prochoerodes truxaliata
(Guenee) were conducted on Baccharis pilularis de Candolle at Davis, California. Under labo¬
ratory conditions, mean developmental time from egg to adult was slightly shorter for males (49
days) than for females (50.6 days). Developmental times for fourth and fifth instar larvae and
for pupae were significantly different between sexes. Mean generation time for females was
approximately 53 days. There were five larval instars and measurement of head capsules revealed
a relatively constant growth ratio (0.64-0.68). Longevity of adults was approximately 10 days.
Following a short preoviposition period (approximately two days), females which laid fertile
eggs produced an average of 489 eggs per female; however, not all the eggs were always deposited
prior to the death of a given female. Other females, despite their exposure to males, laid only
infertile eggs; however, total number of eggs produced per female was lower than that observed
for fertile females (x = 339) and only one third of these were actually deposited. Field observations
revealed that moths which were active early in the evening laid predominantly fertile eggs,
whereas those active later in the evening laid predominantly infertile ones. In quarantine facilities
in Australia, host specificity of larvae was tested on a wide range of economic and native plant
species unavailable in the U.S. Larvae fed on a number of asteraceous plants but were unable
to complete development on any plant other than Baccharis halimifolia L. Consequently, P.
truxaliata has been cleared for release in Australia for control of B. halimifolia.
Key Words.— Insecta, Lepidoptera, Geometridae, Prochoerodes truxaliata, biological control/
weeds, Baccharis
There are over 200 species of insects associated with Baccharis pilularis de
Candolle in California (Tilden 1951). This insect fauna has been of considerable
ecological interest over the years, and more recently certain species in the com¬
munity attained practical importance in biological control. A related host plant,
Baccharis halimifolia L., which is native to the southeastern U.S., is a serious,
introduced rangeland weed in Australia. During foreign exploration for natural
enemies of B. halimifolia in the U.S., it was discovered that a number of species
previously recorded only from B. pilularis would also feed and complete devel¬
opment on B. halimifolia (WAP, unpublished data). At least two were sufficiently
stenophagous to permit their importation into Australia. The cecidomyiid midge
Rhopalomyia californica Felt, which develops in conspicuous terminal galls on
B. pilularis, was introduced into Queensland in 1982; it established, and by 1986
had spread throughout the range of the target weed (McFadyen 1985; WAP,
unpublished data). The second species, Prochoerodes truxaliata (Guenee), is one
of the least conspicuous insects associated with B. pilularis in California. The
cryptic larvae of this geometrid can cause severe defoliation and thus this species
shows considerable promise as a biological-control agent.
80
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(1)
The pre-introductory investigations required for clearing P. truxaliata for im¬
portation into Australia resulted in a considerable amount of new information
on this rather poorly known species. Palmer & Tilden (1987) reported on its
developmental biology and host specificity; the latter studies involved plants
available in the U.S. (primarily Texas), including native species. This paper reports
additional data on developmental and reproductive biology of P. truxaliata, and
the results of host-specificity tests conducted in Australia.
Materials and Methods
Laboratory Studies.—The insects used in the laboratory studies were the progeny
of 20 female moths collected from B. pilularis pilularis on the Davis campus of
the University of California (Solano County). The moths were held in a sleeve
cage in the laboratory and observed daily for oviposition. Eggs were collected
each day and placed in ventilated microcentrifuge tubes. One cohort of eggs was
stored at 5° C for 18 days before being placed in the rearing room, whereas all
other eggs were immediately placed in the rearing room and held at 25° C. The
eggs held in cold storage were a subset of those eggs allowed to accumulate in
storage prior to shipment to Australia for use in host-specificity tests. During
incubation, all eggs were observed several times daily and the date and time of
eclosion were recorded for each larva.
Newly hatched larvae were transferred to rearing chambers constructed from
30 ml plastic containers and held at 25° C (one larva per chamber). A circular
hole (one cm diameter) was cut in the bottom of the container and covered with
90-mesh nylon organdy. The severed end of a cutting taken from a growing tip
of B. p. pilularis from the Davis campus was inserted through a small hole in the
lid of the plastic cup so that about one cm of stem protruded. The lid was placed
on the cup, the entire unit was inverted, and then allowed to float on styrofoam
in a tray of distilled water allowing the stem of the cutting to remain submerged.
As larvae grew larger, these containers were replaced with 60 ml plastic containers
of similar construction. Rearing chambers were cleaned and fresh foliage was
added daily. Larvae were observed several times a day and behavioral activities
were noted.
A minute droplet of silver conducting paint (Ladd Research Industries, Inc.,
stock number 60805) was placed on the dorsal surface of the head of the newly
hatched larva. This was repeated after each molt and the head capsules were later
recovered for each successive instar. The sequence of head capsules for each larva
was then glued to a microscope slide; each capsule was measured at 50 x using a
Nikon stage micrometer electronically wired to an Autometronics dual-axis digital
readout. Measurements were expressed in millimeters.
Pupae were sexed and held in the rearing room until emergence. As the moths
emerged, individual male/female pairs were confined in 450 ml plastic cylindrical
containers. The bottom of the container was removed and replaced with a double¬
weave brass screen. One mm-square openings in the screen permitted the 0.8 mm
eggs to drop through, and into a collecting tray beneath the unit. A circular hole
was cut in the lid of the container and replaced with 90-mesh nylon organdy. A
cotton wick saturated with 20% sucrose solution was inserted through a hole in
the side of the cage. Eggs were collected daily and held in ventilated microcen¬
trifuge tubes at 25° C for determination of fertility. Moths were observed daily,
1990
EHLER ET AL.: BIOLOGY OF PROCHOERODES
81
and dead individuals were removed. Shortly after death, females were dissected
in physiological saline solution and the condition of the reproductive tract and
the number of eggs remaining was recorded.
Field Observations.— Moth behavior was observed in the campus arboretum
during the evenings of 11-12 Jul 1988. On each night, moths were observed and
captured during two intervals: 20:30-22:10 h and 23:00-00:10 h. Observations
were terminated shortly after midnight due to the general absence of active female
moths. Behavior of moths was observed with the aid of a flashlight. All females
were returned to the laboratory, held individually in 60 ml plastic containers, and
observed for oviposition. Egg fertility was recorded for each female.
Host Specificity. — In the quarantine laboratory at the Alan Fletcher Research
Station (Sherwood, Qld., Australia), all plants listed in Table 1 were tested against
neonate larvae. A leaf of each plant was selected and examined to ensure that
there was no insect damage. It was then placed in a plastic petri dish with five
newly hatched, unfed larvae. The larvae used in this and subsequent experiments
were obtained from eggs shipped directly to Australia from Davis. The source
population was the same as that used in the laboratory studies. Every two days
the contents of the dishes were examined and the foliage replaced. Live larvae,
frass, head capsules or feeding marks on the leaf were noted. Three replications
of each plant species were made. The tests were conducted in randomized batches
of 20 plants which always included B. halimifolia as a control.
Eighteen species were selected from those in Table 1 to ascertain whether larvae
behaved similarly on potted plants and on cut foliage. The selection included all
the Astereae and a random selection of other species. Five neonate larvae were
placed on foliage of each plant; a fine-mesh bag was placed over them to confine
them to a portion of the plant. The plants were placed in a greenhouse, examined
at regular intervals, and the surviving larvae noted. The experiment was replicated
twice.
A test was also conducted to determine whether late-instar larvae had a wider
host range than neonate larvae. In this test, which was replicated twice, all the
species in the Asteraceae in Table 1 were used. Larvae were reared from eclosion
on B. halimifolia foliage until they were estimated to be third instar. Five larvae
were then transferred to cuttings of a test plant held in souffle cups filled with
water. These cuttings were then placed individually in 500 ml plastic containers.
The contents of the containers were then examined regularly and live larvae, frass,
exuviae and feeding damage noted. The foliage was replaced every three days.
Results and Discussion
Laboratory Studies.—Our observations of the eggs of P. truxaliata were gen¬
erally similar to those of Palmer & Tilden (1987). The egg is nearly spherical
(slightly ovoid), and approximately 0.8 mm in diameter. The chorion is glossy
with a textured surface, and has no known adhesive substances. The newly de¬
posited egg is turquoise green. The fertile egg turns brown after about 48 h (some
may require up to 72 h), whereas an unfertile egg retains its original color. As it
hatches, the first instar larva chews a circular opening in the chorion. The chorion
is seldom if ever eaten by the larva. Mean developmental time for eggs was
approximately 10 days at 25° C, with no significant difference between males and
females (Table 2). In contrast, chilled eggs (at 5° C for 18 days prior to incubation
82
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(1)
Table 1. The plants against which neonate larvae were tested in the cut foliage, no-choice exper¬
iment.
Anacardiaceae: Mangifera indica L.
Apiaceae: Apium graveolens L.
Asteraceae: Tribe Astereae: Aster novi-belgii L., Brachycome multifida de Candolle, Callistephus chi-
nensis (L.) Nees Von Esenbeck, Calotis cuneata (F. Mueller ex. Bentham) G. L. Davis, Conyza
sumatrensis (Retzius) E. H. Walker, Olearia nernstii F. Mueller, Bentham, Vittadinia sulcata N. T.
Burbidge. Tribe Heliantheae: Cosmos bipinnatus Cavanilles, Dahlia variabilis (Willdenow) Desfon-
taines, Ecliptaprostrata (L.) L., Gaillardia aristata Pursh, Glossogyne tenuifolium Cassini, Helianthus
annuus L., Wedelia biflora de Candolle, Zinnia linearis Bentham. Tribe Inuleae: Cassinia laevis R.
Brown, Gnaphalium sphaericum Willdenow, Helichrysum bracteatum (Ventenat) Andrews. Tribe
Senecioneae: Emilia sonchifolia (L.) de Candolle, Flaveria australasica Hooker, Senecio lautus
Solander, ex. Willdenow. Tribe Anthemideae: Chrysanthemum carinatum Schousboe, Cotula aus¬
tralis (Sieber) Hooker f. Tribe Eupatorieae: Adenostemma lavenia (L.) Kuntze. Tribe Vemonieae:
Vernonia cinerea (L.) Lessing. Tribe Lactuceae: Cichorium intybus L. Tribe Cynareae: Carthamus
tinctorius L. Tribe Calenduleae: Calendula officinalis L.
Brassicaceae: Brassica oleracea L.
Caricaceae: Carica papaya L.
Chenopodiaceae: Beta vulgaris L.
Cucurbitaceae: Cucurbita maxima Duchesne
Fabiaceae: Arachis hypogaea L., Medicago sativa L., Phaseolus vulgaris L.
Liliaceae: Allium cepa L.
Malvaceae: Gossypium hirsutum L.
Myrtaceae: Eucalyptus sp.
Passifloraceae: Passiflora edulis J. Sims
Poaceae: Triticum aestivum L., Saccharum officinarum L., Sorghum vulgare Persoon, Zea mays L.
Proteaceae: Macadamia integrifolia J. Maiden & E. Betche
Rosaceae: Fragaria vesca L.
Rubiaceae: Coffiea arabica L.
Rutaceae: Citrus sinensis (L.) P. Osbeck
Solanaceae: Solanum tuberosum L., Lycopersicon lycopersicum L.
Vitaceae: Vitis vinifera L.
at 25° C) hatched at least three days sooner. Such an effect has been documented
in other insects (Lin et al. 1954, Kimberling & Miller 1988). In such cases, although
the insect’s embryonic development evidently continues at temperatures below
the thermal threshold for eclosion, the entire developmental sequence leading to
larval eclosion cannot be completed. This finding may be helpful in the mass
production and colonization of P. truxaliata, particularly when cold storage of
eggs is necessary. However, the eclosion rate among chilled eggs was considerably
less (54%, n = 69) than for non-chilled eggs (78.1%, n = 170).
Larval eclosion occurred between dusk and dawn. The neonate larva actively
searched the host plant and generally displayed a negative geotropism (also noted
by Palmer & Tilden 1987). When given a choice, the larva fed on young leaves
in the meristematic region. In the absence of such leaves, the larva would feed
on well developed leaves and showed a marked preference for younger foliage.
As noted by Palmer & Tilden (1987), first instar larvae (in contrast to later instar
larvae) commonly fed during the day in addition to nocturnal feeding. When
resting, the smaller larva assumed an erect position, mimicking defoliated petioles;
larger larvae mimicked small twigs. The larva held the substrate with its prolegs
Table 2. Developmental times and head-capsule widths for P. truxaliata in the laboratory.
Developmental time (days ) 3
Mean ± SEM C
Range
Mean (± SEM) b head-capsule width (mm) c
Male
Female
Male Female
Male Female
Egg
9.63 ± 0.09
9.60 ± 0.09
9-10
9-10
_
_
1 st in star
4.81 ± 0.18
4.63 ± 0.21
4-7
4-7
0.430 ± 0.003
0.429 ± 0.003
2nd instar
4.66 ± 0.2
4.43 ±0.11
3-8
3-6
0.656 ± 0.005
0.659 ± 0.006
3rd instar
4.41 ± 0.19
4.33 ± 0.23
3-7
3-8
1.025 ± 0.014
1.039 ± 0.01
4th instar
5 th instar
4.47 ± 0.14
*
5.23 ± 0.14
3-6
4-7
1.541 ± 0.01
* 1.611 ±0.011
Active
6.66 ± 0.17
*
8.67 ± 0.32
5-9
6-14
2.294 ± 0.033
2.363 ± 0.043
Prepupa
2.25 ± 0.13
2.43 ± 0.11
1-4
1-3
Pupa
12.16 ± 0.2
*
11.33 ± 0.22
10-14
8-13
Egg to adult
48.97 ± 0.63
50.6 ± 0.75
42-58
44-60
a Based on 32 male and 30 female individuals which completed development to adult.
b Based on 17 male and 19 female individuals which completed development to adult.
c Asterisk indicates significant difference (Mest, P < 0.05).
00
OJ
1990 EHLER ET AL.: BIOLOGY OF PROCHOERODES
84
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(1)
E
E
TJ
IH
£
o
3
CO
o.
CO
o
T3
(0
0)
X
c
CO
©
2
2.5 -
2.0 -
1.5 -
1.0 -
.5 -
1st
2nd
3rd
Instar
4th
5th
Figure 1. Mean and range of head-capsule widths for the five larval instars of P. truxaliata (data
from both sexes).
and assumed a 45° angle to the stem. This position was maintained with the aid
of a silken strand, from the spinnerettes, also attached to the stem. The larva
would drop when disturbed, and remain suspended from the foliage by the silken
strand. Mean developmental time for first-instar larvae was slightly less than five
days and did not vary with sex (Table 2).
Subsequent instars were nocturnal feeders. Second and third instar larvae showed
a similar preference for young leaves in the meristematic region and when dis¬
rupted, dropped from the plant as did the first instar. Mean developmental times
for these instars were approximately the same and did not vary with sex (Table
2). For fourth instar larvae, however, mean developmental time for males was
significantly shorter than for females; that for females was almost one day longer
than for females of the third instar (Table 2). Both fourth and fifth instar larvae
behaved differently than previous instars by showing less preference for younger
leaves, and not readily dropping from the plant when disturbed.
The fifth instar consisted of an active feeding phase followed by a non-feeding
prepupal period. Mean developmental time for the active phase was the longest
for any instar, and that for the males was significantly shorter than for females
(Table 2). The prepupal period lasted slightly more than two days and did not
vary with sex (Table 2). During this period, a silken structure was spun which
eventually housed the pupa. The pupal stage was significantly shorter for females
1990
EHLER ET AL.: BIOLOGY OF PROCHOERODES
85
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
DAYS FOLLOWING ADULT ECLOSION
Figure 2. Mean number of eggs laid per female per day for P. truxaliata under laboratory conditions.
than for males. Sexual dimorphism, expressed in the terminal abdominal seg¬
ments, was sufficient to enable sorting of pupae according to sex.
The average head-capsule widths for the five instars were consistent with the
“Brooks-Dyar Rule” (cf. Daly 1985). With the exception of fourth instar larvae,
there was no significant difference between sexes (Table 2). Average values in¬
corporating data from both sexes are plotted in Fig. 1. There is no overlap among
the instars and thus head-capsule width would appear to be a suitable indicator
of instar in field collections. The range for fifth instar larvae was relatively large.
We attribute this to the fact that dorsal sutures of these head capsules seldom
remained intact; this caused difficulty in obtaining accurate measurements. The
growth ratio was relatively constant (0.64-0.68) and is generally consistent with
previous studies oflepidopterous larvae (Drooz 1965, Dupree 1965, Enders 1976).
In two cases, we observed six instars, but neither survived to adulthood. Palmer
& Tilden (1987) reported up to seven and sometimes eight instars in this species.
This is not particularly surprising, as number of instars in Lepidoptera can vary
according to environmental conditions (Long 1953).
Mean developmental time from egg to adult was slightly longer for females
(50.6 days) than males (49 days) (Table 2). Adults eclosed and were active only
at night. Adult longevity for males (10.7 days) was higher (not significant) than
for females (9.6 days). Following a 2-3 day preoviposition period in the laboratory,
two groups of females were evident: fertile versus unfertile. Fertile females laid
approximately 50% of their eggs within the first four days (Fig. 2), averaging 445.7
(n = 13) eggs per female. However, dissections revealed that an average of 42.9
eggs per female remained in the reproductive system at death. Thus, the total
potential fecundity per fertile female was considered to be 488.6. Infertile females
laid a relatively constant number of eggs per female per day (Fig. 2), but the total
86
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(1)
Table 3. Percent survival of neonate larvae at 7 and 21 days on those plants on which any survival
was observed at 7 days.
Plant species
% survival
7 days
21 days
Baccharis halimifolia
82
70
Callistephus chinensis
73
0
Calotis cuneata
27
0
Cotula australis
40
0
Eclipta prostrata
27
6
Vittadinia sulcata
13
0
eggs deposited per female was approximately 25% (average 110.2, n = 12) of that
for fertile females. Furthermore, nearly twice as many eggs remained in the re¬
productive system at the time of death (average 228.5) as were deposited and
many unlaid eggs were undeveloped. Total potential fecundity for these females
averaged 338.7. We cannot explain why infertile females, despite being given the
same opportunity to mate, failed to deposit fertile eggs. Average longevity of
fertile and infertile females did not differ significantly.
Field Observations. — Moths which were active (readily visible in the upper strata
of the foliage) early in the evening laid predominantly fertile eggs whereas those
active later in the evening laid predominantly infertile eggs. Thirty-seven of 41
females (90.2%) collected between 20:30 and 22:00 h laid eggs prior to the fourth
day after capture. Virtually all of the eggs for each female were fertile. Thirty-
three of the 37 moths (89.2%) laid eggs prior to dawn of the following day,
indicating the moths had mated at least one day prior to capture. The remaining
Table 4. Percent survival of neonate larvae on foliage of potted plants.
Plant species
% survival
Week 1
Week 4
Week 8
Allium cepa
0
_
_
Arachis hypogaea
0
Aster novi-belgii
0
Baccharis halimifolia
60
60
60
Brachycome multifida
0
Callistephus chinensis
20
20
0
Calotis cuneata
0
Cassinia laevis
10
0
Conyza sumatrensis
0
Cosmos bipinnatus
0
Cotula australis
10
0
Cucurbita maxima
0
Eclipta prostrata
0
Gossypium hirsutum
0
Helichrysum bracteatum
0
Olearia nernstii
10
Vernonia cinerea
0
Vittadinia sulcata
30
20
0
Zinnia linearis
0
1990
EHLER ET AL.: BIOLOGY OF PROCHOERODES
87
Table 5. Percent survival when 3rd instar larvae were placed on bouquets of foliage.
Plant species
% survival
Week 1
Week 3
Week 6
Adenostemma lavenia
0
_
_
Baccharis halimifolia
100
80
40
Brachycome multifida
20
0
Calendula officinalis
0
Callistephus chinensis
10
0
Calotis cuneata
10
0
Carthamus tinctorius
10
0
Cassinia laevis
40
20
0
Chrysanthemum carinatum
0
Cosmos bipinnatus
0
Cotula australis
60
0
Dahlia variabilis
10
0
Eclipta prostrata
20
0
Emilia sonchifolia
0
Gaillardia aristata
0
Glossogyne tenuifolium
20
10
0
Gnaphalium sphaericum
30
0
Helianthus annuus
10
0
Helichrysum bracteatum
0
Olearia nernstii
20
0
Senecio lautus
10
0
Vernonia cinerea
20
0
Vittadinia sulcata
0
Wedelia biflora
10
0
Zinnia linearis
10
0
four females oviposited but none of their eggs hatched. All of the 28 females
collected between 23:00-00:10 h laid eggs, although only 12 (42.9%) laid pre¬
dominantly fertile eggs. None of the eggs of the remaining 16 females were fertile.
Males and females were caught in a one-to-one sex ratio. Apparently virgin females
are active later in the evening, presumably seeking mates; once mated, they become
active earlier in following evenings. This hypothesis, however, should be tested
further.
Host Specificity. — After seven days, neonate larvae placed on cut foliage of most
of the plants listed in Table 1 had died without any appreciable feeding. However,
surviving larvae and evidence of feeding were found on five species (Table 3). By
the end of three weeks, all larvae except one on Eclipta prostrata (L.) L. had died.
This individual remained alive for 12 more days, although it developed at a much
slower rate than control larvae on Baccharis. No larvae (other than the controls)
survived longer than 33 days, nor did any complete development.
Neonate larvae placed on potted plants survived for less than a week on all but
five species. Three of these species [Callistephus chinensis (L.) Nees Von Esenbeck,
Cotula australis (Sieber) Hooker f., and Vittadinia sulcata N. T. Burbidge] were
common to those supporting larvae for a week in the cut-foliage experiment (Table
4). On these five, there was evidence of feeding and development to at least the
second instar. On only Callistephus chinensis was the growth rate similar to that
88
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 66(1)
observed on B. halimifolia. The larvae on C. chinensis grew rapidly through the
first three instars but then ceased development and died three weeks later. The
increased mortality and the failure of the surviving larvae to develop indicate
that this plant is not a suitable host.
Late instar larvae could not complete their life cycle on cut foliage of any of
the test plants (Table 5). In many cases the larvae took longer than a week to die,
even if they did not feed. On only two plants, Cassinia laevis R. Brown and
Glossogyne tenuifolium Cassini, was there any protracted feeding. On these, how¬
ever, there was negligible growth of the larvae and they eventually died.
This insect exhibited an ability for early instar larvae to feed on a number of
Asteraceae, almost all in the tribe Astereae and thus has been comprehensively
tested. In the United States and Australia, it has been tested against plants in (1)
12 genera of the Astereae (approximately 10% of the genera of this tribe throughout
the world) and (2) 31 genera in other tribes of the Asteraceae (see also Palmer &
Tilden 1987). This testing against closely related plants is one of the most com¬
prehensive of any insect candidate for biological-control. All the evidence gathered
indicates that P. truxaliata is host-specific to certain Baccharis spp. In addition,
there is no record in the United States of it ever being found on any plant other
than a Baccharis spp. Because host-specificity experiments indicated that P. trux¬
aliata was able to utilize only Baccharis spp., it was considered safe to release in
Australia. Permission for release from quarantine was granted in February, 1989.
Acknowledgment
Gordon Paris undertook all the laboratory work at the Alan Fletcher Research
Station and J. Chippendale and T. Ellis assisted in the supply of test plants. We
thank J. A. DeBenedictis, A. H. Porter, and A. M. Shapiro for critical review of
the manuscript, and J. McCaskill for taxonomic assistance.
Literature Cited
Daly, H. V. 1985. Insect morphometries. Annual Rev. Entomol., 30: 415-438.
Drooz, A. T. 1965. Elm spanworm head capsule widths and instars. J. Econ. Entomol., 58: 629-
631.
Dupree, M. 1965. Observations on the life history of the lesser cornstalk borer. J. Econ. Entomol.,
58: 1156-1157.
Enders, F. 1976. Size, food-finding, and Dyar’s constant. Environ. Entomol., 5: 1-10.
Kimberling, D. N. & J. C. Miller. 1988. Effects of temperature on larval eclosion of the winter moth,
Operophtera brumata. Entomol. Exp. Appl., 47: 249-254.
Lin, S., A. C. Hodson & A. G. Richards. 1954. An analysis of threshold temperatures for the
development of Oncopeltus and Tribolium eggs. Physiol. Zool., 27: 287-311.
Long, D. B. 1953. Effects of population density on larvae of Lepidoptera. Trans. Roy. Entomol.
Soc., Lond., 104: 543-585.
McFadyen, P. J. 1985. Introduction of the gall fly Rhopalomyia californica from the USA into
Australia for the control of the weed Baccharis halimifolia. pp. 779-787. In Delfosse, E. S.
(ed.). Proceedings of the VI International Symposium on Biological Control of Weeds. Agric.
Canada, Ottawa.
Palmer, W. A. & J. W. Tilden. 1987. Host specificity and biology of Prochoerodes truxaliata (Guenee)
(Geometridae), a potential biocontrol agent for the rangeland weed Baccharis halimifolia L. in
Australia. J. Lepid. Soc., 41: 199-208.
Tilden, J. W. 1951. The insect associates of Baccharis pilularis De Candolle. Microentomology, 16:
149-188.
Received 6 July 1989; accepted 17 November 1989.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66(1): 89-92, (1990)
DESCRIPTION OF THE IMMATURES OF
STYRINGOMYIA NEOCALEDONIAE ALEXANDER
(DIPTERA: TIPULIDAE) AND NOTES ON ITS BIOLOGY
C. Dennis Hynes
Department of Biological Sciences, California Polytechnic State University,
San Luis Obispo, California 94307
Abstract. — The immatures of Styringomyia neocaledoniae Alexander are described. Information
on the habitat of the last larval instar and pupa, and on the resting behavior of the adult is given.
Comments on the taxonomic placement of the genus are also given.
Key Words. — Insecta, Diptera, Tupulidae, Styringomyia neocaledoniae, habitat, behavior, clas¬
sification
Most of the information about the more than 100 species of Styringomyia
consists of the original description, location of the holotype and paratypes, and
some comparisons to other species. Edwards (1914) considered the group isolated,
possibly primitive on the basis of the strange construction of the adult form, and
suggested that it should be removed from its original placement in the Antochini
but did not indicate its placement upon removal. For this purpose, Alexander
(1920) erected a special tribe, the Styringomyini, but later placed it in the Eriop-
terini as a subtribe, Styringomyaria. I suggested recently that the genus would be
better situated in the Eriopteraria (Hynes 1987), based on the presence of the so-
called L-shaped cervical plate (Crampton 1925).
Both Edwards (1914, 1924) and Alexander (1920, 1947) reported observations
made by others as to rearing and the habitats of the larvae, as well as peculiar
behaviors of the adults. No larval specimens or descriptions accompanied these
rearings. Within the Limoniinae, the larval instars give better evidence of rela¬
tionships than do the adult. The larvae were needed to answer the question of
relationships among these genera.
Recently, I was able to collect and rear immature Styringomyia neocaledoniae
Alexander in New Caledonia, and to gather some preliminary information on
their habitats. The following description is based on observations from four larvae
and three pupae.
Taxonomy and Biology
Description.—Larva. Length 7.2 mm; dorsoventral and dextrosinistral measurements at third ab¬
dominal segment 0.5 mm. Body white-yellow, cylindrical, becoming slightly smaller at eighth abdom¬
inal segment, then abruptly larger at disk. Spiracular disk (Fig. 1) with seven fleshy lobes (three smaller
lobes on the dorsal rim, two larger lateral lobes, and two ventrolateral lobes), structured as a rectangular
ventral margin of the plate; face slightly convex; white with light brown markings at center of ven¬
trolateral arms. Spiracles with very light rims, darker centers; the medial outer margin with two small
invaginations. Head capsule length (tip of labrum to posterior end) 0.48 mm (Fig. 2); width 0.14 mm
at mandibular articulation. Labrum with basal plate projecting forward, projections heavily sclerotized,
with two ovate rows of setae extending from ventral surface (messores?). Mandible strongly rotated,
nearly vertical; six “bars” with membranes between them forming three plates; dorsal and lateral
plates membranous, sclerotized areas at junction of dorsal and dorsolateral bars. Maxillary plate not
toothed, expanded slightly at anterior end near junction with heavily sclerotized maxillary cardo.
90
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 66(1)
2.0 mm
Figures 1-6. Styringomyia neocaledoniae. Figure 1. Spiracular disk of larva. Figure 2. Head capsule
of larva (D = dorsal, Y = ventral). Figure 3. Metathoracic breathing horn. Figure 4. Terminal segments
of pupa of male. Figure 5. Adult female at rest. Figure 6. Portion of abdomen of adult male that
extends beyond wings while at rest.
1990
HYNES: IMMATURES OF STYRINGOMYIA
91
Pupa.— Length 4.2 mm; dextrosinistral width at base of wing pad 1.1 mm; dorsoventral width at
base of wing pad 1.25 mm. Body yellow-white. Two conspicuous tubercles behind base of antennae
each having a long stout seta. Mesonotal breathing horns flattened dorsoventrally, short (0.14 mm),
extended laterally and slightly cephalad (Fig. 3). Mesonotum without crest of spines. Wing pads dark
in older specimens, end at posterior margin of second abdominal segment. Leg sheaths short, ending
at posterior edge of third abdominal segment; sheaths nearly same length but metathoracic slightly
shorter, prothoracic pair slightly longer. The posterior edges of abdominal segments sparsely armed
with very small spines. Male terminalia (Fig. 4) with eighth stemite possessing a double toothed
tubercle at each extreme lateral margin, each with a short, thick seta at tip. Dorsal portion of eighth
tergum with a lateral tubercle on each side, armed with one or two short spines. Dorsum of ninth
tergum with two pointed, flattened tubercles directed laterad, fleshy serrations on posterior edge.
Sheaths of dististyles smooth, conical, directed caudad at base, curving gently laterad to a point, a
short thick spine at tip.
Taxonomic Placement. — Data from the larval instars show that both Alexander
and Edwards were correct in moving Styringomyia from the Antochini to the
Eriopterini in that the genera in the former tribe have “massive” head capsules.
The larval head capsule of Styringomyia is that of typical eriopterine larvae having
the six so-called “bars” and slanted mandible. However, the degree of difference
between the larvae of Styringomyia neocaledoniae and the larvae of other Eriop-
teraria is no greater than that between the larvae of Erioptera and Molophilus.
There is no evidence that a special tribe or subtribe is necessary to indicate generic
relationships. Indeed, the “strange” differences of structuring in the adult stage
could just as easily be interpreted as indicating a more specialized condition,
rather than primitive as suggested by Edwards (1914). On the basis of the larval
data, along with the presence of the L-shaped cervical plate in the adult, Styrin¬
gomyia should be placed in the tribe Eriopterini, subtribe Eriopteraria.
Biology. — The larvae of Styringomyia neocaledoniae were found in three dif¬
ferent habitats. The first habitat is best described as a gathering of small branches
into which leaves from various trees have accumulated, forming a mat of decaying
organic material. These accumulations, located on the forest floor, are rather large,
attaining lengths of two to three meters and widths of one to two meters. They
are very probably formed when heavy rains flood an area causing runoff. Many
remain wet or damp for long periods of time. The second habitat is the organic
remains old tree trunks, especially the interior sections where large amounts of
dark brown organic material form. The material remains damp throughout ex¬
tended dry periods. The third habitat is at the base or petiole of rotting palm
fronds. This habitat resembles the bases of the North American Yucca whipplei
Torrey, the habitat for Gnophomyia comstocki Alexander, in that the rotted ma¬
terial is mainly between the epidermal layers which sandwich the lignified rods
between them. The material between the rods is brown and sticky, and remains
damp through extended dry periods. This habitat is very protective and serves
as a media for many species of eriopterine larvae. Associated with Styringomyia
neocaledoniae are Erioptera ( Meterioptera) rhaphidostyla Alexander, Elephanto-
myia ( Elephantomyia ) garrigouana Alexander, and Toxorhina (C.) caledonica
Alexander. Larval specimens of as yet unidentified species of Helius, Molophilus,
and Amphineurus were also found. The larvae were not easily collected and had
to be washed and literally scrubbed out of the sticky material. The pupae are even
more difficult to obtain. They are found in a strong case that is closely appressed
to the drier rotting areas. Within rearing cages containing humic materials, the
larvae of S. neocaledoniae form fine earthen tubes through which they traveled;
92
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(1)
this behavior is similar to that of Limonia. The tubes are thin, but extend over
edges and through the spaces to other large particles of habitat.
The adults walk with short, rapid, and quite erratic movements. Both Edwards
(1924) and Alexander (1947) noted the peculiar resting position of adults which
reputedly resembles a spider web (Fig. 5). This would infer that the animal is
mimicking spiders as a matter of protection. If this infers spider mimicry, however,
I found no spiders with even a remote resemblance. If correct, however, the
terminal portion of the male sticks out from under the wings looking like a head
region from above (Fig. 6)? From this angle the dark dististyles appear as eyes,
presenting two possible “heads.” Alternatively, however, the dorsal and lateral
views give light and dark disruptive patterning. The resting position brings the
legs approximately parallel, causing the dark and light bands. The lighter wing
areas and the dorsomedial on the thorax and head enhances the disruptive col¬
oration. All other Styringomyia possess this coloration. While it is unlikely that
all Styringomyia mimic the spiders, or have a spider to mimic, all have disruptive
coloration.
Alexander (1920) also noted life history information on Styringomyia didyma
that leads one to the conclusion that it may have the shortest life cycle of any
crane-fly species; there may, however, have been no assurance that the media
contained no other larvae. His noted hatching period is given as 10-15 days,
approximating that of eriopterines generally. My data on neocaledoniae indicate
that the pupal stage takes 7 days, again normal for eriopterines. There was no
indication that S. neocaledoniae is multivoltine. I suspect Alexander’s media was
contaminated with other larvae mature enough to emerge and confuse the noted
development time; thus S. didyma should be reared again to confirm the infor¬
mation given. If Alexander’s information is true, S. didyma would be useful as a
laboratory species with which to gain information on crane-fly biology.
Acknowledgment
I thank the French Institute of Research for Development (ORSTOM), Noumea,
for help during my study in New Caledonia, and especially Jean Chazeau for his
support at the Riviere Bleue Project in New Caledonia. I also thank Gaylene
Thomas (Cal Poly, San Luis Obispo) for help in the illustrations.
Literature Cited
Alexander, C. P. 1920. The crane-flies of New York, Part II. Biology and phylogeny. Cornell Univ.
Mem., 38.
Alexander, C. 1947. Notes on the Tropical American species of Tipulidae (Diptera) III. The spe¬
cialized Eriopterini: Rhabdomastix, Cryptolabis, Erioptera, Molophilus, Styringomyia, Tox-
orhina and allies. Rev. de Entomol., 18: 317-360.
Crampton, G. C. 1925. Evidences of relationship indicated by the thoracic sclerites of certain
eriopterine tipulid Diptera. Insect. Inscit. Menst., 13: 197-213.
Edwards, F. W. 1914. A revision of the tipulid genus Styringomyia. Trans. Royal Entomol. Soc.,
London, 1914: 206-227.
Edwards, F. W. 1924. New data concerning Styringomyia (Diptera, Tipulidae). Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist., Series 9, 13: 265-274.
Hynes, C. D. 1987. New species of of the genus Styringomyia from the South Pacific and Southeast
Asia (Tipulidae, Diptera). Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 63: 92-97.
Received 4 April 1989; accepted 29 November 1989.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66(1): 93-95, (1990)
Scientific Note
THE SELLING OF GAMPSOCLEIS GRATIOSA BRUNNER
(ORTHOPTERA: TETTIGONIIDAE) AS SINGING PETS
IN CHINA
Insects have been more prominent in Chinese culture than in cultures of most
other countries, particularly those of the west. Insects are important as drug sources
in traditional Chinese medicine (Read, B. E. 1941. Chinese materia medica, insect
drugs, Peking Nat. History Bull., Reprinted 1982, Southern Materials Center,
Taipei, Taiwan), and have been often used for human food (Mitsuhashi, J. 1984.
Edible insects of the world. Kokinshoin, Tokyo). They have been frequent subjects
of Chinese art such as the jade crickets and other insects (Shang and Western
Chow dynasties, approximately 1600-771 BC), the “Flowers and Insects” scroll
paintings (Shou Ping, Yun Hsi school 1633-1690 AD), and the paintings of Chi
Bai Shi (20th century). Insects have long been a source of amusement including
the releasing of large quantities of fireflies for imperial entertainment (Liu, G.
1939. Psyche, 46: 23-28), the gambling sport of fighting crickets, and the keeping
of singing insects as pets (Laufer, B. 1927. Field Mus. Nat. Hist., Chicago, An-
thropol. Leaf., 22).
The more vociferous members of the famly Gryllidae and Tettigoniidae, often
known collectively as “singing crickets,” have been popular pets in China for
more than 1000 years. During the Tang dynasty, the ladies of the palace caught
singing crickets, put them in golden cages and placed them near their pillows.
This custom (minus the gold) was imitated by the common people. A special
literature on keeping crickets was created in the Sung dynasty (960-1279 AD)
and cage making developed into a palace art during the early Ching dynasty (1644—
1911 AD) (Laufer 1927; Soloman, B. J. 1984. Arts of Asia, 4: 76-87). The court
practice of keeping singing crickets, often in beautifully molded gourd cages made
from Lagenaria vulgaris Seringe, continued into this century as depicted in the
1987 American film “The Last Emperor.” Singing crickets woven into bamboo
cages were sold on the streets of China in the 1920s (Laufer 1927).
After the 1949 Revolution, the keeping of pets was considered to be a bourgeois
pastime, reminiscent of the decadent court and idle rich of the past, who were
often cricket fanciers (Wang Ren, personal communication).
In August 1987, while visiting Beijing, I encountered a seller of singing crickets
(Fig. 1 ) with several hundred woven, split bamboo cages (7 cm diameter) tied to
the back of his bicycle. Each cage contained a large (4-5 cm) green or tan male
Gampsocleis gratiosa Brunner which produced loud ringing “cries” with their
brachypterous wings. The calls and the sight of the seller attracted many people
willing to pay the 30 fen (US $0.10, Aug 1987 exchange rates) asking price. A
few weeks later in Pao-tou, Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region, I saw another
seller, with the same cricket species in identical bamboo cages, at the outdoor
market. From this man and another cricket seller in Beijing, I learned about the
marketing of G. gratiosa. The Pao-tou seller had come from Bao-ding, Hebei
Province (about two days travel by train) to sell his singing insects.
Bao-ding has a wholesale market where G. gratiosa are sold to sellers. The
collectors of G. gratiosa are from four Hebei villages (Shuang He Zhuang—Twin
94
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(1)
Figure 1. Gampsocleis gratiosa, woven into bamboo cages, being sold as singing pets on a Beijing
street in August, 1987.
River, Da Long Hua—Great Dragon River, Quing Xi Ling—Western Ching Tomb,
and Qiao Jai He—Cho’s River). The collectors go out to the countryside and to
other villages to collect and buy G. gratiosa during June and July. The Pao-tou
seller, who is also a collector, said that 20-30 of the 1000 people in his village
are involved in the trade. These insects are reportedly collected mainly in hilly
areas on wild jujubes (Zizyphus sp.) and tamarisk (Tamarix sp.), with the green
ones taken on north facing slopes and the tan on south facing slopes.
The sellers pay the collectors 25 fens (US $0.08) per insect plus 6 fens (US
$0.02) for a cage, early in the season when there are few adults. Later in the season
when adults are more common, sellers pay only 7-8 fens (US $0.03) per insect.
Sellers then travel to larger, often quite distant cities, such as Beijing, Pao-tou,
Shanghai, Canton, and Lan-chou in the western part of China. They can make
the most money in Shanghai and distant cities like Lan-chou early in the season,
when G. gratiosa sell for 1-3 yuan each. Three yuan is approximately US $1.00,
and equal to half a day’s pay for many Chinese workers (Wang Ren, personal
communication). The retail price drops to approximately 30 fens (US $0.10), later
in the season as G. gratiosa becomes more common. Even this amount presumably
permits the seller to travel to a distant city, pay for lodging and food, and still
have enough money left to return home with a good profit.
Gampsocleis gratiosa is occasionally sold at the farmer’s market in Guan-yuan
Park, Beijing, during the winter (Ye Zheng Chu, personal communication). These
1990
SCIENTIFIC NOTE
95
insects are produced in small quantities by artificial rearing and are consequently
very expensive. In winter 1988, a male G. gratiosa sold for 50 yuan (US $ 16.70)—
more than one-third of an ordinary worker’s monthly salary. The singing crickets
are frequently kept in gourd cages fitted with a wire ring that prevents their escape
during feeding and vibrates to enhance the insect’s song. Owners often place these
cages in their undershirt pockets to keep the insects warm. Under such conditions
the G. gratiosa sing “happy songs” bringing joy and mental contentment to their
owners.
The popularity of G. gratiosa may be due to its large size and lack of shyness
in addition to its ringing song. They readily protrude their impressively large
mandibles through the weave or wire rings of their cages to take slices of apple,
cabbage, cucumber, green onions or other vegetables offered. They can put their
legs through the spherical bamboo cages and walk and roll the cages along; a
behavior which causes the cages to be hung. The katydids will live from several
weeks to months in captivity, depending on their age and the quality of care.
Gampsocleis gratiosa may also be a symbol of prosperity, as is a very similar
looking (perhaps the same) tettigoniid in southern China. In Hong Kong, one
sees carved ivory (or imitations) of elongate Chinese cabbages with the “ Gamp¬
socleis ” perched on top, sold for a good luck or prosperity symbol.
The marketing of G. gratiosa is an indication that China’s ancient interests in
singing insects still persist in this modem era. It is also an unusual, but culturally
relevant product, of China’s newly permitted free market economics.
Acknowledgment. — I thank Wang Ren (Biological Control Laboratory, Chinese
Academy of Agricultural Sciences, Beijing) for helping me interview and under¬
stand the cricket sellers; Ye Zheng Chu (same institute) for providing the infor¬
mation on the selling and keeping of G. gratiosa in the winter; and the anonymous
cricket sellers willing to share the details of their fascinating trade. I also appreciate
the manuscript reviews by Gene Defoliart (University of Wisconsin, Madison),
Wang Ren, Ye Zheng Chu and Natalia Vandenberg.
Robert W. Pemberton, Asian Parasite Laboratory, U.S. Department of Agri¬
culture, Agricultural Research Service, Seoul, Korea (% American Embassy, APO
San Francisco, California 96301.
Received 19 July 1989; accepted 10 October 1989.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66(1): 96, (1990)
EDITORIAL NOTICE:
CHANGES IN JOURNAL FORMAT AND
EDITORIAL PROTOCOL
Beginning with volume 66(1), The Pan-Pacific Entomologist has changed format
to provide a more attractive publication. With this format change, the journal is
also modifying the requirements for submitted manuscripts to enhance consis¬
tency. A detailed Information for Contributors is provided (66 [1]: 1-8) for the
convenience of prospective authors. Among these new requirements, note that
taxonomic manuscripts that describe new taxa must have separate paragraphs
accompanying each description detailing (a) information on the types, and (b) a
diagnosis; furthermore, a listing of the material examined, where appropriate,
must be presented in a separate paragraph using a new standard format for data.
Taxonomic keys are optional, but if present are subject to guidelines including
reversibility (“back-tracking”) provisions.
Also beginning with volume 66 (1), the editorial handling of manuscripts will
follow a newly defined protocol to upgrade the quality of the journal. Upon receipt,
manuscripts will be reviewed by two peer reviewers and accepted or rejected on
the basis of their recommendations. Review of manuscripts will be carried out
by the journal, regardless of whether the manuscript has been previously reviewed
before submission. When the assigned reviewers disagree on the acceptability of
a manuscript, a third reviewer will be chosen and will make the final determination
of suitability. The editor, however, reserves the right to initially reject those
manuscripts that are poorly written or deviate strongly from the scope or format
requirements of the journal.
Before final acceptance, manuscripts will be subject to copy editing; the author(s)
may also be required to incorporate certain changes suggested by the reviewers,
at the editor’s discretion. Copy editing will be for clarity, brevity, usage, organi¬
zation, and format, but should not unnecessarily modify the author’s style without
improvement to the manuscript or enacting compliance with the format of the
journal. Therefore, because submitted manuscripts may often require a redraft,
authors should maintain a file copy of the manuscript on a computer or word-
processor until formal acceptance is granted.
Alterations to, or disagreements with, either the edited copy or the required
addressing of reviewer’s concerns as noted by the editor must have a statement
of rationale by the author(s) for each case in the return cover letter. Where the
author’s preference is deemed to be less suitable than the edited version, despite
the stated rationales, the case will be subject to independent arbitration by a third
party with taxonomic, biological and editing experience; these arbitrators will be
chosen by the editor and their ruling will be binding before the final acceptance
of the manuscript for publication.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Information for Contributors
See volume 66 (1): 1-8, January 1990, for detailed format information and the issues thereafter for examples. Manuscripts must be
in English, but foreign language summaries are permitted. Manuscripts not meeting the format guidelines may be returned. Please
maintain a copy of the article on a word-processor because revisions are usually necessary before acceptance, pending review and copy¬
editing.
Format. — Type manuscripts in a legible serif font IN DOUBLE OR TRIPLE SPACE with 1.5 in margins on one side of 8.5 x 11 in,
nonerasable, high quality paper. THREE (3) COPIES of each manuscript must be submitted, EACH INCLUDING REDUCTIONS
OF ANY FIGURES TO THE 8.5 x 11 IN PAGE. Number pages as: title page (page 1), abstract and key words page (page 2), text
pages (pages 3+), acknowledgment page, literature cited pages, footnote page, tables, figure caption page; place original figures last.
List the corresponding author’s name, address including ZIP code, and phone number on the title page in the upper right comer. The
title must include the taxon’s designation, where appropriate, as: (Order: Family). The ABSTRACT must not exceed 250 words; use
five to seven words or concise phrases as KEY WORDS. Number FOOTNOTES sequentially and list on a separate page.
Text. — Demarcate MAJOR HEADINGS as centered headings and MINOR HEADINGS as left indented paragraphs with lead phrases
underlined and followed by a period and two hypens. CITATION FORMATS are: Coswell (1986), (Asher 1987a, Franks & Ebbet
1988, Dorly et al. 1989), (Burton in press) and (R. F. Tray, personal communication). For multiple papers by the same author use:
(Weber 1932, 1936, 1941; Sebb 1950, 1952). For more detailed reference use: (Smith 1983: 149-153, Price 1985: fig. 7a, Nothwith
1987: table 3).
Taxonomy. — Systematics manuscripts have special requirements outlined in volume 66(1): 1-8, including SEPARATE PARAGRAPHS
FOR DIAGNOSES, TYPES AND MATERIAL EXAMINED (INCLUDING A SPECIFIC FORMAT). List the unabbreviated
taxonomic author of each species after its first mention.
Literature Cited. — Format examples are:
Anderson, T. W. 1984. An introduction to multivariate statistical analysis (2nd ed). John Wiley & Sons, New York.
Blackman, R. L., P. A. Brown & V. F. Eastop. 1987. Problems in pest aphid taxonomy: can chromosomes plus morphometries
provide some answers? pp. 233-238. In Holman, J., J. Pelikan, A. G. F. Dixon & L. Weismann (eds.). Population structure, genetics
and taxonomy of aphids and Thysanoptera. Proc. international symposium held at Smolenice Czechoslovakia, Sept. 9-14, 1985.
SPB Academic Publishing, The Hague, The Netherlands.
Ferrari, J. A. & K. S. Rai. 1989. Phenotypic correlates of genome size variation in Aedes albopictus. Evolution, 42: 895-899.
Sorensen, J. T. (in press). Three new species of Essigella (Homoptera: Aphididae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol.
Illustrations. — Illustrations must be of high quality and large enough to ultimately reduce to 117 x 181 mm while maintaining label
letter sizes of at least 1 mm; this reduction must also allow for space below the illustrations for the typeset figure captions. Authors
are strongly encouraged to provide illustrations no larger than 8.5 x 11 in for easy handling. Number figures in the order presented.
Mount all illustrations. Label illustrations on the back noting: (1) figure number, (2) direction of top, (3) author’s name, (4) title of
the manuscript, and (5) journal. FIGURE CAPTIONS must be on a separate, numbered page; do not attach captions to the figures.
Tables. — Keep tables to a minimum and do not reduce them. Table must be DOUBLE-SPACED THROUGHOUT and continued
on additional sheets of paper as necessary. Designate footnotes within tables by alphabetic letter.
Scientific Notes. — Notes use an abbreviated format and lack: an abstract, key words, footnotes, section headings and a Literature Cited
section. Minimal references are listed in the text in the format: (Bohart, R. M. 1989. Pan-Pacific. Entomol., 65: 156-161.). A short
acknowledgment is permitted as a minor headed paragraph. Authors and affiliations are listed in the last, left indented paragraph of
the note with the affiliation underscored.
Page Charges. — PCES members are charged $30 per page. Members without institutional or grant support may apply to the society
for a grant to cover up to one half of these charges. Nonmembers are charged $60 per page. Page charges do not include reprint costs,
or charges for author changes to manuscripts after they are sent to the printer.
Volume 66
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
January 1990
Number 1
Contents
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist: format information for contributors. 1
PARKER, F. D. & V. J. TEPEDINO—Bee pollination of Cuphea (Lythraceae) species in
greenhouse and field... 9
BOUSQUET, Y. & H. GOULET—Description of a new species of Metrius (Coleoptera: Ca-
rabidae: Paussini) from Idaho with comments on the taxonomic status of the other taxa
of the genus.... 13
O’NEILL, K. M. —Female nesting behavior and male territoriality in Aphilanthops subfrigidus
Dunning (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae). 19
GOEDEN, R. D.—Life history of Eutreta diana (Osten Sacken) on Artemisia tridentata Nuttall
in southern California (Diptera: Tephritidae). 24
GOEDEN, R. D.—Life history of Eutreta simplex Thomas on Artemisia ludoviciana Nuttall
in southern California (Diptera: Tephritidae)___ 33
GUENTHER, S. J. & W. CHAPCO—A morphometric analysis of Melanoplus females (Or-
thoptera: Acrididae). 39
SORENSEN, J. T., R. J. GILL, R. V. DOWELL & R. W. GARRISON-The introduction of
Siphoninus phillyreae (Haliday) (Homoptera: Aleyrodidae) into North America: niche
competition, evolution of host plant acceptance, and a prediction of its potential range
in the Nearctic_ 43
HARRIS, A. C.—Podagritus cora (Cameron) and P. albipes (F. Smith) (Hymenoptera: Spheci¬
dae: Crabroninae) preying on Ephemeroptera and Trichoptera_ 55
DOWELL, R. V. & B. STEINBERG—Influence of host plant on fecundity of Aleurocanthus
woglumi Ashby (Homoptera: Aleyrodidae). 62
KAMM, J. A. —Biological observations of glassy cutworm (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae) in western
Oregon. 66
MARTIN, W. F. & R. F. MARTIN—Reproduction of the sand wasps Stictia signata (L.) and
Bicyrtes variegata (Olivier) (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae) on the Caribbean coast of Quin¬
tana Roo, Mexico. 71
EHLER, L. E., M. G. KINSEY & W. A. PALMER—Further observations on the biology and
host specificity of Prochoerodes truxaliata (Guenee) (Lepidoptera: Geometridae), a
biological-control agent for Baccharis halimifolia L. in Australia. 79
HYNES, C. D. —Description of the immatures of Styringomyia neocaledoniae Alexander (Dip¬
tera: Tipulidae) and notes on its biology_ 89
SCIENTIFIC NOTE
PEMBERTON, R. W.—The selling of Gampsocleis gratiosa Brunner (Orthoptera: Tettigoniidae)
as singing pets in China. 93
Editorial notice: changes in journal format and editorial protocol. 96
The
PAN-PACIFIC
ENTOMOLOGIST
Volume 66 April 1990 Number 2
Published by the PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
in cooperation with THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
(ISSN 0031-0603)
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
EDITORIAL BOARD
J. T. Sorensen, Editor
S. S. Shanks, Treasurer
J. T. Doyen J. E. Hafemik, Jr.
R. M. Bohart
J. A. Powell
Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed¬
ings usually appearing in the October issue. All communications regarding non¬
receipt of numbers, requests for sample copies, and financial communications
should be addressed to: Sandra Shanks, Treasurer, Pacific Coast Entomological
Society, Dept, of Biology, University of San Francisco, San Francisco, CA 94117.
Application for membership in the Society and changes of address should be
addressed to: Vincent F. Lee, Secretary, Pacific Coast Entomological Society,
Dept, of Entomology, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San
Francisco, CA 94118-4599.
Manuscripts, proofs, and all correspondence concerning editorial matters (but
not aspects of publication charges or costs) should be sent to: Dr. John T. Sorensen,
Editor, Pan-Pacific Entomologist, Insect Taxonomy Laboratory, California Dept,
of Food & Agriculture, 1220 N Street, Sacramento, CA 95814. See the back cover
for Information-to-Contributors, and volume 66 (1): 1-8, January 1990, for more
detailed information. Refer inquiries for publication charges and costs to the
Treasurer.
The annual dues, paid in advance, are $ 15.00 for regular members of the Society,
$7.50 for student members, or $20.00 for subscription only. Members of the
Society receive The Pan-Pacific Entomologist. Single copies of recent numbers
are $5.00 each or $20.00 per volume. Make checks payable to the Pacific Coast
Entomological Society.
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
OFFICERS FOR 1990
Robert V. Dowell, President Sandra S. Shanks, Treasurer
Leslie S. Saul, President-Elect Vincent F. Lee, Secretary
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST (ISSN 0031-0603) is published quarterly by the Pacific
Coast Entomological Society, c/o California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco,
CA 941 18-4599. Second-class postage is paid at San Francisco, CA and additional mailing offices.
Postmaster: Send address changes to the Pacific Coast Entomological Society, c/o California Academy
of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-4599.
This issue mailed 16 October 1990
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist (ISSN 0031-0603)
PRINTED BY THE ALLEN PRESS, INC., LAWRENCE, KANSAS 66044, U.S.A.
THIS PUBLICATION IS PRINTED ON ACID-FREE PAPER.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66(2): 97-125, (1990)
PENAINCISALIA, A NEW GENUS OF “ELFIN”-LIKE
BUTTERFLIES FROM THE HIGH ANDES
(LEPIDOPTERA: LYCAENIDAE)
Kurt Johnson
Department of Entomology,
American Museum of Natural History,
New York, New York 10024
Abstract.—Penaincisalia NEW GENUS (tribe Eumaeini) is described to include a monophyletic
group of 13 species distributed in the high Andes, southward to central Patagonia. Four species
are transferred from Thecla : T. anosma Draudt, T. candor Druce, T. culminicola Staudinger and
T. oribata Weymer. Examination of types shows historical nomenclature for several common
congeneric species has been misapplied: Thecla alatus Druce is a junior synonym of T. culminicola
but because the latter name properly applies to common historical usage of the former, Penain¬
cisalia penai NEW SPECIES subsumes “culminicola” of historical usage; Penaincisalia candor
is distinctive from Thecla amatista Dognin (often wrongly synonymized). A lectotype is desig¬
nated for T. culminicola. Other NEW SPECIES described are: Penaincisalia bimediana, P.
aurulenta, P. caudata, P. descimoni, P. downeyi, P. pichincha, P. rawlinsi (all north and central
Andes), and P. patagonaevaga (Patagonia). Penaincisalia is cryptic in its under surface wing
pattern, like some other Andean Eumaeini, but is readily diagnosed by two androconial brands
on each forewing of the males. Internal structures indicate Penaincisalia is a sister-group of the
diverse, and primarily montane, Neotropical loxurina- and arria- groups of Thecla, not an
immediate southern relative of cryptically marked Nearctic Incisalia Scudder or Palaearctic
Ahlbergia Bryk, as sometimes believed.
Key Words. — Insecta, biogeography, Eumaeini, paramo, systematics, Theclinae
For many years lepidopterists have noted superficial similarity between Nearctic
“Elfin” butterflies (Incisalia Scudder) and taxa of the culminicola-growp (Draudt
1919) occurring in the high Andes of South America (Draudt 1919, Brown 1942,
Descimon 1986). In a study of worldwide callophryine butterflies (Johnson 1981)
(see Appendix 1), I presented a preliminary review of culminicola- group taxa. I
questioned their purported monophyly with Nearctic Incisalia (Brown 1942, Gill-
ham 1956) or the group with which Incisalia is often placed as a subgenus,
Callophrys Billberg (see Appendix 1). Cladistic analyses (unpublished data) in¬
dicate the culminicola- group belongs to the sister-group of callophryines, a group
of Neotropical taxa including Draudt’s (1919) loxurina- and arria- groups and a
large number of undescribed species (hereafter referred to as the callophryine
sister-group or sister-group, see Appendices 1 and 2).
A separate publication, revising the culminicola- group, is warranted for several
reasons. Twelve years elapsed in assembling samples and preparing a classification
of this seldom collected group. However, the group cannot not be included with
callophryines and, because of the large number of undescribed species, revision
of the entire callophryine sister-group will take several years. In the meantime,
some of my conclusions concerning the culminicola- group were summarized by
Descimon (1986) and need documentation. Completion of the work was also
prompted by recent specimen acquisitions from other high Andean studies (John¬
son 1989a, b; Johnson et al. 1988, in press, unpublished data) and a 1987 high
98
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(2)
Andean expedition of the Carnegie Museum of Natural History. In addition, I
was able to sort and prepare the material from the American Museum of Natural
History high Andean field work of F. M. Brown (Brown 1941) and J. C. Pallister
(Pallister 1956). These combined samples allow the present study to represent
most of the high Andean “Elfin” material currently available in world depositories.
Methods and Materials
Methods. — Based on characters of a monophyletic group established by parsi¬
monious distributions derived from PAUP (Swofford 1985, see below and Ap¬
pendix 2), taxa of Draudt’s culminicola- group, and numerous new species, are
treated here as the new genus Penaincisalia. Species criteria are derived from
standard taxonomic procedures involving consistent differences in characters of
the wings and genitalic and tergal morphology. Morphological terminology follows
Johnson (1976, 1988a, 1989a, b) and Johnson & Matusik (1988). These butterflies
are termed “Elfin”-like because they superficially resemble Nearctic taxa which
have taken that common name (Brown 1942, Pyle 1981).
Characters of wing, genitalic and tergal morphology in culminicola- group mem¬
bers were included in a data matrix for PAUP and compared with characters of
the Callophryina and its sister-group (Appendix 2). To summarize, Penaincisalia
taxa share a number of structural characters with other members of the callo-
phryine sister-group listed in Appendix 1. Appendix 2 enumerates characters
placing Penaincisalia within the morphological ground plan of the callophryine
sister-group and compares these with characters of true callophryines.
For diagnostic purposes members of Penaincisalia are most easily distinguished
by salient autapomorphies of the external secondary sexual markings in males
and the genital cervix bursae in females. Males are unique among the Eumaeini
in exhibiting a forewing androconial patch at the juncture of the discal cell and
vein M3 in addition to the androconial “brand” (Eliot 1973) typically occurring
in many eumaeines at the distal juncture of costal and cross veins of the discal
cell. Sclerotinal modification of the cervix bursae exceeds that reported in any
other eumaeine group; expanse of distal sclerotization of the corpus bursae often
equals half the length of the ductus bursae (Figs. 1, 4-6, 8, 9).
Because these distinctions have not been previously noted, members of Penain¬
cisalia have historically been confused with many other eumaeine groups. This
resulted because, compared to tailed hairstreak butterflies (which exhibit spotted
and banded under surface patterns), the mottled under surface patterns in generally
tailless elfin butterflies were long considered an important unifying character
(Brown 1942, Gillham 1956). However, these wing patterns are homoplasious,
occurring in some but not all callophryines, some members of the sister-group
(Appendix 1) and numerous other Theclinae (e.g., Palaearctic Ahlbergia Bryk,
Oriental Orthomiella de Niceville and various Neotropical “Theda” species).
Because many of these butterflies also display upper surface iridescence (usually
blue or lavender), and male forewing brands, there has been further confusion.
In addition to these diagnostic features, Penaincisalia share additional char¬
acters. Though less diagnostic because of the structural variety within the out¬
groups, male genitalia of Penaincisalia are also distinctive, with many elements
(aedeagus, valvae, vinculum and saccus [Figs. 1, 4-6, 8, 9]) diminutive compared
to elaborate counterparts in callophryine and sister-group taxa. With these remarks
1990
JOHNSON: PENAINCISALIA, NEW GENUS
99
as historical background, Penaincisalia and its member taxa can be readily char¬
acterized.
Materials and Institutional Abbreviations.— Specimens were studied from the
Allyn Museum of Entomology, Florida Museum of Natural History (AME); Amer¬
ican Museum of Natural History (AMNH); British Museum (Natural History)
(BM[NH]); Carnegie Museum of Natural History (CMNH); Central Entomological
Collection, University of Chile (CECUC); Instituto Zoologia, Fundacion Miguel
Lillo (IML); Museum National d’Histoire Naturelle (MNHN); University of Cal¬
ifornia, Davis (UCD) and Zoologische Museum der Humbolt Universitat zu Berlin
(ZMH). Specimens from private collections of Carmela Achohido (Lima, Peru),
Henri Descimon (Marseille, France) and J. Bolling Sullivan III (Beaufort, North
Carolina, USA) were studied and deposited at AMNH.
Taxonomy
Penaincisalia Johnson, NEW GENUS
Figs. 1-9
Penaincisalia Johnson: Bridges 1988:1.9 ( nomen nudum citation referring to this
paper).
Type Species. —Thecla culminicola Staudinger (1894) (Fig. 1) [junior synonym
T. alatus Druce (1907), Figs. 2, 4].
Description.—Adult. Figs. 1, 2, 3, 7. Head with frons profusely hairy, generally fuscous. Thorax and
abdomen hairy at junctures, tagmata often powdered blue, lavender or orange when structural wing
color present. Eye outline prominently white. Third segment of male palpi relatively short and centrally
produced, ratio of third to second segments generally 0.4 (n = 36) in males, 0.6 (n = 21) in females.
Forewing base/apex length short, generally 10.0-14.0 mm, maximally 15.0 mm. Structural color
prominent on most upper surfaces in males, lighter to absent in females. Forewings each with two
androconial brands on males. Hindwings generally without tails (one exception). Ground colors on
lower surfaces of wings brown, gray or ochre, in typically mottled, hoary patterns. Forewing with
prominent postmedial band; hindwing with mottled, lunular medial band usually separating darker
base (“basal disc”) from lighter distal ground. Hindwing submargins often with spots, blotches, or
crescents. Wing fringes sometimes checkered with alternately colored veins and interspaces. Male
genitalia (Figs. 1, 4-6, 8, 9) with valval lobes (Fig. 4A) basally detached, caudal extension length (Fig.
4A) usually not exceeding curvature of falces; vinculum cephaloventrally distended to short saccus
(length circa one-third caudal expanse of valval bilobes). Aedeagus short, robust (length less than
expanse of genitalia from saccus tip to uncus); caecum elongate at least two-fifths of aedeagal length.
Brush organs loosely attached to septum adjoining vincular arc and posterior segment of the abdomen;
brushes diminutive, barely extending from vinculum to labides base. Female genitalia (Figs. 4-6, 8,
9) with ductus bursae tubelike, terminating in variously expansive, bilobate lamellae. Cervix bursae
with elaborate sclerotized sculpturing, forming distal hood on corpus bursae (hood diameter directly
behind the corpus bursae hereafter as “height”). Ductus seminalis emanating from variously pro¬
nounced sclerotization at base of corpus bursae hood. Corpus bursae with two, spinelike, signa. Papillae
anales lobate with terminus profusely spined; apophyses extending at least one-half ductal length.
Diagnosis.— Compared to all other Eumaeini: two androconial brands on each
forewing of males (one at distal juncture of costal and cross veins of discal cell;
another abutting juncture of cross vein and vein M3); male genitalia with cephalo-
ventral distension of vinculum terminating in a very small saccus (expanse not
exceeding ventral valval width) and with reduced valvae (length generally not
exceeding falces); female genitalia with cervix bursae modified to an elaborately
100
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(2)
Figure 1. Characters of Thecla culminicola. A. lectotype male, ZMH (upper surface, left; lower
surface, right). B. topotypical female, BM(NH) (same format). C. male genitalia, lectotype (format as
standard to generic entries, Figure 3 forward). D. female genitalia, of B above.
sculptured distal hood on the corpus bursae. Small size (forewing base/apex 10.0-
11.0 mm), generally tailless hindwings and hoary and/or mottled wing under
surfaces also typify the genus but also occur in certain other Eumaeini (see above
and remarks).
Biology. —Early Stages: Unknown. Foodplants: Unknown. Ecology: Penain-
cisalia species have been reported from high Andean paramo habitats (Draudt
1919; Brown 1941, 1942; Descimon 1986; F. Brown, H. Descimon, R. Eisele, J.
Herrera, J. Rawlins, A. Shapiro, J. Sullivan, personal communications). Brown
(1942) defined the paramo habitat for Ecuadorian butterflies as comprising alti¬
tudes of 3300-3900 m to snowline (4500-4900 m, depending on local conditions)
and a mean annual temperature of 0-3° C. He also noted that faunal zone as-
1990
JOHNSON: PENAINCISALIA, NEW GENUS
101
F
Figure 2. Adults of Penaincisalia, culminicola-group (upper surface, left; lower surface, right). A.
P. culminicola male (Oroya, Peru, 19 Jul 1914, AMNH); B. P. culminicola female (Oroya, Peru, 28
Jul 1914, AMNH); C. P. aurulenta, holotype male; D. P. aurulenta, allotype female; E. P. caudata,
holotype male (tail broken olf on wing figured); F. P. oribata female (Corque, Bolivia, AMNH).
signment for insects is often in “sharp disagreement” with those that might be
listed for other animal groups. Study of collecting data from Brown and others
(Brown 1941, Pallister 1956) indicates Penaincisalia also inhabit temperature zone
biomes adjacent to, and at altitudes slightly below, paramo (2700-2900 m to
3300-3900 m, 3-12° C [Brown 1942]). Some of these areas are now utilized for
agriculture but apparently not to the detriment of the butterflies. In fact, apparently
102
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(2)
E F
Figure 3. Adults of Penaincisalia, culminicola-group (upper surface, left; lower surface, right). A.
P. downeyi, holotype male; B. P. anosma female; C. P. rawlinsi, holotype male; D. P. pichincha,
holotype female; E. P. descimoni, holotype male; F. P. patagonaevaga, holotype male.
certain Penaincisalia have increased populations in some agricultural areas (see
P. penai). Recent collections by H. Descimon indicate species of Penaincisalia
occur in high montane elfin forest; collections by J. Herrera indicate occurrence
in Patagonian scrub-steppe (see Distribution and Remarks in individual species
entries below).
Distribution.—Spatial (Fig. 10): generally high Andean (to 5150 m) in disjunct
1990
JOHNSON: PEN AIN CIS ALIA, NEW GENUS
103
Figure 4. Genitalia of Penaincisalia, culminicola-group (format: male [A, C]—1, ventral view of
genitalia with aedeagus removed; 2, lateral view of valvae; 3, lateral view of aedeagus; 4, ventral view
of aedeagal terminus and comuti; female [B, D] — 5, ventral view of genitalia [cervix bursae rounded
element in background]; 6, detail of cervix bursae; 7, lateral view, signum). A. P. culminicola, holotype
male of Thecla alatus\ B. P. culminicola female of Figure 1 (female of “alatus”); C. P. aurulenta
holotype male; D. P. aurulenta allotype female.
populations from Colombia south through Bolivia and in Patagonia at altitudes
ranging down to 700 m. In Fig. 10, localities with questionable spellings or iden¬
tities follow Brown (1941) and IDBGN (1968). Figure 10 uses large symbols
because of high species diversity, imprecise data and high frequency of synchrony
and sympatry; localities generally are close to the center of the symbols. Sparse
samples of Penaincisalia reflect inadequate collecting; consequently I do not spec¬
ulate about the biogeography of the group. Temporal: a generalized flight period
of at least October through July, along with marked synchrony, is recognizable
from sparse specimen data but seasonality is often undiscemable. When data
104
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 66(2)
Figure 5. Genitalia of Penaincisalia, culminicola-group (format as in Figure 4). A. P. caudata,
holotype male; B. P. oribata female of Figure 1; C. P. downeyi, holotype male; D. P. anosma female
of Figure 2.
differentiate wet or dry season, or note occurrence in particularly nonseasonal
biomes, these are noted under distribution with available dates.
Remarks.— Small size, lack of tails, and hoary and mottled under surface pat¬
terns cause Penaincisalia taxa to superficially resemble two callophryine genera
(Nearctic Incisalia, Palaearctic Ahlbergia) and one group of the callophryine sister-
group (ara'a-group, Draudt 1919). Males of Incisalia and Ahlbergia have normal
androconial brands; males of the arria- group lack androconial brands. Structural
characters of Incisalia and Ahlbergia are typically callophryine (Appendix 2). The
arria -group differs from the rest of the callophryine sister-group by having ex-
1990
JOHNSON: PENAINCISALIA, NEW GENUS
105
Figure 6. Genitalia of Penaincisalia, culminicola-group (format as in Figure 4). A. P. rawlinsi,
holotype male; B. P. rawlinsi, allotype female; C. P. pichincha, holotype female (small C, cervix bursae
and signum); D. P. descimoni, holotype male (small D, aedeagus); E. P. patagonaevaga, holotype male
(small E, aedeagus).
traordinarily produced valval termini in the male genitalia and expansive antler¬
shaped modifications of the terminal lamellae in female genitalia; this group is
being characterized elsewhere (Johnson et al. in press, unpublished data).
Penaincisalia are readily divided into two groups based on structural attributes
and generalized wing characters. These groups, here defined, are: the culminicola-
group (including alatus of historical usage) characterized by rounded hindwings,
and the penai- group, characterized by more elongate anal hindwing lobes and
rufous upper surface markings in the titular species. All Penaincisalia have dis¬
tinctive male and female genitalic characters and wing patterns.
106 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 66(2)
Figure 7. Adults of Penaincisalia, penai- group (upper surface, left; lower surface, right). A. P. penai,
holotype male; B. P. penai, allotype female; C. P. candor male (Cuicocha, Eduador, 31 May 1939,
AMNH); D. P. candor female (El Tabano, Colombia, 1 Jul 1981, AMNH) (anal lobe broken on wing
figured); E. P. bimediana, holotype female (anal lobe broken on wing figured); F. Thecla amatista
Dognin (Hda. Talahua, Ecuador, 4 May 1939, AMNH).
Etymology. —The generic name is consistent with Johnson (1981 [unpublished
for nomenclatural purposes]) and cited nomen nudum by Bridges (1988). Bridges
used the generic name only as a nonbinomial (in his species index, section I) and
not formally in binomials of his taxa lists (section II, p. 109) where he combines
all species with Thecla. Therefore, I consider all combinations herein as new. The
1990 JOHNSON: PENAINCISALIA, NEW GENUS
107
Figure 8. Genitalia of Penaincisalia, penai -group (format as in Figure 4). A. P. penai, holotype
male; D. P. penai, allotype female; C. P. candor, holotype male; D. P. candor female of Figure 6.
prefix Pena-e (Latin for beside or near) is added to Incisalia, denoting the super¬
ficial resemblance of Nearctic and Neotropical elfins, and is feminine.
The Culminicola-G roup
Hindwing anal margin rounded (without prominent anal lobe); upper surface
structural colors blue, violet or orange (all species lacking rufous limbal coloration
characterizing certain taxa of penai- group); mottled lower surface patterns with
108
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(2)
Figure 9. Genitalia of Penaincisalia, penai-gtovep and Thecla amatista. A. P. bimediana, allotype
female (below, cervix bursae and signum); B. Theda amatista, holotype male (small B, aedeagus); C.
Theda amatista female (Hda. Talahua, 4 May 1939, AMNH) (right, ventral view; left, lateral view
of juncture of ductus and corpus bursae).
generally lunular or patchlike elements (lineal in penal -group); male and female
genitalia less robust than in penai- group (see below).
Penaincisalia culminicola (Staudinger), NEW COMBINATION
Figs. 1A, IB, 2A, 2B, 4A, 4B
Thecla culminicola Staudinger 1894: 80, pi. 2, fig. 6. Weeks 1905: 28. Draudt
1919: 760, pi. 153, fig. g; Comstock & Huntington 1958-1964 [959]: 198; Lamas
1977: 71 (as “Thecla”); Bridges 1988: 11.109.
[Incisalia\ culminicola : Brown 1942: 1 (included categorically taxa of Draudt’s
culminicola- group in Incisalia); Gillham 1956: 145 (regarded Incisalia as Hol-
arctic).
[Penaincisalia] culminicola : Bridges 1988: 1.95 (nonbinomial combination used
in index, genus as nomen nudum).
Thecla alatus Druce 1907: 579, 1909: 434, pi. 11, fig. 13. Draudt 1919: 760, pi.
1990
JOHNSON: PENA INC ISALIA, NEW GENUS
109
Figure 10. Geographic distributions of Penaincisalia species in Andean regions of South America
(see distribution remarks under generic entry and remarks under P. culminicola).
153, fig. g; Comstock & Huntington 1958-1964 [1959]: 65; Lamas 1977: 71
(as “ Thecla ”); Bridges 1988:11.109. NEW SYNONYMY.
[Incisalia] alatus : Brown 1942: 1 (included categorically taxa of Draudt’s cul-
minicola -group in Incisalia)-, Gillham 1956: 145 (regarded Incisalia as Holarc-
tic).
110
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(2)
[Penaincisalia ] alatus: Bridges 1988: 1.95 (nonbinomial combination in index,
genus as nomen nudum).
Types. —Lectotype, male (Fig. 1), two paralectotype males (ZMH). Lectotype
labelled “designated lectotype K. Johnson, Pan-Pac Entomol. 1990” and “syn-
type”, “origin”, “culminicola Staud.”, “Huallatani, Bolivia., 5000 m [sic, original
description says 4-5000 m], 92 Garlepp, culminicula [sic] Stgr.” Paralectotypes,
same data plus “designated paralectotype”. Thecla alatus, holotype male (BM[NH])
(Fig. 4A). Type Localities: nominate—BOLIVIA. Huallatani, 4-5000 m; T. ala¬
tus—PERU. Cajamarca Province (northern Peru), 3800 m.
Description. —Male. Head, thorax, abdomen, palpi and forewing androconial brands typical of genus.
Wings: upper surface ground color bright iridescent lavender blue, narrow area of the margins and
wing apices fuscous, edges accented by checkered fringe; lower surface ground colors variegated brown
and tawny, mottled and suffused with dark brown and gray; forewing with broken postmedial line,
costa to vein CuA2 (ground basad of line heavily suffused brown to gray, distad more immaculate
tawny to yellow), apex of margin with dark gray and brown blotches in each cell; hindwing basal disc
darkly hoary, surrounded distally by lunular, medial line (basally black, distally tawny to gray), distal
wing areas lighter tawny or yellow, submargin with brown blotches in each cell. Forewing length: 10.0-
14.5 mm. Genitalia (Figs. 1C, 4A): ventral surface of valvae rhomboid shaped, pronounced bilobed
area and terminal caudal extension both evenly tapered; vinculum robust, saccus lobate with rounded
margin; aedeagus robust, length exceeding rest of genitalia by one-third to three-fifths, caecum about
one-third aedeagal length and displaced laterally from plane of aedeagal shaft. Female. Head, thorax,
abdomen and palpi typical of genus. Wings: upper surface ground color dull brown, suffused with dull
light blue; lower surface of wings similar to males but duller, profuse brown and gray suffusions
sometimes obscuring pattern. Forewing length: 11.0-14.5 mm. Genitalia (Figs. ID, 4B): ductus bursae
narrow, central area only slightly constricted, width of cephalic elements often exceeding terminus,
terminus with paired, elliptical, lamellae; cervix bursae with hood relatively small (height one-third
to two-fifths ductal length), sculptured by lateral ridges, raised central area invaginating near ductus
seminalis; each signum elongate basally, with short, inwardly directed, spine.
Diagnosis.— Males iridescent lavender blue over entire wing upper surface,
margins fuscous; females dull brown throughout, flushed with blue. Lower surface
hoary, distinctly brown to yellow in cast, dark basal disc on hindwing ringed
distally with a lunular band of brown or black spots.
Distribution.—Spatial (Fig. 10): disjunct high Andean localities in southern
Ecuador, Peru and northwest Bolivia. Temporal: October to July.
Remarks. — In spite of nearly a century of historical usage distinguishing two
divergent and familiar species of this group, alatus and culminicola, examination
of syntypes of T. culminicola and the type of T. alatus indicates the types are the
same species and share the facies historically attributed only to alatus. Conse¬
quently, hereafter the name culminicola subsumes the historical usage of alatus
and the new name, penai, must be applied to the specimens historically called
“culminicola .” Previously, because the types of culminicola could not be located
(Johnson 1981; Johnson & Matusik 1987a, b), Johnson (1981) contemplated a
neotype; this unpublished paper, however, has no status under the ICZN and is
not needed. The syntypes were located in 1989 (L. D. Miller, personal commu¬
nication) and the lectotype forwarded to me for examination (Fig. 1A, C).
Differences in morphology of P. culminicola are limited to some specimens
being more or less robust than the type and topotypical females (Fig. IB, D).
There is variation in wing ground color hues, including gray, brown or ochre tints,
depending on the population. Bolivian specimens of true culminicola are duller
1990
JOHNSON: PEN AINCIS ALIA, NEW GENUS
111
blue on the wing upper surfaces and generally more ochre beneath than northern
Andean populations (see Draudt 1919) (Figs. 1,2). This appears to have contrib¬
uted to confusion about the names. An upper surface hindwing rufous patch
distinguishes P. penai but this was overlooked previously. P. culminicola and P.
penai (= historical culminicola ) have been the most frequently collected members
of the genus, though the new species P. aurulenta also has many recent records.
The Ecuadorian distribution (Fig. 10) is construed from Brown’s (1941) lists of
localities visited by early field workers (see Material Examined).
Including types, 35 specimens of P. culminicola were examined; the types and
all BM(NH) and AMNH specimen genitalia were dissected (AMNH specimens
were also dissected for legs and palpi).
Material Examined. — BOLIVIA. Cochabamba, Yunga del Espiritu Santo, 1888-89, P. Germain, 1
female (BM[NH]); Huallatani, 4-5000 m, 1 female (ZMH); Illimani, 5150 m, O. Garlepp, 4 males
(BM[NH]). ECUADOR. Andes of Ecuador, E. Whymper, 1 male (BM[NH]). PERU. Callanga, Cuzco,
1500 m, O. Garlepp, 1898, 2 males (ZMH); Abra Malaga, Cuzco, 4200 m, 14 Oct 1983, H. Descimon,
1 male (AMNH); Abra Malaga, Cusco [sic], 3 Jul 1984, S. Courtney and P. Stem, 1 female (UCD);
[34 mi] E of La Aroyo [sic, = Oroya?] on road to Tarma, 4200 m, 22 Jan 1975, P. Ehrlich, 1 female
(AMNH); Oroya [12,178 ft.], 19 Jul 1914, H. Parrish, 3 males (AMNH) (Fig. 2A); Oroya, 28 Jul 1914,
H. Parrish, 1 female (AMNH) (Fig. 2B); Sacsayhuaman, Cuzco, 12 Apr 1971, J. Herrera, 6 males, 5
females (AME); Callanga, Cuzco, Paramo, 1500 m, 1899, O. Garlepp, 1 male (BM[NH]); San Mateo,
3600-4000 m, 30 Nov 1898, dry season, Simons, 1 male (BM[NH]); Orongo, 22 Jul 1914, 1 female
(BM[NH]); Catamarca [sic, = Cajamarca?], 3485 m, 1 male (BM[NH]); Cordillera Blanca, Cajamarca,
1 male, 1 female (MNHN). See Types above.
Penaincisalia aurulenta Johnson, NEW SPECIES
Figs. 2C, 2D, 4C, 4D
Types.—Holotype, male; allotype, female (Figs. 2C, 2D, 3C, 3D) deposited
AMNH, data: PERU. Carhuas, Cordillera Blanca, 4900 m, C. Achohido. Para-
types. PERU. Laguna Peron, Cordillera Blanca, nr Caraz, 28 Jul 1980, 1850 m,
H. Descimon, 1 female (AMNH); Huancayo, 4 Aug 1973, H. Descimon, 4 males,
2 females (AMNH); Paramo, Corongo, 30 Nov 1899,1 male (BM[NH]); Quebrada
Monda Base Camp, Ancash Province, 9 Jul 1979, Gibby & Barrett, 1 male
(BM[NHj); Paramoa [sic], 4 Dec 1899, at snow line, 4200 m, Simons, 1 male
(BM[NH]); Paramo, Adams Bequest, 1 male (BM[NH]); Paramo, Coronga Prov.,
3600-4000 m, 30 Nov 1898, dry season, Simons, 1 male (BM[NH]).
Description. —Male. Head, thorax, abdomen, palpi and forewing androconial brands typical of genus.
Wings: upper surface ground color bright iridescent orange, forewing costal, marginal and submarginal
borders fuscous, hindwing borders sometimes suffused fuscous to the medial area; lower surface ground
color bright buff to yellow, forewing margins and apices widely mottled brown and yellow brown with
light spots between the veins along outer margin; forewing postmedial line of six brown spots, costa
to cell CuA2, discal cell with distal blackened slash; hindwing basal disc suffused vividly brown or
black often broken by light yellow patches in postbasal area, distal ground color yellow, bordered by
medial line of distorted yellow to orange crescents sometimes protruding basally into disc, submargin
with dark chevrons in each cell, margin darkly suffused. Forewing length: 13.5 mm (holotype), paratypes
11.0-13.5 mm. Genitalia (Fig. 4C): valvae bilobes parabolic, joined to caudal extension with slight
central keel, caudal extension gradually tapered to fingerlike termini; vinculum laterally produced,
saccus lobate; aedeagus robust, length one-third to three-fifths longer than rest of genitalia, caecum
about two-fifths aedeagal length. Female. Head, thorax, abdomen and palpi typical of genus. Wings:
upper surface of wings marked as male but ground color flat yellow orange; lower surface of wings
similar to males but suffused patterns often more reduced. Forewing length: 12.5 mm (allotype),
paratypes 11.0-12.5 mm. Genitalia (Fig. 4D): ductus bursae conical, only slight cephalic constriction
112
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(2)
caudad of the cervix bursae; cervix bursae hood ovate (height about two-fifths ductal length), sculptured
with raised ridges proxad of the midline; each signum elongate basally, with a wide, inwardly directed,
spine.
Diagnosis. —Upper surface of wings on both sexes brilliant orange (iridescent
in males, flat in females) except for fuscous margins and apices. Lower surface
with mottled and hoary patterns much like P. culminicola but with suffusions
distinctly overcast with yellow and orange and fore wing discal area brightly orange.
Distribution. —Spatial (Fig. 10): high montane localities in the Cordillera Blanca
of Peru. Temporal: late November to early August; one specimen is marked “dry
season”.
Remarks. —Subsequent to the 1985 return of BM(NH) historical material, a
dermestid infestation resulted in destruction of much of that material listed above
(P. Ackery, J. Huxley, personal communications). Campbell Smith (BM[NH]) has
since repaired a number of specimens from remaining parts. Fortunately, the
species has been subsequently collected.
Genitalia of all known specimens were dissected and AMNH specimens were
dissected for legs and palpi also.
Etymology. — The Latin name means orange or gold colored.
Penaincisalia caudata Johnson, NEW SPECIES
Figs. 2E, 5A
Types. —Holotype, male (Figs. 2E, 5A) deposited BM(NH), data: PERU. Ca-
jamarca, 2800 m, Simons Collection. Paratypes. PERU. Cajamarca, 3800 m, O.
Baron, ex Hamilton Druce Collection, 1 male (in poor condition, tails broken off)
(BM[NH]).
Description. —Male. Head, thorax, abdomen, palpi and forewing androconial brands typical of genus.
Wings: upper surface ground color dull iridescent lilac blue, somewhat orange suffused along hindwing
anal margin, both wings with wide fuscous margins; lower surface ground color tan, heavily suffused
brown, black basad of forewing postmedian line and hindwing medial band; forewing with checkered
fringe, dark marginal border basally, dark submarginal blotches along veins, spot nearest apex along
radial veins prominent and larger than others, postmedial band prominent, pronounced spot paralleling
submarginal radius, prominent distal black spot at discal cell; hindwing accented by darkly suffused
basal disc contiguous with dark suffusion of forewing, medial band wavy, basally black, distally white
to tan, black chevrons submarginally or blotches over light tan ground, margin darkly suffused, short
tail at vein CuA2 terminally. Forewing length: 10.5 mm (holotype). Genitalia (Fig. 5A): valvae ventrally
produced, filling entire vincular area, bilobed areas constricted basally near indention, caudal extension
thickly tapered to blunt termini; saccus diminutive, lobate with rounded margin, robust where adjoining
vinculum; aedeagus robust, length one-half to three-fifths longer than rest of genitalia, caecum about
two-fifths aedeagal length, displaced laterally from plane of aedeagal shaft in dorsal or ventral view.
Female. Unknown.
Diagnosis. — Differs from all Penaincisalia by having a short tail at terminus of
the CuA2 vein of the hindwing (see Remarks). If the tails are broken, P. caudata
can be distinguished by the upper surfaces of wings in males, which are iridescent
lilac blue but with much wider fuscous borders than P. culminicola and P. au-
rulenta. The lower wing surfaces are most like these species but differ with a dark
suffusion over a tan ground color, and a much darker area basad of the forewing
postmedial line and the hindwing medial band.
Distribution. — Spatial (Fig. 10): known only from type locality. Temporal: un¬
known.
1990
JOHNSON: PENAINCISALIA, NEW GENUS
113
Remarks. — The occurrence of a Penaincisalia with short tails is not surprising;
such occurrence varies in many eumaeine groups, occasionally within species (see
Strymon eurytulus Hiibner; Johnson et al. in press). Generalized lack of tails,
however, is more common in high altitudinal groups (as in Eiseliana, Ajmat de
Toledo 1978; unpublished data).
Etymology. — The name caudata is derived from Latin for tail.
Penaincisalia oribata (Weymer), NEW COMBINATION, STATUS REVISED
Figs. 2F, 5B
Thecla oribata Weymer 1890: 123, pi. 4. Comstock & Huntington 1958-1964
[1962]: 43. Bridges 1988: 11.109.
Thecla anosma [not anosma Draudt 1919, see Remarks ]: Draudt 1921: 823;
Comstock & Huntington 1958-1964 [1962]: 43, [1959]: 72 (synonymy in error).
[Incisalia] oribata : Brown 1942: 1 (included categorically taxa of Draudt’s cul-
minicola-gvovep in Incisalia ); Gillham 1956: 145 (regarded Incisalia as Holarc-
tic).
[Penaincisalia ] oribata : Bridges 1988: 1.95 (nonbinomial combination in index,
genus as nomen nudum).
Types.—Holotype, female (ZMH) (see Remarks). Type Locality: CHILE. Ta-
cora, Bolivia [sic, extreme northern Chile, see Remarks ].
Description. —Male. Unknown. Female. Head, thorax, abdomen and palpi typical of genus. Wings:
edges accented by checkered fringe; upper surface ground color dull brown, base suffused cinnamon;
lower surface mottled patterns reduced, ground color drab brown, heavily suffused gray, brown;
forewing basad of postmedial area suffused gray brown, submargin with black spots from costa to
vein CuA2, margin suffused brown; hindwing basal disc suffused gray, edged with medial band of
irregular black dots (edged distally white), submargin light tawny with small black dots in each cell,
margin heavily suffused gray, brown. Forewing length: 11.0 mm (AMNH female). Genitalia (Fig. 5B):
ductus bursae robust with little central constriction, cephalic and caudal ductal elements of about
equal length, caudal terminus with widely parabolic lamellae; cervix bursae hood ovate (height about
one-half ductal length) sculptured with two, centrally directed parallel ridges emanating from the point
of attachment of the ductus seminalis; each signum basally broad, with thick, inwardly directed, spine.
Diagnosis. —Somewhat resembles P. culminicola but lower surface of wings is
grayer with reduced mottled markings and submargins marked with black dots
in each cell. The upper surface on the female is brown, not blue hued, and the
female genitalia exhibit a robust ductus bursae and ovate cervix bursae hood.
Distribution. —Spatial (Fig. 10): known from two localities in extreme northern
Chile and west central Bolivia. Temporal: unknown.
Remarks. — The type in the Zoologische Museum, Humbolt Universitat, is as¬
sumed extant but Weymer material was badly damaged during World War II and
specimens salvaged from a museum section exposed to the elements for a pro¬
tracted post-War period have still not been thoroughly sorted and arranged (H.
J. Hannemann, L. D. Miller, personal communications).
Draudt (1921: 823) substituted the name oribata Weymer for Thecla anosma,
which he described as new (Draudt 1919: 760). This apparently resulted from the
confusion about the facies of T. anosma (see P. anosma, below) and Comstock
& Huntington (1958-1964 [1962]) took this to mean anosma was placed in syn¬
onymy. No statements of either authors included any discussion. Comparison of
Draudt’s figure of the anosma type (gender uncertain, see P. anosma Remarks)
114
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(2)
and Weymer’s figure of oribata suggests anosma and oribata are very different
butterflies, as do the widely disjunct type localities (southern Bolivia and central
Colombia). Tacora is a volcano located mostly in northern Chile and southern
Peru. Other Theclinae are endemic to this immediate area (Johnson 1989b). Thus,
T. oribata is likely to be a distinct species. Johnson (1981) contemplated a neotype
for T. oribata but now this is unwarranted (see P. culminicola Remarks ); the
unpublished designation, along with the relevant restriction of the type locality
(Bridges 1988), has no ICZN standing.
Material Examined.— BOLIVIA. Corque [west of Lake Poopo (south of Lake Titicaca) about 175
km SE of type locality], 1 female (AMNH) (Figs. 2F, 5B).
Penaincisalia downeyi Johnson, NEW SPECIES
Figs. 3A, 5C
Types. —Holotype, male (Figs. 3A, 5C) deposited MNHN, data: COLOMBIA.
Monte Tolima, Central Cordillera, 4200 m, Fassl Collection. Paratype. COLOM¬
BIA. Monte Tolima, Central Cordillera, 4500 m, 1920, Brabant Collection, 1
male (MNHN).
Description. —Male. Head, thorax, abdomen, palpi and forewing androconial brands typical of genus.
Wings: upper surface ground color dark iridescent blue violet with broad fuscous apices and borders
completely surrounding forewing androconial brands; lower surface ground color dark brown suffused
black; forewing with vague black postmedial line, costa to cell CuAl; hindwing basal disc suffused
black, edged with straight black line dividing disc from ochre distal ground, submargin with angled
line of black blotches, occasional chevrons (straight from costal margin to limbal area, angled to anal
lobe). Forewing length: 12.0 mm (holotype); paratype, 12.5 mm. Genitalia (Fig. 5C): valvae bilobed
areas parabolic, caudal extension margin with raised sculptured keel, valvae termini steeply tapered,
widely disjunct; saccus rectangular, thinly joining vinculum; aedeagus thin, length two-fifths longer
than rest of genitalia, caecum about two-fifths aedeagal length.
Diagnosis.— On the lower surface of the hindwing the basal disc margin and
adjacent medial band are nearly straight (perpendicular to inner wing margin and
extending from costa to limbal area) and divide dark brown suffused basal ground
from lighter ochre distal ground; the upper surface is dark iridescent blue violet
with wide fuscous borders completely surrounding the forewing androconial brands.
Termini of the male genital valvae are widely disjunct.
Distribution. — Spatial (Fig. 10): known only from type locality. Temporal: un¬
known.
Remarks. — Fassl Collection data are reputed as generally reliable (P. J. deVries,
personal communication). These MNHN specimens are the only known repre¬
sentatives of Penaincisalia from this high mountain in the Colombian Central
Cordillera.
Etymology. —Named for lycaenid specialist John C. Downey.
Penaincisalia anosma (Draudt), NEW COMBINATION, STATUS REVISED
Figs. 3B, 5D
Thecla anosma Draudt 1919: 760, pi. 153, fig. h; Comstock & Huntington 1958—
1964 [1959]: 72. Bridges 1988: 11.109.
Thecla oribata [not oribata Weymer 1890]: Draudt 1921: 823; Comstock & Hun¬
tington 1958-1964 [1959]: 72, [1962]: 43 (synonymy in error, see Remarks).
1990
JOHNSON: PENAINCISALIA, NEW GENUS
115
[ Incisalia ] anosma : Brown 1942: 1 (included categorically taxa of Draudt’s cul-
minicola-group in Incisalia)', Gillham 1956: 145 (regarded Incisalia as Holarc-
tic).
[Penaincisalia] anosma : Bridges 1988: 1.95 (nonbinomial combination in index,
genus as nomen nudum).
Types. —Holotype male, reported deposited at Museum of Natural History,
Basel, Switzerland (MNHB) (Comstock & Huntington 1958-1964 [1959]) but not
locatable there (H. Weiss, MNHB, personal communication 1980, see Remarks).
Type Locality : COLOMBIA. Bogota, 3000 m.
Description.—Male. Known only from original figure; construed therefrom to resemble female
described below but darker brown on wing upper surfaces and with androconial brands typical of
genus (see Remarks). Female. Head, thorax, abdomen and palpi typical of genus. Wings: edges accented
by checkered fringe; upper surface ground color auburn with wide (2 mm) black margins; lower surface
ground color dark brown; forewing postmedial line lunular, black; hindwing basal disc dark chocolate
brown edged with lunular black medial band, submargins lighter brown. Forewing bursae narrow in
caudal two-fifths, terminus widely fluted to two pointed lamellae; cervix bursae hood ovate (height
about one-half ductal length), ventrum with two cephalically directed lobes, dorsum sculptured with
prominent fluted central ridge; each signum elongate basally, with short, inwardly directed, spine.
Diagnosis. —Wing upper surfaces on both sexes are warm auburn framed by
wide (2 mm) black borders; lower surface basal disc is chocolate brown edged by
black medial band and light brown distal ground. Female superficially resembles
only P. pichincha but latter is distinguished by diminutive genital plate (ductus
bursae length nearly equal to height of cervix bursae hood).
Distribution. — Spatial (Fig. 10): known only from two disjunct high montane
areas of Colombia. Temporal', apparently July.
Remarks.—As noted above under P. oribata, T. anosma was described by
Draudt (1919) and apparently placed in synonymy with T. oribata by him (Draudt
1921). The original description of T. anosma states the type is a male, has a short
tail (not apparent in Draudt’s figure) and no forewing androconial brands (see T.
oribata Remarks). The description and/or figure discrepancies and often cryptic
androconial brands in Penaincisalia (see P. candor Remarks) suggest some of
Draudt’s statements are inaccurate. A recently caught female (Fig. 3B and Material
Examined) matches the original figure and is from a similar locality (high montane
Colombia). It appears prudent to identify this female as T. anosma. I cannot
locate the type of T. anosma', without a male specimen, creation of a neotype is
inadvisable. Similarly, lacking more material, description of a new species from
the recent female is unwarranted.
Material Examined.— COLOMBIA. El Tabano, Putumayo, 3300 m, 1 Jul 1981, J. Sullivan, 1
female (AMNH).
Penaincisalia rawlinsi Johnson, NEW SPECIES
Figs. 3C, 6A, 6B
Types. —Holotype, male (Figs. 3C, 6A, 6B), allotype female, deposited BM(NH),
data: PERU. Pecapampa, Recuay, 3500 m, wet season, 20 Dec 1899, Simons
Collection (see Remarks). Paratype. ECUADOR. Pichincha, Napo Pass, 10 km
NW Papallacta, 3980 m, 10 Oct 1987, paramo habitat, Rawlins, Young & Da¬
vidson, 1 male (CMNH).
116
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 66(2)
Description. —Male. Head, thorax, abdomen, palpi and forewing androconial brands typical of genus;
brand near costa pronounced. Wings: upper surface ground color dark iridescent bronze, hued slightly
blue, edged by wide (1.5 mm) fuscous border; lower surface ground color light ochre mottled with
brown and black; forewing discal cell strewn with brown dots; hindwing basal disc and postbasal area
with disordered brown and black patches, submargin strewn with brown dots. Forewing length: 11.0
mm (holotype), 9.5 mm (paratype). Genitalia (Fig. 6A): valve bilobed area basally parabolic, joined
to caudal extension with greatly produced keel, caudal extension termini slightly hooked; saccus
diminutive, hardly exceeding width of adjoining vinculum; aedeagus shaft extremely short, about equal
in length to caecum. Female. Head, thorax, abdomen and palpi typical of genus. Wings: upper surface
ground color brown; lower surface similar to males. Forewing length: 12.0 mm (allotype, see Remarks).
Genitalia (Fig. 6B): ductus bursae and terminal bilobate lamellae narrow, ductus bursae slightly
constricted at center with larger patch of transparent sclerotin; juncture of ductus bursae and cervix
bursae with deeply incised, crescent-shaped, cephalic margin; cervix bursae hood ovate with two
parallel central ridges (ductus seminalis emanating at swollen, partially sclerotized, basal aperture);
each signum wide basally, with an elongate, inwardly directed, spine.
Diagnosis. — Wing upper surfaces iridescent bronze, slightly hued blue (not bright
orange like P. aurulenta or lavender blue like P. culminicola), with wide (1.5 mm)
fuscous borders and pronounced costal androconial brand. Lower surface ground
color light ochre, strewn with disordered dark patches and dots in forewing discal
cell and hindwing basal disc and submargin.
Distribution. —Spatial (Fig. 10): known from two disjunct high montane local¬
ities, respectively in Ecuador and Peru. Temporal: collection dates are October
and December, holotype noted as “wet season”; J. E. Rawlins (personal com¬
munication) reports Ecuador locale is swampy grass/sedge biome with cold, damp
conditions year round.
Remarks. — The allotype was destroyed by a dermestid infestation in the British
Museum sometime after 1985 (J. Huxley, P. Ackery, personal communications);
genitalic dissection remains. Lower surface of wings of the CMNH paratype is
more boldly marked than holotype (see P. pichincha Remarks).
Etymology.— Named for John E. Rawlins, whose Carnegie Museum team col¬
lected the most recent specimen in 1987.
Penaincisalia pichincha Johnson, NEW SPECIES
Figs. 3D, 6C
Types. —Holotype, female (Figs. 3D, 6C) deposited CMNH, data: ECUADOR.
Pichincha, Napo Pass, 10 km NW Papallacta, 3980 m, 10 Oct 1987, paramo
habitat, Rawlins, Young & Davidson.
Description. —Male. Unknown. Female. Head, thorax, abdomen and palpi typical of genus. Wings:
upper surface ground color uniformly dark brown, no other markings; lower surface ground color dark
brown; forewing with chocolate brown postmedial band, costa to vein CuA 1, basally blackened, distally
suffused white; hindwing basal disc concolorous chocolate brown, crennate along distal margin, sub¬
marginal ground slightly lighter brown; margins suffused black, edged with black fringe. Forewing
length: 10.0 mm (holotype). Genitalia (Fig. 6C): ductus bursae short (length barely exceeding height
of cervix bursae hood), greatly constricted in cephalic one-third with caudal end widely fluted to two,
parabolic, bilobed lamellae; cervix bursae with extremely large ovate hood, surface sculptured by
produced margin and raised ridges proxad of midline and dorsad of ductus seminalis; each signum
broad basally, with a short, inwardly directed, spine.
Diagnosis. — This species and P. anosma are dark brown on the wing upper
surfaces, P. pichincha uniformly dark brown, P. anosma with light auburn framed
by wide black borders. Both species lack upper surface rufous limbal coloration
1990
JOHNSON: PENAINCISALIA, NEW GENUS
117
typifying dull fuscous females of P. penai. P. anosma and P. pichincha differ
radically in genitalia, P. anosma with ductus bursae length twice height of ventrally
pronged cervix bursae hood, P. pichincha with uniquely short ductus bursae, length
barely exceeding height of ovate cervix bursae hood.
Distribution. —Spatial (Fig. 10): known only from type locality. Temporal: known
only from October type data and same, nonseasonal, biome as P. rawlinsi.
Remarks. — The holotype was taken at the same place and time as CMNH male
of P. rawlinsi. Simultaneous held collection of specimens of several Penaincisalia
is not unusual. Brown collected P. penai, P. candor, P. bimediana and Thecla
amatista Dognin at the same time and place (see Remarks for those species), as
did Descimon with P. culminicola and P. aurulenta. P. caudata is sympatric with
P. culminicola, though allochronic. This suggests that Penaincisalia shows high
diversity and low density. Currently, disjunct distributions suggest sampling error
and wide ranges are probable.
Etymology. — Named for the type locality.
Penaincisalia descimoni Johnson, NEW SPECIES
Figs. 3E, 6D
Types.—Holotype, male (Figs. 3E, 6D) deposited AMNH, data: PERU. Que-
brada Pachaesto, nr Catac, Cordillera Blanca, 4200 m, elfin forest, 16 Jul 1986,
H. Descimon.
Description. —Male. Head, thorax, abdomen, palpi and forewing androconial brands typical of genus.
Wings: upper surface ground color fuscous except for dull iridescent lilac blue at forewing base and
across hindwings; lower surface ground color dusty gray; forewing without pattern except slightly
suffused postmedial band, costa to cell CuA2; hindwing with distally incised dark gray basal disc,
submargins marked with slightly lighter ground. Forewing length: 11.0 mm (holotype). Genitalia (Fig.
6D): valvae bilobed areas gradually tapered to parabolic margin and junctured to caudal extensions
with slight rim, caudal extensions tapered to fingerlike termini; vinculum rather ovate with saccus
basally indented; aedeagus length about two-fifths longer than rest of genitalia, terminus of shaft and
margins of caecum produced.
Diagnosis.— Upper surface iridescent on the male is limited to dull lilac color
across the hindwing and at the forewing base; forewing fuscous encompasses both
androconial brands. The lower surface ground color is dusty gray, devoid of pattern
except darker gray suffusion of the hindwing basal disc.
Distribution. —Spatial (Fig. 10): known only from type locality. Temporal: known
only from July type data.
Remarks. — Descimon (personal communication) notes the type locality is elfin
forest known for highly insular, relict Bromeliaceae {Puya sp., Raimondia sp.).
Etymology. —Named for Henri Descimon (Universite de Provence, France),
who collected the type.
Penaincisalia patagonaevaga Johnson, NEW SPECIES
Figs. 3F, 6E
Types.—Holotype, male (Fig. 3F, 6E) deposited CECUC, data: ARGENTINA.
40 km N Rio Mayo, Chubut Prov. (Patagonia), 20 Nov 1966, nr 700 m, J. Herrera.
Description. —Male. Head, thorax, abdomen, palpi and forewing androconial brands typical of genus.
Wings: upper surface ground color iridescent lavender on entire forewing and hindwing cephalad of
discal cell, rest of hindwing red brown; lower surface ground color tawny, forewing with postmedial
118
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(2)
band from costa to cell CuAl (basally suffused dark brown, distally cream); hindwing with dark brown
basal disc, irregularly edged and extending distally to the postmedial area, submarginal ground color
beige, margin with small brown dots in each cell. Forewing length: 11.0 mm (holotype). Genitalia
(Fig. 6E): valvae ventrum extremely narrow with bilobed area steeply inclined and caudal extension
abruptly and thinly tapered; vinculum ventrally distended with small, rectangular, saccus; aedeagus
about two-fifths longer than rest of genitalia, shaft length exceeding caecum length by about one-
fourth. Female. Unknown.
Diagnosis. —Upper surface iridescence and under surface basal disc unique
among Penaincisalia : former occurring as bright lavender on entire forewing and
cephalad of discal cell on hindwing, latter concolorous brown extending distally
to the hindwing postmedial area. Male genitalia with ventrally distended vinculum
and narrow valvae steeply inclined basally, with thin termini.
Distribution. —Spatial (Fig. 10): known only from type locality. Temporal: known
only from November type data.
Remarks.— The type locality is some 2000 km disjunct from other Penaincis¬
alia, possibly due to paucity of high montane sampling from Argentina southward.
Endemism at type locality is suggested by fact that among Theclinae, except for
Strymon eurytulus, sample was comprised wholly of undescribed taxa (see Johnson
et al. in press).
Etymology. — The Latin name adds vaga (roamer) to Patagonia.
The Penai- group
Hindwing anal lobes pronounced, fringes concolorous red brown; upper surface
structural colors violet red to maroon, hindwing with rufous limbal patch in titular
species; lower surface ground color generally mottled red brown with lineal pattern
elements. Genitalia more robust than in culminicola- group, particularly in male
valvae and vinculum and female ductus bursae.
Penaincisalia penai Johnson, NEW SPECIES
Figs. 7A, 7B, 8A, 8B
Thecla culminicola [not Staudinger 1894]: 80, pi. 2, fig. 6. Weeks 1905: 28. Draudt
1919: 760, pi. 153, fig. g; Comstock & Huntington 1958-1964 [1959]: 198;
Lamas 1977: 71 (as “Thecla”); Bridges 1988:11.109.
[. Incisalia ] culminicola [not Staudinger 1894]: Brown 1942: 1 (included categor¬
ically taxa of Draudt’s culminicola-growp in Incisalia ); Gillham 1956: 145 (re¬
garded Incisalia as Holarctic).
[Penaincisalia ] culminicola [not Staudinger 1894]: Bridges 1988:1.95 (nonbinom¬
ial combination in index, genus as nomen nudum).
Types.—Holotype, male; allotype, female (Figs. 7A, 7B, 8A, 8B) deposited
AMNH, data: ECUADOR. Cuicocha, Imbabura, 3100-3500 m, 29 Apr 1939 to
31 May 1939, F. Brown. Paratypes. ECUADOR. Cuicocha, Imbabura, 3100-
3500 m, 29 Apr 1939 to 31 May 1939, F. Brown, 12 males, 1 female (AMNH);
Hda. Talahua, Bolivar, 3100 m, 4 May 1939, F. Brown, 1 male, 1 female (AMNH);
Paramo Tinpulla, Cotapaxi, 3500 m, 6 Nov 1938, F. Brown, 1 male, 1 female
(AMNH); Hda. San Rafael, Rio San Pedro, 2700 m, 5 Nov 1938, F. Brown, 1
male; Paramo Pasochoa, 3300 m, 12 Nov 1938, F. Brown, 1 male, 1 female
(AMNH).
1990
JOHNSON: PENAINCISALIA, NEW GENUS
119
Description. —Male. Head, thorax, abdomen, palpi and forewing androconial brands typical of genus.
Wings: upper surface ground color dark iridescent purple, narrow margin and wide area of fore wing
apices fuscous, hindwing limbal area bright rufous, fringe red brown; lower surface ground color rich
maroon, sometimes lighter, suffused brown and red; forewing with thin, dark red brown postmedial
line, costa to vein CuA2, marginal cells with dark red brown blotches; hindwing basal disc heavily
suffused with dark red brown, bordered distally by dark brown medial band edged with white, sub¬
marginal ground lighter brown with dark red brown blotches in each cell. Forewing length: 11.0-14.0
mm. Genitalia (Fig. 8A): valvae ventrally robust, bilobed areas widely parabolic, caudal extension
thickly tapered (some variation in length and robustness of caudal extension in this widespread species);
vinculum laterally more pronounced and saccus more prominent than in most Penaincisalia; aedeagus
robust, length about one-third longer than rest of genitalia, caecum about two-fifths aedeagal length.
Female. Head, thorax, abdomen and palpi typical of genus. Wings: upper surface ground color dull
brown, hindwing with outstanding limbal rufous patch; lower surface similar to males. Forewing
length: 10.5-13.5 mm. Genitalia (Fig. 8B): ductus bursae robust, caudal end longer and more fluted
than cephalic end, center constricted and only lightly sclerotized; terminal lamellae short, robust;
cervix bursae hood small, trapezoidal (height equalling about one-third length of ductus bursae), hood
surface sculptured with two prominent ridges proxad of midline and dorsad of ductus seminalis; each
signum short, robust, with an inwardly directed spine.
Diagnosis. — Differs from all other Penaincisalia by a rufous limbal patch on
the hindwing upper surface; upper surface ground otherwise dark iridescent purple
in males, brown in females. Compared to other group members, hindwing anal
lobe is less prominent and lower surface basal disc has more irregular distal margin.
Distribution. —Spatial (Fig. 10): known from high montane localities in Colom¬
bia, Ecuador, Peru and Bolivia. Temporal: specimen dates range from October
to late May.
Remarks. — As noted, examination of the types of Thecla culminicola indicates
they are not the familiar purple species historically associated with the name.
Confusion probably originated because most workers have identified “culmini¬
cola” from areas other than Bolivia. Weeks (1905) misused the name, reporting
specimens from Coroica and Cachabamba. The Cachabamba specimens of Ger¬
main at the British Museum of Natural History include both true P. culminicola
and P. penai but Weeks may have thought they were “culminicola” and “alatus”.
Draudt figured both “alatus” and “culminicola”, saw the type of the latter, and
referred to the upper surface of “culminicola” as “deep violet” (Draudt 1919:
760). He cited wing fringe differences (which appear highly variable, particularly
with wear) as the most notable distinction among specimens he had viewed.
Draudt reported “culminicola” from Colombia (3500-4400 m) and Cuzco, Peru
(3-4000 m), the latter a common locality for “true” culminicola. Brown (1942)
believed that “culminicola” was the common purple species in Ecuador and widely
reported it as such. His series from the American Museum of Natural History is
designated here as types of P. penai. P. penai varies little, except for differences
in ground color hues and the robustness of the genitalia.
Along with the type, 39 specimens of P. penai were examined; AMNH and
BM(NH) specimens were dissected for genitalia, and AMNH specimens from the
former were dissected also for legs and palpi.
Etymology. — This familiar species is named for Lucho Pena, an Andean lepi-
dopterist.
Material Examined.— BOLIVIA. Bolivie, 2 males, 1 female (MNHN); Bolivie, 1 male (BM[NH]).
ECUADOR. Andes of Ecuador, E. Whymper, 1 male, 1 female (BM[NH]); see Types above. PERU.
Cuzco, 1 male, 1 female (MNHN); Cordillera Occidental, Andes, N Peru, 2 males (MNHN); Cayuma
120
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(2)
Puente, Huanuco, 23 Oct 1946, J. Pallister, 1 male (AMNH); Ccapana Hacienda, Ocongate, Cuzco,
3333 m, 6-12 Apr 1947, J. Pallister, 1 male (AMNH).
Penaincisalia candor (Druce), NEW COMBINATION
Figs. 7C, 7D, 8C, 8D
Thecla candor Druce 1907: 578, pi. 33, fig. 1. Comstock & Huntington 1958—
1964 [1959]: 174; Bridges 1988: 1.69.
Thecla candar [sic]: Dyar 1913: 636 (misspelling).
Thecla amatista [not amatista Dognin 1895]: Druce 1909: 433; Bridges 1988:
1.69, 11.104 (synonymy in error, see Remarks).
Type. —Holotype, male, BM(NH) (Fig. 8A). Type Locality: PERU. Huanca-
bamba, 1818-3030 m.
Description. —Male. Head, thorax, abdomen, palpi and androconial brands typical of genus. Wings:
upper surface ground color deep violet red, apices and margins fuscous, hindwing anal lobes elongate
and suffused rufous; lower surface ground color of both wings divided into darker basal and lighter
distal shades by bold postdiscal line (often less prominent on forewing); forewing with submarginal
line of dark brown dashes, costa to cell CuAl; hind wing with similar line, costa to anal lobe on
hindwing, basal disc mottled and suffused darker brown particularly along distal margin. Forewing
length: 13.0-14.5 mm. Genitalia (Fig. 8C): labides, vinculum and saccus rather elliptical, latter very
broad for Penaincisalia-, valvae robust, bilobed area prominently sculptured, caudal extension thickly
tapered; aedeagus length two-fifths longer than rest of genitalia, caecum about two-fifths aedeagal
length. Female. Head, thorax, abdomen and palpi typical of genus. Wings: upper surface similar to
males but flat purple with fuscous margins and less angular hindwing; lower surface similar to males.
Forewing length: 13.0-14.5 mm. Genitalia (Fig. 8D): ductus bursae emphatically angled (central area
greatly constricted between bulbous cephalic end and ellipsoid caudal end), lamellal lobes widely
parallel; cervix bursae hood hemispherical (height equalling or slightly exceeding half ductal bursae
length), hood complexly sculptured over dorsocaudal surface to point of attachment of ductus sem-
inalis; each signum elongate basally with short, inwardly directed, spine.
Diagnosis. — Compared to all other Penaincisalia : hindwing anal lobes markedly
elongate, male upper surface darker iridescent violet red. Compared to other group
members: both sexes lacking upper surface rufous patch of P. penai, females dull
iridescent violet (not brown), lower surface of wings with single, elongate, medial
band directed straight from inner margin to anal area (not rounded about basal
disc as in P. penai or with two bands as in P. bimediana).
Compared to small taxa of loxurina- group with elongate hindwing anal lobes
and similar wing pattern (particularly, Thecla amatista Dognin [Fig. 7F, 9B, 9C]):
males of loxurina-group have single androconial brand on each forewing (apex
of costal vein of the discal cell), morphology of loxurina-gxowp typified by elongate
valvae in males and elongate ductus bursae in females with little or no modification
of the cervix bursae (Fig. 9B, 9C).
Distribution. —Spatial (Fig. 10): known from several high montane localities in
Colombia, Ecuador and Peru (see Remarks). Temporal: specimen dates range from
January to July.
Remarks. — Druce (1909) synonymized T. candor with T. amatista but did not
dissect the type and apparently did not examine its forewing androconial brands.
Though these species are superficially similar, androconial brands and genitalia
indicate the taxa are not congeneric (Figs. 8C, 8D, 9B, 9C). Thecla amatista is
usually much larger (forewings 14.5-16.0 mm, Figs. 7C, 7D, 7F). There are several
undescribed species closely related to T. amatista with which T. candor can also
1990
JOHNSON: PENAINCISALIA, NEW GENUS
121
be confused. Consequently, T. candor may be more widely distributed than pre¬
viously indicated. The majority of specimens that I examined and identified as
P. candor prior to this study were either misidentified T. amatista or undescribed
species closely related to it. Reliable identification of females requires dissection.
Female genitalia of T. amatista lack the elaborately sclerotized cervix bursae
typical of Penaincisalia (Fig. 9C). I have identified T. amatista from the type
(BM[NH], Figs. 7F, 9B) and a series of seven males and one female, collected by
F. M. Brown, at Hda. Talahua, Bolivar Prov., Ecuador, 3100 m, 4 May 1939
(where Brown also captured P. candor).
In addition to the types of Thecla candor and T. amatista, all BM(NH) and
AMNH specimens of both species (listed above and below) were dissected; the
AMNH specimens were also dissected for legs and palpi.
Material Examined. — COLOMBIA. Quasca, 1 male (BM[NH]); Quasca, Cordillera Oriental, 2900-
3300 m, 30 Jan 1946, 1 male (AMNH); Cordillera Oriental, 1 male (BM[NH]); El Tabano, Putumayo,
3300 m, 1 Jul 1981, J. Sullivan, 1 female (AMNH) (Fig. 7D). ECUADOR. Cuicocha, Imbabura, 3800
m, 31 May 1939, F. Brown, 1 male (AMNH) (Fig. 1C): West Slope of Andes, E. Whymper, 3 males
(BM[NH]); El Monje- pres [= nr] Loja, 1 male (MNHN). PERU. Huancachamba, 1818-3030 m, 2
males (BMNH); Huancabamba [sic], Cerro de Pasco, 1818-3030 m, Bottger, 2 males (BM[NH]);
Ccapana Hacienda, Oconogate, Cuzco, 3333 m, 6-12 Apr 1947, J. Pallister, 1 female (AMNH). See
Type above.
Penaincisalia bimediana Johnson, NEW SPECIES
Figs. 7E, 9A
Types. —Holotype, female (Figs. 7E, 9A) deposited AMNH, data: ECUADOR.
Cuicocha, Imbabura, 3800 m, 31 May 1939, F. Brown.
Description.—Male. Unknown. Female. Head, thorax, abdomen and palpi typical of genus. Wings:
upper surface ground dark brown, fringes light brown; hindwing with elongate anal lobe slightly suffused
rufous at the base [lobe broken on wing surface illustrated in Fig. 7E]; lower surface ground color
tawny, suffused red brown; forewing with dark slash in discal cell and two parallel bands, postmedial
and submarginal, from costa through cell CuA2; hindwing basal disc darker red brown, distal margin
forming rather straight, darkened medial line paralleled in submargin by line of fused red brown dots.
Forewing length: 10.5 mm (holotype). Genitalia (Fig. 9A): ductus bursae robust, central area less
constricted than in other Penaincisalia, caudal end moderately fluted, terminating in short, lobelike,
lamellae; cervix bursae hood ovate (height equalling about one-half ductus bursae length), sculptured
with prominent central ridge and radiating proximal folds; corpus bursae with two, steeply pronged,
signa.
Diagnosis.— Differs from all other Penaincisalia by brown upper surface of
wings and elongate hindwing lobes and, on the lower surface, prominence of two
stripes, postmedial and submarginal on forewing, medial and submarginal on
hindwing (see Remarks).
Distribution. —Spatial (Fig. 10): known only from type locality. Temporal: known
only from type data.
Remarks. — In a series of 11 specimens of P. penai collected by F. M. Brown
on the same day, this female was much darker brown, had a prominent anal lobe,
and lacked the limbal rufous patch. Dissection further showed it to be distinct
from sympatric and synchronic P. penai females. Brown also collected an unde¬
scribed species I originally identified as the P. bimediana male (Johnson 1981:
180). Subsequent diagnostic recognition of dual androconial brands in Penain-
122
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(2)
cisalia showed this male to be a member of the brandless arria- group, as also
indicated by morphology (see Penaincisalia Remarks).
Etymology. — The name refers to paired submarginal and postmedian bands on
the lower surfaces of both wings.
Discussion
Penaincisalia is a high Andean monophyletic genus of cryptically marked, most¬
ly tailless, Elfin-like butterflies known from the Central Cordillera of Colombia
southward through the Cordillera Oriental of Peru and the Cerros de Bala of
Bolivia. South of this area there are no records except for a species in central
Patagonia. This distributional gap probably results from insufficient collecting.
There is a long history of high Andean butterfly collecting from Peru northward
(Brown 1941, 1942; Pallister 1956) but many areas from Bolivia southward are
poorly sampled (Johnson et al. 1988, in press). Further, two immediate sister-
groups of Penaincisalia (the loxurina- and arria- groups of Thecla ) also occur at
high altitudes in the Andes and although they are more common at sub-paramo
altitudes, they are often sympatric with Penaincisalia. The loxurina- and arria-
groups contain undescribed species that are well represented from Bolivia to
montane Argentina and Chile. Two other high Andean groups of Theclinae, Ei-
seliana (Ajmat de Toledo 1978) and the Thecla wagenknechti/T. heodes assem¬
blage (Johnson et al. in press) also occur from Colombia to central Patagonia.
Collecting at altitudes above those for these latter taxa will probably yield un¬
described Penaincisalia from central Bolivia southward.
Rather sporadic collecting of Penaincisalia to date indicates numerous sym¬
patric species (see P. pichincha Remarks). Both the penai and culminicola sub¬
groups of the genus have overlapping distributions from Colombia to Bolivia;
each subgroup has species distributions spanning the northern range for the genus.
There are also several species whose known distributions suggest substantially
wider ranges. Numerous Penaincisalia are insular; P. aurulenta has only been
collected in the Cordillera Blanca of Peru and P. downeyi is known only from
Monte Tolima in the Colombian Central Cordillera.
The appearance of many sympatric Penaincisalia in relatively small samples
suggests that many species with low density typify the genus. General character
stability in Penaincisalia over wide ranges, and numerous sympatric insular taxa,
has an important biogeographic implication. If further sampling verifies the dis¬
junctive patterns, it would be significant in assessing the history of the group.
Character data indicate that the immediate relatives of Penaincisalia are not
Nearctic Incisalia or Palaearctic Ahlhergia, contrary to early speculations (Brown
1942, Gillham 1956). Penaincisalia share all major morphological attributes with
other often sympatric Neotropical groups and constitute an upland lineage of
these.
Acknowledgment
I thank the following for material: L. D. and J. Y. Miller (Allyn Museum of
Entomology), F. H. Rindge (American Museum of Natural History), P. R. Ackery
and R. Vane Wright (British Museum [Natural History]), J. E. Rawlins (Carnegie
1990
JOHNSON: PEN AIN CIS ALIA, NEW GENUS
123
Museum), J. Herrera (University of Chile), Z. D. Ajmat de Toledo (Fundacion
Miguel Lillo), G. Bemardi and J. Pierre (Museum National d’Histoire Naturelle),
A. Shapiro (University of California, Davis), H. J. Hannemann (Humbolt Univer-
sitat, Berlin), C. Achohido, H. Descimon, R. Eisele, A. Shapiro and J. B. Sullivan.
Comments on field collection were given by F. M. Brown, Descimon, Rawlins,
and Sullivan. I am particularly grateful for discussions with H. Descimon regarding
his 1986 summary of some of my data and J. E. Rawlins and the Carnegie Museum
staff for use of technical facilities for PAUP. This research was supported, in part,
by the American Museum of Natural History Theclid Research Fund.
Literature Cited
Ajmat de Toledo, Z. D. 1978. Fauna del Noa. Contribucion al conocimiento de los Lepidopteros
Argentinos VI. Eiseliana nuevo genero de Lycaenidae (Theclinae, Strimonini). Acta Zool. Lil-
loana, 33: 79-84.
Bridges, C. A. 1988. Catalogue of Lycaenidae & Riodinidae (Lepidoptera: Rhopalocera). C. A.
Bridges, Urbana, Illinois.
Brown, F. M. 1941. A gazetteer of entomological stations in Ecuador. Ann. Ent. Soc. Am., 34: 809-
851.
Brown, F. M. 1942. Animals above timberline—Colorado and Ecuador. Colorado College General
Series 233, Studies Series, 33: 1-29.
Brown, J. W. 1982 (1983). A new species of Mitoura Scudder from southern California (Lepidoptera:
Lycaenidae). J. Res. Lepid., 21: 245-254.
Clench, H. K. 1961. Lycaenidae. pp. 176-220. In Ehrlich, P. R. & A. H. Ehrlich (eds.). How to
know the butterflies. Wm. C. Brown, Dubuque, Iowa.
Clench, H. K. 1964. A synopsis of the West Indian Lycaenidae with remarks on their zoogeography.
J. Res. Lepid., 2: 247-270.
Clench, H. K. 1981. New Callophrys (Lycaenidae) from North and middle America. Bull. Allyn
Mus., 64: 1-31.
Comstock, W. P. & E. I. Huntington. 1958-1964. An annotated list of the Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera,
Rhopalocera) of the western hemisphere. J. N. Y. Entomol. Soc., 66[ 1958]: 103-118; 67[ 1959]:
59-95, 163-212; 68[1960]: 49-62, 105-122, 176-186, 232-240; 60[1961]: 54-58, 105-118,
157-176, 191-200; 70[1962]: 39-49, 100-118, 177-179; 71[1963]: 45-57, 115-119, 189-197,
262-264; 72[1964]: 62-64, 120-130.
Descimon, H. 1986. Origins of Lepidoptera faunas in the high tropical Andes, pp. 500-532. In
Vuilleumier, F. & M. Monasterio (eds.). High altitude tropical biogeography. Oxford University
Press, Oxford.
Dognin, P. 1895. Lepidopteres de Loja et environs. Ann. Soc. Entomol. Belg., 39: 105-118.
dos Passos, C. F. 1964. A synonymic list of the Nearctic Rhopalocera. Lepid. Soc. Mem., 1.
dos Passos, C. F. 1970. A revised synonymic catalogue with taxonomic notes on some Nearctic
Lycaenidae. J. Lepid. Soc., 24: 23-28.
Draudt, M. 1919. Thecla. pp. 794-811. In Seitz, A. (ed.). Macrolepidoptera of the world. Alfred
Kemen Verlag, Stuttgart, Vol. 5 (“Vol. II”), PP- 593-1139, Vol. 5 plates (“Vol. II Plates”).
Draudt, M. 1921. “Additions and Corrections.” pp. 823-835. In Seitz, A. (ed.). Macrolepidoptera
of the world. Alfred Kemen Verlag, Stuttgart, Vol. 5 (“Vol. II”) [pp. 593-1139].
Druce, H. H. 1907. On Neotropical Lycaenidae with descriptions of new species. Proc. Zool. Soc.
Lond., 1907: 566-632.
Druce, H. H. 1909. On some new and little-known Neotropical Lycaenidae. Trans. Entomol. Soc.
London, 57: 431-438.
Dyar, H. 1913. Results of the Yale Peruvian expedition of 1911. Lepidoptera. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus.,
45: 627-649.
Eliot, J. N. 1973. The higher classification of the Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera): a tentative arrangement.
Bull. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. (Ent.), 28: 371-505.
Gillham, N. W. 1956. Indsalia Scudder, a Holarctic genus (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae). Psyche, 62:
145-151.
124
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(2)
IDBGN (Interior Department Board of Geographic Names). 1968. Gazetteer of Peru. Govt. Printing
Office, Washington, D.C.
Howe, W. H. (ed.). 1975. The butterflies of North America. Doubleday, Garden City, New York.
Johnson, K. 1976. Three new Nearctic species of Callophtys (Mitoura ), with a diagnostis [sic] of all
Nearctic consubgeners (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae). Bull. Allyn Mus., 38: 1-30.
Johnson, K. 1978. Specificity, geographic distribution, and foodplant diversity in four Callophrys
{Mitoura) (Lycaenidae). J. Lepid. Soc., 32: 3-19.
Johnson, K. 1981. A revision of the Callophryina of the world with phylogenetic and biogeographic
analyses. Ph.D. Dissertation, City University of New York. (Unpublished for taxonomic no-
menclatural purposes.)
Johnson, K. 1988a. Tergissima and Femniterga, new sister genera of Calycopis Scudder and Cal-
ystryma Field from the south-central Andes. Insecta Mundi, 2: 28-42.
Johnson, K. 1988b. A new subspecies of Sandia macfarlandi from the Sierra Madre Oriente of
Mexico (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae). Insecta Mundi, 2: 16-20.
Johnson, K. 1989a. A revisionary study of the Neotropical hairstreak butterfly genus Noreena and
its new sister genus Contrafacia. J. N. Y. Entomol. Soc., 97: 11-46.
Johnson, K. 1989b. Revision of Chlorostrymon Clench and description of two new austral Neo¬
tropical species (Lycaenidae). J. Lepid. Soc., 43: 120-146.
Johnson, K., R. E. Eisele & B. MacPherson. 1988. The “hairstreak butterflies” (Lycaenidae: The-
clinae) of northwestern Argentina. I. Introduction, Calycopis, Calystryma, Tergissima & Fem¬
niterga. Bull. Allyn Mus., 123: 1-49.
Johnson, K., R. E. Eisele & B. MacPherson. (in press). The “hairstreak butterflies” (Lycaenidae:
Theclinae) of northwestern Argentina. II. Strymon sensu stricto. Bull Allyn Mus.
Johnson, K. & D. Matusik. 1987a. The status of “Papilio Hipparchus ” Staudinger (Papilionidae). J.
Lepid. Soc., 41: 65-69.
Johnson, K. & D. Matusik. 1987b. The types and status of Papilio tasso Staudinger. J. Lepid. Soc.,
41: 108-113.
Johnson, K. & D. Matusik. 1988. Five new species and two new subspecies of butterflies from the
Sierra de Baoruco of Hispaniola. Ann. Carnegie Mus., 57: 221-254.
Johnson, K. & E. Quinter. 1982. Commentary on Miller and Brown vs. Ehrlich and Murphy:
pluralism in systematics and the worldwide nature of kinship groups. J. Res. Lepid. 21: 255—
269.
Klots, A. B. 1951. A field guide to the butterflies of North America, east of the Great Plains. Houghton
Mifflin, Boston.
Lamas, G. 1977. Bibliografla de catalogos y listas regionales de mariposas (Lepidoptera) de America
Latina. Sociedad mexicana de Lepidopterologia, Publicaciones especiales, 2.
Miller, L. D. & F. M. Brown. 1981. A catalogue/checklist of the butterflies of America north of
Mexico. Lepid. Soc. Mem., 2.
Miller, L. D. & F. M. Brown. 1983. Papilionoidea. pp. 49-65. In Hodges, R. W. (ed.). Check list of
the Lepidoptera of America north of Mexico. E. W. Classey Ltd. and Wedge Entomol. Res.
Found., London.
Opler, P. R. & G. O. Krizek. 1986. Butterflies east of the Great Plains, an illustrated natural history.
Johns Hopkins University Press, Baltimore.
Pallister, J. C. 1956. Skippers taken on the Frank C. Johnson entomological expedition to Peru,
with distributional and ecological notes (Lepidoptera, Hesperiidae). Am. Mus. Novitates, 1763.
Pyle, W. M. 1981. The Audubon field guide to North American butterflies. Alfred A. Knopf (Chan¬
ticleer), New York.
Scott, J. A. 1986. The butterflies of North America, a natural history and field guide. Stanford
University Press, Stanford.
Staudinger, O. 1894. Hochandine Lepidopteren. Deut. entomol. Zeit. [Iris], 7: 43-100.
Swofford, D. 1985. PAUP—Phylogenetic Analysis Using Parsimony. (A phylogenetics computer
program package distributed by the author.) D. Swofford, Illinois Natural History Survey,
Urbana, Illinois.
Weeks, A. G. 1905. Illustrations of diurnal Lepidoptera with descriptions. Boston University Press,
Boston.
Weymer, G. 1890. Lepidopteren gesammelt auf einer Reise durch Colombia, Ecuador, Peru, Brasi-
lien, Argentinien und Bolivien in den Jahren 1868-1877 von Alphons Stubel. In Stubel, A.
1890. Reisen in Sud-amerika. A. Asher & Co., Berlin.
1990
JOHNSON: PEN AINClSALIA, NEW GENUS
125
Appendix 1
Taxa of callophyine butterflies and their relatives.
Callophryine butterflies.—Of the Eumaeini genera listed by Eliot (1973), groups included by Brown
(1942), Gillham (1956), Clench (1961), Howe (1975), Johnson (1981), Johnson & Quinter (1982) and
Descimon (1986) include: (1) Ahlbergia Bryk, (2) Callophrys Billberg, (3) Cyanophrys Clench, (4)
Incisalia Scudder, (5) Mitoura Scudder, (6) Sandia Clench, and (7) Xamia Clench. Authors have widely
treated the New World members (2-7) as a monophyletic group, including all or most as either
subgenera of Callophrys (Clench 1961, dos Passos 1970, Howe 1975, Scott 1986) or separate genera
(Klots 1951; dos Passos 1964; Miller & Brown 1981, 1983; Pyle 1981; Johnson & Quinter 1982;
Opler & Krizek 1986). Separate genera appear preferable because Palaearctic groups are a part of the
assemblage and far more diverse than indicated in the current literature (Johnson 1981, Johnson &
Quinter 1982).
Sister-group. —Of the Eumaeini species groups listed by Draudt (1919), groups included by Brown
(1942), Descimon (1986) and Johnson (1981) include: Thecla culminicola-gxoup (herein, Penainci-
salia), loxurina- group, and arria- group. The latter two include numerous undescribed taxa.
Appendix 2
Characters.— The major shared features of any structure are listed with states for: (A) Penaincisalia
and the sister-group of “callophryine” butterflies, and (B) true “callophyrine” butterflies (Appen¬
dix 1).
1. Male genitalia, cephaloventral margins of valval lobes: (A) separated by transparent sclerotin
(Fig. 4[1]); (B) fully fused with opaque sclerotin (Gillham 1956; Clench 1964, 1981; Johnson
1976, 1978, 1981, 1987b; Brown 1982 [1983]).
2. Male genitalia, bilobed area of valvae: (A) opaque and ventrally convex (Fig. 4[ 1]); (B) transparent
and flat or concave (Gillham 1956; Clench 1964, 1981; Johnson 1976, 1978,1981, 1988b; Brown
1982 [1983]).
3. Male genitalia, caecum of aedeagus: (A) comprising at least a third of aedeagus length and often
ventrally declined (Fig. 4[3]); (B) comprising a fourth or less of aedeagus length and uniplanar
[or contiguously bowed] with shaft (Gillham 1956; Clench 1964, 1981; Johnson 1976, 1981;
Brown 1982 [1983]).
4. Female genitalia, ductus bursae and terminal lamellae: (A) as one conjoined tubelike structure,
variously constricted in the cephalic one-half to one-third, and with a prominent dorsoterminal
fissure (Fig. 4[5]); (B) terminal lamellae flared distally outside plane of ductal tube, unconstricted
in the cephalic one-half to one-third, and with dorsoterminal area either fused or with a trans¬
parent suture (Johnson 1976, 1978, 1981; Clench 1981; Brown 1982 [1983]).
5. Female genitalia, cervix bursae: (A) variously sclerotized into a major additional genital com¬
ponent (Fig. 4 [5, 7]); (B) diminutive, developed at most to a thin shield covering distal end of
corpus bursae (Johnson 1976, 1978, 1981; Clench 1981; Brown 1982 [1983]).
No external wing characters consistently define the major groups, although such characters do pertain
to particular genera of callophryines or certain species groups in the callophryine sister-group.
Received 11 April 1989; accepted 5 December 1989.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66(2): 126-130, (1990)
BIOLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS ON
CHRYSOMYA MEGACEPHALA (FABR.)
(DIPTERA: CALLIPHORIDAE) IN LOS ANGELES,
CALIFORNIA AND THE PALAU ISLANDS
Alan R. Olsen and Thomas H. Sidebottom
U.S. Food and Drug Administration, 1521 W. Pico Blvd.,
Los Angeles, California 90015
Abstract.— In 1988 and 1989, specimens of the Oriental latrine fly, Chrysomya megacephala
(Fabr.) were collected in urban Los Angeles, California. It was evident in summer through
autumn, 1988, and reappeared in summer, 1989. Earlier collections and observations of C.
megacephala were recorded in 1986 in the Palau Islands. In rural Palau, the males were rarely
seen in inhabited areas except during dawn swarming activities, but in Los Angeles, the males
were found in ornamental vegetation in the urban habitat. The origin of C. megacephala in
California is unknown but may be via the Pacific Islands or Mexico.
Key Words.— Insecta, Diptera, Calliphoridae, Oriental latrine fly, biology, California, Palau Is¬
lands
The Oriental latrine fly, Chrysomya megacephala (Fabr.) is a widely distributed
filth fly in the Old World, occurring in the warmer areas of the Oriental and
Australian regions as well as the eastern Palaearctic (M. Lacey, personal com¬
munication). In recent decades, C. megacephala has expanded its range to Africa,
becoming established in South Africa, Madagascar, Senegal, Ghana and presum¬
ably Angola (Prins 1982, do Prado & Guimaraes 1982, Peris 1987). This filth fly
arrived in the New World at Sao Paulo, Brazil, around 1975 and has since spread
to Argentina, Paraguay, Venezuela and southern Mexico, where it was collected
in 1986 (Baumgartner 1988). It is also found on many afrotropical, Caribbean
and Pacific islands, including Hawaii (Bohart & Gressitt 1951, Smith 1986).
Townsend reported that C. megacephala does not occur in North America (Cole
1969); however, it was recently discovered in California in 1988 (Dowell & Gill,
1989), confirming the Mexican records of its spread to North America. Because
C. megacephala is a known carrier of Salmonella and other enteric pathogens,
polio virus (Baumgartner & Greenberg 1984) and infectious stages of parasitic
roundworms, pinworms and hookworms (Sulaiman et al. 1988), it is necessary
to closely monitor its northern expansion in North America. Our report of the
activity of C. megacephala in urban Los Angeles documents this expansion. In
addition, our observations on C. megacephala in the temperate, urban habitat of
Los Angeles and the rural, tropical habitat of a Pacific island may provide insights
into understanding the ability of C. megacephala to colonize such widely diverse
environments.
Observations
California. — The first record for C. megacephala in Los Angeles County was 6
Aug 1988 (CDFA 1988, Poorbaugh 1989) from a landfill at Scholl Canyon in the
foothills of the San Gabriel Mountains, north of metropolitan Los Angeles. On
1990
OLSEN & SIDEBOTTOM: ORIENTAL LATRINE FLY
127
12 Aug 1988, we discovered a large number of C. megacephala adults in an urban
area within walking distance (approx. 1.5 km SW) of the high-rise building com¬
plex of downtown Los Angeles. From August through October, 1988, we collected
over 100 C. megacephala within a square block of the Pico-Union district of Los
Angeles. The specimens were collected by netting at various attractive sites in the
area. Adults of C. megacephala were attracted to outdoor garbage disposal bins
containing decomposed seafoods (shrimp, fish or squid), rotten watermelon and
other discarded foodstuffs. Chrysomya megacephala was also observed on animal
and human excrement. Collections at these sites yielded mostly females, although
occasionally males were also collected in 1988. All blowfly activity, including C.
megacephala, appeared to cease with the onset of cooler weather in later October,
1988.
We monitored the area for C. megacephala throughout the winter months of
1988-1989 but found no activity until 25 Apr 1989 when a single female was
captured. Two additional females were collected on 27 and 28 Apr respectively
but no other C. megacephala adults were found, until July, 1989 despite daily
monitoring. On 7 Jul 1989, C. megacephala adults were again observed at a
disposal bin and in a dense growth of ivy and other vines that was covering a 2
m fence in the collection area. Sweep netting of the dense vegetation yielded three
males and a female of C. megacephala. Subsequent collecting by sweep netting
this vegetation (not sampled in 1988) has consistently yielded males. The numbers
of C. megacephala in the area continued to increase throughout August, 1989,
approaching the levels observed in 1988.
Our observations in Los Angeles are consistent with previously reported ob¬
servations of C. megacephala elsewhere. In temperate South Africa, C. megaceph¬
ala was also found to be most common in the late summer and early autumn
(Prins 1982). The preference of males for areas with shady vegetation has also
been noted in India, except in that country the vegetation consisted of uninhabited
jungle (Roy & Dasgupta 1978). The known ability of C. megacephala to survive
in mild temperate climates such as that of southern California (Baumgartner &
Greenberg 1984) combined with our recent observations over a full year indicate
that Los Angeles is a suitable area for this fly.
Palau. — The Palau Archipelago (Republic of Belau) is a compact cluster of high
and low islands at the western end of the Caroline Islands in the western equatorial
Pacific Ocean. During a collection trip in July, 1986, over 40 C. megacephala
were collected on the high island of Babelthaup in Palau. Most of the specimens
collected were attracted to containers of discarded fish entrails in a small village
of approximately 200 inhabitants. Fly specimens collected at attractive sites in
the village included 39 females and 2 males. The fly was observed entering houses
and was also attracted to outhouses and swine enclosures, although in smaller
numbers than observed for the containers of fish entrails. Numerous collecting
trips to adjacent agricultural, jungle and grass land areas failed to find C. mega¬
cephala by netting and sweep netting of vegetation. No C. megacephala were
present in the repository insect collection maintained by the Palau Ministry of
Agriculture, specimens of which may be an indication of the relative economic/
public health importance of this fly in Palau. (Bohart and others deposited approx.
500 C. megacephala at the California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park,
including specimens from Guam, Philippines, Solomons, New Hebrides, Oahu,
128
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 66(2)
Maui, and Kauai, but none were from Palau.) Palau exhibits a remarkably low
apparent number of filth flies compared to other tropical areas. This may be
accounted for by good sanitation which limits the number of available breeding
sites. In Palau, sewage disposal is modem, buildings are usually screened, refuse
is disposed in sanitary landfills and health education is pervasive. Combined with
the rural nature of Palauan settlements, these sanitation practices definitely limit
the abundance of synanthropic flies such as C. megacephala.
In the village on Babelthaup, C. megacephala was observed in a dawn swarming
activity that occurred regularly on clear, sunny mornings between 06:00-07:00 h
during July, 1986. The aerial swarm gathered over a single, large lawned area in
the village and consisted of approximately 100 flies. The swarm members hovered
in stationary positions that varied from about 3 m to 9 m above the ground and
were well separated from all vegetation that bordered the lawn. Swarm members
spaced themselves about 1 m apart, horizontally and vertically, and readily chal¬
lenged each other if their spacing was encroached upon. Intruders from outside
the swarm were observed crossing through the swarm on a diagonally downward
trajectory. These intruders, presumed to be C. megacephala females, were each
pursued by several swarm members as they crossed the swarm. An audible buzzing
sound accompanied the swarm throughout its daily duration of about 1 h. A single
male C. megacephala was netted from the lower levels of a swarm. Local residents
report that this swarming activity occurs frequently throughout the year. In the
Palauan language, C. megacephala is called “debulliaes” or “iaesidebull,” both
terms meaning “graveyard fly.”
Collection Records. —Because it is relevant in quantitatively characterizing C.
megacephala in invasive situations, we list the following collection data: PALAU
ISLANDS. Ngaremlengui: 3 Jul 1986, 39 females, 3 males (one in swarm). USA.
CALIFORNIA. LOS ANGELES Co.: Los Angeles, 12 Aug 1988, 1 female; ibid.,
1 Sep-15 Oct 1988, 80 individuals (unsorted); ibid., 22 Oct 1988, 20 females, 1
male; ibid., 23 Oct 1988, 1 female; ibid., 25 Apr 1989, 1 female; ibid., 27 Apr
1989, 1 female; ibid., 28 Apr 1989, 1 female; ibid., 7 Jul 1989, 1 female, 3 males;
ibid., 11 Jul 1989, 2 females, 1 male; ibid., 24 Jul 1989, 1 female, 1 male; ibid.,
26 Jul 1989, 1 male; ibid., 26-27 Jul 1989, 6 females; ibid., 2 Aug 1989, 2 females,
2 males; ibid., 7 Aug 1989, 3 females; ibid., 14 Aug 1989, 1 male; ibid., 15 Aug
1989, 6 females, 4 males.
Discussion
The degree of dependence of C. megacephala on urban habitats has been dis¬
cussed before by a number of dipterists. In Brazil, C. megacephala was assigned
a synanthropic index (a measurement showing degree of dependence on cohabi¬
tation with humans) of +75.2 (do Prado & Guimaraes 1982), although in India,
the index was calculated as +91.6 (Roy and Dasgupta 1978) or very highly
dependent on human settlements. The synanthropic index was developed to gauge
degree of synanthropy of a species and ranges from +100 to —100 (do Prado &
Guimaraes 1982). Although having a high index value C. megacephala can also
occur in rural areas exclusive of those occupied by man. On Guam, and on the
Solomon Islands, C. megacephala is successful in uninhabited beach habitats,
where it breeds in carcasses of toads and crabs (Bohart & Gressitt 1951). In Palau,
1990
OLSEN & SIDEBOTTOM: ORIENTAL LATRINE FLY
129
where no urban habitat exists, it was found in a rural setting. While C. megacephala
may thrive best in densely populated urban areas, such as Los Angeles, it also
can adapt to other habitats and its occurrence at the relatively isolated Scholl
Canyon site north of Los Angeles may be an indication of an ability to survive
in less densely populated suburban or rural areas adjacent to the urban centers
of southern North America.
Whether in a rural or urban setting, it is important to recognize the significance
of behavioral differences between C. megacephala males and females. Males are
often more difficult to locate than females because the males are not as attracted
to refuse and excrement. The known preference of males for shady vegetation
(Roy & Dasgupta 1978) was expressed at our urban collection area by an apparent
preference for ornamental ivy and other urban vegetation. In Palau, the attractive
sites for males were not found but the swarming activity gave an indication of
the probable extent of the male contingent. In both Los Angeles and Palau, our
observations confirm that site attractiveness is different for males and females of
C. megacephala. Failure to locate the attractive sites for one of the sexes could
cause inaccurate estimations of population levels of C. megacephala in an area
and may also affect the efficacy of control measures that need to be applied if this
fly becomes a serious public health pest locally.
The probable origin of the first recorded C. megacephala in California is either
Mexico (Dowell & Gill 1989) or Hawaii (CDFA 1988). Lacking geographic barriers
it was thought inevitable that C. megacephala would expand northwards through
Mexico into the United States (Baumgartner & Greenberg 1984). However, this
is not the only possible route of invasion. The urban area where we collected C.
megacephala is inhabited by recent immigrants from both Central America and
Asia. New immigrants from Asia frequently pass through Hawaii, where C. mega¬
cephala also occurs, and it is possible that the fly may have been alternatively
introduced from the Pacific islands. A Pacific route of expansion has been pos¬
tulated for other species of Chrysomya (do Prado & Guimaraes 1982) and Hawaii
is recognized as a staging area for the introduction of exotic insects into California
(Dowell & Gill 1989). The sites of Mexican records for C. megacephala are remote,
separated from the United States border by long distances across arid desert
barriers such as from the southern tip of Baja, California (Greenberg 1988). In a
large, culturally diverse urban center like Los Angeles, multiple routes of invasion
are possible for C. megacephala but without extensive records of interceptions at
entry ports, it will be impossible to identify the true origins of C. megacephala
expansion into California.
We conclude that C. megacephala has become established in the Los Angeles
area. Our collection records over a one year period coupled with our other ob¬
servations show that the population in the Pico-Union district of Los Angeles is
typical of other established populations in mild temperate climates. The route by
which C. megacephala expanded its range into this area is unknown but it can
be expected that C. megacephala will continue to expand to other areas in the
Los Angeles basin, possibly to include suburban and semi-rural communities.
Comparing observations in the urban Los Angeles habitat and the Palauan tropical
habitat, we found that C. megacephala males occur in ornamental vegetation in
Los Angeles, but in Palau the males were generally absent from inhabited areas
except when swarming at dawn.
130
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(2)
Acknowledgment
We thank the USDA/ARS Systematics Entomology Laboratory, Beltsville,
Maryland, for examination of Palau specimens; Herman Francisco (Palau Min¬
istry of National Resources) for arranging access to repository collection materials
and other help; D. K. Faulkner (San Diego Natural History Museum) for confir¬
mation of the Los Angeles specimens; Paul H. Amaud, Norman D. Penny, and
Daniel F. Gross (California Academy of Sciences San Francisco) for arranging
access to specimens; and J. J. Madenjian for data from the California Academy
collection.
Literature Cited
Baumgartner, D. L. 1988. Spread of introduced Chrysomya blowflies (Diptera, Calliphoridae) in the
Neotropics with records new to Venezuela. Biotropica, 20: 167-168.
Baumgartner, D. L. & B. Greenberg. 1984. The genus Chrysomya (Diptera: Calliphoridae) in the
New World. J. Med. Entomol., 21: 105-113.
Bohart, G. E. & J. L. Gressitt. 1951. Filth-inhabiting flies of Guam. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Bull.,
204.
California Department of Food & Agriculture. 1988. Chrysomya blow flies. Calif. Plant Pest &
Disease Report, 7: 13-14.
Cole, F. 1969. The flies of western North America. University of California Press, Berkeley.
do Prado, A. P. & J. H. Guimaraes. 1982. Estado atual de dispersao e distribucao do genero
Chrysomya Robineau-Desvoidy na regiao Neotropical (Diptera, Calliphoridae). Revta Bras.
Entomol., 26: 225-231.
Dowell, R. V. & R. Gill. 1989. Exotic invertebrates and their effects on California. Pan-Pacif.
Entomol., 65: 132-145.
Greenberg, B. 1988. Chrysomya megacephala (F.) (Diptera: Calliphoridae) collected in North Amer¬
ica and notes on Chrysomya species present in the New World. J. Med. Entomol., 25: 199—
200.
Peris, S. V. 1987. La invasion de las especies de Chrysomya en America. Graellsia, 43:205-210.
Poorbaugh, J. H. 1989. Chrysomya blow flies found in California. Vector Ecol. Newsletter, 20(2):
8-9.
Prins, A. J. 1982. Morphological and biological notes on six South African blow-flies (Diptera,
Calliphoridae) and their immature stages. Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 90: 201-217.
Roy, P. & B. Dasgupta. 1978. Synanthropy of flies (Diptera: Muscidae, Anthomyiidae, Calliphoridae,
Sarcophagidae) in Sitiguri, Darjeeling, India. Proc. Zool. Soc. Calcutta, 31: 69-74.
Smith, K. G. V. 1986. A manual of forensic entomology. Comstock Publ. Assoc., Cornell University
Press, Ithaca, New York.
Sulaiman, S., A. R. Sohadi, H. Yunus & R. Iberahim. 1988. The role of some cyclorrhaphan flies
as carriers of human helminths in Malaysia. Med. Vet. Entomol., 2: 1-6.
Received 19 October 1989; accepted 28 December 1989.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66(2): 131-139, (1990)
THREE NEW NEARCTIC SPECIES OF HALTICOPTERINA
ERDOS (HYMENOPTERA: PTEROMALIDAE)
Harry E. Andersen
Department of Entomology, University of California,
Riverside, California 92521
Abstract. — Five species of Halticopterina Erdos, including three that are new, are recognized: H.
triannulata Erdos and H. moczari Erdos from the Palaearctic and H. tahoensis NEW SPECIES,
H. altiverticalis NEW SPECIES, and H. magnistipes NEW SPECIES from the Nearctic. A key
is given to distinguish the species.
Key Words. — Insecta, Pteromalidae, Miscogasterinae, Halticopterina, Halticoptera, Agromyzi-
dae, Drosophilidae, Ephydridae, Tephritidae
Halticopterina is placed in the Miscogasterinae (Graham 1969). Peck et al.
(1964) remarked that Halticopterina might be better placed as a subgenus of
Halticoptera ; however, I believe it should have generic status. Distinctive features
common to all the species treated here include: antenna with three anelli, live
funicular segments, and clavate club; uniformly small body size (1.4 to 1.8 mm);
toruli not projecting above the level of ventral margin of eye. Halticopterina and
Halticoptera can be distinguished from other Miscogasterinae by their pronotal
collar rounded anteriad, two clypeal teeth, postmarginal vein shorter than mar¬
ginal, and enlargement of maxillary palpi and maxillary stipes in males. Halti¬
coptera are known to parasitize Agromyzidae, Drosophilidae, Ephydridae and
Tephritidae. Host data for Halticopterina are unknown.
Halticopterina Erdos
Halticopterina Erdos, 1946: 160. Peck et al. 1964: 40, Boucek 1965: 8, Graham
1969: 166-167, Medvedev 1987: 138.
Type Species. —Halticopterina triannulata Erdos, by original description.
Color.— Head, thorax, and gaster bright to dark metallic green-black. Funicle light amber to dark
brown, club brown to dark brown. Legs lemon-yellow to brown. Wings hyaline, venation amber to
near white.
Female .—Length 1.4-1.8 mm. Frontal head width 1.2 x height; POL (distance between posterior
ocelli) slightly longer than OOL (distance between posterior ocelli and eye); ocelli very small; temple
slightly shorter than one-fifth length of eye; malar space slightly less than two-thirds width of eye;
clypeus with anterior margin produced, clypeal teeth with deep medial incision; antennal formula 1:1:
3:5:3; torulus at or just below ventral eye margin; antenna clavate, length of flagellum plus pedicel
approximately equal to height of head; apex of scape not reaching median ocellus; pedicel length
approximately 2.0 x width; all funicular segments slightly wider than long, sensilla in single transverse
rows; club width 2.0 x width of first funicular segment. Thorax in profile strongly arched; pronotal
collar rounded anteriad; notauli complete, superficial posteriad; frenum weakly reticulate; dorsellum
of metanotum smooth; propodeum length medially, approximately 2.0 x that of metanotum; median
carina complete; plicae not extending to spiracle; propodeum smooth medially; spiracle subround
separated from anterior border of propodeum by spiracle width. Gastral petiole length 2.0 x width,
devoid of setae, reticulate, with anterior flanges. Forewing length approximately 2.3 x width; marginal
vein length 2.2 x stigmal vein length; speculum open below; marginal fringe complete. Gaster length
132
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(2)
1.1-2.4 x width; basal tergum length less than 0.5 x total gaster length, hind margin incised medially,
except in H. tahoensis, gaster slightly concave dorsally; pygostylar bristles subequal.
Male.— Differs from female as follows: Length of malar space almost two-thirds eye width; scape
extending to median ocellus; maxillary palpi and stipes enlarged. Gaster triangular in dorsal view,
longer than wide. Petiole width 2.0 x length; forewing marginal vein length 2.0 x stigmal vein length.
Key to Species of Halticopterina
1 Female (dark body, maxillary palpi and stipes not enlarged) . 2
Male (bright metallic body, maxillary palpi and stipes enlarged). 6
2(1) Petiole width 2.0 x length; eye width >2.0 x malar space; vertex strongly
elevated (Fig. 8) . altiverticalis NEW SPECIES
Petiole length <1.5 x width; eye width <2.0 x malar space; vertex not
strongly elevated. 3
3(2) Petiole subsquare; gaster length 2.4 x width; vertex slightly elevated;
hind margin of first gastral tergum entire .... tahoensis NEW SPECIES
Petiole subrectangular; gaster approximately as long as wide; vertex not
elevated; hind margin of first gastral tergum incised . 4
4(3) Torulus above ventral margin of eye (Fig. 6); club of antenna slightly
clavate; forewing length 2.2 x width . magnistipes NEW SPECIES
Torulus even to below ventral margin of eye (Fig. 7); club of antenna
less clavate; forewing length 2.4 x width . 5
5(4) Antenna length (flagellum plus pedicel) shorter than height of head,
strongly clavate, funicle and club dark brown dorsolaterad, light amber
mesoventrad; callus with seven to nine setae. triannulata Erdos
Antenna length equal to or slightly longer than height of head, slightly
clavate; funicle brown, lightly ventrad, club dark brown; callus with
14-18 setae . moczari Erdos
6(1) Petiole subrectangular, length approximately 1.5 x width . 7
Petiole subsquare, length approaching width . 8
7(6) Torulus even with ventral margin of eye; vertex slightly elevated; max¬
illary stipes small, not extending to foramen magnum; gaster length
1.5 x width; basal cell with no or one seta .. tahoensis NEW SPECIES
Torulus above ventral margin of eye; vertex not elevated; maxillary stipes
very large, extending to near vertex of head; gaster width approxi¬
mating length; basal cell bare. magnistipes NEW SPECIES
8(7) Antenna length approximating height of head, funicle and club light
amber, all funicle segments wider than long; third and fourth segments
of maxillary palpi longer than height of eye, length of third segment
approximately 5.0 x length of fourth; callus with seven to nine setae;
apex of scape not extending to median ocellus; torulus below ventral
margin of eye. triannulata Erdos
Antenna length just exceeding height of head, funicle light amber, club
dark brown, funicle segments one and two longer than wide, segments
three through five subsquare; maxillary palpi with third and fourth
segments subequal in size, slightly shorter than height of eye; callus
with 14-18 setae; apex of scape extending to median ocellus; funicle
light amber, club dark brown; torulus above ventral margin of eye .
. moczari Erdos
1990
ANDERSEN: NEW NEARCTIC HALTICOPTERINA
133
Figures 1-6. Figure 1. Halticopterina tahoensis NEW SPECIES, female’s head, anterior aspect.
Figure 2. H. tahoensis NEW SPECIES, female’s antenna. Figure 3. H. tahoensis NEW SPECIES, male’s
head, posterior aspect. Figure 4. H. tahoensis NEW SPECIES, female’s forewing. Figure 5. H. mag-
nistipes NEW SPECIES, male’s head, posterior aspect, showing large maxillary stipes and small
maxillary palpi. Figure 6. H. magnistipes NEW SPECIES, female’s head, anterior aspect.
Halticopterina tahoensis Andersen, NEW SPECIES
(Figs. 1-4)
Types. — Holotype female. Paratypes: 1 female, 29 males. Data: CALIFORNIA.
PLACER Co.: Kings Beach, Lake Tahoe, 1903 m, 4 Jul 1987, H. E. Andersen.
Depositions: Holotype and 7 male paratypes in U.S. National Museum of Natural
History, Washington, D.C.; 1 female and 7 male paratypes in the University of
California, Riverside; 5 male paratypes in the Canadian National Collection,
134
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 66(2)
Ottawa, Ontario; 4 male paratypes in the British Museum (Natural History),
London; 6 male paratypes retained in the author’s collection.
Female.— Length 1.5 mm. Head, thorax, and gaster dark metallic green. Scape metallic green-black
with base white; pedicel dark metallic green, amber distad; anelli and funicle dark brown, club dark
brown blending to tan distally; ocelli slightly white. Femur metallic brown-black, apex white; tibia
brown bases and apices light yellow; tarsi light brown, pretarsus brown-black. Wings hyaline, venation
light amber, submarginal, parastigma, and stigma light brown. Head width 1.2 x height. Vertex slightly
elevated. Width of head, pronotum, and mesoscutum ratio 30:20:24; POL equal or slightly longer
then OOL. Ocelli slightly white. Temples about one-fifth as long as eyes. Malar space shorter than
eye width as 6:10. Antennal torulus just below ventral margin of eye, antenna length slightly shorter
than height of head; antenna strongly clavate; scape not reaching median ocellus by over two ocellar
diameters; pedicel length > 2.0 x width, slightly longer than combined length of first two funicular
segments; funicular segments slightly wider than long, sensilla in single transverse rows, club approx¬
imately length of all first four funicular segments, club width twice that of first funicular segment.
Thorax in profile strongly arched, dorsal view length (including propodeum) 1.2 x width; mesonotum
about two times as broad as long, slightly longer than scutellum; notauli complete, superficial posteriad;
frenal groove absent; scutellum, axillae, and lateral lobes of mesoscutum more finely reticulated than
mesoscutum mesally, mesoscutal reticulations large; metanotum smooth; propodeum length > 2.0 x
length of metanotum; median carina complete; plicae not reaching spiracle; propodeum smooth me¬
dially, spiracle subround, separated from posterior border of metanotum by its width, spiracular sulci
shallow, smooth. Gastral petiole length equally as wide, hairs absent, reticulate with anterior flanges,
median carina incomplete posteriad, posterior border slightly raised. Forewing length approximately
2.2 x width; basal cell bare, marginal: postmarginal: stigma ratio 16:11:7, marginal vein 2.3 x longer
than stigmal vein; speculum open below; marginal fringe complete. Gaster lanceolate, length 2.4 x
width, slightly longer than head plus thorax, basal tergum approximately one-third gaster length, hind
margin of basal tergite entire, gaster slightly concave dorsally. Pygostylar bristles subequal.
Male. — Length 1.4 mm (1.2-1.6 mm). Head, thorax, and gaster metaflic dark green, petiole metallic
black; scape lemon-yellow, apex dark brown; basal half of pedicel dark brown, distal half lemon-
yellow; anelli lemon-yellow, funicle light brown to brown with club slightly darker; maxillary palpi
pale lemon-yellow; coxae concolorus with thorax, forefemur and tibia lemon-yellow, tarsi dark brown;
mesofemur amber, tibia light amber to brown, tarsi light brown; metafemur basally dark brown shading
to lemon-yellow distad, tibia amber, tarsi dark brown. Gaster brown. Head width 1.3 x height; POL:
OOL as 6:5, malar space length >2.0 x eye width, as 6:11; funicle segments all wider than long;
scape extending to median ocellus; third and fourth segments of maxillary palpi small, their combined
length slightly shorter than eye width, maxillary stipes small, not reaching foramen magnum. Frenal
groove barely discemable to absent. Gaster, ovate, approximately as long as thorax (including pro¬
podeum); hind margin of first gastral tergum entire. Median carina on petiole present only anteriorly
or absent. Forewing length 2.2 x width; basal cell with no or one seta, marginal: postmarginal: stigma
ratio 15:12:7, marginal length 2.1 x stigma.
Diagnosis.— Halticopterina tahoensis can be distinguished by the subsquare
petiole, and the gaster length of 2.4 x width. In H. magnistipes the gaster length
equals the width, and in H. altiverticalis the gaster length is 1.9 x width. In H.
tahoensis the vertex is slightly elevated (Fig. 1), but in H. altiverticalis the vertex
is strongly elevated (Fig. 8). In H. tahoensis the hind margin of the first gastral
tergum is entire, but in all the other species it is incised medially. In H. tahoensis
the basal cell of forewing has no or one seta, but in all the other species the basal
cell is bare. The male of H. tahoensis has the antenna length longer than the height
of the head, and small maxillary stipes (Fig. 3) which do not reach the foramen
magnum. In all other Halticopterina species the maxillary stipes at least extend
to the top of the foramen magnum, and in H. magnistipes almost to the vertex
of head (Fig. 5).
Distribution. — Known only from Lake Tahoe, Placer County, California.
1990
ANDERSEN: NEW NEARCTIC HALTICOPTERINA
135
Biology. — The host is unknown. The type material was collected sweeping the
shore of a pond.
Etymology. —Named for Lake Tahoe, the locality where the species was col¬
lected.
Material Examined. —Type series only.
Halticopterina altiverticalis Andersen, NEW SPECIES
(Fig. 8)
Types.— Holotype female. Data: OREGON. LANE Co.: Frissell Point, H. J.
Andrew Experimental Forest, 15 Aug 1984, Schauffand Grissell. Deposition: U.S.
National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C.
Female.— Length 1.7 mm. Head, thorax bright metallic green, gaster bright metallic green dorsally
becoming brown posteriorly and ventrally. Scape basal half yellow white, distal half dark brown with
metallic-green reflections, apex yellow white; pedicel, anelli, and funicle dark brown dorsally, tan
ventrally; club brown blending to tan distally. Femur metallic brown, base and apex yellow-white;
tibiae and tarsi yellow-white, pretarsus brown-black. Wings hyaline, venation white. Head width 1.2
x height, vertex very strongly elevated; width of head, pronotum, and mesoscutum ratio 28:20:24;
POL equal or slightly longer than OOL as 6.0:5.5; ocelli slightly white; temples approximately one-
fourth eye length, as 2.8:5.0; malar space shorter than eye width, as 4:9. Antenna torulus even with
ventral eye margin; antenna length slightly shorter than head height, antenna strongly clavate; scape
not reaching median ocellus by over two ocellar diameters; pedicel length > 2.0 x width, approximately
length of first two funicular segments; funicular segments slightly wider than long, sensilla in single
transverse rows, club approximately length of all first four funicular segments, club width 2.0 x that
of first funicular segment. Thorax in profile strongly arched, dorsal view length (including propodeum)
1.2 x width; mesoscutal width 2.2 x length, slightly shorter than scutellum; frenal groove indicated
as fine line; frenum weakly reticulated to smooth; scutellum, axillae, and lateral lobes of mesoscutum
more finely reticulated than median area of mesoscutum, mesoscutal reticulations large; propodeum
medially slightly longer than metanotum; spiracular sulcus shallow and smooth. Gastral petiole width
2.0 x length, median carina incomplete posteriad, posterior border slightly raised. Forewing length
approximately 2.2 x width; basal cell bare; marginal: postmarginal: stigma ratio 15:10:6; speculum
open below. Gaster lanceolate, 1.9 x longer than wide, slightly longer than head and thorax as 29:
27, basal tergum about one-fourth gaster length, its hind margin incised medially, gaster slightly concave
dorsally; pygostylar bristles subequal in length.
Male. — Unknown.
Diagnosis.—Halticopterina altiverticalis can be distinguished by its transverse
petiole which is 2.0 x wider than long; in H. magnistipes the petiole is subrec-
tangular, and in all other species it is subsquare. In H. altiverticalis the vertex is
strongly elevated (Fig. 8), but in H. tahoensis the vertex is slightly elevated (Fig.
1), and in all other species the vertex is not elevated. In H. altiverticalis the toruli
are even with the ventral eye margin (Fig. 7); in H. triannulata the toruli are
below the ventral eye margin (Fig. 7), and in H. magnistipes and H. moczari they
are above (Fig. 8). In H. altiverticalis the eye width is 2.3 x the malar space; in
all other species the eye width is less then 2.0 x the malar space. In H. altiverticalis
the gaster is lanceolate, its length is approximately 2.0 x width; in H. magnistipes
the gaster length approximately equals its width, and in H. moczari the gaster
length is approximately 1.4 x its width.
Distribution. — Known only from Frissell Point, Lane County, Oregon.
Biology.— The host is unknown, but the type material was collected from a
meadow.
136
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(2)
Figures 7-9. Figure 7. Halticopterina triannulata Erdos, female’s head. Figure 8. H. altiverticalis
NEW SPECIES, female’s head. Figure 9. H. moczari Erdos, female’s head.
Etymology. — The name is taken from the Latin words alti, meaning high, and
verticalis, meaning the vertex of the head; it refers to the highly arched vertex of
the head.
Material Examined. —This species is known only from the type specimen.
Halticopterina magnistipes Andersen, NEW SPECIES
(Figs. 5 and 6)
Types. — Holotype female. Paratypes: one female and two males. Data: holo-
type-PENNSYLVANIA. DAUPHIN Co.: Harrisburg, 22 May 1979, A. G.
Wheeler, Jr., Robinia pseudoacacia ; paratypes—same data but 2, 6 and 7 May
1979. Deposition: U.S. National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C.
Female .—Length 1.6 mm. Head, thorax, and gaster dark metallic black-green. Scape brown-black
with green reflections, base light tan; pedicel brown-black, light amber distad; first two anefli light tan,
third anellus light brown, funicle brown, club brown blending to light brown distally. Femur metallic
brown-black, base and apex white; tibia brown base and apex yellow-white; tarsi pale yellow, pretarsus
light brown. Wings hyaline, venation light amber. Head width 1.2 x height; width of head, pronotum,
and mesoscutum ratio 33:23:28; POL longer than OOL as 8.0:6.5; ocelli white; temple about one-
sixth as long as eye, as 2:12; malar space shorter than width of eye, as 7:12. Antenna torulus just
above ventral margin of eye; antenna strongly clavate, length approximately 0.75 of head height; scape
not extending to median ocellus by at least two ocellar diameters; pedicel length > 2.0 x width,
slightly longer than the combined length of the first two funicular segments, all funicular segments
1990
ANDERSEN: NEW NEARCTIC HALTICOPTERINA
137
slightly wider than long, sensilla in single transverse rows, club length approximately as long as anelli
and first two funicular segments, clava width: first funicular segment width as 6.3. Thorax in profile
strongly arched, dorsal view length (including propodeum) 1.4 x width; mesoscutal width approxi¬
mately 1.8 x length, slightly longer than scutellum; notauli complete, superficial posteriad; frenal
groove indicated as fine line; scutellum, axillae, and lateral lobes of mesoscutum more finely reticulate
than median area of mesoscutum, mesoscutal reticulations large; metanotum smooth; propodeum
length medially, > 2.0 x as long as metanotum; median carina complete; plicae not extending to
spiracle, median area of propodeum smooth, spiracle subround and separated from posterior border
of metanotum by its width, spiracular sulcus shallow and smooth anteriad, rugose posteriad. Gastral
petiole length < 2.0 x width, devoid of setae, reticulate with anterior flanges, median carina complete,
posterior border slightly raised. Forewing length approximately 2.2 x width; basal cell with no or one
seta, marginal: postmarginal: stigma ratio 17:12:9; speculum open below; marginal fringe complete.
Gaster approximately as long as wide, less than 0.7 5 length of thorax, basal tergum length approximately
one-half of gaster length, its hind margin incised medially, gaster slightly concave dorsally; pygostylar
bristles subequal in length.
Male.— Length 1.7 mm. Head, thorax metallic dark green, gaster metallic brown-black, with dark
green reflections; petiole metallic black; scape lemon yellow in basal one-half, distal one-half light
amber; anelli, pedicel, funicle, and club amber; maxillary palpi dusty lemon-yellow; coxae concolorous
with thorax, femora, and tibiae light amber with bases and apices light lemon yellow, tarsi white,
pretarsus dark brown. Gaster dark metallic green-black. POL:OOL as 8:7; malar space slightly more
than one-half of eye width, as 6.5:11.5; antenna length (pedicel + funicle) slightly shorter than height
of head, all funicle segments wider than long; scape not extending to median ocellus; third and fourth
segments of maxillary palpi extremely small, their length two-thirds width of eye, maxillary stipes
extremely large, almost extending to vertex. Gaster, ovate, width 1.2 x length as 19:17, two-third
length of thorax (including propodeum). Petiole length 1.6 x width as 8:5. Forewing length 2.4 x
width; basal cell bare, marginal: postmarginal: stigma ratio 17:12:8, marginal length 2.1 x longer than
stigmal vein.
Diagnosis. —Halticopterina magnistipes can be distinguished by the toruli lo¬
cated slightly above the ventral margin of eyes (Fig. 6). In H. tahoensis (Fig. 1),
and in H. altiverticalis (Fig. 8) they are even, in H. triannulata the toruli are below
the ventral margin of the eyes (Fig. 7). In H. magnistipes the male maxillary palpi
are extremely small (Fig. 5); in H. moczari and H. triannulata they are approx¬
imately the height of the eye. In H. magnistipes the male maxillary stipes are
extremely large, extending to near the vertex of the head (Fig. 5); in H. tahoensis
the maxillary stipes do not reach the foramen magnum, in H. moczari and H.
triannulata the stipes extend to the top of the foramen magnum. In H. magnistipes
the vertex is not elevated (Fig. 6); in H. tahoensis the vertex is slightly elevated
(Fig. 1) and in H. altiverticalis the vertex is strongly elevated (Fig. 8). In H.
magnistipes the petiole length is 1.3 x its width; in H. altiverticalis the petiole is
approximately 2.0 x wider than long.
Distribution.— Known only from Harrisburg, Dauphin County, Pennsylvania.
Biology. —The host is unknown. Taken on Robinia pseudoacacia L.
Etymology. —The name is taken from the Latin word magnus, meaning large,
and refers to the large maxillary stipes.
Material Examined. —This species is known only from the type specimen.
Halticopterina moczari Erdos
(Fig. 9)
Halticopterina moczari Erdos, 1954; 153-154.
Types.— Holotype male, Data: HUNGARY. Olcsa 10.vii.1953 (Moczar), in
Hungarian Museum, Budapest. (Not examined.)
138
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(2)
Diagnosis.— Halticopterina moczari and H. triannulata closely resemble one
another in having the petiole longer than wide, and the vertex not strongly elevated
(Figs. 7 and 9); the maxillary palpi and maxillary stipes in males are both large,
the latter at least reaching to the top of the foramen magnum. Halticopterina
moczari differs from H. triannulata by having the antenna equal to or slightly
longer than the height of the head and slightly clavate; the funicle and club are
dark brown. The male of H. moczari differs from H. triannulata by having the
third and fourth segments of the maxillary palpi subequal in length and slightly
shorter than the height of the eye; its callus has 14-18 setae, its funicle is light
amber, and its clava is dark brown.
Biology. — The host is unknown. The holotype male was swept from Medicago
sativa L.
Material Examined. —Non type material: TURKEY. Erzurum, 12 Sep 1970, 1 female. YUGO¬
SLAVIA. Kosmaje, 16 Sep 1979, 1 female. MOLDAVIAN, S.S.R., Kishnev, 25 May 1960, 1 female.
CZECHOSLOVAKIA. Maria, 13 Sep 1951, 1 male.
Halticopterina triannulata Erdos
(Fig. 7)
Halticopterina triannulata Erdos, 1946: 161-162, male, female.
Halticopterina triannulata : Peck et al., 1964: 40.
Halticopterina triannulata : Boucek, 1965: 8.
Halticopterina triannulata : Graham, 1969: 166-167.
Halticopterina triannulata : Dzhanokmen, 1978: 57-228, ex Kothekar (1987)
translation in Medvedev (1978).
Types.— Syntypes. Data: HUNGARY. Kiskoros, 8 Jul 1943 (Erdos), in coll.
Erdos. (Not examined).
Diagnosis.—Halticopterina triannulata and H. moczari closely resemble one
another in having the petiole longer than wide, and vertex not strongly elevated
(Figs. 7 and 9). The maxillary palpi and maxillary stipes in the males are both
large, the latter at least reaching to the top of the foramen magnum. Halticopterina
triannulata differs from H. moczari by having the antenna shorter than the height
of the head and strongly clavate; the funicle and club are dark brown dorsolaterally,
and light amber mesoventrally. The male of H. triannulata differs from H. moczari
by having the third and forth segments of the maxillary palpi longer than the
height of the eye; the callus has only seven to nine setae, and the funicle and club
are both light amber.
Biology. — The host is unknown. The Canadian female was swept from Medicago
sativa L.
Material Examined. —Non type material: BOHEMIA. Praha Sv. Prohop, 7 Jun 1964, 1 female.
SLOVAKIA. Kamendin, 17 Aug 1948, 1 male. CANADA. ALBERTA. Scandia, 11 Jul 1956,1 female.
Acknowledgment
I thank Zdenek Boucek (British Museum [Natural History]), Gordon Gordh
(University of California, Riverside), E. Eric Grissell (U.S. National Museum of
1990
ANDERSEN: NEW NEARCTIC HALTICOPTERINA
139
Natural History, Washington, D.C.) and John LaSalle (CAB International Institute
of Entomology, London) for providing advice, information, and encouragement
in the preparation of this paper; and Z. Boucek and E. E. Grissell for the loan of
material.
Literature Cited
Boucek, Z. 1965. A review of the Chalcidoid fauna of the Moldavian S.S.R., with descriptions of
new species (Hymenoptera). Acta Faun. Entomol. Mus. Nat. Pragae, 11 (97).
Dzhanokmen, K. A. 1978. Family Pteromalidae (Pteromalids). pp. 57-228. In Medvedev, G. S.
(ed.). Opredelitel’ Nasekomykh Chasti SSR, III, Pereponchatokrylye, Vtoraia Chast’. Akademiia
Nauk SSR, Zool. Inst. (English translation: Kothekar, V. S. [ed.]. 1987. Keys to the insects of
the European part of the USSR, III, part two. Amerind Publ. Co. Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.)
Erdos, J. 1946. Genera nova et species novae chalcidoidarum (Hym.). Ann. Hist.-Nat. Mus. Nat.
Hungarici, 39: 131-165.
Graham, M. W. R. de V. 1969. The Pteromalidae of north-western Europe (Hymenoptera: Chal-
cidoidea). Bull. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.), Entomol., Suppl. 16.
Peck, O., Z. Boucek & A. Hoffer. 1964. Keys to the Chalcidoidea of Czechoslovakia (Insecta:
Hymenoptera) Mem. Entomol. Soc. Canada, 34.
Received 17 July 1989, accepted 2 January 1990.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66(2): 140-146, (1990)
SURVIVAL OF PAPILIO RUTULUS LUCAS
(LEPIDOPTERA: PAPILIONIDAE) LARVAE
ON 42 POTENTIAL HOST PLANTS
Robert V. Dowell, 1 J. Mark Scriber 2
and Robert C. Lederhouse 2
1 1681 Pebblewood Dr., Sacramento, California 95833
2 Department of Entomology, Michigan State University,
East Lansing, Michigan 48824
Abstract. —Papilio rutulus Lucas larvae completed development on 28 of 42 plant species in ten
families. Tested plants included hosts previously reported for P. rutulus as well as a number
listed for Papilio eurymedon Lucas, P. glaucus L. and P. multicaudatus Kirby. Egg to adult
survival was highest on native western Salicaceae ( Populus spp. and Salix spp.) (48.0-59.7%)
with native western Rosaceae ( Prunus spp. and Amelanchier spp.) next (25.0-31.7%). Papilio
rutulus larval survival was more closely tied to the taxonomic relationship than to the relative
abundance of these plants in central California. However, exotic host plants did not always
follow the trends set by their native relatives. For example, exotic Populus nigra L. had the
highest larval survival (75.4%) while exotic Populus alba L. had the lowest (4.0%) of the six
Populus spp. tested.
Key Words. — Insecta, Papilio rutulus, Papilio glaucus, Populus, Liriodendron, host plant evo¬
lution, oviposition
Host plant affiliations of swallowtails in the Papilio glaucus L. species group
(Monroe 1960) have been used to develop theories concerning the evolution of
various species and subspecies in the group (Scriber et al. in press). The role of
leaf chemistry in maintaining the differentation of various subspecies of P. glaucus
plays a significant role in these theories (Lindroth et al. 1986, 1988). Previous
research (Scriber 1988) has centered on the eastern members of the group as data
on host plant utilization in the western members, Papilio eurymedon Lucas, P.
multicaudatus Kirby and P. rutulus Lucas, is either scanty or contradictory (Brower
1958, Tietz 1971, Scott 1986). Determining which plants support complete de¬
velopment of these western swallowtails will be vital to our efforts to elucidate
their evolutionary histories and the role of phytochemicals in maintaining any
host plant separations that might exist.
The goals of this study were, therefore, to determine (1) whether P. rutulus
larvae are able to complete their development on the various host plants cited in
the literature for it and other members of the glaucus group, (2) whether exotic
plants differ from their native relatives in their ability to support P. rutulus larvae
and (3) whether the commonness of host plants in the environment influences
their ability to support complete development of P. rutulus larvae.
Materials and Methods
Papilio rutulus females were collected at various sites in Nevada, Sacramento,
and Solano Counties, California, between Apr and Aug 1985-1990. Individual
females were placed in 30.5 x 16.5 x 9 cm clear plastic boxes under an incan¬
descent light with a minimum 14 h photophase. Each box had a moistened paper
1990
DOWELL ET AL.: PAPILIO SURVIVAL
141
Table 1. Scientific name, common name and family of the test plants.
Scientific name"
Common name
Family
Acer saccharinum L.
Silver Maple b
Aceraceae
Alnus oregona Nuttall
Oregon Aider 0
Betulaceae
Alnus rhombifolia Nuttall
White Alder 0
Betulaceae
Alnus tenufolia Nuttall
Mountain Alder 0
Betulaceae
Betula occidentalis Hook
Water Birch 0
Betulaceae
Betula papyrifera Marshall
Paper Birch
Betulaceae
Betula pendula Roth
European Birch
Betulaceae
Cornus serica L.
Creek Dogwood
Comaceae
Quercus chrysolepis Liebmann
Canyon Oak c
Fagaceae
Cinnamomum camphora (L.)
Camphor
Lauraceae
Persea americana L.
Avocado 0
Lauraceae
Liriodendron tulipifera (L.)
Tuliptree
Magnoliaceae
Magnolia accuminata (L.)
Cucumbertree b
Magnoliaceae
Fraxinus latifolia (Bentham)
Oregon Ash b
Oleaceae
Fraxinus dipetela Hooker & Amott
Two-petel Ash
Oleaceae
Ligustrum japonicum Nuttall
Privet
Oleaceae
Syringa vulgaris L.
Lilac 0
Oleaceae
Platanus californica Bentham
Sycamore 0
Platanaceae
Rhamnus californica Eschscholtz
Coffeeberry
Rhamnaceae
Amelanchier alnifolia Nuttall
Serviceberry
Rosaceae
Fragaria chiloensis (L.)
Strawberry
Rosaceae
Malus sylvestris Miller
Apple 0
Rosaceae
Prunus armeniaca L.
Apricot 0
Rosaceae
Prunus ilicifolia (Nuttall)
Holly-lfd Cherry 0
Rosaceae
Prunus lyoni (East)
Catalina Cherry
Rosaceae
Prunus subcordata Bentham
Klamath Plum
Rosaceae
Prunus virginiana L.
Chokecherry 0
Rosaceae
Rubus leucodermis Douglas
Raspberry b
Rosaceae
Citrus limon (L.)
Lemon
Rutaceae
Ptelea crenulata Greene
Hoptree 0
Rutaceae
Populus alba L.
Silver Poplar
Salicaceae
Populus angustifolia James
Nar.-lfd Cottonwood 0
Salicaceae
Populus fremontii S. Watson
Fremont Cottonwood 0
Salicaceae
Populus nigra L.
Lombardy Poplar
Salicaceae
Populus tremuloides Michanux
Trembling Aspen 0
Salicaceae
Populus trichocarpa Grey
Black Cottonwood 0
Salicaceae
Salix hindsiana Bentham
Sandbar Willow
Salicaceae
Salix lasiolepis Bentham
Arroyo Willow 0
Salicaceae
Ribes aureum Pursh
Current
Saxifragaceae
Tilia americana L.
Basswood
Tiliaceae
Ulmus americana L.
American Elm b
Ulmaceae
Ulmus parvifolia Jacquin
Chinese Elm b
Ulmaceae
a Per Munz (1968) or Hortus Third if not in Munz.
b Listed as a host of P. rutulus by genus (see text).
c Listed as a host for P. rutulus by species (see text).
towel on the bottom and contained a bouquet of Salix lasiolepis Bentham leaves.
The cut end of the bouquet was placed in an aquapic® to maintain leaf turgor.
Twice daily each female was allowed to feed to satiation on a 1:4 honey: water
solution. Eggs were removed every 1-2 days and placed in 10 x 100 mm petri
dishes for incubation at 23.1 ± 1° C. Newly eclosed first instar larvae were placed
on a turgid bouquet (Scriber 1977) of test plant leaves in a 25 x 140 mm petri
142
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(2)
Table 2. Host plant specific survival of P. rutulus larvae.
Plant
Number larvae
Number adults
% survival
Abundance"
Populus nigra b
88
69
78.4
common
Populus angustifolia
54
32
59.3
rare
Populus tremuloides 0
58
32
55.2
uncommon
Salix lasiolepis
49
27
55.1
very common
Populus trichocarpa
50
24
48.0
common
Populus fremontii c
50
24
48.0
common
Malus sylvestris b
37
12
32.4
common
Prunus lyoni
41
13
31.7
rare
Betula pendula b
39
12
30.8
very common
Prunus ilicifolia
55
16
29.1
rare
Prunus subcordata
4 d
1
25.0
uncommon
Prunus virginiana
4 d
1
25.0
common
Amelanchier alnifolia
26
6
23.1
rare
Fraxinus latifolia
41
6
14.6
uncommon
Betula papyrifera ^
7 d
1
14.3
rare
Alnus oregona c
57
8
14.0
rare
Prunus armeniaca b
30
3
10.0
common
Citrus limon ^
60
5
8.3
very common
Alnus tenufolia
25
2
8.0
rare
Tilia americana bc
28
2
7.1
rare
Platanus California?
53
3
5.7
common
Ligustrum japonicum b
40
2
5.0
very common
Liriodendron tulipiferd*
95
4
4.2
common
Populus alba b
50
2
4.0
uncommon
Cinnamomum camphora b
51
2
3.9
very common
Salix hindsiana
53
2
3.8
very common
Syringa vulgaris b
27
1
3.7
uncommon
Betula occidentalis
30
1
3.3
uncommon
Total
1177
315
a As per Little (1976, 1984), Munz (1968), Anonymous (1988), and Griffin & Critchfield (1976).
b Plant exotic to California.
c Supported survival of first instar larvae (unpublished data).
d Insufficient plant material to test more larvae.
dish whose bottom was lined with filter paper. We tested at least 25 larvae from
a composite of at least five females depending upon the availability of test plants
and larvae. Leaves were replaced and feces removed as needed. The larvae were
reared at room temperature (23.1 ± 1° C).
Test plants (Table 1) were selected using literature records and included reported
hosts of P. rutulus, P. eurymedon, P. glaucus, and P. multicaudatus. In addition,
test plants were selected from common western native and ornamental plants in
the same genera or families (Essig 1926; Remington 1950; Jones 1951; Kendall
1957, 1964; Brower 1958; Emmel & Emmel 1963; Garth & Tilden 1986; Tietz
1971; Scriber & Feeny 1979; Scriber et al. 1982; Scott 1986). These plants were
available locally and leaves were cut as needed.
Results
Survivorship of P. rutulus larvae on the test plants ranged from 0 to 78.4%
with all larvae dying on 14 plant species (Tables 2 and 3). Larvae completed
development on plants in nine families, including the Lauraceae (Cinnamomum
1990
DOWELL ET AL.: PAPILIO SURVIVAL
143
Table 3. Number of P. rutulus larvae tested, highest stage reached and abundance of non host
plants.
Plant
Number larvae
Ate leaves
Highest instar"
Abundance b
Acer saccharimmf
27
none
1st
common
Alnus rhombifolia
55
much
2nd
very common
Cornus serica
35
much
3rd
common
Fragaria chiloensis
25
little
1st
common
Fraxinus dipetala
12
little
1st
uncommon
Magnolia accuminata
39
little
1st
rare
Persea americana c
27
much
2nd
uncommon
Ptelea crenulata
29
none
1st
uncommon
Quercus chrysolepis
25
none
1st
common
Rhamnus californica
56
much
1st
common
Ribes aureum
45
none
1st
rare
Rubus leucodermis
20
much
2nd
uncommon
Ulmus americana c
20
much
2nd
uncommon
Ulmus parvifolia c
14
little
1st
uncommon
Total
429
a Larvae have five instars.
b See Table 2 for references.
c Exotic plant in California.
d Supported survival of first instar larvae (unpublished data).
camphora (L.)) and Magnoliaceae ( Liriodendron tulipifera (L.)), believed to be the
original plant families of the glaucus group (Monroe 1960). Our larvae completed
development on 77.7% (14/18) of the P. rutulus hosts reported in the literature
(Tables 1 and 2). Four reported host plants upon which they failed to complete
development were Alnus rhombifolia Nuttall, Persea americana L., Ptelea cren-
ulata Greene and Quercus chrysolepis Liebmann. Of those test plants selected
from groups listed only by genus, only Fraxinus latifolia (Bentham) (1/7) supported
complete development of the larvae. Larvae were unable to complete their de¬
velopment on species of Acer, Magnolia, Rubus and Ulmus casting doubt on their
suitability as P. rutulus hosts. We were able to confirm the ability of P. rutulus
larvae to complete development on most, but not all, plants previously shown to
support survival of first instar larvae (unpublished data). Development was com¬
pleted on L. tulipifera, Alnus oregona Nuttall, Platanus californica Bentham,
Populus fremontii S. Watson., P. tremuloides Michanux, Citrus limon (L.), Betula
papyrifera Marshall and Tilia americana L., but not on Magnolia accuminata
(L.). As determined in this study the potential larval host range for P. rutulus
includes plants from at least 15 genera in nine families (Table 2).
Survival of P. rutulus larvae on native western host plants tended to follow
taxonomic lines. The five native western plants with the greatest larval survival
rates (48.0-59.3%) are all in the Salicaceae. Next, are native western plants in the
Rosaceae (23.1-31.7% survival), Oleaceae (14.7%), Betulaceae (8.0-14.0%) and
Platanaceae (5.7%). Native Salix hindsiana Bentham and Betula occidentalis Hook
do not follow this trend with larval survival rates of 3.8% and 3.3% respectively
(Table 2).
Exotic plants exhibited variable suitabilities for P. rutulus larvae. Introduced
poplars had the best (78.4% for Populus nigra L.) and among the worst (4.0% for
i
144
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(2)
Populus alba L.) survival rates for P. rutulus larvae (Table 2). Betula pendula
Roth was 9.3 times more suitable as a host than the native B. occidentalis while
Prunus armeniaca L. allowed only one-half the larval survival of the native Prunus
spp. Introduced Syringa vulgaris L. and Ligustrum japonicum Nuttall (Oleaceae)
supported P. rutulus larvae at one-third to one-quarter the rate of F. latifolia.
Ability of the host plants to support complete development of P. rutulus larvae
was not closely related to their relative abundance in central California (Tables
2 and 3). Several common ( Rhamnus californica Eschscholtz and P. californica )
to very common plants (L. japonicum, S. hindsiana and A. rhombifolia ) either
failed to support complete development of the larvae or had low larval survival
rates, while several uncommon to rare plants {Prunus lyoni (East), Populus an-
gustifolia James and P. tremuloides) supported high survival of the larvae (Tables
2 and 3).
Papilio rutulus larvae were able to complete development on a number of plants
previously reported as hosts of the other glaucus group members. These include:
P. lyoni, Prunus virginiana L., Prunus ilicifolia (Nuttall) and A. oregona for P.
eurymedon (Jones 1951, Emmel & Emmel 1963, Scott 1986); Malus sylvestris
Miller, C. camphora, P. virginiana, C. limon, S. vulgaris, L. tulipifera, Amelanchier
alnifolia Nuttall and P. tremuloides for P. glaucus (Jones 1951, Scriber & Feeny
1979, Scriber etal. 1982); and P. virginiana, P. ilicifolia, F. latifolia, L. japonicum,
and A. alnifolia for P. multicaudatus (Essig 1926; Jones 1951; Brower 1958;
Kendall 1957, 1964; Tietz 1971; Scriber & Feeny 1979; Scott 1986).
Because of the significance of P. rutulus survival on L. tulipifera to evolutionary
schemes within the glaucus group (Scriber 1986, 1988; Scriber et al. in press), we
did a further experiment to insure that our results were not due to peculiarities
of the plant or test procedures. Eighteen P. g. canadensis larvae from four females
were tested on local L. tulipifera leaves and 15 larvae from these same females
were fed P. tremuloides leaves as above. All larvae died in the first and second
instar as expected on L. tulipifera (Scriber 1988, Scriber et al. in press), while 60%
of their siblings completed development on P. tremuloides. The ability of some
P. rutulus larvae (4/95) to utilize L. tulipifera as a host reflects a detoxication
system which appears to be genetically based at a low frequency in the population
and is not due to any peculiarities of the individual test plant or experimental
procedures.
Discussion
The extreme disparity in the survival of P. rutulus larvae on the exotic poplars
suggests that the foliar chemistry of these plants differs significantly from that of
their congeners. Phenolic glycosides are important constituents of poplar and
willow leaves which greatly influence their utilization by herbivores (Palo 1984;
Rowell-Rahier 1984; Tahvanainen et al. 1985; Lindroth et al. 1986, 1988). Popu¬
lus nigra leaves have far lower levels of total phenolic glycosides (0.02%) than
those of P. alba (2.5%), P. tremuloides (7.0%), or Populus trichocarpa Grey (16.0%)
(Palo 1984). Although survival of P. rutulus larvae is highest on P. nigra, it is
lowest on P. alba, despite this latter plant having only one-third to one-sixth the
levels of total glycosides of P. tremuloides or P. trichocarpa. Populus alba leaves
have at least one unique phenolic glycoside, grandidentanin (Palo 1984), which
may account for this difference. The successful utilization of L. tulipifera by P.
1990
DOWELL ET AL.: PAPILIO SURVIVAL
145
rutulus larvae represents an interesting situation. Clarke & Sheppard (1955), Scriber
(1986) and Scriber et al. (in press) failed in their attempts to rear P. rutulus larvae
on L. tulipifera, but they were able to rear P. rutulus x P. glaucus hybrids on the
plant. A similar situation exists among the subspecies of P. glaucus. Papilio g.
glaucus is able to utilize L. tulipifera although P. g. canadensis cannot, but hybrids
of these butterflies are able to do so (Scriber et al. 1982, Scriber 1986). The basis
for this may rest in the ability to detoxify the sesquiterpene lactones present in
L. tulipifera leaves (Lindroth et al. 1986, 1988). Brower (1958) and Scriber (1986)
have suggested that the genetics involved in larval survival on L. tulipifera may
be controlled by one or more dominant genes in P. glaucus. The situation in P.
rutulus is less clear. Our data show 4.2% of exposed larvae surviving on L.
tulipifera. This suggests that several genes are involved and that only larvae
homozygous at all loci are able to survive on L. tulipifera. Hybridization exper¬
iments should be able to determine the mode of inheritance of the ability of P.
rutulus larvae to utilize L. tulipifera.
Brower (1958) and Scriber (1986) have suggested that western swallowtails in
the glaucus group have developed restricted and mutually exclusive larval diets
with P. rutulus utilizing the Betulaceae, Platanaceae, and Salicaceae, P. multicau-
datus the Oleaceae, Rosaceae, and Rutaceae and P. eurymedon the Rhamnaceae.
These restricted and mutually exclusive larval diets in nature clearly cannot de¬
pend solely upon differential larval survival. Papilio rutulus larvae are capable of
completing their development on many of the host plants of P. eurymedon and
P. multicaudatus (Table 2). However, host plant utilization is a two step process
that first involves oviposition on the plant and subsequent survival of the resulting
larvae. We have little data on the ovipositional preferences of these butterflies in
the field. We have found P. rutulus larvae on all the Populus spp. except P. alba.
We have also found them on Salix lasiolepis and less frequently on Platanus
californica in the Sacramento area. Larvae of P. eurymedon have been found only
on Ceanothus spp. and Rhamnus spp. Complete resolution of how these western
butterflies divide the available host plants must await further studies on the
survival of P. eurymedon and P. multicaudatus larvae on various plants and data
on the natural ovipositional preferences of the three butterflies.
Acknowledgment
We thank Cindy and Steve Reynolds whose diligent caterpillar sitting made
this work possible, and Tom Eichlin and Ron Somerby for comments on earlier
drafts of this manuscript. This work was supported in part by NSF grant BSR-
8718448 and the Michigan Agricultural Experiment Station (Project 8051).
Literature Cited
Anonymous. 1988. Sunset western garden book. Lane Pub. Co., Menlo Park.
Brower, L. P. 1958. Larval foodplant specificity in butterflies of the Papilio glaucus group. Lepid.
News, 12: 103-114.
Clarke, C. A. & P. M. Sheppard. 1955. The breeding in captivity of the hybrid Papilio rutulus female
x Papilio glaucus male. Lepid. News, 9: 46-48.
Emmel, J. F. & T. C. Emmel. 1963. Larval food-plant records for six western papilios. J. Res. Lepid.,
1: 191-193.
Essig, E. O. 1926. Insects of western North America. Macmillan Co., New York.
Garth, J. S. & J. W. Tilden. 1986. California butterflies. University of California Press, Berkeley.
146
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(2)
Gri ffin , J. R. & W. B. Critchfield. 1976. The distribution of forest trees in California. U.S. Dept.
Agric., For. Serv. Res. Paper, PSW-82/1972.
Jones, J. R. J. L. 1951. An annotated checklist of the macrolepidoptera of British Columbia. Occ.
Paper Entomol. Soc. Brit. Columbia, 1: 1-148.
Kendall, R. O. 1957. New food plants in Texas for Papilio multicaudatus. Lepid. News, 11: 224.
Kendall, R. O. 1964. Larval foodplants for twenty-six species of Rhopalocera (Papilionoidea) from
Texas. J. Res. Lepid., 18: 129-157.
Little, E. L. 1976. Atlas of United States trees, Vol. 3. Minor western hardwoods. U.S. Dept. Agric.,
For. Serv. Misc. Pub., No. 1314.
Little, E. L. 1984. The Audubon Society field guide to North American trees, western region. A. A.
Knopf, New York.
Lindroth, R. L., J. M. Scriber & M. T. S. Hsia. 1986. Differential response of tiger swallowtail
subspecies to secondary metabolites from tuliptree and quaking aspen. Oecologia (Berlin), 70:
13-19.
Lindroth, R. L., J. M. Scriber & M. T. S. Hsia. 1988. Chemical ecology of the tiger swallowtail:
mediation of host use by phenolic glycosides. Ecology, 69: 814-822.
Monroe, E. 1960. The classification of the Papilionidae (Lepidoptera). Can. Entomol., Suppl. 17.
Munz, P. A. 1968. A California flora and supplement. University of California Press, Berkeley.
Palo, R. T. 1984. Distribution of birch ( Betula spp.), willow (Salix spp.) and poplar (Populus spp.)
secondary metabolites and their potential role as chemical defense against herbivores. J. Chem.
Ecol., 10: 499-520.
Remington, C. L. 1950. The biology of nearctic Lepidoptera I. Foodplants and life-histories of
Colorado Papilionoidea. Psyche, 57: 61-70.
Rowell-Rahier, M. 1984. The presence or absence of phenoglycosides in Salix (Salicaceae) leaves
and the level of dietary specialisation of some of their herbivorous insects. Oecologia (Berlin),
62: 26-30.
Scott, J. A. 1986. The butterflies of North America. Stanford Press, Stanford.
Scriber, J. M. 1977. Limiting effects of low-water on the nitrogen utilization, energy budget, and
larval growth of Hyalophora cecropia (Lepidoptera: Satumiidae). Oecologia (Berlin), 28: 269-
287.
Scriber, J. M. 1986. Allelochemicals and alimentary ecology: heterosis in a hybrid zone? pp. 43-71.
In Brattsten, L. B. & S. Ahmad (eds.). Molecular aspects of insect-plant associations. Plenum
Press, New York.
Scriber, J. M. 1988. Tale of the tiger: Beringial biogeography, binomial classification, and breakfast
choices in the Papilio glaucus complex of butterflies, pp. 241-301. In Spencer, K. C. (ed.).
Chemical mediation of coevolution. Academic Press, New York.
Scriber, J. M. & P. Feeny. 1979. Growth of herbivorous caterpillars in relation to feeding specializa¬
tion and to the growth form of their food plants. Ecology, 60: 829-850.
Scriber, J. M., R. C. Lederhouse & R. H. Hagen, (in press). Foodplants and evolution within Papilio
glaucus and Papilio troilus species groups (Lepidoptera: Papilionidae). In Price, P. W., T. H.
Lewinsohn, W. W. Benson & G. W. Fernandes (eds.). Herbivory: tropical and temperate per¬
spectives. J. Wiley & Sons, New York.
Scriber, J. M., G. L. Lintereur & M. H. Evans. 1982. Foodplant suitabilities and a new ovipositional
record for Papilio glaucus canadensis (Lepidoptera: Papilionidae) in northern Wisconsin and
Michigan. Great Lakes Entomol., 15: 39-46.
Tahvanainen, J., R. Julkunen-Tiito & J. Kettunen. 1985. Phenolic glycosides govern the food se¬
lection pattern of willow feeding leaf beetles. Oecologia (Berlin), 67: 52-57.
Tietz, H. M. 1971. An index to the described life histories, early stages and hosts of the macrolepidop¬
tera of the continental United States and Canada. Bull. Allyn Mus. Entomol., Sarasota, Florida.
Received 13 October 1989; accepted 12 January 1990.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66(2): 147-156, (1990)
NEST ARCHITECTURE AND PEDOTURBATION OF
FORMICA OBSCURIPES FOREL
(HYMENOPTERA: FORMICIDAE)
Thomas J. McCahon and Jeffrey A. Lockwood
Department of Plant, Soil and Insect Sciences, University of Wyoming,
Laramie, Wyoming 82071
Abstract. — A study of the pedobiology of Formica obscuripes Forel was conducted from May to
September of 1988 in a montane meadow habitat in southeastern Wyoming. The selected study
site afforded an undisturbed community of 38 viable ant nests ranging in size from 0.14 to 0.65
m 3 , with populations of 9000 to 66,500 individuals. The populations and body sizes of the castes
were determined. Foraging paths from the nests averaged 15.7 m in length and served as routes
for the collection of food and thatching materials. The nests were 43% thatch, 35% soil and 22%
gravel by weight, although nearly 50% of the nest volume was air space. As a result of the
construction and materials, the nests were able to collect solar radiation and remain significantly
warmer than the surrounding soil. This passive heating may have been actively enhanced by the
behaviors of the ants when eggs were present. Compared to adjacent soil, the soil in the ant nests
had more sand and less silt and clay, greater porosity, less moisture, and greater acidity.
Key Words.— Insecta, Formica obscuripes, pedoturbation, nest, thermoregulation
Formica obscuripes Forel was discovered in 1886 in Green River, Wyoming.
The range of F. obscuripes is from Michigan to Oregon, with a southern extension
into New Mexico (Gregg 1963, Wheeler & Wheeler 1986). This range has been
extended since 1950, at which time the limitations were Illinois to Idaho, and
reached only to southern Colorado (Creighton 1950). Altitudinal limits in the
Rocky Mountains appear to be from 1070 to 2900 m asl (Gregg 1963). Habitats
for nest sites are generally in open grasslands, devoid of cover (Wheeler & Wheeler
1963). The nest of this thatching ant is apparently composed primarily of dead
vegetation, collected from the surrounding habitat (Cole 1932, Weber 1935).
However, the manner in which the material is chosen, the inclusion of inorganic
substances and the physical characteristics of the nest are largely unknown. In
addition, little is known regarding interactions between nests or population dy¬
namics within nests (Gregg 1963, Sather 1972).
This study was undertaken to quantitatively assess the characteristics of the
thatching ant, F. obscuripes, and its nest, and their influences on a mountain
meadow soil in the Laramie Mountains, Wyoming. Numerous studies have been
conducted that give some indication of the bioturbation of soils by ants (e.g.,
Baxter & Hole 1967, Salem & Hole 1968, Wiken et al. 1976, Culver & Beattie
1983) but none of these studies included an ant species that uses a major nesting
material other than soil for nest construction. Given the prominent size and unique
construction of nests by F. obscuripes it appeared likely that they have a marked
influence on the physical and chemical characteristics of the surrounding soil.
Materials and Methods
Study Site Description. — The study area was located southwest of Dirty Moun¬
tain (T17N, R72W, Sec. 35, NEW) at an elevation of 2423 m in Rogers Canyon,
Albany County, Wyoming. The soils in the area are Typic Argiborolls, developed
148
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(2)
on moderately sloping (10 to 25 degrees) Plutonic rocks (anorthosite complex) of
Middle Proterozoic age. The study area was a 279 m 2 site on a moderately well
drained east facing slope. Permeability at the site was moderately rapid, with soils
being moist at the time of sampling. There was a change in slope of 3 m from
the eastern edge of the study site to the higher western edge. Slope gravels and
lithic contact in all nest locations of the study area restricted soil sampling to
between 50 and 90 cm.
The study site was an alpine meadow, occasionally used for cattle grazing. The
only trees, quaking aspen (Populus tremuloides Michaux) were located high on
the eastern slope of the site. The area supported various grasses and forbs, in¬
cluding big bluestem ( Andropogon gerardi Vitman), bluebunch wheatgrass ( Agro -
pyron trachycaulum (Link) Malte ex Lewis), vetch {Vida spp.), wild mint (. Mentha
arvensis L.), bisquit-root ( Lomatium triternatum (Pursh) J. Coulter & Rose), and
wild onion ( Allium cernum Roth). The meadow previously supported sagebrush
(Artemisia spp.), as indicated by the presence of dried and decayed roots in most
of the ant nests.
The mean total annual precipitation in the study area is 43 cm. The mean
annual air temperature for the site is 3.8° C, with the frost-free period of less than
60 days. Much of the annual precipitation comes in the form of snowfall between
October and April.
The site was selected because it contained numerous, undisturbed ant nests,
and the soil was relatively homogeneous. Additionally, observations by the land
owner were useful in determining the ages of the nests. There were 41 nests in
the study area, three of which were abandoned.
Ant Biology. — Observations of ant behavior and ecology (foraging, caste struc¬
ture, feeding habits, myrmecophiles, brood dynamics, etc.) were made for 10 h
weekly from May through September, 1988. To obtain an accurate sample of the
ants for description and estimates of biomass, a 3199 cm 3 core was taken of three
small (< 75 cm in length), medium (76 to 126 cm in length) and large (> 126
cm in length) nests. Population counts included eggs, major and minor workers
(females and males). Using the census of the core samples of known volume, total
populations were extrapolated on the basis of the estimated nest volume.
Ant Nests. —All nest dimensions were taken (length, width, and height), and
nearest neighbor distances between nests were measured. Nest and thatch area/
volume were calculated after the nests selected for core studies had been excavated
and their interior construction was revealed. Nest entrances were counted on 23
of the 38 viable nests. To estimate the volume of the nests, without excavation,
formulae were devised to fit the unusual dimensions of the nests. The nests were
divided into three sections: the ellipsoid surficial mound (volume = 0.5 x [4.19
x (height) x (length/2) x (width/2)]), the vertical below ground cylinder (volume
= 3.14 x (length/6) 2 x [(2 x height) — (length/6)]), and the sphere of soil-thatch
contact (volume = 0.5 x [4.19 x (length/6) 3 ]). The total nest volume was estimated
from the sum of these three sections.
Material collected from the cores was separated with regard to soil and vege¬
tation. The amount (volume and weight) of air, thatch, soil (< 2 mm) and gravel
(> 2 mm) was determined. To assess the contribution of thatch to nest volume,
the vegetation was first ground into a fine powder. Differences in the composition
of nest and adjacent soil were analyzed with a x 2 test of proportions (Siegel 1956).
1990
McCAHON & LOCKWOOD: PEDOBIOLOGY OF FORMICA
149
Soil. —Eight nests were selected for soil analysis, including three small (< 75
cm in length), two medium (76 to 126 cm in length) and three large (> 126 cm
in length) nests. The nests were cored directly through the center with a 10 cm
diameter soil corer and hand spade. Soil and thatch were collected from the nest
for analysis. The depth in the nest to which cores were taken was dictated by the
depth of the adjacent soil core taken 1.5 m from each nest. The adjacent soil core
was was taken on the side of the nest that was not used for foraging paths by the
ants. In all samples, the depth of both nest and off-nest coring was 60 cm, the
minimum soil depth at the study site.
Soils were sampled at 10 cm intervals to detect variations in chemical and
physical changes as a result of ant habitation, as suggested by Baxter and Hole
(1967) and Salem and Hole (1968). Following the traditional soil horizon des¬
ignators would have accomplished very little, due to the alteration of the horizons
by the ants. Samples were returned to the laboratory where thatch, soil (< 2 mm)
and gravel (> 2 mm) were separated for volume and weight per unit volume
analyses. Thatch was separated from the soil and gravels by sieving and flotation.
Particle sizing was done by the pipet method (Gee & Bauder 1986), fraction
percentages being broken down into clay (< 2 jum), silt (2 to 50 ixm), and sand
(50 ix m to 2 mm).
From the corings, soil bulk density, soil moisture, and soil porosity were de¬
termined for the 10 cm increments to assess the physical alterations on the soil
by the ants. Bulk density measurements were taken using the clod method (Ar¬
chimedes’ principle, Gee & Bauder 1986). Soil moisture was determined by oven
drying 50 g of fresh field soil at 105° C and determining weight loss after 12 h.
Soil porosity was calculated from the known bulk density, assuming a particle
density of 2.65 mg/mm 3 (Gee & Bauder 1986). Soil pH (1:1 paste) readings were
taken on the nest and control soils with an electronic pH meter.
Nest, air and adjacent soil (10 cm depth) temperatures were taken for eight
viable nests (five with brood and three without) on 2 September. On 16 September
(the day after a killing frost) nest, air and soil temperatures were taken for eight
live and five dead nests. On 10 December (the day after a snowfall of 14 cm) nest,
air and soil temperatures were taken for seven live nests. Differences in the tem¬
peratures of the nests, air and soil were assessed with Fisher’s protected least
significant difference post-ANOVA test (Steel & Torrie 1980).
Results and Discussion
Ant Biology.— The major workers were recognizable by their bicolored ap¬
pearance; the head and thorax were dull red, with a black gaster. The minor
workers, which included most of the brood workers, were smaller in size and were
usually entirely black. Major workers were 6.4 ± 0.4 mm long and weighed 3.0
±0.7 mg; minor workers were 4.8 ± 0.3 mm long and weighed 1.0 ± 0.2 mg.
Females had a red-brown head and thorax, with a black gaster and were 7.6 ±
0.3 mm long and weighed 9.0 ± 4.0 mg. Male reproductives were completely
black and were 7.4 ± 0.2 mm long and weighed 10.0 ± 2.0 mg. Male reproductives
first appeared in the nests on 2 June. Eggs averaged 4.0 ±1.1 mg, and larvae in
early June were 0.86 ± 0.31 mm long and weighed 36.0 ± 8.0 mg.
The small nests had 9000 to 15,000 ants; medium sized nests had 17,500 to
37,000 ants, and large nests had 53,000 to 66,500 ants (Table 1). Very few male
150
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(2)
Table 1. Population parameters (x ± SE) for small (length <75 cm), medium (length 76-126 cm)
and large (length > 126 cm) nests of Formica obscuripes.
Reproductives
Nest size
Workers
Female
Male
Eggs
Small
11,276 ± 1858
35 ± 32
0 ± 0
1523 ± 680
Medium
24,403 ± 6433
56 ± 31
7 ± 4
342 ± 178
Large
59,831 ± 6788
14 ± 14
1 ± 1
2008 ± 359
reproductives were found in medium and large nests, and no male reproductives
were found in the small nests. These population estimates are somewhat larger
than those derived by Sather (1972) but support his conclusion of a positive
correlation between nest size and population. The largest nests had few female
reproductives, compared to small and medium nests. Large numbers of eggs were
found in all nests, except one medium nest that had none.
The only foods used by the ants during the study were insects, especially beetles.
The primary beetles found in the ant nests were carabids, curculionids, and two
species of tenebrionids: Embaphion muricatum Say and Eleodes opaca Say. There
were several varieties of seeds found in the nests, but it is not clear whether these
were simply additional building materials or foodstuffs.
The only myrmecophiles found in the nests were dermestid larvae. Because
these larvae feed on organic refuse, it is not unusual that they should be found
in the nests of F. obscuripes, which are nutrient-rich reservoirs with plant roots,
eggs, and insect carcasses. Aphids were frequently present on vegetation adjacent
to the nests. The minor workers from the nest were often found with the aphids
on vegetation, possibly harvesting honeydew (Gregg 1963).
Foraging paths radiated out from the mound center covering a swath of ca.
300°. When within 20 m of another nearby mound, the foraging patterns always
maintained a vacant zone which foragers from neither nest entered. Occasionally
foragers from different nests encountered one another, which usually resulted in
aggressive interactions. Foraging paths of several mounds were measured and
averaged 4.0 ± 0.6 cm in width. The larger the nest, the longer the foraging paths,
with the average path length for all nests being 15.7 ± 1.2 m. Practically all
foraging paths were highly branched and terminated in a branched fan. Foraging
paths were used for conveying food and thatch back to the nest.
Ant Nests. — All of the nests at the study site were in open areas, devoid of
cover. The ant nests appeared to be nutrient-rich centers; around each nest, and
occasionally on the nest, were thick growths of grasses and other vascular plants.
All excavated nests were found to contain the base and roots of small plants,
usually sagebrush (Artemisia spp.). With the exception of younger nests (< 2
years), all surficial traces of the sagebrush were absent. Contrary to Cole’s (1932)
observation that the ants completely destroyed the sagebrush plant, sagebrush
roots were found in most nests. The root in all cases had the epidermal layer
stripped, leaving the cambium layer exposed. The younger nests with the sagebrush
plant still intact rarely exceeded 5 cm in height. Some excavated roots were
hollowed out and used for passages within the nest. It is doubtful that the ants
ever completely remove the sagebrush root, because of the stability and anchorage
it provides for the nest. One locale near the western slope of the Laramie Range,
1990
McCAHON & LOCKWOOD: PEDOBIOLOGY OF FORMICA
151
Table 2. Physical characteristics of nests of Formica obscuripes.
Parameter
Minimum
Maximum
Mean ± SD
Nest length (cm)
52
151
95 ± 23
Nest width (cm)
48
128
84 ± 20
Nest height (cm)
11
36
21 ± 5
Nest volume (m 3 )
0.14
0.65
0.25 ± 0.09
Nest entrances
5
65
22 ± 15
Nearest neighbor (m)
8.84
51.21
28.92 ± 10.34
with sagebrush and saltbush ( Atriplex spp.), has no visible mounds but is occupied
by F. obscuripes living in the root systems of the shrubs.
In the study area, nests averaged 95 x 84 x 21 cm and had an average volume
of 0.25 m 3 (Table 2). The uniform distribution of nests suggested a territorial
dispersion, although previous work has suggested a more clumped distribution
(Sather 1972). However, the size of the territory was not based on nest size; there
was a coefficient of correlation of only 0.106 {n = 38, P > 0.10) between nearest
neighbor and nest size. Nearest neighbors at the study sight averaged 28.9 m and
ranged from 8.8 to 51.2 m between nests (Table 2). Previous research (Weber
1935) has indicated that F. obscuripes does not have mating flights like other ant
species; rather, reproductives leave the nest slowly over a period of several weeks.
This may contribute to a high density of nests in a given area.
The nest of the thatching ant was composed primarily of dead vegetation collected
from the surrounding habitat, but also included substantial amounts of soil and
gravel. Previous studies have implied that the nests were entirely thatch (Sather
1972). The composition of the nest soil differed significantly (P < 0.05) from that
of the surrounding soil. At no time during observations did foragers bring fresh
vegetation to the nest. The nests also contained feces from the Wyoming ground
squirrel ( Spermophilus elegans Kennicott), Mountain cottontail ( Sylvilagus nut-
talli Allen), and the Plains Harvest mouse (Reithrodontomys montanus albescens
Carey). Interestingly, no feces of the Blacktail prairie dog ( Cynomys ludovicianus
ludovicianus Ord) were found in the nests although there were several, active
prairie dog colonies in the study area.
The mounds were elliptical domes (Sather 1972), with the outer 25% of the
ellipsoid dome rim resting on a built-up portion of soil. The thatching material
of the nests extended beneath the ground forming a cylinder that terminated in
a rounded end which enjoined with the soil. The thatching material extended into
the ground a distance of approximately two times the height of the nest above
ground (Fig. 1).
The soil that formed the rim beneath the elliptical dome probably came from
the excavated hole that contained the thatch, as there was no indication of dis¬
carded or excavated material elsewhere near the nests. The vertical limitations
of the construction with thatch beneath the ground was found to be approximately
60 cm, due to a lithological contact (Sherman granite) which ranged from 60 to
90 cm throughout the area. Although most nest dimensions were comparable to
Sather (1972), our work suggested that a greater proportion of the nest was un¬
derground.
Soil was found throughout the thatch, which meant the ants did not completely
152
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(2)
Figure. 1. Schematic representation of a typical nest of Formica obscuripes showing the relation¬
ships between the nest dimensions and location of brood.
abandon it as a construction material. Thatch used in the nest construction was
between 1 and 10 cm in length (x = 3.4 ±2.1 cm, 33.4 ± 10.2 mg), and rarely
exceeded 0.5 cm in diameter. The number of entrances into the mound ranged
from 5 to 65 (x = 22 ± 15) and were generally associated with the nest size
(Table 2). Most of the entrances were through the thatch, although some passed
through the soil which rimmed the mound. Contrary to the observations of Cole
(1932), the main brood chambers were not located 1 m beneath the ground surface
of the nest, but between 10 and 20 cm below the apex of the mound. This was
found to be the case with every nest excavated, and this observation corresponds
with the work of Weber (1935). The brood was probably located in the center of
the nest to facilitate ventilation and moisture control, as the soil in the study site
was prone to increasing moisture with soil depth.
The nests constructed by F. obscuripes are apparently able to regulate temper¬
ature. Sather (1972) noted that most nests were located in shady areas, but those
in sunny areas were apparently oriented for efficient solar collection. Our obser¬
vations revealed that the ants periodically opened and closed entrances and may
thus be able to regulate air flow and nest temperature. However, when temperature
readings were taken from September to December, it became apparent that some¬
thing other than regulated air flow was controlling the nest temperature. On
2 September, nest temperatures were significantly {P < 0.05) warmer that air
temperatures, but only if eggs were in the brood area (Table 3). Ground temper¬
ature was significantly (P < 0.05) lower than either the air or nest temperature.
On 16 September, the air temperature was significantly (P < 0.05) warmer than
the nest temperatures, and there were no eggs in any of the nests (Table 3).
However, in all but one case, the nests were still significantly (P < 0.05) warmer
than the ground. Temperatures of dead nests provided the same relative differences
1990
McCAHON & LOCKWOOD: PEDOBIOLOGY OF FORMICA
153
Table 3. Temperatures of air, ground and Formica obscuripes nests with time.
Date
Air (°C)
Ground (°C)
Nest (°C)
Eggs
Condition
n
9 Sep
19.5
16.0
18.7
absent
live
3
9 Sep
18.8
16.8
21.8
present
live
5
16 Sep
11.4
5.4
8.7
absent
live
8
16 Sep
13.1
6.1
10.6
absent
dead
5
10 Dec
-1.9
-3.2
-1.1
absent
live
7
with respect to ground and air temperature as those that were occupied by ants.
In dead nests, the air temperature was significantly (P < 0.05) warmer than the
nests, which were significantly (P < 0.05) warmer than the ground surface. This
indicated that the nests were constructed in such a way as to trap solar radiation
in the nesting material or harness the heat of decomposition of thatch or other
organic matter in the nest. On 10 December, the ground temperatures were sig¬
nificantly (P < 0.05) colder that either the nest or air temperatures (Table 3). The
nest temperatures were slightly warmer than the air temperatures, which indicated
that the nests were effectively collecting solar radiation, since little decomposition
would have been taking place in such cold temperatures. This warming capacity
was further demonstrated by snow melting first from the nests, exposing them
several days before the ground was visible. The process of solar heating may have
been augmented by a high thermal absorbance and low thermal diffusivity of the
a
o
Q
10-soil
10-mound
10-soil
20-mo land
30-soil
30-mound
40-soil
40-mound
50-soil
50-mound
60-soil
50-mound
O 25 50 75 100
Percent
Figure 2. Amount of sand (stripped), silt (cross-hatched) and clay (black) in the soil as a function
of depth within and adjacent to nests of Formica obscuripes.
154
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(2)
CEj
Oh
o
c n
10 20 30 40 50 60
Depth, (cm)
a?
P
-t-J
Cfl
o
a
■f-H
o
c n
o>
o
s-l
QJ
Oh
Figure. 3 Soil moisture (stripped = adjacent, cross-hatched = within) and pH (solid line = adjacent,
dotted line = within) as a function of depth within and adjacent to nests of Formica obscuripes.
nesting materials. It is particularly intriguing that the ants selectively retained
materials in the nest with low thermal diffusivity and discarded materials with
poorer thermal properties (e.g., sand has a thermal diffusivity of 0.003, as com¬
pared to gravel and granite with thermal diffusivities of 0.008 and 0.016, respec¬
tively [Sabins 1987]). Thus, the inorganic materials selected by the ants for nest
construction had better heat retention properties than a random or representative
selection of the available materials.
Soil.— Soils in the study site were brown to dark brown (7.5 YR 5/4, 3/4 on
the Munsell soil color index) sandy loams and sandy clay loams with colors of
7.5 YR. In those locations where the soil was a sandy clay loam, the ants altered
the texture to a sandy loam. In all the ant nest soils, the texture of the soil was a
sandy loam, even if the adjacent control soil was a sandy clay loam. An anomaly
of sand and silt ratios was found in all the nests sampled between 25 and 45 cm
(Figs. 2 and 3). This phenomenon can be explained by the presence of the brood
centers, because the brood was always somewhere within this depth range. The
ants may have altered the amount of sand and silt at this depth to facilitate the
movement of water through the center of the nest and thereby reduce moisture
retention in the brood area.
When constructing nests, ants displaced most of the soil with thatch, leaving
large gravels (> 3 mm) in place. The soil left in the nests had an altered com¬
position (Table 4); sand was retained but enough silt and clays were removed to
change the soil texture from that found in soil adjacent to the nests (Fig. 2). From
1990
McCAHON & LOCKWOOD: PEDOBIOLOGY OF FORMICA
155
Table 4. Composition of Formica obscuripes nests and adjacent soil by weight and volume.
Weight (%)
Volume (%)
Substance
Thatch
Soil a
Gravel b
Air
Thatch
Soil/gravel
Soil/gravel
0.0
20.9
79.1
0.0
0.0
100.0
Nest (small)
39.3
34.9
25.8
47.4
38.2
14.4
Nest (medium)
44.1
38.9
17.1
49.8
39.7
10.5
Nest (large)
48.8
31.1
20.1
46.5
44.2
9.3
a Soil includes particulates < 2 mm.
b Gravel includes particulates > 2 mm.
observations of nests under construction, it appeared that a sagebrush root afforded
a channel beneath the ground in which to start replacing soil with thatch. When
the thatch accounted for a majority of the nest volume, channels or tunnels were
excavated in soil surrounding the thatch core. This soil was displaced with thatch,
helping to expand the nest laterally and consequently expanding nest volume. The
unwanted clays, silts and sands were removed to an area surrounding the surficial
cavity opening, and built into a rim which rested beneath the thatch dome.
The ants have a marked influence on the physical characteristics of the soil.
There was a higher porosity and lower moisture content in the nest soils than in
adjacent soils. The ants also slightly altered the color of the soil. Soil color beneath
a nest was more homogeneous than in adjacent cores, as a result of the ants
selectivity using one soil particle size over another in the nest. The pH readings
indicated a considerable alteration of the soil, either by the ants or decaying
vegetation. The pH levels were considerably lower in the nests than in adjacent
soil (Fig. 3). In addition, while the ants limited the soil moisture within the nests
(Fig. 3), they apparently needed accessible moisture in surrounding soil. Nests
found in the Laramie Basin tend to be on river terraces with high water tables,
or on foothill slopes where there is sufficient runoff and intergrades of Aridisol
and Mollisol soils. Formica obscuripes is a highly adaptive ant, as evidenced by
its expansive geographical distribution (Gregg 1963). Its ability to construct a nest
that apparently mediates temperature and moisture may contribute to its spread
on this continent. In addition to its regulation of microenvironmental factors, F.
obscuripes ’ use of thatch in its nest effectively concentrates available nutrients,
thereby promoting localized primary production and prey density, with the ap¬
parent result of enhancing its own food supply.
Acknowledgment
We thank J. Bume (University of Wyoming) for taxonomic identifications of
the insects and N. Stanton (University of Wyoming) for identification of the
mammal feces.
Literature Cited
Baxter, F. P. & F. D. Hole. 1967. Ant (Formica cinera) pedoturbation in a prairie soil. Soil Sci. Soc.
Amer. Proc., 31: 425-428.
Cole, A. C. 1932. The thatching ant, Formica obscuripes Forel. Psyche, 39: 30-33.
Creighton, W. S. 1950. The ants of North America. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 104: 1-585.
156
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(2)
Culver, D. C. & A. J. Beattie. 1983. Effects of ant mounds on soil chemistry and vegetation patterns
in a Colorado montane meadow. Ecology, 64: 485-492.
Gee, G. W. & J. W. Bauder. 1986. Particle-size analysis, pp. 399-404. In Klute, A. (ed.). Methods
of soil analysis, volume 1 (2nd ed.). American Society of Agronomy, Madison.
Gregg, R. E. 1963. The ants of Colorado. University of Colorado Press, Boulder.
Sabins, F. F. 1987. Remote sensing: principles and interpretation (2nd ed.). W. H. Freeman, San
Francisco.
Salem, M. Z. & F. D. Hole. 1968. Ant (.Formica exsectoides ) pedoturbation in a forest soil. Soil Sci.
Soc. Amer. Proc., 32: 563-567.
Sather, D. A. 1972. Nest morphogenesis and population ecology of two species of Formica. Ph.D.
Dissertation, University of North Dakota, Grand Forks.
Siegel, S. 1956. Nonparametric statistics for the behavioral sciences. McGraw-Hill, New York.
Steel, R. G. & J. H. Torrie. 1980. Principles and procedures of statistics, a biometrical approach.
McGraw-Hill, New York.
Weber, N. A. 1935. The biology of the thatching ant, Formica rufa obscuripes Forel, in North
America. Ecol. Monogr., 5: 166-206.
Wheeler, G. C. & J. Wheeler. 1963. The ants of North Dakota. University of North Dakota Press,
Grand Forks.
Wheeler, G. C. & J. Wheeler. 1986. The ants of Nevada. Natural History Museum of Los Angeles
County, Los Angeles, California.
Wiken, E. B., K. Broersma, L. M. Lavkulich & L. Farstad. 1976. Biosynthetic alteration in a British
Columbia soil by ants (Formica fusca Linne). Soil Sci. Soc. Amer. Proc., 40: 422-426.
Received 25 April 1989; accepted 29 January 1990.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66(2): 157-161, (1990)
BODY SIZE AND TERRITORIAL BEHAVIOR IN THE BEE
PROTOXAEA GLORIOSA (FOX)
(HYMENOPTERA: OXAEIDAE)
John Alcock
Department of Zoology, Arizona State University,
Tempe, Arizona 85287
Abstract. — The bee Protoxaea gloriosa (Fox) exhibits a resource-based mating system with males
defending small territories, usually by flowering plants. Males appear to apply scent marks on
vegetation near their hovering stations. Male body size is positively correlated with the number
of flowers in male territories. Convergent evolution is apparent in the similarities between the
behavior of P. gloriosa and some other unrelated bees whose males defend foodplants visited
by females.
Key Words. — Insecta, mating system, bee territoriality
The large oxaeid bee Protoxaea gloriosa (Fox) has attracted attention because
of its pollination activities and the highly aggressive territorial behavior of its
males (Cazier & Linsley 1963, 1974; Linsley & Cazier 1972; Hurd & Linsley 1975,
1976). Territorial males defend an aerial station for several hours each morning.
They generally hover within 1 m of the ground near or over a patch of flowers
or a shrub. When males are at their stations, they pursue a broad range of moving
stimuli and violently drive conspecific males away. Territorial males mate with
virgin females that arrive at their hovering sites.
This paper presents new information on several aspects of male behavior,
especially on the relation between male body size and the flower-richness of their
territories.
Methods
Work was conducted from 29 Jul-15 Aug 1974 at two locations in desert
rangeland approximately 2 and 4 km N of Rodeo, New Mexico. These sites and
their flora have been described by Linsley & Cazier (1972: 6) and by Cazier &
Linsley (1974: 5). The dominant perennial shrubs, and the focus of male activity
at the first site, were Koeberlinia spinosa Zuccarini (crown-of-thoms) and Ephedra
trifurca Torrey (Mormon tea). At the second study site, males of the bee established
territories by patches of the annual herb Kallstroemia grandiflora Torrey (Mexican
poppy).
In 1976, males were observed from 30 Jul-4 Aug in an open pasture at the site
4 km N of Rodeo, where they territorially defended scattered plants of Apodanthe-
ra undulata Gray, a curcurbit gourd.
In 1989,1 watched males of the bee on the mornings of 13-18 Aug at a shrubby
field about 3 km E of Portal, Arizona. In this area, males guarded patches of K.
grandiflora. Counts were made of the number of flowers in the patches patrolled
by males. I also counted the number of flowers in the first 20 undefended patches
of more than 10 flowers encountered as I walked a straightline transect through
the study area.
Super-8 movie films, some taken in slow motion, helped in the analysis of the
158
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(2)
behavior of territorial males. In addition, 27 territory defenders were collected in
1976 and later measured as to headwidth with vernier dial calipers accurate to
0.05 mm because headwidth is clearly correlated with body size in this and other
bees (e.g., Alcock et al. 1977). The number of A. undulata flowers in each male’s
territory was recorded to examine the correlation between male body size and
flower abundance in territories. In 1989, the headwidths of 14 males were mea¬
sured and data gathered on the number of K. grandiflora flowers in their territories.
Results
Plant “Marking” Behavior. —No previous reports on the territorial males of P.
gloriosa have remarked on a distinctive feature of their behavior, namely the
frequent interruptions of hovering that involve a flight to an exposed twig, thorn,
stem or clump of leaves on a nearby shrub (commonly Koeberlinia, Ephedra, or
Acacia). Once they alight on the plant part, males walk rapidly up the vegetation
conspicuously dragging the tip or side of the abdomen against the substrate. As
they walk, the mid- and hindlegs first enclose the plant part and then are drawn
sharply down and out before returning to their original position (right angles to
the bee’s body). The bee appears to be embracing and vigorously stroking the
plant part (in slow-motion films). The time spent in this activity almost never
exceeds a few seconds, although the bee may pause to mandibulate a stem or
briefly groom itself.
The frequency of plant-visiting interruptions to hovering flight was 0.37 per
min based on 520 min of observation of a total of 22 males watched at Koeberlinia
in 1974. In 1989 the rate of visits to nearby acacias by 7 males defending Kallstroe-
mia patches was also 0.37 per min based on 145 min of observation. Males
distribute their “marks” fairly widely within their territories, although they some¬
times return to the same spot after a period.
The function of plant “marking” remains elusive, given that I never observed
a female (or other male) approaching or landing upon a “marked” site.
Body Size and Territory “Quality.”— Hurd & Linsley (1975) noted consid¬
erable size variation among males of P. gloriosa. If body size is related to com¬
petitive ability in this bee, then large males should occupy more attractive sites
than small ones. One factor that might affect the quality of a territory is the
number of flowers that the male controls.
The males observed in 1976 defended plants of A. undulata, which had a
variable number of bright yellow flowers at the center of a mass of green leaves
covering the ground. Although flowers of A. undulata are not visited by pollen-
or nectar-seeking females, virgin females may be attracted to the plant; I observed
a territorial male copulating with a female on a grass stem a short distance from
an A. undulata.
Copulation began at 09:26 h on 2 Aug and lasted for 2.3 h during which time
the male alternately tapped the lateral surfaces of the female with all three pairs
of legs and then paused for a few seconds before repeating the short burst of
stroking taps. This pattern persisted until the female departed, after which the
male returned to his hovering station a few cm above the central cluster of flowers.
Why virgin females visit A. undulata plants that do not offer nectar or pollen
is unknown, but in any event a plant’s conspicuousness to flying females should
1990
ALCOCK: SIZE AND TERRITORIALITY IN PROTOXAEA
159
Figure 1. The relation between the headwidths of 27 males of P. gloriosa and the number of flowers
in bloom on the plant A. undulata that they defended.
be correlated with the number of flowers in bloom. The headwidths of territorial
males at these plants in 1974 were significantly correlated with the number of
flowers in their territories (Fig. 1; r = 0.65, n = 27, P < 0.01).
In 1989, I tested the hypothesis again in an area with patches of flowering
Kallstroemia, a pollen- and nectar-yielding foodplant for adult males and females
ofP. gloriosa (Cazier & Linsley 1974). Here too the headwidths of territorial males
were correlated with the number of flowers that single males monopolized in their
defended areas, which were discrete, well-defined patches of Kallstroemia (r =
0.76, n=\4,P< 0.01).
The hypothesis that males seek to defend patches with many flowers is supported
by the observation that in 1989 hovering males patrolled Kallstroemia patches
containing a mean of 72.9 ± 53.2 flowers (n = 14); in the same field, a sample
of undefended poppy patches averaged 33.4 ± 22.2 (n = 20, t = 2.98, P < 0.01).
Discussion
Convergent Evolution and Resource Defense . — Males of P. gloriosa exhibit be¬
havioral similarities to many other unrelated bees. Territorial defense of foraging
resources by males as a mate-locating system occurs in some andrenids, antho-
phorids, megachilids and colletids (reviewed in Alcock et al. 1978, Eickwort &
Ginsberg 1980). The extent of convergence is illustrated by a comparison of P.
gloriosa with the small Australian colletid Hylaeus alcyoneus Erichson (Alcock
& Houston 1987).
In both species some males are territorial at flowering plants visited by many
nonreceptive and a few receptive females. It is typical of resource-defending male
bees that their females visit well-defined patches of foodplants (Alcock et al. 1978).
As a result, individual males can readily identify and economically defend places
in the environment that will attract disproportionate numbers of potential mates.
160
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(2)
Males of both species are highly scented and while on territory, they leave the
flower resources they are defending to “mark” nearby vegetation by rubbing their
body over leaves and stems. Although the significance of the “marking” behavior
of males of these two species remains to be established definitively, the activity
is highly reminiscent to the sex pheromone-marking behavior of certain andrenid
bees (Tengo 1979: fig. 3) and carpenter bees (Velthuis & de Camargo 1975, An¬
dersen et al. 1988, Gerling et al. 1989).
Body size influences territorial behavior in both bees with larger individuals
more likely to be territory owners in H. alcyoneus and larger males more likely
to claim flower-rich territories in P. gloriosa. Larger individuals enjoy an advan¬
tage in aggressive contests in many territorial insect species (Thornhill & Alcock
1983).
Remaining Questions. — There are many unanswered questions on the behavior
of P. gloriosa (and other bees with resource defense mating systems). First, al¬
though some males of P. gloriosa defend well defined clumps of flowering food-
plants (e.g., Kallstroemia), others are territorial at plants whose flowers do not
yield usable pollen or nectar (Cazier & Linsley 1963). Still others defend hovering
stations by nonflowering shrubs. What is the ecological basis for the occurrence
of nonresource-based territoriality in this bee, which is clearly capable of standard
resource defense?
Second, what is the advantage of applying scent marks to vegetation (if this is
what males of P. gloriosa are doing) when the territory usually contains highly
conspicuous floral resources that attract females in their own right?
Third, do males of P. gloriosa that own flower-rich patches actually mate with
more females than those with fewer flowers, an association established only for
the resource-defending rntgachiXidAnthidium manicatum Linnaeus (Severinghaus
etal. 1981)?
Fourth, if large males of P. gloriosa hold flower-rich territories by virtue of
their fighting advantage, why is there so little evidence for intense competition
among males for control of flower-rich territories? In both 1976 and 1989, ter¬
ritories from which males were removed were often left vacant for prolonged
periods. Moreover, in 1989 there were many patches of Kallstroemia with dozens
of flowers that were never claimed during the study, showing that male density
was low. Given the availability of undefended flower-rich patches, why did the
smaller males in the population choose to defend sites with relatively few flowers?
Fifth, males are larger than their females in some species with resource-defense
mating systems (e.g., H. alcyoneus) but far from all (e.g., P. gloriosa). Sexual
selection theory suggests that males should be larger than females in territorial
species with intense intrasexual selection for access to mates (Darwin 1871). The
basis for the exceptions is unknown, but see O’Neill (1985).
These questions need to be addressed in new studies of resource-based mating
systems in bees.
Acknowledgment
I thank Wade Sherbrooke and the staff at the Southwestern Research Station
of the American Museum of Natural History. This work was supported in part
by National Science Foundation Grant BNS 8620352.
1990
ALCOCK: SIZE AND TERRITORIALITY IN PROTOXAEA
161
Literature Cited
Alcock, J., E. M. Barrows, G. Gordh, L. J. Hubbard, L. Kirkendall, D. W. Pyle, T. L. Ponder & F.
G. Zalom. 1978. The ecology and evolution of male reproductive behaviour in the bees and
wasps. Zool. J. Linn. Soc., 64: 293-326.
Alcock, J. & T. Houston. 1987. Resource defense and alternative mating tactics in the banksia bee,
Hylaeus alcyoneus (Erichson). Ethology, 76: 177-188.
Alcock, J., C. E. Jones & S. L. Buchmann. 1977. Male mating strategies in the bee Centris pallida
Fox (Hymenoptera: Anthophoridae) Amer. Nat., Ill: 145-155.
Andersen, J. F., S. L. Buchmann, D. Weisleder, R. D. Plattner & R. L. Minckley. 1988. Identification
of thoracic gland constituents from male Xylocopa spp. Latreille (Hymenoptera: Anthophoridae)
from Arizona. J. Chem. Ecol., 14: 1153-1162.
Cazier, M. A. & E. G. Linsley. 1963. Territorial behaviour among males of Protoxaea gloriosa (Fox).
Can. Entomol., 94: 547-556.
Cazier, M. A. & E. G. Linsley. 1974. Foraging behavior of some bees and wasps at Kallstroemia
grandiflora flowers in southern Arizona and New Mexico. Amer. Mus. Novitates, 2546: 1-20.
Darwin, C. 1871. The descent of man, and selection in relation to sex. Princeton University facsimile,
Princeton, New Jersey.
Eickwort, G. C. & H. S. Ginsberg. 1980. Foraging and mating behavior in Apoidea. Annual Rev.
Entomol., 25: 421-446.
Gerling, D., H. H. W. Yelthuis & A. Hefetz. 1989. Bionomics of the large carpenter bees of the
genus Xylocopa. Annual Rev. Entomol., 25: 421-446.
Hurd, P. D., Jr. & E. G. Linsley. 1975. The principal Larrea bees of the southwestern United States
(Hymenoptera: Apoidea). Smithson. Contrib. Zool., 193: 1-74.
Hurd, P. D., Jr. & E. G. Linsley. 1976. The bee family Oxaeidae with a revision of the North
American species (Hymenoptera: Apoidea). Smithson. Contrib. Zool., 220: 1-75.
Linsley, E. G. & M. A. Cazier 1972. Diurnal and seasonal behavior patterns among adults of
Protoxaea gloriosa (Hymenoptera, Oxaeidae). Amer. Mus. Novitates, 2509: 1-25.
O’Neill, K. M. 1985. Egg size, prey size, and sexual size dimorphism in digger wasps. Can. J. Zool.,
63:2187-2193.
Severinghaus, L., B. H. Kurtak & G. C. Eickwort. 1981. The reproductive behavior of Anthidium
manicatum (Hymenoptera: Megachilidae) and the significance of size for territorial males.
Behav. Ecol. Sociobiol., 9: 51-58.
Tengo, J. 1979. Odour-released behaviour in Andrena bees (Apoidea, Hymenoptera). Zoon, 7: 15-48.
Thornhill, R. & J. Alcock. 1983. The evolution of insect mating systems. Harvard University Press,
Cambridge, Massachusetts.
Yelthuis, H. H. W. & J. M. F. de Camargo. 1975. Further observations on the function of male
territories in the carpenter bee Xylocopa ( Neoxylocopa ) hirsutissima Maidl (Anthophoridae,
Hymenoptera). Neth. J. Zool., 25: 516-528.
Received 3 August 1989; accepted 22 February 1990.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66(2): 162-166, (1990)
MICRODONTOMERUS ANTHONOMI (CRAWFORD)
(HYMENOPTERA: TORYMIDAE), AN INDIGENOUS
PARASITOID OF THE INTRODUCED
BIOLOGICAL CONTROL INSECTS
BANGASTERNUS ORIENTALIS (CAPIOMONT)
(COLEOPTERA: CURCULIONIDAE) AND
UROPHORA AFFINIS FRAUENFELD
(DIPTERA: TEPHRITIDAE)
Charles E. Turner, 1 E. E. Grissell, 2 J. P. Cuda 3 and Kathleen Casanave 4
1 Biological Control of Weeds, U.S. Department of Agriculture,
Agricultural Research Service, Western Regional Research Center,
Albany, California 94710;
2 Systematic Entomology Laboratory, Plant Sciences Institute,
U.S. Department of Agriculture, Agricultural Research Service,
% U.S. National Museum, Washington, D.C. 20560;
3 Biological Control Facility, U.S. Department of Agriculture,
APHIS Science and Technology, Forestry Sciences Laboratory,
Montana State University, Bozeman, Montana 59717;
4 Biological Control Services Program,
California Department of Food and Agriculture,
Sacramento, California 95832
Abstract. — The indigenous parasitoid wasp Microdontomerus anthonomi (Crawford) (Hymenop-
tera: Torymidae) was found associated with the weevil Bangasternus orientalis (Capiomont)
(Coleoptera: Curculionidae) in California and with the fly Urophora affinis Frauenfeld (Diptera:
Tephritidae) in Montana. Bangasternus orientalis was first introduced from Greece into California
and other parts of the U.S. in 1985 for biological control of the naturalized weed yellow starthistle
{Centaurea solstitialis L., Asteraceae). Urophora affinis was first introduced from Europe into
Montana in 1973 for biological control of the naturalized weeds spotted knapweed ( Centaurea
maculosa Lamarck) and diffuse knapweed (C. diffusa Lamarck). Microdontomerus anthonomi
appears to be an external parasitoid of the larvae of B. orientalis and U. affinis. This is the first
report of a parasitoid associated with B. orientalis and U. affinis in their introduced ranges in
North America. Microdontomerus anthonomi appears to be a host species generalist but mi¬
croenvironment specialist on hosts enclosed by plant tissues, and its host records are summarized.
Key Words. — Insecta, parasitoid, weed, knapweed, yellow starthistle, biological control
Parasitoids can exert a strong impact on insect populations. An important
protocol component of biological control programs involves the effort to introduce
biological control insects without also introducing their own parasitoid natural
enemies from their area of origin. However, after their field release, there is no
way to prevent their exposure to indigenous parasitoids. Although indigenous
parasitoids often have little impact on insects introduced for the biological control
of weeds, they may on occasion reduce their effectiveness (Goeden & Louda 1976,
Ehler & Andres 1983, Wehling & Piper 1988). We report that the indigenous
wasp Microdontomerus anthonomi (Crawford) (Hymenoptera: Torymidae) has
1990
TURNER ET AL.: MICRODONTOMERUS
163
been reared in association with two insect species introduced for the biological
control of Centaurea (Asteraceae) weeds in North America: Bangasternus ori-
entalis (Capiomont) (Coleoptera: Curculionidae) and Urophora affinis Frauenfeld
(Diptera: Tephritidae).
Bangasternus orientalis
Bangasternus orientalis was first introduced from Greece into California, Idaho,
Oregon, and Washington in 1985 for biological control of the naturalized annual
weed yellow starthistle ( Centaurea solstitialis L., Asteraceae) (Maddox & Mayfield
1985, Maddox et al. 1986). The general biology of B. orientalis is described in
Sobhian & Zwolfer (1985) and Maddox et al. (1986). Adult B. orientalis feed on
the foliage, mate, and oviposit on yellow starthistle in late spring. Eggs usually
are affixed to the exterior of scale leaves subtending immature capitula. Hatched
larvae tunnel through the scale leaves into the flowering shoot axis where they
then tunnel upwards into the capitulum. The larvae feed and develop inside the
capitula. The mature larvae pupate in chambers constructed inside capitula. Next
generation adults emerge by late summer and overwinter until the following spring.
Bangasternus orientalis is univoltine. Sobhian & Zwolfer (1985) reported several
parasitoids of B. orientalis in Greece, where the weevil is native: The egg parasit-
oids Pterandrophysalis levantina Novicki (Hymenoptera: Trichogrammatidae) and
an unknown mymarid species, which can cause 40% to 80% mortality in B.
orientalis eggs; and the larval parasitoids Bracon sp. (Hymenoptera: Braconidae),
Eurytoma sp. (Hymenoptera: Eurytomidae), and Exeristes roborator (Fabr.) (Hy¬
menoptera: Ichneumonidae). Pyemotes sp. (Acarina: Pyemotidae) was also re¬
ported to attack the larvae (Sobhian & Zwolfer 1985).
During the summers of 1988 and 1989, M. anthonomi was found associated
with the weevil in California at four sites. Bangasternus orientalis was first released
near Mariposa, Mariposa Co., on 1 Jun 1988. On 16 Aug 1988, a M. anthonomi
pupa was found at the site inside the pupal chamber of a dead B. orientalis larva.
The capitulum was collected and kept in a vial in the lab, and an adult female
wasp emerged by 29 Aug 1988. Bangasternus orientalis was first released near
Oakdale, Stanislaus Co., on 1 Jun 1988. On 16 Aug 1988, a M. anthonomi pupa
was found at the site inside a B. orientalis pupal chamber with a dead B. orientalis
larva. This capitulum was also collected and kept in a vial in the laboratory, and
an adult female wasp emerged by 29 Aug 1988. Bangasternus orientalis was first
released near Lincoln, Placer Co., on 29 May 1985 (Maddox et al. 1986). On 17
Aug 1988, an adult female M. anthonomi was collected there while apparently
searching among B. orientalis- infested capitula of yellow starthistle. Bangasternus
orientalis was first released near Montague, Siskiyou Co., on 29 May 1985 (Mad¬
dox et al. 1986). On 13 Sep 1989, a total of 253 sampled yellow starthistle capitula
(with or without B. orientalis) were collected at this site and brought back to the
laboratory for dissection. Of the sampled capitula, 124 were infested by a total
of 142 B. orientalis (some capitula were infested by two or, rarely, three B. ori¬
entalis). One dead, adult female M. anthonomi was found inside the pupal chamber
of a dead B. orientalis larva. This amounts to a parasitization rate of 0.8% of the
B. orientalis- infested capitula. Microdontomerus anthonomi appears to be an ex¬
ternal parasitoid of B. orientalis larvae. Note that at two of the above sites, M.
anthonomi parasitized the weevil during the same summer of its initial release.
164
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(2)
This is the first report of a parasitoid associated with B. orientalis in its introduced
range in the United States.
Urophora affinis
Urophora affinis was first introduced from Europe in 1970 into Canada, and in
1973 into the U. S. for biological control of the naturalized weeds spotted knapweed
(Centaurea maculosa Lamarck) and diffuse knapweed ( Centaurea diffusa La¬
marck) (Harris 1980, Maddox 1982). Diffuse knapweed is a biennial, while spotted
knapweed is a short-lived perennial. By 1987, the fly was established in the U.S.
on both knapweeds in Idaho, Montana, Oregon, and Washington, and also on
spotted knapweed in New York (Julien 1987). The general biology of U. affinis
is described in Harris (1980). Female U. affinis oviposit in immature capitula of
spotted and diffuse knapweed. In the capitula, the larvae induce unilocular gall
formation from the receptacle tissue, and feed on parenchymatous tissue within
the galls. Mature larvae overwinter within galls inside the capitula, and adult flies
emerge the following spring. There can be multiple unilocular galls in a capitulum,
with one larva per gall. The fly is partially bivoltine in North America. In European
native populations of U. affinis, Eurytoma wasps and Pyemotes mites are im¬
portant biotic mortality factors, often killing more than 50% of the larvae (Zwolfer
1970).
While surveying the indigenous parasitoids of U. affinis in Montana in 1988,
six adult M. anthonomi (two males, four females) were reared from spotted knap¬
weed capitula with U. affinis galls. The capitula were collected at a site near
Belgrade, Gallatin Co., on 19 Oct 1988, and were vernalized until the following
spring. On 7 Mar 1989, 456 vernalized capitula were placed individually in 1
ounce, clear plastic diet cups to monitor emergence and facilitate host association.
The emerged M. anthonomi were recovered on 10 May 1989. Six of the 456
capitula yielded a M. anthonomi wasp, a parasitization rate of 1.3%. Urophora
affinis galls with host larvae parasitized by M. anthonomi were readily identified
by the small circular exit hole chewed by the emerged wasp. Microscopic ex¬
amination of the contents of the parasitized galls revealed a meconium deposited
by the developing parasitoid larva, host remains (spiracular plate of U. affinis),
and pupal exuviae of M. anthonomi. This is a new host record and the first record
of M. anthonomi parasitizing a species of Diptera, and also is a new state record
for this parasitoid.
Microdontomerus anthonomi
Little is known about the biology of M. anthonomi, and some of the published
information is erroneous. Microdontomerus anthonomi was described from spec¬
imens “bred from Brachytarsus (= Trigonorhinus ) (Coleoptera: Anthribidae) in
heads of Sideranthus rubiginosus (= Machaeranthera phyllocephalus (DC.) Shinn.,
Asteraceae)” (Crawford 1907), but this host record is probably wrong. Crawford’s
report was titled “New hymenopterous parasites of Anthonomus grandis, Boh.,”
and M. anthonomi was obviously named for its Anthonomus host. This is sub¬
stantiated by the type material of M. anthonomi, which all bear labels reading
Anthonomus grandis. Additionally, Trigonorhinus larvae inhabit dead wood and
1990
TURNER ET AL.: MICRODONTOMERUS
165
would not likely occur in capitula (R. White, personal communication). It appears
that Crawford made a mistake in citing the host in his paper.
Since the original description, additional hosts for M. anthonomi have been
reported by Peck (1963), Grissell (1979), Wilson & Andres (1986), and Hetz &
Johnson (1988). Reliable host records include Coleoptera: Bruchidae— (Acan-
thoscelides aureolus (Horn), A. compressicornis (Schaeffer), A. desmanthi Johnson,
A. derifieldi (Johnson), A. horni (Pic), A. mixtus (Horn), A. pullus (Fall), Bruchus
brachialis Fahraeus, B. pisorum (L.), Sennius morosus (Sharp), Stator limbatus
(Horn), and S. pruininus (Horn); Curculionidae— Anthonomus grandis Boheman,
and Rhinocyllus conicus Froelich. In addition, Goeden & Ricker (1970) reported
a Microdontomerus sp. reared from the weevil Microlarinus lareynii (Jaquelin du
Val) (Curculionidae). We have seen a specimen reared during that study and
deposited in the collection of the University of California, Riverside, and confirm
the identity of the specimen as M. anthonomi. Two lepidopteran host records,
Coleophora malivorella Riley (Coleophoridae) and Ancylis comptana (Froelich)
(Olethreutidae), have been confirmed based on U.S. National Museum specimens.
Bracon mellitor Say (Hymenoptera: Braconidae), a parasitoid of A grandis, is also
a reliable host record for M. anthonomi. A hymenopteran host record for the
Eumenidae ( Leptochilus sp.) (Burks 1967) cannot be confirmed. The specimens
upon which the record is based have not been found in the U.S. National Museum.
The record is probably a misidentification of Microdontomerus anthidii (Ash-
mead), which is nearly identical to M. anthonomi, but attacks aculeate Hymenop¬
tera.
Microdontomerus anthonomi is a solitary ectoparasitoid of A. grandis, and can
also function as a secondary parasitoid of Bracon mellitor (Pierce 1908). Pierce
(1910) reported that M. anthonomi was capable of superparasitism with at most
one larva surviving when two to eight larvae occurred on a single host individual.
He also reported that M. anthonomi tended to be the sole survivor when “su¬
perparasitism” (actually multiple parasitism) involved competing species of para¬
sitoid larvae such as pteromalids, eurytomids, or braconids. Pierce et al. (1912)
discussed the population fluctuations of M. anthonomi over a 4 year period, and
illustrated the egg and pupa.
Pierce (1908) showed that M. anthonomi was both a primary and secondary
parasitoid (i.e., a facultative parasitoid) of the weevil A. grandis. Although we
could not establish the exact host-parasitoid relationship, we demonstrated that
M. anthonomi is directly linked to its phytophagous hosts, and we have not seen
any evidence that M. anthonomi has anything other than a primary parasitic
relationship with them. The collective evidence suggests that M. anthonomi is a
host species generalist, but a microenvironment specialist on hosts enclosed by
plant tissues. Microdontomerus anthonomi is widely distributed in the U.S. (Gris¬
sell 1979), and there is no evidence of host selection based on geographic limits.
Although M. anthonomi is known to parasitize two other weevil species {Micro¬
larinus lareynii and Rhinocyllus conicus) introduced for biological control of weeds
in California, this parasitization has had an inconsequential effect on these bio¬
control insects (Goeden & Ricker 1970, Wilson & Andres 1986). It is too early
to know whether the indigenous parasitoid M. anthonomi will have a significantly
negative impact on B. orientalis and U. affinis populations in their introduced
range in North America.
166
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(2)
Acknowledgement
Technical assistance was provided by K. Chan and R. F. Lang in Albany,
California and Bozeman, Montana, respectively; L. A. Andres, S. L. Clement,
and R. D. Goeden offered helpful comments on an early draft of the manuscript;
R. White (Systematic Entomology Laboratory, U.S.D.A., U.S. National Museum,
Washington, D.C.) provided information on Trigonorhinus larvae.
Literature Cited
Burks, B. D. 1967. Superfamily Chalcidoidea. pp. 213-282. In Krombein, K. V. & B. D. Burks
(eds.). Hymenoptera of America north of Mexico. Synoptic Catalog. Second Suppl. U.S. Dept.
Agric. Mono., No. 2.
Crawford, J. C. 1907. New hymenopterous parasites of Anthonomus grandis, Boh. Can. Entomol.,
39: 133-134.
Ehler, L. E. & L. A. Andres. 1983. Biological control: exotic natural enemies to control exotic pests,
pp. 395-418. In Wilson, C. L. & C. L. Graham (eds.). Exotic plant pests and North American
agriculture. Academic Press, New York.
Goeden, R. D. & S. M. Louda. 1976. Biotic interference with insects imported for weed control.
Annual Rev. Entomol., 21: 325—342.
Goeden, R. D. & D. W. Ricker. 1970. Parasitization of introduced puncturevine weevils by indig¬
enous Chalcidoidea in southern California. J. Econ. Entomol., 63: 827-831.
Grissell, E. E. 1979. Torymidae. pp. 748-769. In Krombein, K. V., P. D. Hurd, Jr., D. R. Smith &
B. D. Burks (eds.). Catalog of Hymenoptera in America north of Mexico. Yol. 1. Symphyta
and Apocrita (Parasitica). Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington, D.C.
Harris, P. 1980. Establishment of Urophora affinis Frfld. and U. quadrifasciata (Meig.) (Diptera:
Tephritidae) in Canada for the biological control of diffuse and spotted knapweed. Z. Ang.
Entomol., 89: 504-514.
Hetz, M. & C. D. Johnson. 1988. Hymenopterous parasites of some bruchid beetles of North and
Central America. J. Stored Prod. Res., 24: 131-143.
Julien, M. H. 1987. Biological control of weeds. A world catalogue of agents and their target weeds
(2nd ed.). CAB International Institute of Biological Control, London.
Maddox, D. M. 1982. Biological control of diffuse knapweed ( Centaurea diffusa) and spotted knap¬
weed ( Centaurea maculosa). Weed Sci., 30: 76-82.
Maddox, D. M. & A. Mayfield. 1985. Yellow starthistle infestations are on the increase. Calif. Agric.,
39(11 & 12): 10-12.
Maddox, D. M., R. Sobhian, D. B. Joley, A. Mayfield & D. Supkoff. 1986. New biological control
for yellow starthistle. Calif. Agric., 40(11 & 12): 4-5.
Peck, O. 1963. A catalogue of the nearctic Chalcidoidea. Can. Entomol. Suppl., 30.
Pierce, W. D. 1908. Studies of parasites of the cotton boll weevil. U.S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Entomol.
Bull., 73: 1-63.
Pierce, W. D. 1910. On some phases of parasitism displayed by insect enemies of weevils. J. Econ.
Entomol., 3: 452-458.
Pierce, W. D., R. A. Cushman & C. E. Hood. 1912. The insect enemies of the cotton boll weevil.
U.S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Entomol. Bull., 100: 1-99.
Sobhian, R & H. Zwolfer. 1985. Phytophagous insect species associated with flower heads of yellow
starthistle ( Centaurea solstitialis L.). Z. Ang. Entomol., 99: 301—321.
Wehling, W. F. & G. L. Piper. 1988. Efficacy diminution of the rush skeletonweed gall midge,
Cystiphora schmidti (Diptera: Cecidomyiidae), by an indigenous parasitoid. Pan-Pacif. Ento¬
mol., 64: 83-85.
Wilson, R. C. & L. A. Andres. 1986. Larval and pupal parasites of Rhinocyllus conicus (Coleoptera:
Curculionidae) in Carduus nutans in northern California. Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 62: 329-332.
Zwolfer, H. 1970. Investigations on the host specificity of Urophora affinis Frfld. Commonw. Inst.
Biol. Contr., Progress Report, No. 25.
Received 8 January 1990; accepted 10 March 1990.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66(2): 167, (1990)
Scientific Note
NEW ADDITIONS TO THE BETHYLOID FAUNA OF
ARIZONA (HYMENOPTERA)
Embolemidae is reported for the first time from Arizona. During 1987-88 three
specimens of Ampulicomorpha confusa Ashmead were collected in the same gen¬
eral vicinity within the Chiricahua Mountains. This species was previously known
from Ontario, Maryland, Virginia, North Carolina, Georgia, Wisconsin, Missouri,
Colorado, Saskatchewan, British Columbia, and California (Krombein, K. 1979.
Catalog of Hymenoptera in America, north of Mexico. Smithsonian Institution
Press, Washington, D.C.).
The specimens of A confusa examined were from: ARIZONA. COCHISE Co.:
Chiricahua Mts, Red Rock Canyon, 1767 m, 6 Sep 1987, T. D. Miller, 1 female;
Chiricahua Mts, 0.48 km W of Rucker Camp, 1706 m, 7 Sep 1988, T. D. Miller,
2 males.
The single female was taken from a downed ponderosa pine covered with shelf
fungi. Subsequent examination revealed white sheets of fungal hyphae beneath
the loosened bark which supported a small colony of an undetermined achilid
nymph, the wasps’ probable host. The two males were taken by sweeping near a
downed decaying pine.
The unusual monotypic genus Microsega is here reported from Arizona for the
first time with the discovery of two female Microsega bella Krombein (Chrysid-
idae: Amesiginae). This species was previously known from Texas and Oklahoma
(Krombein 1979).
The specimens of M. bella examined were from: ARIZONA. PIMA Co.: 0.8 km
W of Pan Tak, 1036 m, 3-11 Sep 1987, T. D. Miller, 2 females. The wasps and
their probable phasmid host were taken from pan traps sunk into the deep litter
beneath a thicket of mesquite and paloverde.
The family Sclerogibbidae is represented in the fauna of America north of
Mexico by a single species, Probethylus schwarzi Ashmead. With the collection
of a single male of Probethylus callani Richards, a new addition is made to the
fauna of Arizona. This species was previously known from Trinidad, British West
Indies and Vera Cruz, Mexico (Richards, O. W. 1939. Proc. R. Entomol. Soc.
Lond., (B) 8: 211-223).
The specimens of P. callani examined were from: ARIZONA. COCHISE Co.:
Whitewater Draw, 7.5 km W of Camp Rucker, 1615 m, T. D. Miller, 1 male.
The specimen and its possible host, Dactylocerca ashworthi Ross (Embiidina:
Anisembiidae), was collected after a heavy rain in an open grassland with an
abundance of stones. Dactylocera ashworthi and P. callani are both at their ap¬
parent northern distributional limits in this area and extend southward into Mex¬
ico (Ross, E. S. 1984. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 86: 82-93).
Terry D. Miller, Department of Entomology, Washington State University, Pull¬
man, Washington 99164.
Received 14 February 1989; accepted 25 August 1989.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66(2): 168-169, (1990)
Scientific Note
AQUATIC HETEROPTERA
(NOTONECTIDAE AND MACROVELIIDAE)
NEW TO WASHINGTON AND IDAHO
During the past several years I have conducted an intensive survey of the aquatic
Heteroptera and Coleoptera of Washington State and the Pacific Northwest to
better understand the fauna and to complement studies by other researchers
(Stonedahl, G. M. & J. D. Lattin. 1982. Oregon State Univ., Agr. Exp. Tech. Bull.
144; Stonedahl, G. M. & J. D. Lattin. 1986. Oregon State Univ., Agr. Exp. Tech.
Bull. 150; Biggam, R. C. & M. A. Brusven. 1989. Great Basin Nat., 49: 259-274).
Among the more interesting records are the first collections of Buenoa (Noto-
nectidae) and Macrovelia hornii Uhler (Macroveliidae). No specimens of Buenoa
were known previously from Washington or Idaho (Polhemus, J. T. & D. A.
Polhemus. 1988. Catalog of the Heteroptera, or true bugs, of Canada and the
continental United States. E. J. Brill, New York) or, in fact, from the Pacific
Northwest (Truxal, F. S. 1953. Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull., 35: 1351-1523). Scudder,
however, intensively surveyed British Columbia and collected B. confusa Truxal
and B. macrotibialis Hungerford (Scudder, G. G. E. 1977. Syesis, 10: 31-38).
I found three species of Buenoa, but none in large numbers. A single B. mar-
garitacea Torre-Bueno was taken (WASHINGTON. LINCOLN Co.: Snyder
Slough, 30.4 km NW of Ewan) in conjunction with a much larger series (19) of
B. macrotibialis. Snyder slough is a series of small seep and spring runoff pools
which occupy an area of rough basalt in east-central Washington. During the
spring the area is usually flooded and collecting is unproductive. As summer
progresses the area covered by water is drastically reduced until only a series of
small pools are left. Both B. margaritacea and B. macrotibialis were taken from
the slough in late August.
Buenoa macrotibialis was also collected (WASHINGTON. GRANT Co.: Co¬
lumbia National Wildlife Refuge, ca. 19.2 km NW of Othello), again, in an area
of seep and runoff pools. Only a single specimen was found in water approximately
1.5 m deep during over two hours of searching. Large numbers of Notonecta
unifasciata Guerin-Meneville and Hesperocorixa laevigata (Uhler) were taken in
the same pool. In Idaho, six specimens were taken from a farm pond (IDAHO.
LATAH Co.: 1.6 km W of Helmer) in late August. The pond had been reduced
to approximately one-third of its normal size due to two years of severe drought.
Although the pond had been sampled numerous times previously and several
times since, no other specimens have been collected.
Buenoa confusa was collected from two sites in northern Idaho (IDAHO.
BOUNDARY Co.: Kootenai National Wildlife Refuge, Leo’s pond; Sinclair Lake,
ca. 8 km S of Eastport). “Leo’s pond” is a shallow, mud-bottomed pool with little
algal vegetation. Sinclair Lake is a woodland pool which was just under 2 m deep
where the single B. confusa was taken. A single B. confusa (WASHINGTON.
1990
SCIENTIFIC NOTE
169
WASHINGTON AND IDAHO
Figure 1. Distribution of Heteroptera new to Washington and Idaho (see text).
STEVENS Co.: Thomas Lake, 36.8 km NE of Colville) is in the Oregon State
University—Systematic Entomology Laboratory.
Buenoa is probably more common throughout Idaho and Washington than
reported here. All of my specimens were taken late in the year when pools were
at their lowest levels, or during periods of extreme drought. In several instances
they were taken from areas of the ponds that would normally be impossible to
sample. It is possible that Buenoa normally inhabit deeper water and are thus
unlikely to be collected.
Macrovelia hornii Uhler (Macroveliidae) was taken at three locations in Wash¬
ington, two in the extreme southeastern comer and one in the southwestern part
of the state. At both eastern locations (WASHINGTON. ASOTIN Co.: 6.4 km S
of Anatone; 9.6 km W of Asotin, along Asotin Creek) the insects were taken in
vegetation along the margins of moving water. At the western site (WASHING¬
TON. CLARK Co.: ca. 8 km NE of Battle Ground) the habitat consisted of a
shallow pool approximately 15m across. The specimen was taken in vegetation
along the pond margin.
Acknowledgment. —I thank F. S. Truxal for aid in the identifications of Buenoa.
Material used for this study was collected by the author, J. Back, J. Jenkins, J.
Sirota, J. D. Lattin, and W. J. Turner. An early draft of the manuscript was
reviewed by R. D. Akre and E. P. Catts. The map was generated by Dan Suomi.
Richard S. Zack, Department of Entomology, James Entomological Collection,
Washington State University, Pullman, Washington 99164-6432.
Received 4 November 1989; accepted 4 January 1990.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66(2): 170-171, (1990)
Scientific Note
NEW HOSTS FOR CEPHALONOMIA UTAHENSIS BRUES
(HYMENOPTERA: BETHYLIDAE)
Cephalonomia utahensis Brues is a small, brown, clouded-winged parasitoid of
Scolytus rugulosus Ratzeburg (Coleoptera: Scolytidae) larvae, and occurs from
Baja California Norte, Mexico north to Idaho. The species may be conspecific
with Cephalonomia hyalinipennis Ashmead, a clear-winged species occurring in
Europe, South America, southern Canada and throughout the United States (Ev¬
ans, H. E. 1978. Mem. Amer. Entomol. Instit., 27). The hosts of C. hyalinipennis
include the scolytids: Scolytus rugulosus, Conopthorus coniperda (Schwarz), Pis-
sodes terminalis Hopping, Pityophthorus spp. and Hypothenemus spp. (Evans,
1978; Krombein, K. V. 1979. Bethylidae. pp. 1203-1219. In Krombein et al.
(eds.). Cat. of Hymenoptera in America north of Mexico. Vol. I. Smith. Instit.
Press, Wash., D.C.).
I discovered two new hosts for C. utahensis ; voucher specimens of C. utahensis
for each host record are deposited in the California Academy of Sciences, San
Francisco.
Cephalonomia utahensis was reared from Ozognathus cornutus Leconte (Co¬
leoptera: Anobiidae) larvae in old Andricus quercuscalifornicus Bassett (Hyme¬
noptera: Cynipidae) galls on Quercus douglasii Hooker & Amott and Quercus
lobata Nee at three localities: CALIFORNIA. FRESNO Co.: Fresno, galls on Q.
lobata, collected 8 Mar 1983. MADERA Co.: hwy 41, 8 km N of Avenue 15, galls
on Q. douglasii, collected 11 Apr 1982. TULARE Co.: Visalia, galls on Q. lobata,
collected 14 Mar 1983.
The galls (“oak apples”) were 2.5-10 cm diameter and most possessed emer¬
gence holes of various sizes. Ozognathus cornutus and C. utahensis were commonly
reared from these galls.
A possible host record involves Tricorynus arizonicus White (Coleoptera: An¬
obiidae) in Walshomyia sp. (Diptera: Cecidomyidae) cone-like galls on Juniperus
californica Carriere from: CALIFORNIA. FRESNO Co.: Mineral Sprgs. Rec.
Area, 36 km W of Coalinga, collected 8 Apr 1983.1 collected 58 galls from which
30 T. arizonicus and 25 male and 3 female C. utahenisis were reared. These galls
were tan colored, dry, and possessed emergence holes approximately 2 mm di¬
ameter. No other potential hosts were reared.
Acknowledgment.—I thank H. E. Evans (Colorado State University, Fort Col¬
lins) for confirming C. utahenisis ; F. G. Andrews (California Department of Food
and Agriculture, Sacramento) for identifying O. cornutus ; and R. J. Gagne and
R. E. White (Systematic Entomology Laboratory, USDA-ARS) for identifying
the cecidomyid and T. arizonicus, respectively; D. J. Burdick (California State
1990
SCIENTIFIC NOTE
171
University, Fresno) for editorial comments on this manuscript; and J. A. Oldham
(Kings River Conservation District, Fresno) for photographic aid.
Jeffrey A. Halstead, Department of Biology, California State University, Fresno.
Present address: 110 West Bar stow #112, Fresno, California 93704.
Received 27 March 1989; accepted 22 December 1989.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66 ( 2 ): 171 - 172 , ( 1990 )
Scientific Note
NEW SYNONYMY OF BRUCHUS PODAGRICUS FABRICIUS
AND BRUCHUS CROTONAE FAHRAEUS, WITH A
LECTOTYPE DESIGNATION AND A NEW
COMBINATION FOR B. PODAGRICUS
(COLEOPTERA: BRUCHIDAE: CTENOCOLUM)
Bruchus podagricus Fabr., 1801, is a senior synonym of Bruchus crotonae Fah-
raeus, 1839, NEW SYNONYMY. We recently compared the two female syntypes
(Fabricius, J. C. 1801: 399. Systema Eleutheratorum. 1.) of Bruchus podagricus
with homotypes (Fahraeus, O. J. von. 1839:123. In Schoenherr, C. J., Genera et
Species Curculionidum, 5 (1).) of B. crotonae. We are confident that both names
refer to the same species. The specimens of B. crotonae that we examined were
slightly smaller and darker than those of B. podagricus, but the external structures
were almost identical. We also compared the genitalia of male specimens (not
types) of B. podagricus with those of B. crotonae and the genitalia were identical.
The male genitalia of most bruchid beetles have many very reliable diagnostic
characters.
The female specimen of B. podagricus bearing the small, square, green label,
the large rectangular red label with the word “TYPE” on it, and the label LEC¬
TOTYPE, Bruchus podagricus F., by Johnson & Nilsson, is here designated the
LECTOTYPE for B. podagricus. Kingsolver & Whitehead (Kingsolver, J. M. &
D. R. Whitehead. 1974. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 87: 283-312) placed Bruchus
crotonae in their new genus Ctenocolum, so B. podagricus is now Ctenocolum
podagricus, NEW COMBINATION. Bruchus pictifemur Sharp is also a junior
synonym of B. podagricus (Kingsolver & Whitehead 1974).
Ctenocolum podagricus has a distribution from Mexico to Costa Rica and the
West Indies and feeds in the seeds of Lonchocarpus hondurensis Bentham, L.
rugosus Bentham, L. nitidus (Vogel) Bentham, L. eriocarinalis Micheli, L. mar-
garitensis Pittier, L. pentaphyllus Poiret, L. costaricensis Donn & Smith, L. min-
imiflorus Donn & Smith, L. parviflorus, and Piscidia carthagenensis Jacquin (King¬
solver & Whitehead 1974; Janzen, D. H. 1980. Jour. Ecol., 68: 929-952).
172
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 66(2)
Type Depositories: Bruchus podagricus: Zoologisk Museum, Copenhagen, Den¬
mark. Bruchus crotonae : Naturhistoriska Riksmuseet, Stockholm, Sweden. Bru¬
chus pictifemur: British Museum (Natural History), London, England.
Acknowledgment.— We thank John M. Kingsolver for leading the homotypes
of B. crotonae and Ole Martin for the types of B. podagricus.
Clarence Dan Johnson and Jan A. Nilsson, Department of Biological Sciences,
Northern Arizona University, Flagstaff, Arizona 86011-5640.
Received 20 February 1990; accepted 21 February 1990.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66 ( 2 ): 172 - 174 , ( 1990 )
Scientific Note
THE KOREAN WATER BEETLE GAME
Koreans seem to have a better ability to enjoy insects than do Americans.
Grasshoppers and dragonflies, particularly the redpepper dragonfly ( Crocothemis
servilia Drury), whose red body resembles the redpeppers so essential to Korean
cooking, are prominent and popular symbols of autumn. Koreans are fond of
their country’s numerous and very loud “crying” cicadas. Boiled silkmoth pupae
(Bombyx mori L.) are a very common snackfood that is sold to strollers in Seoul’s
parks and entertainment districts. At some silkmoth pupae sellers, buyers enjoy
determining the quantity of pupae they get for their money, by throwing a dart
at a spinning wooden disk divided into sections indicating differing amounts of
pupae.
Another more complex human-insect “social” interaction in Korea involves
Cybister japonicus Sharp, a large, 35-40 mm dytiscid beetle that ranges through
much of Northeast Asia (Cho, P. S. 1969. Illustrated encyclopedia of fauna and
flora of Korea, 10: 184. Korean Ministry of Education, Seoul). In July, 1989,
while visiting the camival-like amusement area on top of Seoul’s prestigious Lotte
department store, I noticed a crowd of laughing people gathered around something
on the floor. Working my way through the crowd, I found that the people were
playing mul bang gae nori— the water beetle game.
This roulette-like game (Fig. 1) is played using an oval metal tank containing
3-4 cm of water that is partitioned along its inner edge with vertical flanges that
rise a little above the water level. On the platform rim of the tank sit prizes such
as candy, chewing gum, soda drinks, cigarettes, small toys and ceramic ornaments.
A funnel, supported by tripod legs, sits in the center of the tank above the water.
To play the game the customer pays the proprietor 200 won (US $0.30) and
dips a spoon into the tank and under the water beetle, lifting it out of the pool.
The beetle is then dropped through the funnel into the water. The disturbed beetle
1990
SCIENTIFIC NOTE
173
Figure 1. The Korean water beetle game; the arrow indicates Cybister japonicus Sharp (Dytiscidae).
swims quickly towards the edge of the tank, coming to rest in one of the slots
formed by the metal flanges (see the arrow in the figure). The player wins the
prize, if any, above the slot that the beetle enters. Some players try to orient the
beetle’s head towards a desired prize as they drop it through the funnel. This is
rarely successful because the beetle usually twists and turns as it falls and begins
to swim toward the edge of the tank.
In August another game was observed in the Lotte World complex in the Seoul
suburbs and it was also seen in Inchon (Lee Jang-Hoon, personal communication).
From the proprietors of the water beetle game, it was learned that the materials
for the game, including C. japonicus, are purchased from a distributor. The beetles
are fed mudfish (Misgurnus spp., Cobitidae) and are reported to live for several
months while being used in the game.
The players and onlookers (up to 30 at a time were counted) seem to take a
delight in the game unwarranted by the modest prizes that can be won. Their
enjoyment probably relates to the gambling aspect of the game, the nostalgia the
game produces because it used to be a more common source of amusement, and
a fondness for the water beetle (Lee Jang-Hoon, personal communication). In
Korea, mul bang gae (water beetle) is a nickname for a fat man, probably because
of the beetle’s broad oval shape. The nickname also carries a comic connotation,
perhaps because of the beetle’s awkward swimming motion and an imagined
similarity with the lumbering gait of some obese people. A popular television
character on the Korean Broadcast Company Two’s 1980s situation comedy
“Angel of the City,” was fat, funny, and named mul bang gae.
174
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(2)
Acknowledgment.—! thank Lee Jang-Hoon and Lee Goen-Hyoung (USDA-
ARS, Asian Parasite Lab, Seoul) for photography and discussion; and James
Johnson (University of Idaho, Moscow), David Reed (USDA-ARS, Stillwater,
Oklahoma) and Lee Jang-Hoon for reviewing the manuscript.
Robert W. Pemberton, Asian Parasite Laboratory, U.S. Dept, of Agriculture-
Agricultural Research Service, Seoul, Korea (% American Embassy, APO San
Francisco 96301).
Received 12 December 1989; accepted 8 January 1990.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66 ( 2 ): 174 - 175 , ( 1990 )
Scientific Note
DESTRUCTION OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
BY SOLENOPSIS XYLONI McCOOK
(HYMENOPTERA: FORMICIDAE)
Many ant species, especially the red imported fire ant (S. invicta Buren), attack
and destroy electrical equipment (MacKay, W., S. Majdi, S. B. Vinson & C.
Messer. 1989. Prevention of fire ant damage to signal control. Research Report
1135-2F, Texas Transportation Institute; Vinson, S. B. & W. MacKay (in press).
Effects of the fire ant, Solenopsis invicta, on electrical equipment. In Vander
Meer, R. & K. Jaffe (eds.). Applied myrmecology, a world perspective. Westview
Press). We have demonstrated that ants are attracted to electrical fields generated
by such equipment (MacKay et al. 1989). We have found that a native ant, the
southern fire ant S. xyloni McCook, also causes extensive damage to electrical
installations in southern California. This species has been previously reported to
cause damage to electrical equipment in Texas (Eagleson, C. 1940. J. Econ. Ento-
mol., 33: 700).
We evaluated damage caused by S. xyloni in Monrovia and Temple City, Los
Angeles Co., California. The cities of San Dimas and Montclair, in southern
California, have reported similar problems. Ants enter the electrical “pull boxes”
which contain traffic signal wiring, and remove insulation from wires, causing
shorts and signal failure. Most damage is on the load side wiring (120 VAC), and
is very costly.
Solenopsis invicta also removes wire insulation, destroys relay switches in signal
control cabinets and even enters traffic light housings, but is not directly attracted
to the insulation on the wire. We tested seven types of wire (used in traffic control
cabinets in Texas) that were known to be heavily attacked by ants (MacKay et
al. 1989); insulation on some of these wires was made from a vegetable oil base.
1990
SCIENTIFIC NOTE
175
Weighed pieces of wire (lacking electrical current) were placed in laboratory and
field colonies of S. invicta in eastern Texas, but none lost significant mass during
one year. Apparently the ants do not mistake insulation for a food source, or
consume the insulation. The attractiveness of electrical fields may cause S. invicta
to strip insulation from wires. Apparently S. xyloni acts similarly.
Acknowledgment. — Research was supported by the Texas State Department of
Highways and Public Transportation and the California Department of Food and
Agriculture. Publication number TA-24922, Texas Agricultural Experiment Sta¬
tion.
William P. MacKay, 1 David Sparks 2 and S. Bradleigh Vinson, 1 1 Department
of Entomology, Texas A&M University, College Station, Texas 77843’, 2 Southern
California Edison, 1440 California Ave., Monrovia, California 91016.
Received 25 September 1989; accepted 9 February 1990.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66 ( 2 ): 175 - 176 , ( 1990 )
Scientific Note
CONFIRMATION OF HEDYSARUM BORE ALE NUTTALL
(LEGUMINOSAE) AS A HOST PLANT FOR
ACANTHOSCELIDES FRATERCULUS (HORN)
(COLEOPTERA: BRUCHIDAE)
I have recently confirmed that the seed beetle, Acanthoscelides fraterCulus (Horn),
uses Utah sweet vetch, Hedysarum boreale Nuttall (Leguminosae) as a host plant.
This beetle is polyphagous, using a wide range of host plants in the western United
States. The use of H. boreale by A. fraterculus was previously reported only once
(Riley, C. V. & L. O. Howard. 1892. Insect Life, 5: 165-166); other authors
(Cushman, R. A. 1911. Jour. Econ. Entomol., 4: 489-510; Johnson, C. D. 1970.
Univ. Calif. Publ. Entomol., 59: 1-116; Zacher, F. 1952. Zeitschrift Angew. Ento¬
mol., 33: 460-480) have cited the Riley & Howard record, but have never con¬
firmed the use of this host. I had previously collected several seed lots of this
plant from Arizona and Colorado but have not reared A. fraterculus or other
bruchids from them. I, therefore, erroneously believed Riley & Howard’s record
to be a misidentification of either the beetle or the host plant. Because Hedysarum
boreale is one of several plants involved in current research projects aimed at
reclamation and revegetation of disturbed lands and deteriorated ranges in Rio
Blanco County, Colorado, such attempts to use it in the replantings must now
consider the potential seed loss to this bruchid.
Acknowledgment.— The beetles were sent to me for identification by B. C.
176
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(2)
Kondratieff (Colorado State University, Fort Collins). The beetles were collected
by S. E. Stranathan and J. Massey.
Clarence Dan Johnson, Department of Biological Sciences, Northern Arizona
University, Flagstaff, Arizona 86011-5640.
Received 13 October 1989; accepted 10 January 1990.
EDITORIAL NOTICE
CALL FOR MANUSCRIPTS
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist is calling for the submission of quality manu¬
scripts, particularly full length articles. The journal is currently behind schedule
and has had fewer than the desired number of pages (100 p.) in issues 66 (1) and
66 (2), due to a number of factors, including a significantly increased rejection
rate by reviewers for submitted manuscripts.
Submitted manuscripts should carefully follow the publication guidelines out¬
lined in 66(1): 1-8.To expedite changes that may be required, manuscripts should
be done preferably on a word-processor with a file copy maintained until the
article is formally accepted. Due to the current deficit of manuscripts, articles that
are submitted in the near future should be publishable in less than one year.
Authors of taxonomic manuscripts should follow the paragraph formats and
style layouts shown in current examples of systematics (i.e., Johnson, K. Pan-
Pacif. Entomol., 66 (2): 97-125.) because of special changes in format, including
the requirements for a diagnosis, a type-material paragraph, and a specific data
format for material examined.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66 ( 2 ): 177 - 180 , ( 1990 )
Book Review
Kevan, D. K. McE. & G. G. E. Scudder. 1989. Illustrated Keys to the Families
of Terrestrial Arthropods of Canada. 1. Myriapods (Millipedes, Centipedes,
etc.). Biological Survey of Canada Taxonomic Series No. 1, Ottawa, 88 pp. +
I-VI.
This work expands recent coverage on Canadian myriapods to include the
northern United States and Alaska, and provides illustrated keys to families of
all known or presumed myriapods in these areas. Its overriding significance is its
status as the first coordinated publication of a national biological survey in the
Nearctic addressing the biodiversity crisis. The Biological Survey of Canada (Ter¬
restrial Arthropods) develops and coordinates national initiatives in taxonomic
and ecological entomology, and Kevan & Scudder’s work introduces a series of
family-level keys to terrestrial arthropods of northern North American within
this framework.
The book is attractively prepared with representatives of the four myriapod
classes illustrated on the glossy red cover. Its loose-leaf, plastic ring binding and
small size (5V2 x 814 in) make it more of a manual than a book, and, therefore,
more applicable to keying out unknown myriapods under a stereomicroscope. It
occupies little space on a lab bench and readily lies open on any page, freeing the
user to work with a specimen. Boldface initial parts of each couplet facilitate quick
determinations in the field. The keys are introduced with a judicious literature
summary of both general and specialized publications. Additional publications
are referenced in the endnotes, so that the bibliography (p. 78-80) constitutes an
introduction to the literature of the northern Nearctic region. Although some
specialized papers are cited, a more inclusive listing of similar pertinent works
would have been useful.
The glossary, one of the few dictionaries anywhere to the basic myriapod vo¬
cabulary, is a particularly beneficial feature of the book. Readers are introduced
to around 100 anatomical terms for myriapods, but some important ones are
omitted. For example, the terms acropodite, prostatic groove, solenomerite, and
telopodite are commonly employed in keys and diagnoses of polydesmoid mil-
lipeds and are necessary to understand literature on this order. Although this
publication features family keys, users will have to consult taxonomic works for
most generic and specific determinations; therefore, a glossary more inclusive of
specialized terminology would enhance future volumes.
The book is a positive advertisement for desk-top publishing systems; the print,
consisting of several pitches and fonts, is clearly readable. Unfortunately, the text
is marred by inconsistencies, reiterated errors of past authors, and difficulties and
even contradictions in the couplets, particularly pertaining to the order Chordeu-
matida and some of its families. I therefore feel that a revised edition is in order.
To illustrate why, I confine my remarks to the Diplopoda and emphasize at the
outset that much of the pre-1960 literature on the Nearctic fauna is unreliable,
with many subtle errors that are not apparent to nonspecialists or persons lacking
extensive field experience. Over-reliance on the older literature can, therefore,
178
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(2)
result in inadvertent repetition of errors or past misconceptions. Rigorous pre¬
publication review is needed to ensure accuracy in the finished product, but this
work seems to have lacked not only review by specialists but also careful proofing
in general, as evidenced by internal contradictions and inconsistencies. The au¬
thors present detailed endnotes to the point of correcting such minuscule literature
oversights as providing initials for collectors previously listed as unknown, but
this level of care does not seem to be reflected in the text itself where it really
matters. For example, the statement on p. 10 that the subclass Pentazonia has
not been reported from Canada is contradicted by the referenced endnote (#5),
which refers to Pentazonia found in Canada. The text statement is correct, but
users unfamiliar with diplopods will not know which to believe. There is also a
contradiction in taxonomic status between the text and the classification in the
appendix. In the latter, on p. 68, the authors include the family Underwoodiidae
in the Caseyidae, a synonymy recognized by diplopodologists since 1963. How¬
ever, in the key to chordeumatoid families (p. 33), they cite the subfamily “Un-
derwoodiinae,” which actually constitutes a new status! Is this an accidental
typographical error or an intentional usage? If the latter, it should be accompanied
by a diagnostic statement contrasting it with, presumably, the Caseyinae. Though
the work is not intended to delve into taxonomy, the authors should present a
rationale for splitting this family into two subfamilies, because this represents a
new concept for the Caseyidae.
The work is copiously illustrated, but in some of the larger, whole animal
drawings, the reduction method blurred narrowly segregated lines to form a solid,
blackened mass. This is most noticeable in the legs of such millipeds as Allajulus
punctatus (fig. 8a), Aniulus sp. (fig. 10a), Orinisobates expressus (fig. lli), and
Abacion magnum (fig. 13a). A better reduction process might alleviate this prob¬
lem, but for most millipeds whole body drawings are not mandatory to follow a
key and can be omitted in favor of detailed, smaller figures of one or two segments.
Some illustrations also are less than life-like, and again the full-body drawings,
the most difficult to prepare, are the least representative. For example, body
proportions do not seem quite right in the lateral views of Aniulus sp. (fig. 10a)
and O. expressus (fig. 1 li), which seem too broad or high, and the whole drawing
of Rhiscosomides mineri (fig. 17a) only vaguely resembles a rhiscosomidid, in
contrast to the middle trunk segment (fig. 17d), a reasonable likeness. Problems
also arise in depicting the dorsal polygonal areas of Polydesmus spp. (figs. 26a,
26b, 26e), where a finer pen for the inner lines and shading or stippling would
provide more realistic drawings. There is also an inconsistency in that the gon-
opods of Ophiodesmus albonanus and Nearctodesmus insularis (figs. 27c, 28c) are
upside down, presumably because that is their position in life, whereas those of
Adrityla cucullata (fig. 15c) are rightside up. In the modem literature, dissected
gonopods are positioned with the coxa to the bottom, because that is their ori¬
entation when viewed in situ; the first two drawings should, therefore, be inverted
to conform to standard practice.
The authors do not indicate their sources for the illustrations but many are
recognizable to persons familiar with the Nearctic literature. Credit should be
provided in each caption to the originators if for no other reason than to assign
responsibility for errors unwittingly reproduced! For example, the gnathochilar-
ium of Narceus a. americanus (fig. 6i) appears to taken from Plate I, fig. 7 in
1990
BOOK REVIEW
179
Keeton (1960, Mem. Amer. Entomol. Soc., 17), because the palps, although longer
than in Keeton’s drawing, disproportionately so according to my observations,
are not set off from the stipes. In the Spirobolida, as in other helminthomorph
orders, the palps articulate with the stipes, so the authors should have corrected
Keeton’s error or at least explained it and assigned it to him in the caption. The
coiled callipodoid (fig. 13b) is taken from Williams & Hefner (1928, Ohio Biol.
Surv. Bull., 18: fig. 15c), except that it is labeled as a female of Abacion magnum
instead of an unsexed individual of A. lactarium (= Callipus lactarius). I do not
know how the authors determined the sex or that Williams and Hefner’s iden¬
tification was wrong, because A. magnum has not been recorded from Ohio (Shel¬
ley, R. M. 1984. Can. J. Zool., 62: 980-988); but more importantly the species
of Abacion do not coil in layers like parajulids, they form flat spirals. This error
has thus been unintentionally incorporated into the modem literature. Conse¬
quently, the reference to the layered spiral in the ordinal key, in the first half of
couplet 6 (p. 12) that leads to the Callipodida, should be deleted and the second
half of this couplet should be amended to indicate that the family Parajulidae,
order Julida, can form layered spirals.
Keys to millipeds below the ordinal level are difficult to devise, particularly in
terms comprehensible to nonbiologists, relying more on general somatic features
than on details of the genitalia. To attempt to develop them for both sexes and
immatures is to render the task virtually impossible. The authors have admirably
sought workable keys for adults and immatures that are not overly technical, but
problems with couplets on the Julida and Chordeumatida remain. In the key to
juloid families (p. 19), the heavily striated Paeromopodidae derives from the
second half of the first couplet, otherwise referencing forms without distinct dorsal
striae. However, most users unfamiliar with paeromopodids will probably assign
them to the Julidae because “distinct striations” is highlighted in bold print in
the first half of the first couplet, which references this family. Taking julids and
paeromopodids off together because of these striae, and segregating them later on
the basis of adult size, degree of distinction of the sutures, and configuration of
the first legs in males, would have minimized confusion and resulted in a more
natural dichotomy from other juloid families. More significant difficulties occur
in couplets on the Chordeumatida. Persons trying to determine the order of such
smooth-bodied chordeumatoid genera as Conotyla, Underwoodia, Cleidogona,
and Trichopetalum will probably misassign them to the Spirobolida, Spirostrep-
tida, or Julida because of the erroneous statement in bold print in the half of
couplet 6 (p. 12) leading to the Chordeumatida, “trunk segments always with strong
longitudinal ridges or carinae.” This statement holds for only one chordeumatoid
family, Striariidae. Even such rough-textured forms as representatives of the Rhis-
cosomididae, Tingupidae, and Branneriidae, and heavily striated forms of the
Caseyidae, hardly exhibit carinae, so they too may be keyed to the wrong order.
Readers should thus skip the initial bold comparison about smoothness vs. carinae
and ridges in couplet 6 in the ordinal key and rely on other criteria. Indeed, the
key to chordeumatoid families (p. 26-33) corrects this discrepancy at the outset
by opposing the Striariidae, with strong carinae, to other families that, if sculp¬
tured, lack “strong, full-length dorsal, keel-like carinae.” However, this key goes
astray in the next couplet, where usually smooth and shiny forms are contrasted
with ones not notably shiny. Cleidogonids and many western caseyids would
180
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(2)
surely be considered shiny, if not entirely smooth because of ventrolateral striae,
but they derive from the “not notably shiny” half of couplet 2. On the other hand,
adritylids, which are “not notably smooth and shiny” in bold print in couplet 3,
derive from the “usually smooth, shiny” half of couplet 2. Qualifiers to the smooth
and shiny criterion—length of antennae, and pigmentation and arrangement of
ocelli—do not sufficiently clarify it, and the other cited feature, distinctness of the
division of the gnathochilarial mentum, is difficult to see and interpret. To reliably
distinguish conotylids and Adrityla, the authors may have to resort to genitalic
features of adults; aspects of the male gonopods on these and certain other mil-
lipeds are usually as easily seen and interpreted as those of the gnathochilaria,
which are cited throughout the book. In short, users will experience difficulty
keying chordeumatoids to order if the specimen is not a striariid, and to family
if it is a smooth bodied or perhaps striated form of the families Caseyidae, Clei-
dogonidae, or Adritylidae. As chordeumatoids are an important component of
the Canadian fauna, this difficulty is a significant drawback to the publication.
In summary, this book is admirable in principle and practical in its size and
format, but it contains inconsistencies and errors that diminish its value. Some
of these objections may be regarded as minor, and erroneously depicting the coiling
of Abacion only minimally affects the workability of the keys. However, such
errors in a modern publication are disconcerting to those striving to undo the
legacy of confusion and misinformation that surrounds these arthropods, and
precision and attention to detail are hallmarks of a polished presentation. Com¬
bined, these difficulties tend to defeat the book’s purpose, for rather than clarifying
northern millipeds and facilitating determinations by nonspecialists, users may
still find themselves confused and may unknowingly miskey many chordeuma¬
toids. A revised edition, therefore, seems consistent with the objectives of this
laudable publication series. The Biological Survey of Canada (Terrestrial Arthro¬
pods) has no equivalent in the United States, testifying to Canadian farsightedness
and commitment to actually studying biodiversity rather than debating the merits
of such a program. We in the United States should therefore salute their pro¬
gressiveness and the significance of their accomplishment. May they stimulate
America to follow Canada’s lead.
Rowland M. Shelley, North Carolina State Museum of Natural Sciences, P.O.
Box 27647, Raleigh, North Carolina 27611.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Information for Contributors
See volume 66 (1): 1-8, January 1990, for detailed format information and the issues thereafter for examples. Manuscripts must be
in English, but foreign language summaries are permitted. Manuscripts not meeting the format guidelines may be returned. Please
maintain a copy of the article on a word-processor because revisions are usually necessary before acceptance, pending review and copy¬
editing.
Format. — Type manuscripts in a legible serif font IN DOUBLE OR TRIPLE SPACE with 1.5 in margins on one side of 8.5 x 11 in,
nonerasable, high quality paper. THREE (3) COPIES of each manuscript must be submitted, EACH INCLUDING REDUCTIONS
OF ANY FIGURES TO THE 8.5 x 11 IN PAGE. Number pages as: title page (page 1), abstract and key words page (page 2), text
pages (pages 3+), acknowledgment page, literature cited pages, footnote page, tables, figure caption page; place original figures last.
List the corresponding author’s name, address including ZIP code, and phone number on the title page in the upper right comer. The
title must include the taxon’s designation, where appropriate, as: (Order: Family). The ABSTRACT must not exceed 250 words; use
five to seven words or concise phrases as KEY WORDS. Number FOOTNOTES sequentially and list on a separate page.
Text. — Demarcate MAJOR HEADINGS as centered headings and MINOR HEADINGS as left indented paragraphs with lead phrases
underlined and followed by a period and two hypens. CITATION FORMATS are: Coswell (1986), (Asher 1987a, Franks & Ebbet
1988, Dorly et al. 1989), (Burton in press) and (R. F. Tray, personal communication). For multiple papers by the same author use:
(Weber 1932, 1936, 1941; Sebb 1950, 1952). For more detailed reference use: (Smith 1983: 149-153, Price 1985: fig. 7a, Nothwith
1987: table 3).
Taxonomy. — Systematics manuscripts have special requirements outlined in volume 66(1): 1-8, including SEPARATE PARAGRAPHS
FOR DIAGNOSES, TYPES AND MATERIAL EXAMINED (INCLUDING A SPECIFIC FORMAT). List the unabbreviated
taxonomic author of each species after its first mention.
Literature Cited. — Format examples are:
Anderson, T. W. 1984. An introduction to multivariate statistical analysis (2nd ed). John Wiley & Sons, New York.
Blackman, R. L., P. A. Brown & V. F. Eastop. 1987. Problems in pest aphid taxonomy: can chromosomes plus morphometries
provide some answers? pp. 233-238. In Holman, J., J. Pelikan, A. G. F. Dixon & L. Weismann (eds.). Population structure, genetics
and taxonomy of aphids and Thysanoptera. Proc. international symposium held at Smolenice Czechoslovakia, Sept. 9-14, 1985.
SPB Academic Publishing, The Hague, The Netherlands.
Ferrari, J. A. & K. S. Rai. 1989. Phenotypic correlates of genome size variation in Aedes albopictus. Evolution, 42: 895-899.
Sorensen, J. T. (in press). Three new species of Essigella (Homoptera: Aphididae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol.
Illustrations. — Illustrations must be of high quality and large enough to ultimately reduce to 117 x 181 mm while maintaining label
letter sizes of at least 1 mm; this reduction must also allow for space below the illustrations for the typeset figure captions. Authors
are strongly encouraged to provide illustrations no larger than 8.5 x 11 in for easy handling. Number figures in the order presented.
Mount all illustrations. Label illustrations on the back noting: (1) figure number, (2) direction of top, (3) author’s name, (4) title of
the manuscript, and (5) journal. FIGURE CAPTIONS must be on a separate, numbered page; do not attach captions to the figures.
Tables. — Keep tables to a minimum and do not reduce them. Table must be DOUBLE-SPACED THROUGHOUT and continued
on additional sheets of paper as necessary. Designate footnotes within tables by alphabetic letter.
Scientific Notes. — Notes use an abbreviated format and lack: an abstract, key words, footnotes, section headings and a Literature Cited
section. Minimal references are listed in the text in the format: (Bohart, R. M. 1989. Pan-Pacific. Entomol., 65: 156-161.). A short
acknowledgment is permitted as a minor headed paragraph. Authors and affiliations are listed in the last, left indented paragraph of
the note with the affiliation underscored.
Page Charges. — PCES members are charged $30 per page. Members without institutional or grant support may apply to the society
for a grant to cover up to one half of these charges. Nonmembers are charged $60 per page. Page charges do not include reprint costs,
or charges for author changes to manuscripts after they are sent to the printer.
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Volume 66 April 1990 Number 2
Contents
JOHNSON, K .—Penaincisalia, a new genus of “elfin’Mike butterflies from the high andes
(Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae). 97
OLSEN, A. R. & T. H. SIDEBOTTOM—Biological observations on Chrysomya megacephala
(Fabr.) (Diptera: Calliphoridae) in Los Angeles, California and the Palau Islands. 126
ANDERSEN, H. E.—Three new Nearctic species of Halticopterina Erdds (Hymenoptera: Pter-
omalidae).. 131
DOWELL, R. V., J. M. SCRIBER & R. C. LEDERHOUSE—Survival of Papilio rutulus Lucas
(Lepidoptera: Papilionidae) larvae on 42 potential host plants. 140
McCAHON, T. J. & J. A. LOCKWOOD—Nest architecture and pedoturbation of Formica
obscuripes Forel (Hymenoptera: Formicidae). 147
ALCOCK, J.—Body size and territorial behavior in the bee Protoxaea gloriosa (Fox) (Hyme¬
noptera: Oxaeidae). 157
TURNER, C. E., E. E. GRISSELL, J. P. CUDA & K. CASANAVE —Microdotomerus anthon-
omi (Crawford) (Hymenoptera: Torymidae), an indigenous parasitoid of the introduced
biological control insects Bangasternus orientalis (Capiomont) (Coleoptera: Curculion-
idae) and Urophora affinis Frauenfeld (Diptera: Tephritidae). 162
SCIENTIFIC NOTES
MILLER, T. D.—New additions to the bethyloid fauna of Arizona (Hymenoptera). 167
ZACK, R. S.—Aquatic Heteroptera (Notonectidae and Macroveliidae) new to Washington and
Idaho. 168
HALSTEAD, J. A.—New hosts for Cephalonomia utahensis Brues (Hymenoptera: Bethylidae)
. 170
JOHNSON, C. D. & J. A. NILSSON—New synonymy of Bruchus podagricus Fabricius and
Bruchus crotonae Fahraeus with a lectotype designation and a new combination for B.
podagricus (Coleoptera: Bruchidae: Ctenocolum ) . 171
PEMBERTON, R. W.—The Korean water beetle game. 172
MacKAY, W. P., D. SPARKS & S. B. VINSON—Destruction of electrical equipment by
Solenopsis xyloni McCook (Hymenoptera: Formicidae). 174
JOHNSON, C. D.—Confirmation of Hedysarum boreale Nuttall (Leguminosae) as a host plant
for Acanthoscelides fraterculus (Horn) (Coleoptera: Bruchidae). 175
EDITORIAL NOTICE: CALL FOR MANUSCRIPTS__ 176
BOOK REVIEW
SHELLEY, R. M. —Kevan, D. K. McE & G. G. Scudder. 1989. Illustrated Keys to the Families
of Terrestrial Arthropods of Canada. 1. Myriapods (Millipedes, Centipedes, etc.). Bio¬
logical Survey of Canada Taxonomic Series No. 1, Ottawa, 88 pp. + I-VI. 177
The
PAN-PACIFIC
ENTOMOLOGIST
Volume 66 July 1990 Number 3
Published by the PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
in cooperation with THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
(ISSN 0031-0603)
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
EDITORIAL BOARD
J. T. Sorensen, Editor
S. S. Shanks, Treasurer
J. T. Doyen J. E. Hafemik, Jr.
R. M. Bohart
J. A. Powell
Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed¬
ings usually appearing in the October issue. All communications regarding non¬
receipt of numbers, requests for sample copies, and financial communications
should be addressed to: Sandra Shanks, Treasurer, Pacific Coast Entomological
Society, Dept, of Biology, University of San Francisco, San Francisco, CA 94117.
Application for membership in the Society and changes of address should be
addressed to: Vincent F. Lee, Secretary, Pacific Coast Entomological Society,
Dept, of Entomology, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San
Francisco, CA 94118-4599.
Manuscripts, proofs, and all correspondence concerning editorial matters (but
not aspects of publication charges or costs) should be sent to: Dr. John T. Sorensen,
Editor, Pan-Pacific Entomologist, Insect Taxonomy Laboratory, California Dept,
of Food & Agriculture, 1220 N Street, Sacramento, CA 95814. See the back cover
for Information-to-Contributors, and volume 66 (1): 1-8, January 1990, for more
detailed information. Refer inquiries for publication charges and costs to the
Treasurer.
The annual dues, paid in advance, are $ 15.00 for regular members of the Society,
$7.50 for student members, or $20.00 for subscription only. Members of the
Society receive The Pan-Pacific Entomologist. Single copies of recent numbers
are $5.00 each or $20.00 per volume. Make checks payable to the Pacific Coast
Entomological Society.
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
OFFICERS FOR 1990
Robert V. Dowell, President Sandra S. Shanks, Treasurer
Leslie S. Saul, President-Elect Vincent F. Lee, Secretary
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST (ISSN 0031-0603) is published quarterly by the Pacific
Coast Entomological Society, c/o California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco,
CA 94118-4599. Second-class postage is paid at San Francisco, CA and additional mailing offices.
Postmaster: Send address changes to the Pacific Coast Entomological Society, c/o California Academy
of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-4599.
This issue mailed 27 December 1990
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist (ISSN 0031-0603)
PRINTED BY THE ALLEN PRESS, INC., LAWRENCE, KANSAS 66044, U.S.A.
THIS PUBLICATION IS PRINTED ON ACID-FREE PAPER.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66(3): 181-194, (1990)
A REVISION OF THE HORSE FLY GENUS
AGKISTROCERUS PHILIP (DIPTERA: TABANIDAE)
John F. Burger, 1 Loth A. Martinez, 2 L. L. Pechuman 3
and Luis V. Bermudez 2
1 Department of Entomology, University of New Hampshire,
Durham, New Hampshire 03824
2 Depto. Parasitologia Agricola, Universidad Autonoma Chapingo,
56230 Texcoco, Edo. de Mexico, Mexico
3 Department of Entomology, Cornell University,
Ithaca, New York 14853
Abstract. — The horse fly genus Agkistrocerus Philip is revised. Tabanus aurantiacus Bellardi from
Mexico is transferred to Agkistrocerus, based on features of the head, body and wings. The female
of aurantiacus is redescribed, the male is described for the first time, and the immature stages
are described and figured, the first for the genus. The male of A. finitimus (Stone) is described
for the first time. Notes on the species included are provided, as are illustrations of principal
taxonomic features. A revised key to the genera of Nearctic Tabanini also is presented.
Key Words.— Insecta, Diptera, Tabanidae, Agkistrocerus
We recently discovered that Tabanus aurantiacus Bellardi, a horse fly from
Mexico, is properly placed in Agkistrocerus Philip. This discovery necessitates a
revision of species now placed in Agkistrocerus, and a redefinition of characters
used to define the genus. Wiedemann (1828) described Tabanus megerlei Wie¬
demann from an unspecified locality in North America. Stone (1938) transferred
megerlei to the Neotropical genus Dicladocera Lutz, and described another species,
D. finitima Stone, from Florida. He also included in Dicladocera three species
now placed in Hamatabanus Philip: scita (Walker) (= carolinensis (Macquart)),
annularis (Hine), and sexfasciata (Stone). Stone’s criteria for placement of these
species in Dicladocera were pilose eyes and the dorsal portion of the basal fla-
gellomere (basal plate) being strongly produced forward into a dorsobasal pro¬
jection.
Fairchild (1940) questioned whether the North American species placed in
Dicladocera, characterized by their relatively broad frons and inflated palpi, were
closely related to Neotropical species of Dicladocera. Philip (1941) proposed plac¬
ing megerlei and finitima in a new subgenus, Agkistrocerus, of Dicladocera. He
believed that while the subcallus had tufts of setae laterally, as in Neotropical
species of Dicladocera, the fully setose basicosta and patterned eyes of megerlei
and finitima warranted subgeneric differentiation. He also placed scita, annularis,
and sexfasciata in Hamatabanus because they lacked the lateral tufts of setae on
the subcallus. Philip (1942) elevated Agkistrocerus to full generic status in the
Tabanini, based on the setose basicosta and fleshy, unsclerotized labella.
Until now, Agkistrocerus and Hamatabanus could be separated from other
Tabanini in North America by the combination of sparsely pilose eyes and an¬
tennal flagellum with a short or long dorsobasal projection. However, the discovery
that “ Tabanus ” aurantiacus Bellardi from Mexico belongs in Agkistrocerus, but
does not have a dorsobasal projection on the basal flagellomere, prompts a re-
182
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(3)
definition of Agkistrocerus. Presented here is a new generic description for Ag-
kistrocerus that differentiates it from other genera to which its species have been
assigned in the past, a revised key to the genera of Tabanini in North America,
and a key to, and notes on, species of Agkistrocerus.
The female of A. aurantiacus has not been described in English, except for a
brief differential diagnosis by Williston (1901), and the males of A. aurantiacus
and A. finitimus have not been previously described. The immature stages of A.
aurantiacus are described, the first known for any species of the genus.
Taxonomy
Agkistrocerus Philip
(Fig. 1)
Dicladocera, subgenus Agkistrocerus Philip 1941. Can. Entomol., 73: 13.
Agkistrocerus Philip 1942. Proc. New England Zool. Club, 21: 57.
Type-Species. — Tabanus megerlei Wiedemann (orig. des.)
Adult. — Large, stout-bodied species, frons relatively broad, index (height of frons divided by width
at base) 2.0-3.0, slightly narrowed below vertex; eyes sparsely to densely pilose, in life purple with
two broad green bands; vestiges of ocelli present; subcallus densely setose laterally; antennal scape
moderately inflated dor sally, basal flagellomere with or without a dorsobasal projection; basicosta
densely and evenly setose, Sc bare above, wing heavily infuscated on basal half with pale areas in the
centers of the R, M and discal cells, or at least with distinct spots on crossveins, cell distinctly
narrowed at wing margin. Males similar in form to females, with eyes rather narrowly contiguous
medially (for about one-fourth to one-third distance from top of frontal triangle to vertex), area between
eyes bearing distinct black setae; postocular fringe of hairs long and conspicuous dorsally.
Mature Larva.— Pale yellow to creamy white, 37-43 mm long, body robust, pubescent markings
dark on all body segments, cuticular striations present dorsally and laterally on all body segments,
anal segment stout, nearly as long as broad, respiratory siphon 3.0-3.5 x longer than its basal diameter.
Diagnosis and Discussion. —Agkistrocerus superficially resembles certain other
genera in the Diachlorini and Tabanini, including those with representatives that
also have a conspicuous dorsobasal projection on the basal flagellomere. Although
originally described as a subgenus of Dicladocera, it differs in having the basicosta
completely and evenly setose and the labella entirely membranous, and thus is
placed in the Tabanini, while Dicladocera is placed in the Diachlorini. Dicladocera
species share with some Agkistrocerus species the feature of the dorsobasal pro¬
jection on the basal flagellomere, but the eyes usually have no color pattern in
life, and cell Mj of the wing is not narrowed at the posterior margin. Males of
Dicladocera differ from Agkistrocerus in having the upper and lower facets of the
eyes dissimilar in size and thus sharply divided, and the eyes are fully contiguous
medially. There also is no overlap in the distribution of these genera. Only Di¬
cladocera nigrocoerulea (Rondani) extends as far north as Panama. Agkistrocerus
aurantiacus (Bellardi) extends as far south as Mexico City and Veracruz in Mexico.
All known species of Hamatabanus also were thought to possess a dorsobasal
projection on the basal flagellomere, but a study currently in progress by G. B.
Fairchild indicates that additional species not having such a projection also belong
in Hamatabanus (G. B. Fairchild, personal communication). Species of Hama¬
tabanus also differ from those of Agkistrocerus in being smaller and more slender-
bodied, the subcallus lacks hairs or setae laterally, the eye pattern in life is one
purple band on a green background, wings either hyaline or not as extensively
1990
BURGER ET AL.: REVISION OF AGKISTROCERUS
183
Figure 1. Agkistrocerus megerlei, female, dorsal view, scale bar is 3 mm.
infuscated, cell Rj not narrowed at wing margin, and the vertex strongly depressed
in females.
A well developed dorsobasal projection on the basal flagellomere appears spo¬
radically in a few species of Tabanus in all regions of the world. It appears to be
a recurring homoplasy within highly diverse genera of Tabanidae, but has value
as a species-group character. In North America, Tabanus imitans Walker and
Tabanus americanus Forster have a more or less well developed dorsobasal pro¬
jection on the basal flagellomere, but they are readily distinguished from Agkis¬
trocerus by the narrower frons, lack of ocelli, lateral patch of setae on the subcallus
absent, bare eyes without pattern, or pattern different from Agkistrocerus species,
and lacking a long fringe of setae on the occipital region behind the eyes.
The mature larva of Agkistrocerus can be distinguished from those of other
genera of Tabanini by the combination of stout body, dark pubescent pattern on
all body segments, and the conspicuous cuticular striations dorsally on abdominal
segments five through seven.
Agkistrocerus aurantiacus (Bellardi) NEW COMBINATION
(Figs. 2-11)
Tabanus aurantiacus Bellardi 1859. Saggio di ditterologia messicana, I: 67.
Female.—(Fig. 2) Length 17-20 mm. Frons dark gray-brown, relatively broad, index (height of
frons divided by width at the base) 3.0, slightly narrowed above near vertex, vestiges of ocelli present;
basal callus dark brown to black, rounded and strongly convex, separated from eye margins, dorsal
extension a narrow line slightly widened at apex; subcallus velvety brown with a prominent patch of
184
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(3)
Figure 2. Agkistrocerus aurantiacus, female, frons, antenna, maxillary palpus, scale bar is 1 mm.
setae laterally; parafacials thickly black setose above near antennal bases, pale yellow pilose below;
beard thick yellow pilose; scape and pedicel gray-black, scape inflated dorsally, bearing mixed black
and yellow setae, flagellum velvety black, without dorsobasal projection; maxillary palpus dark gray,
bearing yellow setae; eyes very sparsely short pilose, in life with two broad green bands on a purple
background; postocular fringe of yellow setae prominent. Scutum dark brown, with narrow, indistinct
paler median and sublateral longitudinal stripes, and bearing mostly yellow and a few black hairs;
scutellum concolorous; notopleural lobes red-brown, densely black setose laterally; pleuron red-brown
with some black tones, yellow pilose; all femora brown, fore femur darker; tibiae pale red, yellow
pilose, fore tibia blackened on apical third; fore tarsus black, mid and hind tarsi brown basally, darkened
apically; wing heavily infuscated on basal half, with paler centers in the radial, medial and cup cells
and discal cell, crossveins and fork of R 4 and R 5 with prominent black clouds, Sc bare above and
below, first posterior cell narrowed at wing margin. Abdomen dorsally black-brown and mostly yellow
pilose, with a prominent row of low, pale gray tomentose median triangles, and tergites one through
four yellow to red laterally; abdomen ventrally dark brown, slightly paler at apices of segments and
mostly pale yellow pilose.
Male. — (Figs. 3—4) Length 16-18 mm. Body generally black-brown and vestiture of head, thorax
and abdomen black except where noted below. Frontal triangle velvety black-brown, densely black
setose laterally; parafacials dark brown, entirely black pilose, beard entirely black; antenna black, basal
flagellomere more slender than in female; apical palpomere of maxillary palpi elongate oval, black,
Figure 3. Agkistrocerus aurantiacus, male, lateral view of head, scale bar is 1 mm.
1990
BURGER ET AL.: REVISION OF AGKISTROCERUS
185
Figure 4. Agkistrocerus aurantiacus, male, frontal view of head, scale bar is 1 mm.
and black setose; eyes only narrowly contiguous along midline, with conspicuous black setae between
them, upper and lower facets not noticeably differentiated in size; tubercle on vertex prominent and
densely black setose. Scutum black-brown, black pilose and with only scattered long yellow hairs
sublaterally and along posterior margin; pleuron and scutellum concolorous; all femora black-brown,
fore tibia concolorous, except dark red at extreme base, mid and hind tibiae dark red-brown, darker
apically; tarsi black; all legs black pilose. Abdomen brown-black, black pilose except on pale median
triangles and sublateral orange-brown areas on tergites one through four; lateral margins of all tergites
black, otherwise similar to female.
Mature Larva.—( Fig. 5) Body robust, 37-45 mm long, pale yellow to creamy white. Head capsule
5.2-6.0 mm long, greatest width 1.3-1.6 mm. Anal segment relatively stout, nearly as long as broad,
varying in length from 3.5-3.6 mm, respiratory siphon 3.3-3.9 mm long, about 3.0-3.5 x longer than
its basal diameter. Tracheal trunks in preanal segment 0.8 mm in diameter, coffee colored. Cuticular
striations present dorsally and laterally on all body segments, absent ventrally except on anal segment,
striations spaced about 0.04 mm laterally and 0.08 mm dorsally on some abdominal segments, dorsal
striations somewhat irregular and incomplete on thoracic segments and abdominal segments one
through four, clearly defined on segments five through seven and anal segment, lateral thoracic striations
more widely spaced, about 0.07 mm. Pubescent pattern dark brown and conspicuous on all body
segments. Anterior pubescence occupying anterior one-third, one-fifth and one-fourth of pro-, meso-,
and metathoracic segments respectively; prothoracic annulus with a pair of dorsolateral and ventro¬
lateral posterior pubescent projections extending three-fourths to four-fifths length of segment; meso-
and metathoracic pubescent annuli with four pairs of posterior projections laterally, variably extending
from one-half to entire length of respective segments. Abdominal segments with anterior pubescence
present on all except anal segment, forming complete annuli on segments five through seven; pseu-
dopodial pubescence complete on segments one through seven; posterior pubescence present on meta¬
thorax and all abdominal segments, interrupted laterally on metathorax and abdominal segments one
and two, forming a complete annulus on segments three through eight; posterior pubescence on segment
seven joined to pseudopodial pubescence dorsolaterally and ventrolaterally by slender pubescent bars;
pubescent pattern of anal segment consisting of a pubescent ring around anal ridge and a broad extention
from which arises a lateral and dorsolateral projection, lateral one reaching posterior pubescent annulus,
5 —
Figure 5. Agkistrocerus aurantiacus, mature larva, lateral view, scale bar is 3.5 mm.
186
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(3)
6
Figure 6. Agkistrocerus aurantiacus, pupa, frontal plate of male, scale bar is 0.6 mm.
dorsolateral extension shorter; two isolated pubescent spots usually present, one midlaterally, anterior
to dorsal pubescent extension and another larger one anterodorsal to apex of dorsal extension.
Pupa.— (Figs. 6-10) Robust and uniformly brown, length 25-28 mm. Antennal ridges prominent,
sharply crested, subdivided by a transverse median cleft, forming large upper and lower lobes directed
7
Figure 7. Agkistrocerus aurantiacus, pupa, frontal plate of female, scale bar is 0.6 mm.
1990
BURGER ET AL.: REVISION OF AGKISTROCERUS
187
8
Figure 8. A. Agkistrocerus aurantiacus, pupa, mesothoracic spiracle of male. B. Agkistrocerus
aurantiacus, pupa, mesothoracic spiracle of female. Scale bars are 0.2 mm
obliquely along median line, elevated 0.37-0.46 mm; median extremities narrowly separated, frontal
ridges rather poorly defined, consisting of two or three indistinct longitudinal ridges on each side of
median line. Callus tubercles prominent, separated by about 0.15 mm, elevated about 0.22 mm,
bearing one seta arising from a central concavity. Vertical tubercle relatively large but not prominent.
Anterior and posterior orbital tubercles obliquely compressed. Antennal sheaths 0.45-0.5 mm long,
0.55-0.6 mm wide at base, extending slightly beyond epicranial suture. Thoracic spiracles 1.3-1.5
mm long (Figs. 8A, 8B), comma-shaped, spiracular prominences large, exceeding anterior margin of
thorax by 0.26-0.4 mm. Biseriate spinous fringes present on abdominal segments two through seven,
anterior series very short, especially on anterior segments, progressively increasing in length on suc¬
ceeding posterior segments, about one-third to one-half length of posterior series; anterior series on
stemites two and three weakly developed, giving fringe a uniseriate appearance; spiracular plate of
abdominal segment one about twice the size of those on segments two through seven; spinous fringe
of tergite seven with 40-50 spines. Dorsolateral and lateral preanal combs well developed, borne on
conspicuous prominences. Aster prominent (Figs. 9-10), all tubercles very broad basally, strongly
tapered and sharply pointed apically; dorsal, lateral and ventral tubercles 0.4, 0.4 and 0.35 mm long,
directed posterodorsally, posterolaterally and posteroventrally, respectively.
Diagnosis. — Larvae of Agkistrocerus can be separated from other known larvae
of Tabanini in North America by the combination of stout body, conspicuous
dark pubescence, and well developed cuticular striations dorsally on abdominal
188
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 66(3)
9 -
Figure 9. Agkistrocerus aurantiacus, pupa, terminal aster of male, scale bar is 0.3 mm.
segments five through seven. No reliable differences could be found to distinguish
the pupae of Agkistrocerus from those of other Tabanini.
Discussion. —Agkistrocerus aurantiacus has been recorded (Fig. 11) from Ori¬
zaba (Veracruz) [type locality], Mexico City, and a locality not specified in the
Distrito Federal, Guadalajara (Jalisco), San Bias (Nayarit), a female collected 5
mi [8 km] S of Durango [city] in Durango (Cornell University Collection). It
Figure 10. Agkistrocerus aurantiacus, pupa, terminal aster of female, scale bar is 0.3 mm.
1990
BURGER ET AL.: REVISION OF AGKISTROCERUS
189
11
Figure 11. Agkistrocerus aurantiacus, distribution.
appears to be found primarily in a transitional zone between chaparral and pine
forest in montane habitats. The record from San Bias, being coastal, is unusual.
Larvae were collected approximately 1.5 km west of Morelia, Michoacan, near
the Lopez Mateos housing development, at a point where the ground becomes
flooded due to infiltration of a small spring called “El Salto.” The region of Morelia
is considered a transitional zone between pine forest and chaparral, with a mean
annual precipitation of 760.7 mm, and a mean annual temperature of 17.6° C
(Garcia 1981).
The collection site is characterized by abundant grass and pools of water. Ad¬
jacent to this site are extensive cultivated fields and pastures. The soil is fine
textured (44% clay, 28% lime and 30% sand), with a small amount of decomposing
organic matter (approximately 3%), and little internal drainage. The depth of
collection did not exceed 10 cm; the specimens were easily collected between
layers of clay which cover the area where the collections were made.
Material Examined. —MEXICO. DISTRITO FEDERAL: Mexico City, Juan Muller Coll., 1 female
(USNM). “Distrito Federal,” L. Conradi, Coll., 1 male (USNM). MICHOACAN: 1.5 km W of Morelia,
19 and 30 Mar 1985, 1941 m, (19°40' N, 101°11' W), L. A. Martinez, 9 males, 3 females, reared from
larvae.
190
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(3)
Figure 12. Agkistrocerus finitimus, female, frons, antenna, maxillary palpus, scale bar is 1 mm.
Agkistrocerus finitimus (Stone)
(Figs. 12-14)
Dicladocera finitima Stone 1938. U.S. Dept. Agric. Misc. Publ., 305: 15.
Dicladocera ( Agkistrocerus ) finitima Stone. Philip 1941. Can. Entomol., 73: 13.
Agkistrocerus finitimus (Stone). Philip 1942. Proc. New England Zool. Club, 21:
57.
Male. — Eyes densely pilose, barely meeting on midline; occipital rim with long black setae, somewhat
recurved. Scape black, pedicel dark brown, flagellum dark brown with a trace of orange at base;
dorsobasal projection of basal flagellomere not reaching base of first annulus; palpus dark brown; a
tuft of black hairs laterally on subcallus. Dorsum of thorax black and black haired, including scutellum;
a vague orange band laterally from notopleural lobe to, but not including, scutellum; pleuron black
and black haired. All coxae and femora black; fore tibia dark brown with basal one-third orange;
middle and hind tibiae dark orange, slightly darker at apex; hind tibial fringe black, conspicuous; tarsi
dark brown. Wings as in female, radial and medial cells hyaline. Dorsum of abdomen black and black
haired with vague orange spots laterally on tergites one through three, black and black haired ventrally.
1990
BURGER ET AL.: REVISION OF AGKISTROCERUS
191
Discussion. —Agkistrocerus finitimus was described by Stone (1938) from a sin¬
gle female collected in Jacksonville, Florida. Its known distribution (Fig. 14) is
the southeastern United States from Mississippi to Florida, north to southeastern
Georgia. It has not been collected north of southern Mississippi and southern
Georgia. The male has not been described previously, but is readily associated
with the female.
Material Examined.— FLORIDA. POLK CO.: Indian Lake Estates, 17 Mar 1977, Allan Hook, 1
male (Cornell University Collection). FRANKLIN CO.: Wright Lake, Hickory Lnd., 26 Mar 1975, L.
L. Pechuman, 2 females; 24 Mar 1986, 1 female; 1 Apr 1976, G. B. Fairchild, Flight Trap, 1 female.
Agkistrocerus megerlei (Wiedemann)
(Figs. 1, 15-16)
Tabanus megerlei Wiedemann 1828. Auss. Zweifl. Ins. I: 132.
Dicladocera megerlei (Wiedemann). Stone 1938. U.S. Dept. Agric. Misc. Pub.,
305: 15.
Dicladocera ( Agkistrocerus ) megerlei (Wiedemann). Philip 1941. Can. Entomol.,
73: 13.
Agkistrocerus megerlei (Wiedemann). Philip 1942. Proc. New England Zool. Club,
21: 57.
Discussion. —Agkistrocerus megerlei was described from an unspecified locality
(?Vaterland). This species occurs only in the southeastern U.S., but has a somewhat
broader distribution to the north than A. finitimus (Fig. 16), from eastern Texas
and the central part of Louisiana and Alabama to Florida and north to southern
North Carolina. It appears to be most abundant in Florida, where females can be
annoying to humans and livestock.
192
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(3)
Figure 15. Agkistrocerus megerlei, female, frons, antenna, maxillary palpus, scale bar is 1 mm.
Material Examined.— FLORIDA. FRANKLIN CO.: Wright Lake, Hickory Lnd., 25 Mar 1975, L.
L. Pechuman, 2 females. LIBERTY CO.: Camel L., 1 Apr 1976, G. B. Fairchild, Flight Trap, 1 female.
WAKULLA CO.: Ochlochonee River State Park, 12 Apr 1982, L. L. Pechuman, 1 female. GEORGIA.
CLINCH CO.: 5 mi NE Fargo, 10 Apr 1979, W. Downes, 1 female. TEXAS. HARDIN CO.: Saratoga,
Big Thicket, Mar 1966, D. J. Lennox, 1 female.
Key to Genera of Adult Tabanini in North America
1. Large, stout bodied species with subcallus densely setose laterally; pi¬
lose eye with two broad green transverse bands in life; wing with at
least crossveins spotted and often heavily infuscated basally .
. Agkistrocerus Philip
- Not with all the above combination of characters . 2
193
1990 BURGER ET AL.: REVISION OF AGKISTROCER US
2(1). Eye bare to densely pilose, eye pattern in life a slender median trans¬
verse dark stripe on a green-bronze ground color. Female with vertex
strongly depressed, paired shining black areas on upper frons, and
basal callus as wide as frons and as wide as height or wider. Tibiae
unicolorous, hind tibial fringe absent. Male with postocular setae
long and strongly recurved . Hamatabanus Philip
- Not with all the above combination of characters. 3
3(2). Small but distinct ocelli present. Frons narrow; callus narrow and ridge¬
like, well separated from eyes. Leucotabanus Lutz
Ocelli absent, but an ocellar tubercle sometimes present. Frons and
calli variable. 4
4(3). Vertex with a distinct denuded ocellar tubercle and with an elevated
shining tubercle anteriorly in males. Eye usually distinctly pilose,
rarely with only scattered microscopic hairs, in life with three or four
transverse stripes on a variably colored background. Basal section
of CuA 2 setulose dorsally in at least females (may be bare in males)
. Hybomitra Enderlein
Vertex without an ocellar tubercle, or if present, then CuA 2 bare dor-
sally and eye pattern in life not as above. An entirely pruinose ele¬
vated tubercle sometimes present in males . 5
5(4). Frons of female with calli reduced to one or two small oval spots well
separated from eye, or completely absent. Eye pilose or bare, often
yellow or pale brown in dried specimens. 6
Frons with at least an elongate basal callus. Eye black in dried speci¬
mens, bare or pilose . 7
6(5). Flagellum with basal flagellomere plus two or three apical flagellomeres.
Eye bare . Microtabanus Fairchild
Flagellum with four distinct apical flagellomeres. Eye pilose.
. Atylotus Osten Sacken
7(5). Apical flagellomeres setose. Apical palpomere blunt and stout, with
erect setae. Proboscis small. Anacimas Enderlein
Apical flagellomeres not conspicuously setose. Apical palpomere not
blunt and short, or proboscis not small . 8
8(7). Body and wings deep brown to black. Facial and frontal calli protu¬
berant and shining. Body length less than 15 mm.
. Whitneyomyia Bequaert
Body and wings variable, but if as above, then body length more than
15 mm. 9
9(8). Almost no angle and no dorsal excision on the basal flagellomere. R 4
often with a spur . Stenotabanus {Stenotabanus) Lutz, in part 4
If R 4 with a spur, then dorsal angle of basal flagellomere distinct, or
(and) eyes pilose . Tabanus Linnaeus . 10
10(9). Antenna with three apical flagellomeres .... Tabanus {Glaucops ) Szilady
Antenna with four terminal flagellomeres.. Tabanus {Tabanus) Linnaeus
4 A few species of Stenotabanus have scattered setulae on the basicosta of the wing, and would key
to the tribe Tabanini, although most species will key to the tribe Diachlorini because the basicosta is
bare.
194
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(3)
Key to Species of Agkistrocerus
1. Basal flagellomere of antenna without a dorsobasal projection. Eye of
male sparsely pilose .
.... aurantiacus (Bellardi) [Mexico: Distrito Federal, Durango, Jalisco,
Mexico City, Michoacan, Nayarit, Veracruz]
- Basal flagellomere of antenna with a long dorsobasal projection. Eyes
of male densely pilose . . 2
2(1). Abdomen bicolored, orange laterally on tergites one through six, with
a broad black median stripe. Basal half of wing heavily infuscated,
radial and medial cells with pale centers. Male with thorax completely
black ... megerlei (Wiedemann) [Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Louisiana,
Mississippi, North Carolina, South Carolina, Texas]
Abdomen black or dark brown, without a clear median stripe, with
silvery lateral tufts of hairs on tergites three through six. Infuscation
of wings confined to spots on crossveins. Male with orange lateral
band on thorax.. finitimus (Stone)
[Florida, Georgia, Alabama, Mississippi]
Acknowledgment
We thank G. B. Fairchild, Florida State Collection of Arthropods, for a critical
review of the manuscript and many helpful comments, and for information about
the status of the genus Hamatabanus ; and D. S. Chandler and J. S. Weaver III,
Department of Entomology, University of New Hampshire, for reviewing the
manuscript. We also thank Tess Feltes, Portsmouth, New Hampshire, for exe¬
cuting the illustrations of adult Agkistrocerus species.
Scientific contribution number 1651 from the New Hampshire Agricultural
Experiment Station.
Literature Cited
Bellardi, L. 1859 [1861]. Saggio di ditterologia messicana. R. Accad. delle Sci. Torino, Mem., 19:
201-277.
Fairchild, G. B. 1940. Notes on Tabanidae (Dipt.) from Panama II. The genus Dicladocera Macquart
and related genera. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 33: 683-700.
Garcia, de M. E. 1981. Modificaciones al de clasificacion climatica de koppen (para adaptarlo a los
condiciones de la Republica Mexicana). (3rd ed.), U.N.A.M., Mexico.
Philip, C. B. 1941. Comments on the supra-specific categories of Nearctic Tabanidae (Diptera). Can.
Entomol., 73: 2-14.
Philip, C. B. 1942. Further notes on Nearctic Tabanidae (Diptera). Proc. New England Zool. Club,
21: 55-68.
Stone, A. 1938. The horseflies of the subfamily Tabaninae of the Nearctic Region. U. S. Dept. Agric.
Pub. 305.
Wiedemann, C. R. W. 1828. Aussereuropaische zweifliigelige Insekten. Vol. I, Hamm.
Williston, S. W. 1901. Supplement [Part] (Tabanidae). In Bodman, F. D. & O. Selvin. Biologia
Centrali-Americana. Zoologia—Insecta—Diptera. Vol. 1. Taylor & Francis, London.
Received 20 December 1989; accepted 15 May 1990.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66(3): 195-198, (1990)
AXIOCERYLON WATROUSI : A NEW SPECIES OF
ACULOGNATHOUS CERYLONIDAE
FROM THE PHILIPPINES
(COLEOPTERA: CLAVICORNIA)
S. Adam Slipinski, 1 Quentin D. Wheeler 2
and Joseph V. McHugh 2
institute of Zoology, Polish Academy of Sciences,
00-679 Warsaw, Poland;
department of Entomology, Cornell University,
Ithaca, New York 14853
Abstract. —Axiocerylon watrousi NEW SPECIES (Coleoptera: Cerylonidae) is described from Mt.
Makiling, Laguna Province, the Philippines. A diagnosis, description, and habitus drawing are
given.
Key Words.— Insecta, Axiocerylon watrousi, Coleoptera, Cerylonidae, aculognathy, Philippines
A series of minute, aculognathous beetles collected in the Philippines were
determined to be an undescribed species of the cerylonid genus Axiocerylon Grou-
velle (1918). This species belongs to the group circumscribed by Besuchet &
Slipinski (1988) with six segmented antennae, which includes the species formerly
assigned to Par axiocerylon (Heinze 1944).
Little is known about Axiocerylon natural history. Until recently, no cerylonid
species were associated with slime-molds (Myxomycetes or Mycetozoa). Slipinski
(1988) and Newton & Stephenson (1990), however, have recorded such associ¬
ations in Cerylon histeroides (Fabr.) and Spinocerylon mirabilis Slipinski. Larvae
of C. histeroides, which have piercing-sucking mouthparts, were found by Slipinski
(1988) to feed on plasmodia of host slime molds, “raising the possibility that
other cerylonids with similar mouthparts do the same” (Newton & Stephenson
1990: 200). Due in part to the cryptic habits of slime-mold plasmodia (Martin &
Alexopoulos 1969), records of their beetle associates are sparse (Lawrence &
Newton 1980, Blackwell 1984, Newton 1984, Wheeler 1984a, 1984b, 1987, Law¬
rence 1989). This is particularly so for most of the small-sized myxomycetes that
occur in decomposing leaf litter, like that from which our specimens of Axiocerylon
watrousi were collected. It is highly speculative to suggest such an association for
this species, yet it is a promising lead for further field work on its biology.
Axiocerylon watrousi Slipinski, Wheeler & McHugh NEW SPECIES
(Fig. 1)
Types. — Holotype (sex undetermined) deposited Cornell University Insect Col¬
lection; data: PHILIPPINES, LAGUNA PROVINCE: Mt. Makiling, 4 km SE of
Los Banos. Paratypes (sex undetermined) deposited Cornell University Insect
Collection (8), Institute of Zoology, Polish Academy of Sciences (2), Museum
d’Histoire Naturelle, Geneve (3), Museum Nationale d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris
(1), Muzeum Termeszettudomanyi, Budapest (1), Museum of Comparative Zo¬
ology at Harvard University (1); data: specimens were taken at same locality as
196
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(3)
Figure 1. Axiocerylon watrousi Slipinski, Wheeler & McHugh. Dorsal habitus. Mt. Makiling, Phil¬
ippines.
holotype on 7-9 Apr 1977, by L. E. Watrous sifting forest litter, leaf litter or under
bark.
Description. — Body brown, surface feebly shiny; pronotal margins and elytral intervals with vestiture
of microsetae scarcely visible under 100 x magnification. Head: mouthparts piercing-sucking type;
anterior clypeal margin slightly pointed medially, shallowly emarginate laterally, almost rounded;
punctures of the frons and vertex about as large as eye facets, subcontiguous, interspaces densely
reticulate; eyes large, narrowing toward venter, with four or five rows of moderately coarse facets.
Antenna six-segmented; antennomere II 1.4 x as long as III; antennomeres III:IV:V = 2.65:1.0:1.25;
antennal club longer than three preceding segments combined. Pronotum: 0.6-0.7 x as long as wide;
anterior and posterior raised portions separated by transverse, shallow groove; groove punctate in
median narrow part, becoming wider and smooth laterally meeting deep lateral “pores”; anterior
raised portion subdivided into two parts by shallow transverse impression, anterior part weakly convex,
faintly emarginate medially, posterior part with four transversely arranged protuberances; posterior
raised portion shallowly divided medially by longitudinal impression, regularly sloping laterally and
posteriorly; all tubercles punctate as head; lateral margin with distinct posterior lobe, gradually nar¬
rowing anteriorly; hind angles subacute. Elytra: 1.15-1.20x as long as wide, 1.9-2.Ox as long as
pronotum; humeral lobe narrow, rounded apically; each elytron with four carinae, carina I complete
from base to apex, II shorter than III, both incomplete apically, 4th elytral row along carina II consists
of 25-27 punctures; strial punctures about 2x as large as pronotal punctures, separated longitudinally
by 0.5 diameter. Venter: prostemum rounded anteriorly, laterally deeply foveaolate; prostemal process
1990
SLIPINSKI ET AL.: A NEW AXIOCERYLON
197
weakly acuminate apically; mesostemum bifoveolate; metastemum about as long as ventrite I; femoral
ridges well developed; ventrite I shallowly concave anteromedially. Protibia wide and dentate at outer
margin.
Diagnosis. —Axiocerylon watrousi belongs to a distinct group of species char¬
acterized by the following combination of characters: antennae six segmented,
pronotum with only the posterior lobe well developed, median lobe of the pro-
notum “absent,” formed by a part covering partially the lateral secretory pit and
not exceeding the pronotal outline, and the eyes well-developed and with nu¬
merous facets. Axiocerylon watrousi keys to burckhardti Besuchet & Slipinski in
the key in Besuchet & Slipinski (1988: 905). In the Malaysian (Sabah) species
burckhardti antennomere II is 1.4 x as long as wide, and antennomere III 1.6 x
as long as wide. In watrousi, antennomere II is 2.2 x as long as wide and III 2.7 x
as long as wide.
Etymology.— This species is named for Larry E. Watrous, who collected all
known specimens of the species.
Acknowledgment
We thank scientific illustrator Frances Fawcett (Cornell University) for the
habitus drawing; Zoltan Kaszab (Muzeum Termeszettudomanyi, Budapest) and
James M. Carpenter (Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University) for
lending specimens; and Claude Besuchet (Museum Nationale d’Histoire Naturelle,
Geneve) for examining specimens. This research was supported, in part, by NSF
grant BSR-8717401 to QDW and Hatch Project NY(C) 139426 at Cornell Uni¬
versity.
Literature Cited
Besuchet, C. 1972. Les Coleopteres Aculognathides. Rev. Suisse Zool., 79: 99-145.
Besuchet, C. & S. A. Slipinski. 1988. A review of Axiocerylon Grouvelle (Coleoptera: Cerylonidae)
with descriptions of new species. Rev. Suisse Zool., 95: 901-928.
Blackwell, M. 1984. Myxomycetes and their arthropod associates, pp. 67-90. In Wheeler, Q. & M.
Blackwell (eds.). Fungus-insect relationships. Columbia University Press, New York.
Grouvelle, A. 1918. Coleoptera of the families Ostomidae, Monotomidae, Colydiidae and Notiophy-
gidae from the Seychelles and Aldabra Islands. Trans. Entomol. Soc., London, 1918 (I—II): 2-
56.
Heinze, E. 1944. Neue und wenig bekannte Colydiidae (Coleopt.) aus dem ungarischen National-
Museum. Ann. Hist.-Nat. Mus. Nat. Hungarici, 37: 1-24.
Lawrence, J. F. 1989. Mycophagy in the Coleoptera: feeding strategies and morphological adaptations,
pp. 1-23. In Wilding, N., N. M. Collins, P. M. Hammond & J. F. Webber (eds.). Insect-fungus
interactions. Academic Press, London.
Lawrence, J. F. & A. F. Newton Jr. 1980. Coleoptera associated with fruiting bodies of slime molds
(Myxomycetes). Coleopt. Bull., 34: 129-143.
Martin, G. W. & C. J. Alexopoulos. 1969. The Myxomycetes. University of Iowa Press, Iowa City,
Iowa.
Newton, A. F. Jr. 1984. Mycophagy in Staphylinoidea (Coleoptera). pp. 302-353. In Wheeler, Q.
& M. Blackwell (eds.). Fungus-insect relationships. Columbia University Press, New York.
Newton, A. F. Jr. & S. J. Stephenson. 1990. A beetle/slime mold assemblage from northern India
(Coleoptera; Myxomycetes). Oriental Insects, 24: 197-218.
Slipinski, S. A. 1988. Revision of the Australian Cerylonidae (Coleoptera: Cucujoidea). Ann. Zool.,
42: 1-74.
Wheeler, Q. D. 1984a. Evolution of slime mold feeding in Leiodidae. pp. 446^177. In Wheeler, Q.
D. & M. Blackwell (eds.). Fungus-insect relationships. Columbia University Press, New York.
198
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(3)
Wheeler, Q. D. 1984b. Associations of beetles with slime molds: ecological patterns in the Aniso-
tomini (Leiodidae). Bull. Entomol. Soc. Am., 30: 14-18.
Wheeler, Q. D. 1987. A new species of Agathidium associated with an “epimycetic” slime mold
plasmodium on Pleurotus fungi (Coleoptera: Leiodidae-Myxomycetes: Physarales-Basidio-
mycetes: Tricholomataceae). Coleopt. Bull., 41: 395-403.
Received 13 October 1989; accepted 2 July 1990.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66(3): 199-207, (1990)
THE INFLUENCE OF TEMPERATURE AND MOONLIGHT
ON FLIGHT ACTIVITY OF CULICOIDES VARIIPENNIS
(COQUILLETT) (DIPTERA: CERATOPOGONIDAE) IN
NORTHERN CALIFORNIA
Aricio X. Linhares 1 and John R. Anderson
Department of Entomological Sciences,
University of California, Berkeley, California 94720
Abstract.— Catches of female Culicoides variipennis (Coquillett) in C0 2 -baited and nonbaited
CDC-miniature light traps in Northern California revealed two main peaks of flight activity. As
long as temperature remained within acceptable limits (approx. 7° C to 29° C), there was a major
peak near sunset and a secondary one near dawn. When temperatures were favorable for flight,
gnats were caught throughout the night on moonlit nights. On moonless nights, very few gnats
were collected after the second hour following sunset. In western Sonoma County, low nighttime
temperatures (< 12-13° C) usually curtailed, or greatly reduced, nocturnal and dawn flight activity.
In the northern San Joaquin Valley (Stanislaus County), however, temperature did not play a
significant role in regulating overnight flight activity since it remained above 13° C all night long
on collection dates.
Key Words.— Insecta, Diptera, Ceratopogonidae, Culicoides variipennis, flight activity, temper¬
ature, light
It is well known that many insects exhibit crepuscular and nocturnal flight
activity, and this appears to be true for Culicoides variipennis (Coquillett). The
few studies of C. variipennis flight activity have found that the main period of
flight (aerial dispersal) is near dusk, with a second smaller peak near dawn (Barnard
& Jones 1980, Nelson & Bellamy 1971). Although such a bimodal pattern was
usual, these workers reported that other factors, such as temperature and moon¬
light, could alter this flight pattern. This study determined the pattern of flight
activity of C. variipennis in northern California, and the possible influence of
temperature and moonlight upon it.
Materials and Methods
In 1983, the study was conducted at a dairy in western Sonoma County (ap¬
proximately 15 km NW of Santa Rosa). A description of the trapping site as well
as the trap types and the basic trapping design have been described by Anderson
& Linhares (1989). Overnight trapping was conducted on the following dates: 16-
17, 30 Jun; 1, 7-8, 28-29 Jul; 12-13, 25-26 Aug; 9-10, 16-17, 19-20 Sep.
On each date, trapping of adults started two hours before sunset and lasted until
one hour after sunrise on the following morning, for a total of 10 trapping periods
(Tables 1, 2). Traps were checked at one h intervals for the first five h (or until
three h after sunset) and for the last two h of collection (or from one h before to
one h after sunrise). Collection bags were changed if gnats were present. The
remainder of the period (from three h after sunset until one h before sunrise) was
1 Present address: Departamento de Parasitologia, IB. UNICAMP. Caixa Postal 6109. 13100 Cam¬
pinas, SP, Brazil.
200
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(3)
Table 1(a). Nightly collections of Culicoides variipennis females on dates of different moon phases
in western Sonoma County, 1983. Table subsections: (a) 16-17 Jun, 30 Jun-1 Jul; (b) 7-8, 28-29 Jul;
(c) 12-13, 25-26 Aug; (d) 9-10, 16-17 Sep; (e) 19-20 Sep.
Trapping
period 2
16-17 Jun
30 Jun-
1 Jul
Number
collected
Proportion
of total
Moon b
Air
temp. (°Q
R.H. (%)
Number
collected
Proportion
of total
Moon
Air
temp. (°Q
R.H. (%)
1
12
0.03
0
22.8
52
5
0.04
0
26.7
45
2
87
0.23
0
18.9
63
4
0.03
0
24.4
53
3
191
0.50
0/+
14.4
76
32
0.26
0/-
19.4
69
4
76
0.19
+
13.3
85
36
0.29
16.7
94
5
15
0.04
+
11.7
94
4
0.03
15.6
98
6
3
0.01
+
8.3
100
16
0.13
+
14.4
100
7
0
0.0
7.2
100
6
0.05
+
13.9
100
8
0
0.0
6.7
100
12
0.1
+
12.8
100
9
0
0.0
-/o
6.1
100
9
0.07
+/0
11.7
100
10
0
0.0
0
8.3
100
0
0
0
11.1
100
Total
collected
384
124
a Sunset occurred at the beginning of period 3 and sunrise occurred at the beginning of period 9.
b The presence or absence of moonlight is indicated respectively by the signs (+) and (-). During
periods 1, 2 and 10, the presence of sunlight (0) was significant and, therefore, the presence or absence
of moonlight was not considered a factor. Because of the persistence of indirect sunlight, periods 3
and 9 had about 30 min of measurable light, in addition to either 30 min of darkness or moonlight.
Period 4 on 28-29 Jul was transitional from darkness to moonlight.
divided into three periods of equal duration and all traps were checked at the end
of each period.
The time of sunset and sunrise for each trapping day was determined from
annual issues of the American Ephemeris and Nautical Almanac (U.S. Govern¬
ment Printing Office, Washington, D.C.). Temperature, relative humidity, wind
velocity and direction and the presence or absence of moonlight were recorded
at half-hour intervals for the first five and the last two h of collection, and at the
beginning of the remaining three night periods. Changing light intensities during
periods 3 and 9 were measured with a Weston light meter directly exposed to the
Table 1(b). (cont.)
Trapping
period 8
7-8 Jul
28-29 Jul
Number
collected
Proportion
of total
Moon
Air
temp. (°Q
R.H. (%)
Number
collected
Proportion
of total
Moon
Air
temp. (°Q
R.H. (%)
1
10
0.07
0
21.1
55
14
0.04
0
25
56
2
39
0.26
0
19.4
70
74
0.19
0
22.2
60
3
77
0.51
0/-
17.2
82
119
0.31
0/-
19.4
68
4
17
0.11
15
93
110
0.29
-/+
16.7
82
5
5
0.03
13.3
100
28
0.07
+
13.9
91
6
1
0.01
11.7
100
18
0.05
+
12.2
99
7
2
0.01
7.8
100
4
0.01
+
10.6
100
8
0
0
+
6.1
100
3
0.01
+
8.9
100
9
0
0
+/0
5.6
100
1
0
+/0
8.3
100
10
0
0
0
5.6
100
12
0.03
0
10
100
Total
collected
151
383
1990
LINHARES & ANDERSON: CULICOIDES FLIGHT ACTIVITY
201
Table 1(c). (cont.)
12-13 Aug _ _ 25-26 Aug
Trapping
period 3
Number
collected
Proportion
of total
Moon
Air
temp. (°C)
R.H. (%)
Number
collected
Proportion
of total
Moon
Air
temp. (°Q
R.H. (%)
1
5
0.03
0
21.7
63
32
0.12
0
23.9
60
2
9
0.05
0
17.2
70
172
0.62
0
19.4
70
3
81
0.47
0/+
14.4
84
24
0.09
0/+
14.4
91
4
42
0.24
+
13.3
97
26
0.09
+
12.8
96
5
29
0.17
+
11.1
100
14
0.05
+
10.6
100
6
0
0.0
11.1
100
9
0.03
+
8.9
100
7
0
0.0
11.1
100
0
0.0
+
8.3
100
8
0
0.0
11.1
100
0
0.0
+
7.2
100
9
0
0.0
-/o
11.1
100
0
0.0
+/0
5.6
100
10
7
0.04
0
11.1
100
0
0.0
0
8.9
100
Total
collected 173 277
sky at about 1 m above ground level. Any other meteorological conditions such
as cloud cover and rain also were recorded.
Preliminary results for 1983 indicated low flight activity at night, even when
moonlight was present. As this seemed related to temperatures on most of the
collecting nights, overnight collections in 1984 were made in a warmer area
(northern San Joaquin Valley of California). The 1984 study was conducted at a
large dairy in Stanislaus County, approximately 3 km WNW of Turlock Lake
State Park. The traps and the trapping design used were the same as in 1983.
During 1984, trapping was conducted along a fence line in the vicinity of a
bullpen and a corral where several calves were kept. Overnight collections coin¬
ciding with full moon periods were made on: 9-10, 11-12, 13-14 Jul; 9-10, 13-
14 Aug. Throughout each trapping period, temperature and relative humidity
were continuously recorded with a hygrothermograph. Other meteorological con¬
ditions were recorded as in 1983.
All files collected in both years were identified, sexed and counted.
To assess the possible influence of moonlight and temperature on flight activity,
Table 1(d). (cont.)
9-10 Sep _ _ 16-17 Sep
Trapping
period 3
Number
collected
Proportion
of total
Moon
Air
temp. (°C)
R.H. (%)
Number
collected
Proportion
of total
Moon
Air
temp. (°Q
R.H. (%)
1
9
0.03
0
25
38
10
0.02
0
18.9
63
2
123
0.37
0
20.6
51
21
0.04
0
15.6
75
3
146
0.44
0/-
13.9
87
88
0.18
0/+
11.7
93
4
54
0.16
11.1
100
24
0.05
+
10
98
5
0
0.0
10
100
8
0.02
+
9.4
100
6
0
0.0
8.3
100
13
0.03
+
10
100
7
0
0.0
6.1
100
0
0.0
10.5
100
8
0
0.0
5.0
100
0
0.0
10.5
100
9
0
0.0
-/o
3.8
100
35
0.07
-/o
10.5
100
10
0
0.0
0
6.1
100
282
0.59
0
10.5
100
Total
collected 332 481
202
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(3)
Table 1(e). (cont.)
Trapping
period 3
9-10 Sep
Number
collected
Proportion
of total
Moon
Air
temp. (°C)
R.H. (%)
1
24
0.02
0
26.7
45
2
190
0.15
0
21.1
47
3
593
0.47
0/+
15.6
79
4
286
0.22
+
11.1
100
5
143
0.11
+
9.4
100
6
30
0.02
+
7.8
100
7
6
0.01
+
7.2
100
8
0
0.0
+
6.1
100
9
0
0.0
+/0
3.3
100
10
0
0.0
0
4.4
100
Total
collected
1272
as measured by trap catches, an analysis of variance was performed using the
SAS® GLM procedure (SAS 1985). The dependent variable was defined as Log
(P + 1), where P was the proportion of the total catch in each of the collecting
periods for each trapping date. The temperature, presence or absence of moonlight
and trapping periods were considered factors in the analysis. Periods 3 and 9
usually were transitional between dim, indirect sunlight and either moonlight or
darkness, but they were included in the analysis because the latter conditions
persisted for at least half of these periods.
Results and Discussion
Tables 1 and 2 present the trapping results for 1983 and 1984. Nightly trap
catch patterns for 1983, as percentages of the total catch per night, reveal a strong
influence of temperature upon flight activity in the Santa Rosa region. Here,
temperatures dropped below 10° C for several periods during most collecting
nights, even though daytime temperatures were often above 25° C. The analysis
of variance showed a statistically significant correlation between the presence of
moonlight and greater flight activity, as measured by light trap catches (F = 6.79,
P < 0.0139, df = 1). However, during several periods when bright moonlight was
present but the temperature was low, no gnats were caught. Obviously, temper¬
ature also greatly influenced flight activity in the periods after sunset as evidenced
by trap catches and by the results of the analysis of variance (F = 5.35, P =
0.0001, df = 26). No flight occurred below 7.2° C. Temperatures below 12-13° C
usually greatly suppressed nocturnal flight activity in the Santa Rosa area (Table
1), and temperatures below 17° C usually greatly suppressed nocturnal flight ac¬
tivity in the San Joaquin Valley (Table 2). The warmer daytime temperatures
(27-37° C) in the San Joaquin Valley affected the flight activity of C. variipennis
by delaying the onset of flight activity and by delaying the evening peak.
The period of greatest flight activity occurred around sunset (Tables 1, 2; Figs.
1-3). When temperature permitted, smaller peaks of flight activity also were
observed near dawn, particularly on nights when the temperature remained above
10° C (Tables 1, 2; Fig. 3). Also, when temperature permitted, gnats were collected
all night long in the presence of moonlight (Tables 1, 2; Figs. 2, 3). Thus, the
1990
LINHARES & ANDERSON: CULICOIDES FLIGHT ACTIVITY
203
Table 2(a). Nightly collections of Culicoides variipennis females on dates of full moon in the San
Joaquin Valley of California (Stanislaus County), 1984. Table subsections: (a) 9-10, 11—12 Jul; (b)
13-14 Jul, 9-10 Aug; (c) 13-14 Aug.
9-10 Jul 11-12 Jul
Trapping
period”
Number
collected
Proportion
of total
Moon
Air
temp. (°C)
R.H. (%)
Number
collected
Proportion
of total
Moon
Air
temp. (°Q
R.H. (%)
1
64
0.01
0
32.2
35
70
0.01
0
35
28
2
542
0.08
0
27.2
43
403
0.03
0
28.9
35
3
1295
0.19
0/+
22.2
60
4489
0.36
0/+
26
49
4
1608
0.23
+
21.1
72
1976
0.16
+
22.2
51
5
1060
0.15
+
18.9
68
1003
0.08
+
21.1
54
6
1264
0.18
+
17.2
73
1563
0.13
+
20
57
7
288
0.04
+
14.4
86
1365
0.11
+
18.9
70
8
100
0.01
11.1
100
622
0.05
+
16.1
85
9
107
0.02
-/o
10.6
100
460
0.04
+/0
15
100
10
633
0.09
0
15.6
88
454
0.04
0
20
86
Total
collected 6961 12,405
a Sunset occurred at the beginning of period 3 and sunrise occurred at the beginning of period 9.
b The presence or absence of moonlight is indicated respectively by the signs (+) and (-). During
periods 1, 2 and 10, the presence of sunlight (0) was significant and, therefore, the presence or absence
of moonlight was not considered a factor. Because of the persistence of indirect sunlight, periods 3
and 9 had about 30 min of measurable light, in addition to either 30 min of darkness or moonlight.
presence of moonlight had a positive influence upon flight activity. In the absence
of moonlight few C. variipennis females were collected after the fourth trapping
period (the second one-h trapping period after sunset). Periods 3 and 9 were
transitional periods during which there was a maximum of 30 min of indirect,
measurable light (about 1-2 foot candles) following sunset or preceding sunrise.
Wind was not a factor of decisive influence during overnight trapping. Although
winds up to 13 km/h occasionally were recorded during the first two or three h
of collection, wind velocity usually decreased in intensity and was not present
after the fourth h, except for an occasional unmeasurable breeze.
The possible influence of cloud cover could not be assessed because for most
Table 2(b). (cont.)
13-14 Jul _ _ 9-10 Aug
Trapping
period”
Number
collected
Proportion
of total
Moon
Air
temp. (°Q
R.H. (%)
Number
collected
Proportion
of total
Moon
Air
temp. (°Q
R.H. (%)
1
18
0.0
0
37.8
28
132
0.01
0
35.6
25
2
638
0.04
0
31.7
42
932
0.05
0
28.9
35
3
4212
0.25
0/+
28.9
50
6803
0.34
0/+
24.4
48
4
2689
0.16
+
26.7
57
4065
0.20
+
23.9
54
5
1407
0.08
+
25.6
62
2229
0.11
+
21.1
62
6
2320
0.14
+
25.6
60
2942
0.15
+
20.0
64
7
2567
0.15
+
26.1
64
1615
0.08
+
17.0
65
8
1056
0.06
+
22.8
73
484
0.02
+
15.6
78
9
1367
0.08
+/0
22.8
67
541
0.03
+/0
14.4
100
10
560
0.03
0
23.3
65
465
0.02
0
17.8
84
Total
collected 16,834 20,208
204
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(3)
Table 2(c). (cont.)
13-14 Aug
Trapping
period 3
Number
collected
Proportion
of total
Moon
Air
temp. (°C)
R.H. (%)
1
89
0.01
0
31.1
45
2
298
0.05
0
27.8
50
3
1150
0.18
0/+
23.9
56
4
900
0.14
+
22.2
78
5
487
0.07
+
21.1
57
6
765
0.12
+
18.9
60
7
592
0.09
+
16.7
64
8
1032
0.16
+
15.6
72
9
236
0.04
+/0
13.9
84
10
966
0.15
0
15.6
82
Total
collected 6515
collecting dates when moonlight was present, there was no significant cloud cover,
except for 12-13 Aug and 16-17 Sep. On those dates, low clouds and fog covered
the entire region during the late night and early morning hours. However, the
evening of 12-13 Aug was moonless and, on 16-17 Sep, the moon set before the
sky became overcast. The cloud cover during collection on those dates could have
Period of collection
Figure 1. Percentage of female Culicoides variipennis collected during the various overnight trap¬
ping periods during a moonless night (September 9-10, 1983) in western Sonoma County.
1990
LINHARES & ANDERSON: CULICOIDES FLIGHT ACTIVITY
205
a)
</>
Period of collection
Figure 2. Percentage of female Culicoides variipennis collected during the various overnight trap¬
ping periods during a full moon night (September 19-20, 1983) in western Sonoma County.
been a factor preventing the air temperature from dropping below 10° C, resulting
in some flight activity at dawn (Table 1).
Figures 1 and 2 show the pattern of flight activity for C. variipennis in the
absence and presence of moonlight respectively, for two selected dates during
1983 (9-10 and 19-20 Sep). These data illustrate the positive influence of moon¬
light upon flight activity, with gnats being collected through period number seven
on a moonlight night (19-20 Sep). Contrarily, in the absence of moonlight no
gnats were collected after the fourth period on 9-10 Sep.
Trapping results for 1984 also reveal the positive influence of moonlight upon
the flight activity of C. variipennis (Table 2). Although the peak activity in the
study area was at dusk, high to moderate activity continued all night and through
the early morning hours. Contrary to the Santa Rosa region, temperature was not
as great a factor affecting the number and proportions of gnats collected in the
San Joaquin Valley. Although temperatures below 17° C somewhat suppressed
flight activity, overnight temperatures remained high enough to allow flight ac¬
tivity to continue throughout the entire collecting period on all trapping dates.
Figure 3 shows the profile of the peaks of flight activity for this species in the San
Joaquin Valley, for five collecting dates.
Although a different collecting method was used, the results presented here for
flight activity in both years are in agreement with those of Nelson & Bellamy
(1971) for C. variipennis in southern California. They found that flight activity,
206
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(3)
Period of collection
Figure 3. Percentage of female Culicoides variipennis collected during the various overnight trap¬
ping periods during full moon nights in the San Joaquin Valley of California (Stanislaus County).
Results reflect the average of five full moon overnight collecting dates in July and August of 1984.
as measured by vehicle-mounted sweep net catches, generally was greater near
sunset and sunrise and during moonlight hours than during darker periods of the
night. They also concluded that the timing of occurrence of evening peaks appeared
to be largely independent of evaporation rates and temperature, as long as these
two factors remained within acceptable limits. This also appears to be true in
North Coastal California (Sonoma County), where greater flight activity occurred
in the presence of moonlight as long as temperatures were not below 7° C.
When Nelson & Bellamy (1971) also collected gnats using C0 2 -baited traps
they pointed out that the patterns of flight activity as measured by vehicle-mount¬
ed net catches did not always coincide closely with the results obtained with their
C0 2 -baited traps. Although they did not find a clear relationship between moon¬
light and attraction of C. variipennis to C0 2 -baited traps, they reported an increase
in light trap catches of C. variipennis during moonlight periods, as compared to
darker periods of the night.
Barnard & Jones (1980) using a vehicle-mounted sweep net in Colorado also
found a positive correlation between the presence of moonlight and increased
flight activity of C. variipennis, as long as temperatures remained between 7° C
and 35° C. They also concluded that the greatest period of flight activity occurred
near sunset. Although climatic and topographic characteristics of northeastern
Colorado differ from northern California, our results are in agreement with those
of Barnard & Jones (1980) and Jones (1965), who collected some C. variipennis
females feeding at a temperature as low as 13° C.
1990 LINHARES & ANDERSON: CULICOIDES FLIGHT ACTIVITY 207
Lewis & Taylor (1965), who studied the flight pattern of many biting insect
species, including Ceratopogonidae, concluded that light intensity was the major
apparent factor controlling the timing of flight. Among the several species of
Culicoides studied, several showed peaks of flight and biting activity near dusk
and/or dawn. These authors suggested that the timing of these peaks was induced
by changes in light intensity rather than by a specific value of light intensity. This
appears to be true for C. variipennis as well, for the largest numbers were collected
at dusk and, to a lesser extent, at dawn. These are periods when dramatic changes
in light intensity occur.
Acknowledgment
We thank Stephen Manweiler for assistance in operating traps on several nights,
and Mariko Yasuda for typing the manuscript. This study was supported, in part,
by funds from a University of California Cooperative Extension Pest Management
Grant. The Brasil National Council for Scientific and Technologic Development
and the State University of Campinas provided partial financial support to A. X.
Linhares.
Literature Cited
Anderson, J. R. & A. X. Linhares. 1989. Comparison of several different trapping methods for
Culicoides variipennis (Coquillett) (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae). J. Amer. Mosq. Control Assoc.,
5: 325-334.
Barnard, D. R. & R. H. Jones. 1980. Diel and seasonal patterns of flight activity of Ceratopogonidae
in Northeastern Colorado: Culicoides. Environ. Entomol., 9: 446-451.
Jones, R. H. 1961. Some observations on biting flies attacking sheep. Mosq. News, 21: 113-115.
Lewis, T. & J. R. Taylor. 1965. Diurnal periodicity of flight by insects. Trans. Roy. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
116: 393-469.
Nelson, R. L. & R. E. Bellamy. 1971. Patterns of flight activity of Culicoides variipennis (Coquillett)
(Diptera: Ceratopogonidae). J. Med. Entomol., 8: 283-291.
SAS Institute, Inc. 1985. SAS® user’s guide: statistics (5th ed). Cary, North Carolina.
Received 30 January 1990; accepted 6 August 1990.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66(3): 208-211, (1990)
VARIATION IN WORKER BROOD CELL WIDTHS
AND COMB ORIENTATION IN AN
EXPOSED HONEY BEE NEST IN
BERKELEY, CALIFORNIA
Howell V. Daly
Department of Entomological Sciences,
University of California,
Berkeley, California 94720
Abstract.— Measurements taken on widths of worker brood cells in combs supported mainly at
the top indicate variation in cell widths is associated with the orientation of the cell rows and
comb to gravity. Cell rows with one set of the parallel sides oriented horizontally have the widths
significantly larger than widths taken along other diagonal rows. If this variation in cell width
according to row orientation proves to be common in suspended natural combs, then an average
based on all three diagonal rows should be required when cell widths are used to identify the
racial origin of bees.
Key Words. —Insecta, Hymenoptera, Apidae, Honey bee, Apis mellifera, worker brood cell, comb,
nest variation
This report describes an exposed honey bee nest in which worker brood cell
widths varied according to orientation of the rows and comb to gravity. In 1987,
a large nest was noticed at a height of about 7 m near the top of a living Coast
Live Oak (Quercus agrifolia Nee) on the campus of the University of California
in Berkeley. Large numbers of bees were seen on the nest during the summers of
1987 and 1988. In the spring of 1989, however, the nest had few active bees,
probably as a result of unusual winter periods of several days near freezing. On
1 June, the nest was treated with the pesticide fen valerate, cut down, and placed
in a freezer for future examination.
Method
The hexagonal cells of comb form a regular pattern of three diagonal rows set
at 60° to each other (Fig. 1). The orientation of the rows with reference to gravity
can be described by viewing the surface of the comb in its normal, vertical position
and placing a 360° circular protractor over the cells. With 0° at the top and reading
clockwise, the position of each row can be given an angular designation within
the first 180°. In natural comb one of the rows may be oriented nearly parallel to
the force of gravity. This is the 0° row, and reading clockwise are the 60° and 120°
rows. The 0° row has one pair of its three pairs of parallel walls horizontal, hence
this has been called the “horizontal” orientation of a comb (Wedmore 1929). An
equally frequent orientation is with the first row at 30° and the other rows at 90°
and 150°. In this orientation, the 90° row has one pair of its walls vertical. This
is the “vertical” orientation of comb familiar in artificial comb foundation. Other
intermediate orientations are reported to be less frequent (Thompson 1930).
The widths of worker brood cells were measured on horizontal combs (combs
4 and 6) and a vertical comb (comb 5). Five subsamples of 10 linear cells each
were measured in each of the three row diagonals on each side of each brood
1990
DALY: HONEY BEE NEST VARIATION
209
Horizontal Vertical
Figure 1. Horizontal and vertical orientations of cell rows in comb with 10 cells on each diagonal
delimited for measurement.
comb. The subsamples from both sides of the same comb were pooled for the
three row diagonals. For this purpose rows on one side of the comb were chosen
for reference and pooled with parallel rows from the other side. For example, 60°
rows on one side were pooled with rows at 120° on the other side. Linear series
of cells were selected from the same area of worker brood comb and chosen
arbitrarily except that cells previously measured as well as visibly distorted cells
were avoided. Measurements were made with a dial caliper and read to the nearest
0.1 mm. The span of 10 cell widths included 10 cell walls and followed the method
of Rinderer et al. (1986): the distance included the wall of the first cell up to the
near edge of the eleventh wall. The cells to be measured were conveniently marked
in advance by placing small sticks in cell 1 and in cell 10.
Statistical analysis was performed with Statgraphics version 3.0 programs (Sta¬
tistical Graphics Corporation) on an IBM PC/AT computer.
Results
The nest measured overall 78 cm from top to bottom, 50 cm in maximum
width, and approximately 22 cm thick, including the “bee space” between combs.
The nest was supported at the top by two branches of the tree, of which the main
supporting branch was 5 cm in diameter. At the attachment of the nest to the
branches of the tree were some short, convoluted combs at different compass
orientations. The main body of the nest, however, consisted of eight parallel combs
that were largely free of each other except for some connecting pillars and marginal
attachments. The combs were mainly flat, but slightly wavy along the lower edges.
The greatest widths of the combs were oriented at about a right angle to the main
supporting branch and at a magnetic compass direction of 80°-260° or approxi¬
mately east-west. This is contrary to the observations of Gambino et al. (1990)
who found north-south orientations more common in feral nests in cavities. In
210
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(3)
this nest the orientation was probably constrained by the orientation of the sup¬
porting branches.
As reported elsewhere (Taber & Owens 1970), both types of comb orientation
can be found in a single nest. In the present nest, beginning on the north side:
combs 1,5, and 8 were nearly vertical in orientation and combs 2, 3, 4, 6, 7 were
nearly horizontal. Combs 3 and 5 were divided in the middle into two subequal
halves by a narrow, vertical, linear gap. Comb 5 had evidence of two old queen
cells on the edges of the median division. Dead worker brood was found in central
areas on both sides of combs 4, 5, and 6. Patches of drone cells and capped cells
with honey were peripheral to the central brood areas. Pollen was stored in some
cells of combs 3 and 7 just opposite to the brood areas. The remainder of the
combs had empty cells of varying dimensions.
The overall distribution of 90 measurements of 10 worker brood cells each
(total of 900 cells) was normally distributed (x 2 = 9.98, 6 df, P = 0.12) and with
a mean ± standard error of 52.7 mm ± 0.281 mm and range of 46.8-61.3 mm.
When the distribution was divided into nine groups on the basis of comb number
and row orientation, each with 10 measurements of 10 cell widths, a one-way
analysis of variance indicated highly significant differences existed among the
groups (F = 33.9, df = 8). Inspection of a notched box-and-whisker plot (Fig. 2)
of the same nine distributions indicated that the median widths of cells in the 0°
rows of combs 4 and 5 were significantly larger than median cell widths measured
in all other orientations. The notch in each figure corresponds to the width of the
95% confidence interval for the median. In pairwise comparisons, notches that
do not overlap are considered significantly different at the 5% level. The “box”
corresponds to the central 50% of diameter values, the middle horizontal line is
the median and “whiskers” mark the range of diameter values and outliers. The
corresponding means of 10 measurements of 10 cell widths for each comb and
row combination are, from left to right (Fig. 2): 56.6 mm, 50.65 mm, 51.83 mm,
56.34 mm, 52.90 mm, 49.57 mm, 53.27 mm, 50.48 mm, and 53.33 mm.
Discussion
Rinderer et al. (1986) describe the use of averages of three measures of 10
worker brood cells, regardless of row orientation, to identify European bees (av¬
erages of single cell widths: 5.2-5.3 mm) and Africanized bees (4.8-4.9 mm). The
latter have average cell widths that are as much as 0.5 mm smaller than European
bees. In the present nest, mean cell widths between rows of different orientation
differ by as much as 0.7 mm. Although the overall average of worker brood cell
widths for this nest is clearly in the range of European bees, the average width of
4.96 mm per cell for the 120° row of comb 6 is close to the values for Africanized
bees. Hypothetically, if a feral nest of Africanized bees had a similar range of
variation, some averages of cell widths might be large enough to be close to the
averages of European bees.
If cell widths are to be considered for identification, then the procedure first
recommended by Sylvester and Rinderer (1987) and demonstrated by Spivak et
al. (1988) is recommended: 10 cells along each of the three diagonals are measured
and the average used for identification. The cell rows should be selected well
within the worker brood area and not in areas of honey storage or drone cells
which are larger.
Width of 10 cells (mm)
1990
DALY: HONEY BEE NEST VARIATION
211
Row Orientation
Figure 2. N otched box-and-whisker plot of distributions of measurements of 10 cell widths grouped
by comb number and row orientation. See text for explanation.
Acknowledgment
I thank Arthur Slater and Stephen Comrie who removed the nest from the
tree. John Barthell provided photographs of the nest in situ which confirmed the
compass orientation of the combs. Marla Spivak commented on the manuscript
and provided illustrations of comb orientation. Christina Jordan prepared the
illustrations.
Literature Cited
Gambino, P., K. Hoelmer & H. V. Daly. (1990). Nest sites of feral honey bees in California.
Apidologie, 21: 35—45.
Rinderer, T. E., H. A. Sylvester, M. A. Brown, J. D. Villa, D. Pesante & A. M. Collins. 1986. Field
and simplified techniques for identifying Africanized and European honey bees. Apidologie,
17: 33-48.
Spivak, M., T. Ranker, O. Taylor, Jr., W. Taylor & L. Davis. 1988. Discrimination of Africanized
honey bees using behavior, cell size, morphometries, and a newly discovered isozyme poly¬
morphism. pp. 313-324. In Needham, G. R., R. E. Page, Jr., M. Delfinado-Baker & C. E.
Bowman (eds.). Africanized honey bees and bee mites. Ellis Horwood Limited, Chichester,
England.
Sylvester, H. A. & T. E. Rinderer. 1987. Fast Africanized bee identification system (FABIS) manual.
Amer. Bee J., 127: 511-515.
Taber, S. & C. D. Owens. 1970. Colony founding and initial nest design of honey bees, Apis mellifera
L. Anim. Behav., 18: 625-632.
Thompson, F. 1930. Observations on the position of the hexagons in natural comb building. Bee
World, 11: 107.
Wedmore, E. B. 1929. The building of honey comb. Bee World, 10: 52-55.
Received 7 March 1990; accepted 6 August 1990.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66(3): 212-216, (1990)
OVIPOSITION BY ALEUROCANTHUS WOGLUMI ASHBY
(HOMOPTERA: ALEYRODIDAE) AS CORRELATED WITH
LEAF CHARACTERISTICS
Robert Y. Dowell
1681 Pebblewood Drive, Sacramento, California 95833
Abstract.— The correlation between 34 chemical and physical attributes of 23 plant species and
oviposition by female citrus blackfly, Aleurocanthus woglumi Ashby (Homoptera: Aleyrodidae)
was examined. Three individual factors, the relative levels of cysteine and methionine, and the
tensile strength of the leaves had significant correlations with oviposition, but no single factor
accounted for more than 32% of the variation in A. woglumi oviposition. A multiple regression
using the levels of cysteine, methionine, glucose, fructose, and percentage nitrogen gave the best
fit and accounted for 62% of the observed variation in A. woglumi oviposition.
Key Words.— Insecta, Aleyrodidae, Aleurocanthus woglumi, cysteine, methionine, glucose, per¬
centage nitrogen, tensile strength
Despite the increasing importance of whiteflies, especially Bemisia tabaci (Gen-
nadius), as crop pests (Dittrich et al. 1985), little is known about how these insects
select plants upon which to oviposit. Whiteflies orient towards any object reflecting
light of the proper wavelength. Determination that the object is acceptable for
oviposition occurs after the female contacts the surface and may involve man¬
dibular probing of the plant cuticle and underlying tissues; see Lenteren & Noldus
(1990) and the references therein. Almost nothing is known about the post-alight¬
ing factors affecting oviposition by whiteflies.
This paper determines the correlation between oviposition by the citrus blackfly
(CBF), Aleurocanthus woglumi Ashby and 34 chemical and physical attributes of
leaves from 23 host plants in 12 families (Table 1). I examine which factors are
related to oviposition singly and in combination.
Materials and Methods
All tests utilized the youngest mature growth from each plant species (Table 1)
(Dowell & Cherry 1981). Ten leaves were taken from each of three plants and
immediately placed in plastic bags. The leaves were weighed within 10 min of
being picked. They were then tested with a Li-Cor Area Meter ® to measure their
area, placed in paper bags and held for 10 days in a drying oven at 50° C. After
being reweighed they were ground in a Wiley mill prior to micro-kjeldahl analysis
to determine their percentage of nitrogen (%N) and phosphorus (%P).
A second set of leaves taken from the same plants was analyzed for glucose and
fructose levels using the colorimetric techniques of Helbert & Brown (1955), and
for the presence of amino acids using thin-layer chromotography (TLC) of dansyl
derivatives as described by Barcelon (1982). Split samples were used as internal
controls for these analyses. The relative concentrations of each amino acid was
estimated from the TLC plates as follows: not present = 0, faint glow = 1, moderate
glow = 2, strong glow = 3 (Barcelon 1982, Barcelon et al. 1983).
The tensile strength of the leaves was determined as follows. Two pieces of
plastic 6.4 mm thick were drilled with a 1 mm diameter hole. Individual leaves
1990
DOWELL: WHITEFLY OVIPOSITION
213
Table 1. Selected leaf characteristics and ovipositional attractiveness of the test plants.
Plant"
Ovipositional
attractiveness b
Cysteine/
methionine'
Glucose/fructose d
%N
Ardisia
3
3/0
1.17/0.51
1.6
Avocado
0.08
2/2
2.53/1.83
1.9
Black sapote
1
2/2
4.7/9.84
1.8
Box-orange
5
0/0
0.96/1.09
2.0
Citrus
100
0/2
2.13/0.80
2.4
Coffee
0.2
0/0
3.50/1.21
3.0
Gardenia
0.04
2/0
3.70/11.58
1.9
Ixora
0.5
3/2
1.83/0.77
1.6
Japanese boxwood
0.5
2/0
NA/NA
1.6
Kumquat 6
67
0/2
4.55/1.18
2.7
Limeberry
6
3/0
3.00/11.28
2.2
Loquat
17
0/0
1.44/0.65
1.6
Mango 6
72
0/2
2.18/0.52
1.5
Marlberry
10
0/0
1.11/0.42
1.4
Myrsine
3
2/0
1.09/0.44
1.6
Pink trumpet 6
65
1/0
3.69/0.58
1.9
Prickly ash
0.4
1/0
1.59/0.19
1.4
Sapodilla
0.6
3/0
0.95/1.03
1.5
Schinus
1.4
2/2
2.20/7.36
2.2
Silver trumpet
3
0/2
1.18/0.86
1.8
Sumam-cherry
1
3/0
1.30/0.25
1.9
Toog
0.02
3/0
1.68/0.28
1.7
Wampi
17
2/0
2.21/0.36
1.5
a See Dowell & Steinberg (1979) for scientific names and families.
b All values relative to citrus which is set at 100. Data from Dowell & Steinberg (1979), and Howard
& Neel (1977).
c Relative value with 0 = not present, 1 = faint glow on TLC plate, 2 = moderate glow and 3 =
strong glow (Barcelon 1982).
d Mg/mg wet weight.
e As attractive as citrus to ovipositing CBF (Dowell & Steinberg 1979).
were sandwiched between these plastic blocks and the unit was held together by
bolts secured by wing nuts. A 1 mm diameter metal rod with a smooth, flat end
face was placed through the hole in the upper block and rested upon the upper
surface of the leaf. Steel spheres (3 mm diameter) were individually placed in a
plastic cup atop the rod until the rod pushed through the leaf. The spheres were
then removed and weighed. The test was repeated three times on each of three
leaves per plant, and an average was taken.
Data on the attractiveness of the test plants to ovipositing CBF were taken from
Dowell et al. (1979) and Howard & Neel (1978). For each test, the number of egg
spirals laid on the citrus plants was set at 100. Oviposition on the other plants
was standardized relative to this value to compensate for widely differing numbers
of CBF present during the exposure periods. These values were then subjected to
single and multiple regression analyses (Little & Hills 1978) against the foliar
chemical and physical attributes measured above.
Results
There was a 5000-fold difference in the attractiveness of the test plants to
ovipositing CBF with citrus the most attractive plant and toog the least attractive
214
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(3)
(Table 1). I tested the accuracy of these data by regressing the ovipositional
attraction of 12 of the test plants against the percentage of the plants found infested
with CBF in field surveys of dooryard plants in Broward County, Florida from
20 Jul to 16 Sep 1977. The field hosts were citrus (64.2% infested), kumquat
(50.0%), mango (47.9%), pink trumpet (44.4%), Surinam-cherry (14.6%), loquat
(12.5%), gardenia (7.3%), schinus (6.2%), ixora (0.7%), and toog, coffee and sap-
odilla all at 0% infested. The correlation is highly significant (r 2 = 0.97; F = 294.7;
df= 1,9 -P ^ 0.0001; y — 3.72F 0.63x) indicating that the values for ovipositional
attraction in Table 1 strongly reflect the actual field preferences shown by female
CBF in Florida.
The relative levels of cysteine and methionine, and the tensile strength of the
leaves were the only individual host plant attributes significantly correlated with
oviposition by CBF (Table 2). CBF adults congregate on the newest flush growth
of citrus but they do not oviposit on nonteneral leaves. Oviposition occurs pri¬
marily on the youngest mature growth (Dowell & Cherry 1981). Walker (1987,
1988) has shown that another whitefly, Parabemisia myricae (Kuwana), which
oviposits only on the newest growth, is able to distinguish between the cuticles
of new versus mature citrus leaves. As citrus leaves mature becoming teneral,
they expand, darken, and become rigid and stronger. Female CBF could theo¬
retically “measure” leaf maturity by determining how hard it is to probe the leaf;
that, however, is unlikely. It is more likely that tensile strength reflects other
changes in leaf chemistry that occur in the cuticle as the leaf matures (Freeman
et al. 1979) and that these are what might be perceived by the whitefly.
Among the leaf factors analyzed, no single attribute accounts for more than
23% of the observed variation in CBF oviposition. Several attributes found to be
important in other insects (%N, glucose/nitrogen ratio) explain little of the ob¬
served variation in CBF oviposition (Table 2).
The only attribute significantly correlated with the survival of immature CBF,
tissue density (mg wet tissue/cm 2 leaf surface) (Dowell & Steinberg 1990), is not
significantly correlated with oviposition (Table 2). Dowell & Steinberg (1979)
previously showed that there is no relationship between the attractiveness of plants
to ovipositing CBF and the subsequent survival of the nymphs. Our results and
those of Dowell & Steinberg (1979) show that different leaf characters affect the
two processes.
Multiple regression analysis found that the levels of cysteine, methionine, glu¬
cose, fructose, and %N are the key attributes correlated with oviposition by female
CBF (r 2 = 0.62; F = 4.93; df = 5, 15; P = 0.007). Inclusion of tensile strength
does not alter the correlation coefficient indicating that the relationship shown in
Table 2 either is spurious or that the tensile strength of plant leaves affects CBF
oviposition at a different point in the process than internal leaf chemistry. The
multiple regression explains 62% of the observed variation in CBF oviposition.
The use of multiple regression analysis highlighted several important points.
No single attribute explained as much of the observed variation as the use of
multiple attributes. There is little correlation between the importance of the at¬
tributes when viewed singly and when viewed in groups. Based upon the data in
Table 2, tensile strength should have been an important factor in a multiple
regression, but it was not. Instead, three factors that have insignificant individual
correlations (glucose, fructose, %N) are important factors in the multiple regres-
1990
DOWELL: WHITEFLY OVIPOSITION
215
Table 2. Correlation coefficients of leaf characters and ovipositional attractiveness of the test plants.
Leaf character
Correlation coefficient
Cysteine 3
-0.57
0.006
Tensile strength
0.47
0.024
Methionine
0.43
0.048
Glucose b
0.29
0.196
%N
0.28
0.189
Fructose b
-0.23
0.297
Glucose/nitrogen ratio b c
0.22
0.325
Tissue density
0.22
0.325
%P
-0.18
0.424
Percentage water
-0.17
0.432
Total sugars' 5
-0.11
0.613
Area
0.002
0.990
a No other single amino acid or group of amino acids had significant correlation coefficients.
b n = 22, no sugar data for Japanese boxwood.
c % dry weight/% dry weight.
d As determined with ANOVA (Little & Hills 1987).
sion. Willig et al. (1986) found a similar situation when they examined the relative
importance of various mensural characters in univariate and multivariate mor¬
phometric analyses.
Discussion
Kogan (1977) has postulated that for polyphagous homopterans, such as white-
flies, long-range attractants should be absent and that if ovipositional stimulants
are present, they should be ubiquitous compounds such as amino acids, sugars,
and water. He further theorizes that close-range repellents may be present. My
data support Kogan’s concept.
After landing, female CBF are able to identify unacceptable hosts (e.g., fern)
and very poor hosts (e.g., gardenia) within 2-13 sec (Dowell 1979). This may be
an insufficient period for the female to probe through the cuticle (Walker 1987)
suggesting that some contact repellency occurs. Whitefly species in six genera have
seven pairs of mechanoreceptors and chemoreceptors on their rostrums and are
able to taste the surface of leaves prior to stylet penetration (Walker & Gordh
1989). This may be the point in the ovipositional process where leaf toughness
(representing mature leaf cuticles) is important. If the female is not “repelled,”
she begins to probe the leaf. At this point the female begins to evaluate the factors
identified in Table 2: cysteine, methionine, glucose, fructose, and nitrogen levels.
If these are acceptable, she then oviposits an egg spiral. These chemical factors
account for 62% of the observed variation in oviposition by CBF females.
I postulate that the more attractive a plant is to a population of ovipositing
CBF, the greater is the relative frequency of genes conferring acceptance or tol¬
erance of the compounds in the leaf cuticle and sap. Under this quantitative
genetic concept genes allowing oviposition on kumquat, mango, and pink trumpet
are 65-72% as common as those allowing oviposition on citrus, or at least their
additive summation effects provide such a degree of relative influence. Hosts such
as avocado, gardenia, and toog appear to have leaf cuticle or sap repellents for
which almost no CBF have tolerance. Once past the cuticle, the ubiquitous com-
216
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(3)
pounds postulated by Kogan (1977) became important in determining whether
oviposition occurs.
Acknowledgment
I thank George Snyder for the foliar nitrogen and phosphorus analyses, Bryan
Steinberg for his help, and Greg Walker, Tom Bellows, and Jeffery Granett for
their comments on earlier drafts of this paper.
Literature Cited
Barcelon, M. A. 1982. New liquid chromatographic approaches for free amino acid analysis in plants
and insects. J. Chromatogr., 238: 175-182.
Barcelon, M. A., R. E. McCoy & H. M. Donselman. 1983. New liquid chromatographic approaches
for free amino acid analysis in plants and insects. II. Thin-layer chromatographic analysis for
eighteen varieties of palm trees. J. Chromatogr., 260: 147-155.
Dittrich, V., S. O. Hassan & G. H. Ernst. 1985. Sudanese cotton and the whitefly: a case study of
the emergence of a new primary pest. Crop Protection, 4: 161-176.
Dowell, R. V. 1979. Host selection by the citrus blackfly, Aleurocanthus woglumi (Homoptera:
Aleyrodidae). Entomol. Exp. & Appl., 25: 289-296.
Dowell, R. V. & R. H. Cherry. 1981. Detection of and sampling procedures for the citrus blackfly
in urban Southern Florida. Res. Pop. Ecol., 23: 19-26.
Dowell, R. V., F. W. Howard, R. H. Cherry & G. E. Fitzpatrick. 1979. Field studies of the host
range of the citrus blackfly, Aleurocanthus woglumi Ashby. Can. Entomol., Ill: 1-6.
Dowell, R. V. & B. Steinberg. 1979. Development and survival of citrus blackfly on 23 plant species.
Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 72: 721-724.
Dowell, R. V. & B. Steinberg. 1990. Influence of host plant characteristics and nitrogen fertilization
on development and survival of immature citrus blackfly (Homopt., Aleyrodidae). J. Appl.
Entomol., 109: 113-119.
Freeman, B., L. G. Albrigo & R. H. Biggs. 1979. Ultrastructure and chemistry of cuticular waxes of
developing citrus leaves and fruits. J. Amer. Soc. Hort. Sci., 104: 801-808.
Helbert, J. R. & K. D. Brown. 1955. Factors influencing quantitative determination of methylpentoses
and ketohexoses with anthrone. Analyt. Chem., 27: 1791-1796.
Howard, F. W. & P. L. Neel. 1978. Host plant preferences of citrus blackfly, Aleurocanthus woglumi
(Homoptera: Aleyrodidae) in Florida. Proc. Int. Soc. Citriculture, 2: 489—492.
Kogan, M. 1977. The role of chemical factors in insect/plant relationships. Proc. XV Int. Cong.
Entomol., 1976: 211-227.
Lenteren, J. C. van & P. J. J. Noldus. 1990. Chapter 3. Whitefly-plant relations: behavioural and
ecological aspects, pp. 47-90. In Gerling, D. (ed.). Whiteflies: their bionomics, pest status and
management. Intercept, Andover.
Little, T. M. & F. J. Hills. 1978. Agricultural experimentation. J. Wiley & Sons, New York.
Walker, G. P. 1987. Probing and ovipositional behavior of the bayberry whitefly (Homoptera:
Aleyrodidae) on young and mature lemon leaves. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 80: 524-529.
Walker, G. P. 1988. The role of leaf cuticle in leaf age preference by bayberry whitefly (Homoptera:
Aleyrodidae) on lemon. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 81: 365-369.
Walker, G. P. & G. Gordh. 1989. The occurrence of apical labial sensilla in the Aleyrodidae and
evidence for a contact chemosensory function. Entomol. Exp. & Appl., 51: 215-224.
Willig, M. R., R. D. Owen & R. L. Colbert. 1986. Assessment of morphometric variation in natural
populations: the inadequacy of the univariate approach. Syst. Zool., 35: 195-203.
Received 5 May 1990; accepted 9 August 1990.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66(3): 217-226, (1990)
SURVEY OF POTENTIAL ARTHROPOD PARASITOIDS
AND PREDATORS OF CHRYSOLINA SPP.
(COLEOPTERA: CHRYSOMELIDAE) ASSOCIATED
WITH ST. JOHNSWORT IN NORTHERN IDAHO
C. L. Campbell 1 and J. P. McCaffrey
Department of Plant, Soil and Entomological Sciences,
University of Idaho, Moscow, Idaho 83843
Abstract.— Parasitic and predatory arthropods associated with St. Johnswort, Hypericum per¬
foratum L., dominated habitats were surveyed for association in time and space with various
life stages of Chrysolina quadrigemina Suffrian and C. hyperici Forster. No parasites of any
Chrysolina spp. lifestage were found during two years of intensive survey efforts. Potential
predators of Chrysolina spp. were found and included ground beetles, crickets, and spiders.
Although the ground-dwelling arthropods and the chrysomelids occur together in time and space,
whether any predation of Chrysolina spp. actually occurs remains unknown.
Key Words. —Insecta, Chrysolina quadrigemina, Chrysolina hyperici, biological control, Hyper¬
icum perforatum, Klamath weed, goatweed
Hypericum perforatum L. (Clusiaceae), St. Johnswort, infested large areas of
northern Idaho rangeland until suppressed by Chrysolina quadrigemina Suffrian,
C. hyperici Forster (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae) and Agrilus hyperici Creutzer
(Coleoptera: Buprestidae). Tisdale (1976) reported that since the establishment
of these herbivores, St. Johnswort infestations in northern Idaho have been main¬
tained at about 3% of the infestation level present in 1948.
Despite the reduction in St. Johnswort stands, outbreaks still occur. The weed
exists along roadsides and in small infestations up to several hectares in size.
These outbreaks may be due to abiotic disruptions that influence the plant-her¬
bivore relationship (Williams 1985) or interference with C. quadrigemina by its
natural enemies. Wilson (1943) reported that predators and parasites and the
availability of adequate food supply were the principal factors adversely affecting
populations of C. quadrigemina in their native habitats in France. Williams (1985)
addressed the importance of abiotic factors such as precipitation patterns in me¬
diating the interactions between Chrysolina spp. and H. perforatum ; however,
there have been few studies on the role of biotic factors such as predators and
parasites on limiting the herbivores’ impact where they have been introduced. As
Goeden & Louda (1976) noted, mortality inflicted on colonized phytophages by
native organisms is a commonly suspected, but only occasionally demonstrated
cause of unsuccessful biological control.
In France, the principal parasite of C. quadrigemina and C. hyperici is Anaphes
sp. (Hymenoptera: Mymaridae), which attacks the eggs. A tachinid, Macquartia
occlusa Rondani, attacks larvae of C. quadrigemina. Adult C. quadrigemina are
attacked by the ant, Acanthomyops niger L., and the reduviid bug, Rhinocoris
erythropus L. (Wilson 1943). In Australia, a delay in the establishment of Chry¬
solina hyperici Forster was attributed in part to attack by predators such as ants,
1 Current address: 103 E. Fremont #7, Selah, Washington 98941.
218
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 66(3)
bugs, spiders, and birds (Wilson & Campbell 1943). No egg parasitism was found
in Australia even ten years after introduction of both chrysomelids, but a tachinid,
Froggattimyia sp., which normally attacked native chrysomelids {Paropsis spp.),
was found attacking Chrysolina spp. larvae. Parasitism of C. quadrigemina and
C. hyperici never exceeded 1% and 3% respectively in 1949 (Clark 1953). In
Canada, Smith (1958) reported that no parasitoids (or predators) of importance
were observed on Chrysolina spp. in British Columbia. In the United States,
Huffaker (1967) stated that entomophagous parasitoids were of relatively no con¬
cern in California or Australia. Neither Smith nor Huffaker provided supporting
data.
In Australia, an ant, Chalcoponera cristulata Forel, was the principal predator
of Chrysolina spp. larvae, but populations of this species and other suspected
predators such as the carabids, Sarticus esmeraldipennis Castelnaud and Diapho-
romerus germari Castelnaud, and the lycosids, Lycosa pictiventris L. Koch and
L. godejfroyi L. Koch, were considered to be too low to have destroyed a large
proportion of the Chrysolina spp. larval population (Clark 1953). Smith (1958)
initially suspected that an ant, possibly Formica obscuripes Forel, was important
as a mortality factor of teneral adult C. quadrigemina in British Columbia. How¬
ever, he found that C. quadrigemina populations were highest within the ant
colony’s foraging area and suggested that the ants removed other beetle predators
such as carabids and cicindelids. Huffaker (1967) noted predation of C. quadri¬
gemina by earwigs and spiders, but reported that they were of no consequence.
Given the general paucity of information pertaining to the importance of par¬
asitoids and predators of Chrysolina spp. in the United States, and specifically in
the Pacific Northwest, we determined the faunal composition of parasitic and
predatory arthropods associated with the introduced Chrysolina spp. at various
St. Johnswort sites in northern Idaho.
Materials and Methods
Study Sites.— Four St. Johnswort-infested sites were chosen for study. The
Central Grade site was situated 10.4 km NE of Lewiston (Nez Perce Co.) in the
Clearwater River Canyon. The Coyote Grade site, situated 14.4 km NE of Lew¬
iston, was also in the Clearwater River Canyon. The White Bird site was situated
6.4 km NE of White Bird (Idaho Co.) in the Salmon River valley. The Central
Grade, White Bird, and Coyote Grade canyon grassland sites are all within the
Pacific Northwest Bunchgrass region and their vegetation is in the Agropyron
spicatum (Pursh.) Scribn. and Smith series (Tisdale 1976, 1986). The Farragut
site was situated in Farragut State Park, 8.0 km east of Athol (Kootenai Co.). This
study site was once part of a naval installation, but is currently undisturbed. This
site is within the Northern Conifer region and the vegetation is in the Pseudotsuga
menziesii (Mirbel) Franco series (Cooper et al. 1987). More detailed descriptions
of the study sites are provided by Campbell & McCaffrey (in press).
Predator Survey. — Pitfall traps were used to survey ground-dwelling predators
that were present during the period when Chrysolina spp. larvae and adults were
active. Traps consisting of plastic Solo® cups (0.47 1 wells with 0.26 1 liners)
containing a 1:1 ethylene glycol-water mixture, were arranged in a grid formed
by the placement of two parallel rows of five traps separated from one another
by 1 m. A parallel replicate of this arrangement was placed 2 m away for a total
1990
CAMPBELL & McCAFFREY: CHRYSOLINA SURVEY
219
of 20 traps per grid. The grid design was chosen to capture arthropods from a
sizeable area (at least 4 m by 4 m), while minimizing trap servicing time and plot
trampling. Grids were established during early April 1985 at Central Grade,
Coyote Grade and White Bird, and late April at Farragut due to the seasonal lag
in Chrysolina spp. activity at the latter site. New traps were established in the
same holes at about the same respective times in 1986. The grid at Farragut was
fenced during 1986 to keep deer from destroying the traps. Twice monthly, traps
were emptied and the contents of all traps from a given site were combined. Trap
contents were washed to remove mud and debris and then stored in 70% ethanol.
Arthropods known or suspected to be predaceous were identified and counted.
We swept St. Johnswort plants with a standard insect net (38 cm diameter) to
survey foliage-dwelling predators. Fifty 180° sweeps were taken within 100 m of
the pitfall sample grids twice-weekly during the period May-July. No sweep sam¬
ples were taken at White Bird in 1986 because nearby St. Johnswort stands had
been greatly reduced from the 1985 levels. Sweep-net contents were bagged in the
field then frozen upon return to the laboratory. Predatory arthropods were later
sorted, then identified to an appropriate taxonomic level.
Parasitoid Survey. —Parasitism was investigated by collecting and rearing in¬
dividuals of each Chrysolina spp. life stage obtained during 1985 and 1986 seasons
from each of the four study sites.
A total of 6247 eggs, 1340 third and fourth instars, 162 pupae, and 610 adults
were hand-collected and reared or maintained on St. Johnswort cuttings in covered
Petri plates (lined with moist paper towel or soil) held at 20 ± 2° C and a 14:10
(L:D) photoperiod. The Petri plates were checked every two days for the presence
of parasitoids.
Results and Discussion
Predator Survey.— Table 1 lists known or suspected predatory arthropods col¬
lected at the four study sites. Pitfall traps yielded the most information on faunal
composition. Adult carabids, the gryllid, Gryllus assimilis Fabr., and lycosid spi¬
ders made up the bulk of each catch. Sweep-net sampling gathered few individuals
and few species, mainly Oecanthus sp. (Orthoptera: Gryllidae), Reduviolus sp.
(Hemiptera: Nabidae) and several undetermined species of spiders.
The seasonal population trends of selected ground-dwelling predators are pre¬
sented in Figs. 1-4. Only the ground-dwelling arthropods collected by pitfall
trapping are included because so few potential predators were collected by sweep¬
sampling. The foliage-dwelling predatory arthropods may have been limited by
the paucity of prey found in the upper foliage; an undetermined species of lygaeid
bug was the only common inhabitant other than adult Chrysolina spp. and adult
A. hyperici. The 1985 samples at Farragut represented only three sample dates
because deer repeatedly destroyed the pitfall traps during the latter part of the
season. In 1986, a fence erected around the pitfall trap grid successfully excluded
the deer. Only the 1986 data are included in our discussion of this site.
Among the Carabidae captured, Harpalus fraternus LeConte, Anisodactylus
similis LeConte, and Amara littoralis Mannerheim, were the most common at
the Central Grade, Coyote Grade and White Bird sites (Figs. 1-3). Zacotus mat-
thewsi LeConte, known as an inhabitant of dense, coniferous forests (Lindroth
1961), was generally the most common carabid at Farragut (Fig. 4). Gryllus as-
220
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(3)
Table 1. Predaceous arthropods collected by pitfall trap and/or sweep-net from St. Johnswort study
sites in northern Idaho, 1985 and 1986.
Study site
Taxon
Central
Grade
White
Bird
Coyote
Grade
Farragut
INSECTA
ORTHOPTERA
Gryllidae
Gryllus assimilis Fabr.
+ ,P a
+ ,P
+ , P
+ , P
Oecanthus sp.
+ , p, S
+, p, s
+, p, s
DERMAPTERA
Forficulidae
Forficula auricularia L.
+ 5 P
+ > P
+ , P
HEMIPTERA
Nabidae
Reduviolus
+ , p, S
+ , P, S
+, p, S
+,p, S
Reduviidae
Sinea sp.
+, s
NEUROPTERA
Chrysopidae
Chrysoperla carnea (Stephans)
+, s
COLEOPTERA
Carabidae
Agonum sp.
+, p
+,p
Amara littoralis Mannerheim
+ , P
+,p
+, p
A. obesa Say
+> p
+,p
Amara spp.
+ 5 P
+,p
+, p
Anisodactylus similis LeConte
+ , P
+ 5 P
+,p
+ 3 p
Anisodactylus spp.
+ > P
+,p
Bradycellus sp.
+ 5 P
Calosoma cancellatum Eschscholtz
+ , P
+ > P
+, p
C. moniliatum LeConte
+. p
C. tepidum LeConte
+ , P
+, p
Carabus taedatus Fabr.
+, p
Diplocheila oregona Hatch
+ , P
+ , P
Harpalus caliginosus Fabr.
+ , P
+, p
H. fraternus LeConte
+ ,P
+ ,P
+ 5 P
+, p
Harpalus spp.
+ ,P
+ , P
+, p
Lebia divisa LeConte
+ , P
L. perita Casey
+ , P
Pterostichus sp.
+ , P
+ , p
Scaphinotus relictus Horn
+ , P
+ , P
+,p
Zocatus matthewsi LeConte
+, p
Cicindelidae
Cicindela sp.
+, p
Staphylinidae (no further determination)
+ , P
HYMENOPTERA
Formicidae* 5
Formica spp.
+ , P
+ ,P
+ , P
+> p
ARACHNIDA
ARANEAE 0
Dictynidae
+,P, s
+, p, s
+,p, s
+, p, s
Gnaphosidae
+,p
+, p
+, p
+, p
Lycosidae
+, p
+, p
+, p
+, p
Oxyopidae
+,p
+, p
1990
CAMPBELL & McCAFFREY: CHRYSOLINA SURVEY
221
Table 1. Continued.
Taxon
Study site
Central
Grade
White
Bird
Coyote
Grade
Farragut
Philodromidae
+ ,P
+ ,P
+ , P
+ , P
Salticidae
+ , P
+ , P
+ , P
+ , P
Thomisidae
+ , P
+ , P
+ , P
+ ,P
a (+) indicates presence at the site; (-) indicates absence, (p) indicates trapped by pitfall; (s) collected
by sweeping.
b Several species of ants were collected, but only F. subnitens Creighton identified.
c Not determined beyond family level.
similis was present at all sites at various population levels (Figs. 1-4). Several
different species of wolf spider (Lycosidae) were captured. One yet undetermined
lycosid species was dominant at Central Grade, Coyote Grade and White Bird
(Figs. 1-3) while a different species was dominant at Farragut (Fig. 4); the bulk
of lycosids represented in Figs. 1-4 were these two as yet undetermined species.
The ground-dwelling predatory arthropods identified in Table 1 were considered
potential predators of Chrysolina spp. because they were present in St. Johnswort
stands at the times when larvae and adults were active (spring and early summer)
and when adults became inactive upon entering their period of aestivation (be¬
ginning in late July). Furthermore, they occurred in the same microhabitat as the
chrysomelids. Second-instar and older Chrysolina spp. larvae are found on the
ground near the host-plant’s base during the day and part of the night before they
ascend into the St. Johnswort foliage to feed (Clark 1953). Thus, they could be
discovered by the predators which occur concurrently in the same microhabitat.
Teneral adult Chrysolina spp., which emerge from pupal cells in the soil, aesti¬
vating adults, and adults which overwinter would also be potentially available for
discovery and attack by ground-dwelling species.
Although the ground-dwelling arthropods and the chrysomelids occur together
in time and space, it remains unknown whether predation of Chrysolina spp.
actually occurred because the food preferences of the presumed predatory ar¬
thropods have not been established. For example, the three most common carabids
collected in our study, H. fraternus, An. similis, and A. littoralis, may not be
predatory as assumed. Lindroth (1968) indicated that adults of some species of
Harpalus and Amara tend toward phytophagy while species of Anisodactylus are
comparatively more carnivorous. Barney & Pass (1986) reported that H. penn-
sylvanicus DeGeer, A. cupreolata Putzeys and A. impuncticollis Say consumed
alfalfa weevil (Hypera postica Gyllenhal) larvae and various lepidopteran larvae
as well as seeds of chickweed {Stellaria media L.) and crabgrass (Digitaria spp.)
under laboratory conditions. Further study of the three common carabids found
at our study sites could help determine their potential impact upon Chrysolina
spp. The predatory nature of G. assimilis, the cricket commonly found at the
study sites, has not been substantiated, but a related species, G. pennsylvanicus
Burmeister, was found capable of detecting and consuming apple maggot pupae
(Rhagoletis pomonella Walsh, Diptera: Tephritidae) in simulated natural sur¬
roundings (Monteith 1971). The possibility that G. assimilis might prey upon
Number (log 10 ) of
Predators / 20 Traps / Date
100
10
0.1
M Amara littoralis
II H arpaly? fratemy?
\~\Anisodactvlus similis
1! Grvllus assimilis
iLycosidae
4/30
5/8
5/21
6/4
6/18
7/2
7/16
7/30 4/30
Date
5/13 5/27 6/10 6/24 7/8
Figure 1.
Relative abundance of predatory arthropods caught in pitfall traps at Central Grade,
1985 (A) and 1986 (B).
7/22
222 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 66(3)
Number (log 10 ) of
Predators / 20 Traps / Date
VO
VO
o
10000 E-
[ a
1000 E
n
4/30
Figure 2.
■ Amara littoralis
H Hamalus fraternus
f~1 Anisodactvlus similis
9 Grvllus assimilis
" Lycosidae
Date
Relative abundance of predatory arthropods caught in pitfall traps at Coyote Grade, 1985 (A) and 1986 (B).
CAMPBELL & McCAFFREY: CHRYSOLINA SURVEY 223
Number (log 10 ) of
Predators / 20 Traps / Date
1000
100
10
0.1
1
I
I
5/9
■ Amara littoralia
M Harpalus frate mu a
n Anisodactvlus similis
H Grvllus assimilis
Lycosidae
5/24
6/7 6/21 7/5 7/19 8/2 4/17
Date
5/1
5/15
5/29
6/12
6/26
7/10
Figure 3. Relative abundance of predatory arthropods caught in pitfall traps at White Bird, 1985 (A) and 1986 (B).
7/24
224 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 66(3)
1990
CAMPBELL & McCAFFREY: CHRYSOLINA SURVEY
225
1000 3
0
+■*
0
Q
>4—
o
^ w
„ CO
D> £-
O H
^ o
J_ CM
0
J2
E
3
0
O
*-*
0
■D
0
m Harpalus fraternus
111 Anisodactvlus similis
f~1 Grvllus assimilis
5/23 6/5 6/19 7/3 7/17 7/31
Date
Figure 4. Relative abundance of predatory arthropods caught in pitfall traps at Farragut, 1986.
Chrysolina spp. cannot be discounted and should be similarly investigated. Ly-
cosid spiders, which are obligate predators, could be antagonists of C. quadrige¬
mina and C. hyperici, but this remains unknown at this time. Evaluation of the
predatory role of these potential predatory species is necessary to fully understand
their importance as biotic mortality factors of Chrysolina spp. Finally, Rees (1969)
reported on a possible chemical predator deterrent in a closely related Hypericum-
feeding species, C. brunsvicensis Gravenh. This chemical defense has not yet been
reported for C. quadrigemina or C. hyperici and warrants further study.
Parasitoid Survey. — No parasitoid of any Chrysolina spp. life stage was found.
This is not surprising because virtually no other chrysomelids from which par-
asitoids could have transferred were encountered in St. Johnswort stands; only
an occasional Timarcha intricata Haldeman (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae) and
small alticines (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae) were recovered from sample units
containing St. Johnswort and pitfall traps in St. Johnswort stands respectively.
The only native species of Chrysolina found in Idaho is C. flavomarginata vidua
Rogers (Stecker 1963, Hatch 1971). It has only been found on a sagewort ( Arte¬
misia dracunculus L.) in southern Idaho (Stecker 1963); thus, it does not occur
with C. quadrigemina in typical northern Idaho St. Johnswort habitats.
With parasitism lacking and predation of C. quadrigemina larvae and adults
by endemic arthropods possibly discouraged by a chemical defense, it appears
that C. quadrigemina and C. hyperici may be relatively free from mortality inflicted
by other arthropod species. Further studies evaluating some of the more important
potential predators encountered during this study are needed to further assess this
supposition.
Acknowledgment
We thank Edwin Tisdale and William F. Barr (Departments of Range Resources
and Plant, Soil & Entomological Sciences [PSES], University of Idaho, respec¬
tively) for their assistance in habitat classification and locating some of the original
release sites of the Chrysolina spp. Bradley P. Harmon and Dennis J. Schotzko
226
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(3)
(PSES) provided technical assistance and Dale Everson (Department of Mathe¬
matics and Applied Statistics, University of Idaho) provided statistical assistance.
We thank Edwin Tisdale, James B. Johnson (PSES), R. H. Callihan (PSES),
and Dennis J. Schotzko for reviewing this manuscript. This research was supported
by a grant from the William F. Barr Travel Fund and Idaho Agricultural Exper¬
iment Station Project 061-R838, a contribution project to Western Regional Pro¬
ject W-8 4. Journal artical number 89735 of the Agricultural Experiment Station,
University of Idaho, Moscow, Idaho.
Literature Cited
Barney, R. J. & B. C. Pass. 1986. Foraging behavior and feeding preference of ground beetles
(Coleoptera: Carabidae) in Kentucky alfalfa. J. Econ. Entomol., 79: 1334-1337.
Campbell, C. L. & J. P. McCaffrey, (in press). Population trends, seasonal phenology and impact of
Chrysolina quadrigemina and C. hyperici (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae) and Agrilus hyperici
(Coleoptera: Buprestidae) associated with Hypericum perforatum in northern Idaho. Environ.
Entomol.
Clark, L. R. 1953. The ecology of Chrysomela gemellata Rossi and C. hyperici Forst. and their effect
on St. John’s Wort in the Bright District, Victoria. Aust. J. Zool., 1: 1-69.
Goeden, R. D. & S. M. Louda. 1976. Biotic interference with insects imported for weed control.
Ann. Rev. Entomol., 21: 325-342.
Hatch, M. H. 1971. The beetles of the Pacific Northwest. Part V: Rhipiceroidea, Stemoxi, Phyto-
phaga, Rhynchophora, and Lamellicomia. University of Washington Press, Seattle.
Huffaker, C. B. 1967. A comparison of the status of biological control of St. Johnswort in California
and Australia. Mushi, 39: 51-73.
Lindroth, C. H. 1961. The ground-beetles of Canada and Alaska (Part 2). Opuscula Entomol. Suppl.,
20.
Lindroth, C. H. 1968. The ground-beetles of Canada and Alaska (Part 6). Opuscula Entomol. Suppl.,
34.
Monteith, L. G. 1971. Crickets as predators of the apple maggot, Rhagoletis pomonella (Diptera:
Tephritidae). Can. Entomol., 103: 52-58.
Rees, C. J. C. 1969. Chemoreceptor specificity associated with choice of feeding site by the beetle,
Chrysolina brunsvicensis on its foodplant, Hypericum hirsutum. Entomol. Exp. & Appl., 12:
565-583.
Smith, J. M. 1958. Biological control of Klamath weed, Hypericum perforatum L., in British Co¬
lumbia. Proc. 10th Int. Cong. Entomol., (1956) 4: 561-565.
Stecker, R. E. 1963. The Chrysomelidae of Idaho (Coleoptera). M.S. Thesis, University of Idaho,
Moscow.
Tisdale, E. W. 1976. Vegetational responses following biological control of Hypericum perforatum
in Idaho. Northwest Sci., 50: 61-75.
Williams, K. S. 1985. Climatic influences on weeds and their herbivores: biological control of St.
John’s Wort in British Columbia, pp. 127-132. In Delfosse, E.S. (ed.). Proceedings of the VI
International Symposium Biological Control of Weeds, 19-25 August 1984, Vancouver, Can¬
ada.
Wilson, F. 1943. The entomological control of St. John’s Wort ( Hypericum perforatum L.) with
particular reference to the insect enemies of the weed in southern France. Aust. Counc. Sci.
Ind. Res. Bull., 169.
Wilson, F. & T. G. Campbell. 1943. Recent progress in the entomological control of St. John’s Wort.
J. Counc. Sci. Ind. Res., 16: 45-56.
Received 25 October 1989; accepted 9 August 1990.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66(3): 227-231, (1990)
MARK-RECAPTURE STUDIES ON
VESPULA PENSYLVANICA (SAUSSURE) QUEENS
(HYMENOPTERA: YESPIDAE)
Parker Gambino
Department of Entomology, University of Hawaii,
Honolulu, Hawaii 96822 1
Abstract .—A mark-recapture study of Vespula pensylvanica (Saussure) queens was conducted at
two sites in California and one site in Hawaii. Queens flying during the spring returned repeatedly
to specific locations. In the three years of the study, 21.6, 33.3, and 9.5% of marked queens were
recaptured. A low return rate in 1989 may have been caused by a prolonged period of rainy
weather that divided the spring queen flight period and perhaps increased mortality among early
flying queens. The longest interval to recapture was 33 days, and some queens were recaptured
on as many as three different days. Honeydew is attractive to spring queens, and they are able
to return to the same gall repeatedly to feed.
Key Words.— Insecta, Vespula pensylvanica, mark-recapture, yellowjacket queen, honeydew
Knowledge of the extranidal behavior of yellowjacket ( Vespula ) queens is more
limited than the corresponding body of knowledge for yellowjacket workers. This
is to be expected, because workers vastly outnumber queens; successful colonies
founded by a lone queen may generate hundreds or thousands of workers. Fur¬
thermore, flights of queens are usually restricted to periods of colony initiation
in the spring and early summer, and mating and dispersal in the fall. The basic
components of spring queen extranidal behavior, from the termination of dor¬
mancy to the rearing of the first worker adults, are well established (Akre et al.
1976, Ross 1983): after finding a nest site and initiating a nest, queens make trips
to collect fiber, food, or water. Extranidal tasks are assumed by workers later in
the colony cycle. Several studies have shown that marked workers will return to
a specific location to make repeated collections of an abundant resource (Kalmus
1954, Broekhuizen & Hordijk 1968). Thus far, there is only scant evidence of the
tendency of queens to return to previously visited areas. Palmer-Jones et al. (1949)
reported that two marked V. germanica (Fabr.) queens returned repeatedly over
16 days to a vine sprayed with a glucose solution, and that a queen captured at
another site (also sprayed with sugar) was marked, released a mile (1.4 km) away,
and observed 9 days later at the capture site. In a laboratory study, Ross (1983)
observed Vespula queens returning to the exact same site to gather plant fiber,
but this was within an enclosed foraging chamber with a volume of only 1.7 liters.
In the present study, a mark-recapture technique was employed to learn more
about the behavior of spring queens of V. pensylvanica (Saussure).
Materials and Methods
Studies were conducted at different localities for each of three years. From 15
Apr-2 Jun 1985, an area of approximately 0.65 hectare in Sunol Regional Wil-
1 Correspondence address: Hawaii Volcanoes National Park, Box 52—Research Division, Hawaii
National Park, Hawaii 96718.
228
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(3)
demess (140 m el.), Calaveras County, California, served as the study site. Nearly
all captures (35 of 37) were made on foliage of a stand of Quercus agrifolia Nee,
oak trees. This species, common throughout the region, was the dominant plant
within the restricted confines of the study area. Other plants present in substantial
numbers in the understory and adjacent fields included wild oat ( Avena fatua L.)
and thistles ( Cirsium spp.). From 27 Feb-15 Jul 1986, an area of approximately
0.18 hectare on the campus of the University of California, Berkeley (80 m el.),
Alameda County, California, was studied. The site was fairly open, with a few Q.
agrifolia. The ground cover where most queens were captured consisted mostly
of Kikuyu grass (Pennisetum clandestinum Hochstetter ex Chiovenda), which was
trimmed regularly to less than 4 cm high, and ivy ( Hedera helix L.). From 24
Mar-15 Jul 1989, the study site consisted of six Pinus sp. trees in a clearing at
Volcano (1175 m el.), Hawaii County, Hawaii. The trees were close enough to
provide a continuous array of foliage, and the occupied ground surface area was
equivalent to 8 square m.
In 1985, queens were netted by hand, anesthetized by placing them briefly in
a chamber containing dry ice (solid C0 2 ), marked on the dorsum of the thorax
with either Liquid Paper® or Testors enamel®, and released in a shaded spot to
recover. Because accidental overexposure to dry ice caused some mortality, in
subsequent years queens were removed from the net by firmly grasping the thorax
with forceps, marked, and immediately released. All queens captured for the first
time on any given day were marked with the same color; recaptured marked
queens were marked with a second color, and so on, so that the capture history
of any individual queen was recorded.
In 1985, observations were made during nine field trips to the study site;
recapture data included queens recaptured and marked a second time (n = 3),
and queens observed with sufficient clarity to determine the date of original capture
{n = 5). In 1986 and 1989 the study sites were in areas that were checked several
times daily; when queens were present a sampling session was initiated imme¬
diately. Only recaptured marked queens were included in the results for 1986 and
1989. The duration of sampling sessions was variable, ranging from a few minutes
to several hours. The total time spent netting queens at each site was 40-50 h.
Results
In 1985, queens were captured from 15 Apr-30 May. However, the number of
queens flying on the initial sampling date suggests that the queen flight period
had begun earlier in the season. Eight (21.6%) of 37 marked queens were recaptured
or sighted again (Fig. la). No individual queens were observed on more than two
different days, and the longest interval between captures was 33 days. Queen
extranidal activity apparently ceased by 2 Jun, when only workers were observed
in the field.
Throughout the spring, V. pensylvanica queens, workers, and Mischocyttarus
flavitarsis (Saussure) foragers were observed on Q. agrifolia bud galls of the cynipid
Callirhytis carmelensis Weld. The gall, which produces sweet honeydew, was
common on all Q. agrifolia in the study area. When vespid wasps landed on galls,
they fed on honeydew by licking the gall surface. On 30 May a uniquely marked
V. pensylvanica queen was observed to visit the same gall four separate times in
two hours. Once, a M. flavitarsis forager approached and hovered within 2 cm
1990
GAMBINO: VESPULA QUEEN BEHAVIOR
229
March
Figure 1. Mark-recaptures of V. pensylvanica queens; (a) Sunol, 1985; (b) Berkeley, 1986; (c)
Volcano, 1989. Each horizontal row represents an individual queen; circles indicate capture dates;
circles connected by a line indicate recaptured individuals.
when the marked yellowjacket queen was on the gall. In response, the V. pensyl¬
vanica queen interrupted her feeding to face the intruding wasp and raised her
fore body and forelegs in an apparently agressive stance, causing the M. flavitarsis
to retreat. Later, when the V. pensylvanica queen had temporarily vacated the
230
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(3)
gall, a M. flavitarsis forager (possibly the same one) occupied it. When the V.
pensylvanica queen returned and attempted to land, the two insects grappled and
fell from the tree.
In 1986 and 1989, the sampling dates encompassed the entire queen flight
period, because these study sites could be checked daily. In 1986, queens were
captured from 27 Feb-8 May; 96 queens were marked, and 32 (33.3%) were
recaptured (25 once, 5 twice, 2 three times) (Fig. lb). The longest interval over
which a queen was recaptured was 31 days. Most captured queens were investi¬
gating the ground cover plants or flying close to the ground. Once captured and
released, queens invariably flew from the study site instead of resuming their
activities.
In 1989, queens were captured from 24 Mar-15 Jul; 43 queens were marked,
and 4 (9.3%) were recaptured (3 once, 1 three times) on different days (Fig. lc).
Also, three queens were recaptured on the same day of their original capture. The
longest interval to recapture was seven days. Between 31 Mar-28 May no queens
were captured, reflecting a very low level of queen activity. This was an extended
period of inclement weather, during which approximately 76 cm of rain fell. There
was an apparent nonoverlap of the queen populations flying before and after the
period of heavy precipitation. Queens were not seen to take prey; the presence of
aphids on the foliage and the probing of queens between needles at new shoots
suggest that honeydew was the primary attraction.
Discussion
Queens of V. pensylvanica are similar to yellowjacket workers in their ability
to return to approximate or exact locations to collect resources. Honeydew is an
important resource (Palmer-Jones et al. 1949, Thomas 1960), and highly pro¬
ductive specific sites may be the object of interspecific competition and aggression.
Recapture intervals longer than 30 days at both California study sites, and the
multiple recaptures of seven queens in 1986, indicate a long term fidelity to
foraging areas. Akre et al. (1976) and Roush & Akre (1978) report that queens
unsuccessful at founding a nest may continue flying throughout the summer. In
this study all of the recapture intervals fell within the temporal range of the
combined initiation and pre-emergence phases of the colony cycle (Ross et al.
1981). No nests of marked queens were ever found, so the nesting success of
captured queens could not be determined. At the California study sites V pen¬
sylvanica queens did not constitute a noticeable portion of yellowjacket flight
activity after May.
Although recapture rates might seem modest, they should be considered in light
of the many factors that would mitigate against recapture of queens. From the
pool of queens emerging from hibernation in a study area, the number available
for recapture decreases progressively during the spring through mortality, emi¬
gration, and successful colony development. Immigration of queens into the study
area increases the number of unmarked individuals that were not present on the
initial sampling dates. The study areas presumably constituted small fractions of
the total V. pensylvanica queen foraging ranges, the number of queens captured
was only a fraction of those observed, and the time spent sampling was small
compared to the total time available for queen foraging.
Several factors might have contributed to the low recapture rate (9.3%) in 1989.
1990
GAMBINO: VESPULA QUEEN BEHAVIOR
231
The study site was by far the smallest of the three. None of the queens marked
before the 58 day rainy period (n = 31) were recaptured after that time. This
interval was longer than the entire period from nest initiation to extranidal worker
foraging of a typical colony (Ross 1981). The absence of worker activity by 1 Jul
and the very low forager population during the remainder of the year suggest that
queens were unsuccessful in establishing colonies in 1989. Unfavorable spring
weather has been associated with seasons of yellowjacket scarcity (presumably
due to early nest failure) in the Pacific Northwest and elsewhere (Akre & Reed
1981).
Acknowledgment
Assistance in the collection of queens was provided by P. Ferreira, A. Gambino,
J. Gambino, M. Thompson, and D. Sanders. The cynipid gall was identified by
R. Russo, and C. Davis supplied rainfall data for Volcano. The manuscript ben-
efitted from review and comment by R. Akre and L. Cuddihy. Research funding
was provided by the East Bay Regional Park District, the Northern California
chapter of the Achivement Rewards for College Scientists (ARCS) Foundation,
Inc., and the Nature Conservancy of Hawaii.
Literature Cited
Akre, R. D., W. B. Garnett, J. F. MacDonald, A. Greene & P. Landolt. 1976. Behavior and colony
development of Vespula pensylvanica and V. atropilosa (Hymenoptera: Vespidae). J. Kansas
Entomol. Soc., 49: 63-84.
Akre, R. D. & H. C. Reed. 1981. Population cycles of yellowjackets (Hymenoptera: Vespinae) in
the Pacific northwest. Environ. Entomol., 10: 267-274.
Broekhuizen, V. S. & C. Hordijk. 1968. Untersuchungen fiber die Beute von Paravespula vulgaris
L. (Hym., Vespidae) und ihre Abhangigkeit von der Beutetierdichte. Z. Ang. Entomol., 62: 68-
77.
Kalmus, H. 1954. Finding and exploitation of dishes of syrup by bees and wasps. Brit. J. Anim.
Behav., 2: 136-139.
Palmer-Jones, T., E. P. White, B. W. Devine & C. R. Paterson. 1949. Developments in wasp control.
N.Z. J. Agric., 78: 229, 231-232.
Ross, K. G., R. W. Matthews & R. A. Morse. 1981. Laboratory culture of four species of yellowjackets,
Vespula spp. Foundress nest initation. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 74: 247-254.
Ross, K. G. 1983. Studies of the foraging and feeding behavior of yellowjacket foundresses, Vespula
(Paravespula ) (Hymenoptera: Vespidae), in the laboratory. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 76: 903-
912.
Roush, C. F. & R. D. Akre. 1978. Nesting biologies and seasonal occurrence of yellowjackets in
northeastern Oregon forests (Hymenoptera: Vespidae). Melanderia, 30: 57-94.
Thomas, C. R. 1960. The European wasp ( Vespula germanica Fab.) in New Zealand. N.Z. Dept.
Sci. Industr. Res. Inf. Ser., 27: 1-74.
Received 22 March 1990; accepted 20 August 1990.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66(3): 232-240, (1990)
TWO NEW NORTH AMERICAN COPRIS MULLER,
WITH NOTES ON OTHER SPECIES
(COLEOPTERA: SCARABAEIDAE)
William B. Warner
2338 W. Rockwell Ct., Chandler, Arizona 85224
Abstract. — Copris macclevei NEW SPECIES (Arizona, New Mexico, Sonora) and Copris igualen-
sis NEW SPECIES (Guerrero, Mexico) are described. Habitat preference and rodent inquiline
habits of Copris arizonensis Schaeffer and C. macclevei are discussed, and bionomic information
is given for Copris lecontei Matthews. The female of Copris mexicanus Matthews & Halffter is
described for the first time.
Key Words.—Insects, Coleoptera, Scarabaeidae, Copris macclevei, Copris igualensis
Except for the description of Copris martinezi Matthews & Halffter (1968), no
additions have been made to the New World Copris Muller since Matthews (1962)
revised the group 25 years ago. I describe two new species from Mexico and the
southwestern United States, bringing the number of New World Copris species
to 26. New information on the biology and distribution of some known species
is also discussed, and the previously unknown female of Copris mexicanus Mat¬
thews & Halffter is described.
Methods
Length and width measurements are to the nearest 0.5 mm. Length measure¬
ments are from tip of the clypeus to visible end of the pygidium; width mea¬
surements are given for the widest point (elytra in all cases) and across the elytral
humeri. Directions for surfaces on legs are given as if the legs are extended in
axes perpendicular to the longitudinal body axis (sensu Torre-Bueno 1978); the
normally exposed (ventrally facing) faces of the hind femora are therefore anterior,
and so forth. The terminology of Matthews (1962) is used for cephalic structures.
Taxonomy
Copris macclevei Warner, NEW SPECIES
Figs. 1-3
Types. — Holotype, male and Allotype, female: Data. “AZ: Pima Co., 4 mi. S.
Arivaca, Fraguita Wash, vii-10-1977, at light, S. McCleve”; deposited in the
Florida State Collection of Arthropods, Gainesville. Paratypes, 190 (85 males,
105 females), data: same as primary types (23). ARIZONA. PIMA Co.: N end
Coyote Mts, 11 Jul 1977, at light, S. McCleve (10); Florida Cyn, 9-11 Sep 1981,
black light, K. Randall, J. May; Santa Rita Exper Range nr jet Proctor Ranch Rd
& Madera Cyn Rd, 14 Aug 1973, R. W. Duff; same (14.5 km E Continental), 1
Jul 1989, ex active Neotoma nest, J. S. Hunter (7); same, 5 Aug 1988, parts of
dead specimens ex nest of Neotoma sp, W. B. Warner; Green Valley, 13 Mar
1988, ex active Neotoma nest, J. S. Hunter III (7); same: 2 Apr 1988 (5), 2 Apr
1989 (4), 22 Apr 1988 (17), 7 May 1989 (6), 8 May 1988 (10), 22 May 1988 (11);
same (except “at pool light,” M. S. Hunter): 10 Jul 1989 (9), 12 Jul 1988 (2), 26
1990
WARNER: NEW COPRIS
233
Figures 1-6. Figure 1. Copris macclevei, holotype, right eye (dorsal view). Figure 2. Copris mac-
clevei, holotype, left posterior tarsus (posterior view). Figure 3. Copris macclevei, holotype, anterior
prostemal margin (ventral view). Figure 4. Copris lecontei, right eye (dorsal view). Figure 5. Copris
lecontei, anterior postemal margin (ventral view). Figure 6. Copris lecontei, left posterior tarsus (pos¬
terior view). Scale lines 1 mm; each figure pair (1 and 4, 2 and 6, 3 and 5) drawn to same scale.
Jul 1988, 28 Jul 1988, 4 Aug 1988; same (except J. S. Hunter III); 15 Jul 1989,
24 Jul 1988 (8), 2 Sep 1988; same, 3-5 Aug 1988, at store light, W. B. Warner;
Santa Catalina Mts, mouth of Bear Cyn, 3 Jul 1961, light, Werner, Nutting (9);
Sabino Cyn, 14 Jul 1973, F. Hovore; Tangerine Rd, N of Tucson, 21 Jul 1959,
G. A. Samuelson; Baboquivari Mts, base of Baboquivari Pk, 1000 m, 19.3 km E
ofTopawa, 31 Jul 1988, blacklight, J. Beierl. COCHISE Co.: Dragoon Mts, Texas
Pass, 19 Jul 1917, Wheeler; Peloncillo Mts, 53.1 km E of Douglas, 17 Jul 1973,
at light, S. McCleve; same, 18 Jul 1974; Cottonwood Cyn, 53.1 km E of Douglas,
28 Jul 1976, at light, S. McCleve; Guadalupe Can, 1 Jul 1976, at light, S. McCleve;
Portal, 1433 m, 12 Jul 1964, at light, J. M. Puckle, M. A. Mortenson, M. A.
Cazier (3); same, 2 Aug 1964; same, 13 Sep 1960, H. F. Howden, ex pack rat nest
234
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(3)
(adult in brood ball with head only showing); 1.6 km S of Portal, 1463 m, 15 Jul
1965, at light, J. H. & J. M. Davidson, M. A. Cazier; 4.8 km NW Portal, 11 Jul
1972, at light, S. McCleve; Douglas, 10 Sep 1970, F. Brewton; Dry Cyn, Sands
Ranch, SE end Whetstone Mts, 10 Aug 1952, H. B. Leech, J. W. Green (2);
Miller’s Canyon, 26 Aug 1976, R. L. Aalbu. SANTA CRUZ Co.: Pena Blanca,
23 Jul 1977, UV black light, R. Wielgus; Pena Blanca, 16.1 km W Nogales, 1
Aug 1961, UV light, Werner, Nutting; Pajarito Mts, Pena Blanca Cyn, 1158 m,
30 Jul 1979, at light, S. McCleve; Pajarito Mts, Pena Blanca, lot 763, 29 Jul 1963,
R. H. Arnett, Jr. & E. H. Van Tassell (2); Amado, 4-5 Jul 1986, at light, W. B.
Warner; nr jet Peck Cyn Rd & hwy 19, 1 Aug 1976, R. W. Duff. GRAHAM Co.:
1.4 km along Rd to Marijilda Cyn from hwy 666, 1177 m, 3 Aug 1965, H. B.
Leech. PINAL Co.: Boyce Thompson Arboretum, 13-19 Aug 1982, blacklight
trap, K. Randall, J. May; same, 18-22 Aug 1982. GILA Co.: Globe, June 1930,
D. K. Duncan; same, Jul 1921; same, Jul 1930 (4); same, 2 Jul 1935, F. H. Parker;
same, 7 Jul 1957; same, 1097 m, 8 Jul 1949, mesquite-oak, at light, F. Werner,
W. Nutting (2); same, 9 Jul 1945, Parker; same, 10-14 Jul, D. K. Duncan; same,
19 Jul 1933 (2); same, 21 Jul 1935; same, 8 Aug 1954, D. K. Duncan. MEXICO.
SONORA. Alamos, 22 Feb 1963, P. H. Amaud, Jr.; 24.1 km N of El Oasis, 26
May 1961, Howden & Martin, ex pack rat nest; 10.5 km S of Benjamin Hill, 6
Aug 1963, 20 W blacklite, E. Sleeper, W. Agnew, G. Noonan, P. Sullivan; hwy
16, 32.3 km E of Rio Yaqui, 917 m, 26 Jul 1987, UV light, S. McCleve (6).
Deposited in the institutions and collections of those acknowledged, and in those
of the Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago, Museum of Comparative
Zoology, Cambridge, Texas A & M University, College Station, and the collections
of G. Halffter, H. Howden, B. Ratcliffe, and W. B. Warner.
Description.— Male (holotype [major]). Length 13.5 mm; width 8.0 mm widest, 7.0 mm at humeri.
HEAD armed, horn weakly recurved, apex weakly clavate; clypeus vaguely bidentate, teeth not prom¬
inent, broadly obtuse, inner margins forming shallow angular emargination without medial notch;
clypeus and genae almost contiguously punctate dorsally near external margin, punctures simple,
quickly becoming obsolete on disc; posterior genal angles slightly acute; posterior oblique carina sharp;
occipital margin with transverse occipital groove obsolescent, tripartite; eyes small, narrow, maximum
dorsal ocular width about one-fifth length of posterior genal margin; gular-submental junction arcuate.
PRONOTUM armed, medial prominences sublaminar, weakly diverging, shallowly arcuate (anterior
view) with arc opening laterally, distinct on anterior two-fifths of pronotum; lateral prominences
laminar, only weakly diverging, directed at point on anterior pronotal margin midway between anterior
angle and postocular emargination; lateral carina distinct; apices of pronotal prominences slightly
overhanging anterior margin (lateral view); anterolateral pronotal angles with point made salient by
shallow emargination of lateral margin, lateral margin obtusely angulate at anterior apex of lateral
carina; posterior angles rounded; anterior margin without medial point or angle; midline impressed
slightly more than basal one-half of pronotum; evenly densely punctate, punctures simple, contiguous
to separated by about their widths except on anterior one-fifth between medial and lateral prominences
where puncturation is reduced, punctures separated by up to 3 x their widths, within posterior
submarginal impression punctures slightly more coarse, annular. ELYTRA with eighth and tenth striae
complete, ninth stria arising at about basal one-third of elytron; striae crenate-punctate, punctures
separated by 1-2 x their widths on disc; intervals weakly convex, very sparsely minutely punctulate.
PYGIDIUM with engraved submarginal line complete, disc deeply punctate, punctures moderate,
mostly separated by less than their widths. VENTER with small rectangular tooth on anterior margin
of prostemite medially, tooth slightly longer than wide. Proepistemites sericeous, distinctly more
strongly microsculptured than proepimera, laterally with punctures less than one-half size of those on
proepimera. Metastemum weakly punctate along medial margins of middle coxae; disc impunctate.
Sixth abdominal stemite at middle slightly longer than combined lengths of stemites four and five.
LEGS moderately punctate on apical one-third of middle and hind femora; anterior tibial spur in
1990
WARNER: NEW COPRIS
235
apical third ventrally curving, tapering to sharp point; middle and hind tarsi broadly expanded, middle
three segments each broader than long. GENITALIA with parameres blunt (lateral view), similar to
those of Copris lecontei Matthews.
Female. — (Allotype) length 13.0 mm; width 7.5 mm, 6.5 at humeri. Similar to male except: Cephalic
horn about twice broader than long (anterior view), with apex shallowly emarginate; apex elliptical
(dorsal view), weakly concave, deeply densely punctate, about 3 x maximum dorsal eye width; pronotal
armament with transverse biarcuate carina in medial third above vertical declivity to anterior margin,
low subconical tumosity at each side of carina at about lateral one-fifths of pronotum; lateral carina
distinct; strial punctures of elytra mostly separated by one-half their widths; sixth abdominal segment
at middle equalling length of segments two to five. Anterior tibial spur curving ventrally in apical
one-fourth.
Diagnosis. — Copris macclevei can be distinguished by the following combina¬
tion of characters: middle and hind tarsi broadly expanded, with middle three
segments broader than long; anterior margin of prostemum medially with narrow
truncated tooth; clypeal disc with punctures obsolete; proepistemites with dis¬
tinctly stronger microsculpture and smaller punctures than proepimera; lateral
pronotal carina distinct; anterior pronotal angles made salient by shallow emar-
gination of lateral margin; pygidium apically with engraved submarginal line
complete.
Variation.— Length 9.0-14.0 mm; width 4.5-8.0 mm. Smallest males have the
cephalic horn reduced to a low, transversely carinate tumosity, and lack all vestiges
of the lateral pronotal prominences. The median pronotal prominences in these
males are reduced to a vaguely indicated, anteriorly bifurcate swelling, anteriorly
separated by a broad but shallow depression. Occasional “major” males lack
apical expansion of the cephalic horn. Smallest females have the cephalic horn
reduced to a low, transverse tumosity that is flat-topped rather than carinate. The
pronotal armature is weakly indicated but similar to that of “major” females.
Worn specimens may exhibit an apically rounded cephalic horn, and the apical
width of this horn varies from approximately five- to nine-halves as wide as a
maximum dorsal eye width.
Relationships. — Copris macclevei is in the C. rebouchei complex as defined by
Matthews (1962), and can be keyed to Copris lecontei Matthews in that paper.
However, the broadly expanded middle and hind tarsal segments, truncated nar¬
row tooth on the anterior prostemal margin, smaller eyes, and nearly impunctate
clypeofrontal disc of C. macclevei quickly differentiate it from C. lecontei (see
Figs. 1-6 for comparisons).
Etymology. — This species is named for Scott McCleve, collector of much of
the type series.
Biology.—! have not been able to capture this species in pitfall traps baited
with human or cow feces, or carrion, nor have I been able to find it in/under cow
dung pats during numerous collecting trips through suitable habitats. Most early
specimens examined for which ecological data were available were collected at
white or ultraviolet lights. The majority of these specimens were collected in July
within a few days after the first heavy summer rains with occasional specimens
being collected during the monsoons thereafter. These data suggested an inquiline
relationship. Such “rain triggered” emergence occurs for the majority of summer
active Scarabaeidae in the southwestern U.S., with inquiline species’ peak activity
normally occurring a day (or night) or two after the first heavy rain. Most non-
inqiline, rain triggered species normally begin flying after the same rains, but peak
236
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 66(3)
in activity a week or two later. Three rodent-inquiline Scarabaeinae sympatric
with C. macclevei, Copris arizonensis Schaeffer (see below), Onthophagus browni
Howden and Cartwright, and Onthophagus velutinus Horn have similar patterns
of collection.
Hallfter & Matthews (1966) report a record of C. “lecontei ” collected from a
Neotoma sp. (packrat) nest by H. Howden in northeastern Mexico. Suspecting
that this record actually pertained to C. macclevei, I obtained the specimen in¬
volved and found that was indeed C. macclevei. Howden also collected a specimen
partially emerged from a brood ball in a Neotoma nest near Portal, Arizona. The
brood ball had apparently been constructed from woodrat feces, and had a thick
covering of soil (a brood cell wall?). Apprised of the probable inquiline relation¬
ship, J. S. Hunter III, subsequently excavated numerous specimens from Neotoma
nests in Green Valley, Arizona. None of several old brood balls found in the
process had a soil covering. Copris macclevei is probably an obligate rodent in¬
quiline. Copris lecontei is commonly found in cow dung (see below) and has not
been recorded from Neotoma nests.
Most records of C. macclevei are from localities in desert or desert grassland
habitats, slightly lower in elevation than those recorded for C. arizonensis, al¬
though the two are essentially sympatric along juniper or oak woodland/desert or
desert grassland ecotone.
Remarks. — Matthews (1962) apparently confused C. macclevei with C. lecontei,
as part of the above paratype series is labelled with his 1961 C. lecontei deter¬
mination labels. Most, if not all of his published Gila and Yavapai County,
Arizona, records for C. lecontei represent C. macclevei. I have seen no specimens
of C. lecontei from that far north, all C “ lecontei ” examined from those counties
being macclevei.
Copris igualensis Warner, NEW SPECIES
Figs. 7 and 8
Types. — Holotype male. Data: “Mexico: Guerrero, 6 mi. NW Iguala, viii-2-
1981, at light, P. Jump”; deposited in the Florida State Collection of Arthropods,
Gainesville. Paratype, male, data same as holotype; in private collection of S.
McCleve.
Description .—Male (holotype). Length 12.0 mm; width 6.5 mm widest, 5.5 mm at humeri. HEAD
armed with low subconical process at medioposterior clypeal margin, process densely minutely punc¬
tate, posteriorly flattened, with tiny but apparent tubercle posterior to base at each side, distance
between tubercles and apex of process about equal to diameter of tubercle, tubercles and apex of
process thus forming tiny equilateral triangle, process from lateral view reflexed above frontal plane.
Clypeus bidentate, teeth low, very broad and obtuse, medial notch obsolete. Posterior genal angles
obtuse. Majority of upper surface of head very sparsely minutely punctate (appearing impunctate)
except for dense transverse interocular band of coarse umbilical punctures which continues narrower
(but uninterrupted) around eyes to posterior genal margins. Posterior oblique carina obsolescent, but
indicated; transverse occipital carina and setigerous transverse occipital groove complete. Eyes small,
narrow, less than one-sixth as wide as dorsal interocular width. PRONOTUM unarmed, anterolateral
angles subquadrate; lateral margin evenly weakly convex, without angulations, irregularly serrate or
crenulate anterior to medial portion of anterior pronotal margin; anterior margin medially with small
obtuse angulation pointing posteriorly into nearly entire impressed medial longitudinal sulcus; pro-
notum finely sparsely punctate as in head except following areas coarsely umbilically punctate as in
interocular band: medial longitudinal sulcus with mostly single line of mostly contiguous punctures,
along entire submargin with more or less continuous band one to two punctures wide except for
1990
WARNER: NEW COPRIS
237
Figures 7-10. Figure 7. Copris igualensis, holotype, head and pronotum (dorsal view). Figure 8.
Copris igualensis, holotype, parameres (lateral and dorsal views). Figure 9. Copris laeviceps, head and
pronotum (dorsal view). Figure 10. Copris laeviceps, parameres (lateral and dorsal views). Scale lines
1 mm; Figures 7 and 9 drawn to same scale.
anterolateral angles where three to four punctures wide, in lateral fossa and in oval patch narrowly
connected to fossa by a few punctures, patch with anterior edge at about transverse pronotal midline
and medial edge at lateral longitudinal one-third, with small more or less discrete group of two to six
punctures just anterior to anteromedial edge of patch. ELYTRA with eighth stria arising near base,
disintegrating halfway down elytron, resuming intact behind posterior umbone; ninth stria disinte¬
grating just anterior to midlength of elytron, obsolete in anterior one-third, close to but not arising
from complete tenth stria; striae coarsely umbilically punctured, punctures round, mostly separated
by slightly more than their diameters, interstriae weakly convex, sparsely minutely punctured as in
head and pronotum. PYGIDIUM coarsely densely punctate, punctures contiguous to (mostly) sepa¬
rated by about their diameters; pygidial margin obsolescent medially. VENTER with wide low elevation
on anterior prostemal margin medially. Medial third of metastemite completely impunctate except
for single indistinct puncture at each side just behind anterior margin; lateral one-thirds punctured
similarly to pygidial disc. Abdominal stemites basally each with single row of punctures, row expanding
to full segment length near lateral margins. LEGS: posterior trochanters without ventral setal tufts.
238
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 66(3)
Femora sparsely minutely punctate as in elytral interstriae. Anterior tibiae sparsely punctate in ventral
one-half, punctures similar in size to coarse cephalic punctures but not umbilical, separated by 1-4
x their diameters; anterior tibial spurs straight (anterior view), blunt, curving posteriorly in apical
half; middle and posterior tibiae impunctate; posterior tibiae apically with three supplementary setae
on posterior face and one distal setal tuft on anterior face. Male genitalia as in Fig. 8.
Diagnosis. — Copris igualensis can be distinguished by the following character
combinations: eyes one-sixth or less as wide as dorsal interocular width; metaster-
nite with anteromedial one-third impunctate; posterior trochanters without setal
tufts; lateral pronotal carina obsolete.
Variation. —The paratype male is slightly smaller (11.5 by 6.5 mm; 5.5 mm
wide at elytral humeri) but otherwise differs little from the holotype.
Relationships. —Copris igualensis is in the C. incertus complex as defined by
Matthews (1962) and keys to Copris laeviceps Harold in that paper. This species
indeed looks very similar to C. laeviceps in general appearance and size; however,
C. laeviceps has much larger eyes (about one-fourth or less of dorsal interocular
width), narrower clypeal teeth, cephalic (coarse) puncturation limited to an in¬
terocular band, a more extensively punctured pronotum, less apically “hooked”
parameres, and has the anteromedial third of the metastemite submarginally
punctate (see Figs. 7-10 for comparisons). Should the two males examined turn
out to be poorly developed individuals of a normally homed species, the small
eyes, lack of setal tufts on the posterior trochanters, and obsolete lateral pronotal
carina should distinguish C. igualensis from all other New World Copris.
Etymology. — This species is named for the type locality.
Biology. — Both specimens examined were collected at light. The rarity of this
species in collections is indicative of an unusual (possibly inquiline) life history.
Copris mexicanus Matthews & Halffter
Because the female of C. mexicanus has not been described, I do so here:
Description.—Female: length 15.5 mm; width 8.5 mm widest, 7.0 mm at humeri. Similar to male
except: clypeal teeth and medial notch more pronounced, gular angle nearly right. PRONOTUM
impunctate in basomedial one-third, elsewhere nearly contiguously punctate, punctures subumbilical,
effaced posteriorly, becoming smaller towards basomedial impunctate area, in middle one-third ar¬
ranged in more or less discemable parallel arcs behind and following contour of anterior pronotal
prominence, anterior prominence abruptly rising from anterior margin; submargin between lateral
carinae impressed and filled with annular punctures, medial pronotal line deeply impressed, impunc¬
tate, extending from base to slightly more than midpoint of disc.
Only four specimens of this rare species, all males, have been recorded in the
literature. I have examined two large (“major”) males and a female supplied by
Ron McPeak, all labeled: MEXICO. MICHOACAN. Uruapan, 8-9 Jul 1972, R.
H. McPeak. Both males are slightly larger than the specimens examined by Mat¬
thews (1962) and have more pronounced cephalic and pronotal armature (one of
the two has the head horn bent at nearly a 90° angle), but otherwise differ little
from his redescription. A third male, similar in size and appearance to the spec¬
imen in Matthews’ (1962) figures, was received from T. Taylor, and is labelled:
MEXICO. MICHOACAN. El Laureles, 17 Jul 1988. A diagnostic character not
emphasized in Matthews’ (1962) monograph is the evenly, rather deeply impressed
elytral striae, and the fine, very transverse strial punctures which at most only
slightly crenate the edges of the channel. Most related species have larger, less
1990
WARNER: NEW COPRIS
239
transverse strial punctures which distinctly crenate the margins of the strial chan¬
nel.
Copris arizonensis Schaeffer
This species has been collected in woodrat ( Neotoma sp.) nests by H. Howden
(Halffter & Matthews 1966). During the summer of 1979,1 found old brood balls
and parts of dead adult C. arizonensis during excavations of woodrat nests in the
Chiricahua foothills (juniper woodland) near Portal, Arizona, but not in the flats
(desert grassland) below. The brood balls appeared to be constructed entirely from
woodrat feces (i.e., without a soil covering) and were open on one side (an emer¬
gence hole). Surprisingly little of the balls had been consumed. In southern Ari¬
zona, C. arizonensis are attracted to lights the first night or two after the first
heavy summer rains, and are occasionally captured at light following subsequent
summer rains.
Copris lecontei Matthews
Figs. 4-6
Matthews (1962) gives no information on the biology of this species. I have
trapped adults using human and cow dung baits, excavated numerous adults from
burrows beneath cow pats in southeastern Arizona, and collected a male-female
pair crawling on dog feces in Portal, Arizona. It has been taken in moderate
numbers at UV and white lights. Also near Portal, in late July at 07:00 h I observed
a male C. lecontei pulling pieces of cow dung from beneath a day-old pat and
dragging them backwards into a burrow beneath the edge of the pat. The beetle
grasped and carried the dung in its front legs. Excavation of the burrow yielded
a female C. lecontei and partially completed dung cake at the bottom.
Acknowledgment
I thank the following individuals and institutions that loaned specimens: D.
Kavanaugh, California Academy of Sciences; E. L. Sleeper, California State Uni¬
versity at Long Beach; the late F. F. Hasbrouck, Arizona State University; F.
Werner, University of Arizona; J. May, Arizona Department of Agriculture and
Horticulture; C. McGiffen, Illinois Natural History Survey; R. D. Gordon, U. S.
National Museum of Natural History; R. Woodruff, P. Skelley, Florida State
Collection of Arthropods; and R. Aalbu, R. Cunningham, R. W. Duff, A. V.
Evans, J. S. Hunter III, S. McCleve, R. McPeak, H. F. Howden, and T. Taylor.
Robert D. Gordon, Systematic Entomology Laboratory, USDA, kindly allowed
me to examine the holotype of Copris lecontei Matthews, and A. V. Evans, R. D.
Gordon, G. Halffter, H. F. Howden, J. S. Hunter III, S. McCleve, and B. C.
Ratcliffe reviewed various drafts of the manuscript.
Literature Cited
Halffter, G. & E. G. Matthews. 1966. The natural history of dung beetles of the subfamily Scarabaeinae
(Coleoptera, Scarabaeidae). Folia Entomol. Mex., 12-14: 1-312.
Howden, H. F. & O. P. Young. 1983. Panamanian Scarabaeinae: taxonomy, distribution, and habits
(Coleoptera, Scarabaeidae). Cont. Amer. Entomol. Inst., 18.
Matthews, E. G. 1962. A revision of the genus Copris Muller of the Western Hemisphere (Coleoptera:
Scarabaeidae). Entomol. Amer., 41: 1-139.
240
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(3)
Matthews, E. G. & G. Halffter. 1968. New data on American Copris with discussion of a fossil
species (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). Ciencia, Mexico, 26(4): 147-162.
Torre-Bueno, J. R. de la. 1978. A glossary of entomology. New York Entomological Society, New
York.
Received 7 March 1990; accepted 4 September 1990.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66(3): 241-245, (1990)
NEPALOCORIS, A NEW GENUS OF STENODEMINI
(HETEROPTERA: MIRIDAE: MIRINAE)
Michael D. Schwartz 1
Biosystematics Research Centre, Agriculture Canada,
Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0C6, Canada
Abstract.— Nepalocoris elysae, a NEW GENUS and NEW SPECIES of stenodemine Miridae, is
described on the basis of adult males from near Helumbu District, Nepal. Dorsal habitus pho¬
tographs and illustrations of the male genitalia are provided.
Key Words. — Insecta, Heteroptera, Miridae, Stenodemini, phylogenetics
This paper describes a new genus and new species of Stenodemini discovered
while curating mirine plant bugs in the Canadian National Collection of Insects
housed in the Biosystematics Research Centre, Agriculture Canada, Ottawa, On¬
tario. The descriptions are a necessary prerequisite to a phylogenetic revision of
the tribe for the world. All the specimens discussed here were collected on the
Canadian Nepal Expedition, which took place from March to September, 1967.
The participating research scientists of the former Entomology Research Institute,
Canada Department of Agriculture, J. G. T. Chilcott, W. R. M. Mason, and D.
D. Munroe, were accompanied by the Nepalese entomologist K. Sharma.
Nepalocoris Schwartz, NEW GENUS
Type Species. —Nepalocoris elysae NEW SPECIES, Monobasic.
Description.—Adult male. Dorsal aspect: (Fig. 1). Large; head, calli shagreened; pronotum rugulo-
punctate, sometimes with minute punctures; mesoscutum, scutellum, and hemelytra smooth. Vestiture:
With sparsely distributed, short, suberect, pale, simple setae; setae longer on tylus. Antenna with
densely distributed, medium length, suberect, simple setae; setae longest on segment I and base of
segment II, their length greater than one-half width of segments; I without bristlelike setae. Legs with
densely distributed, suberect, longer, simple setae, setal length equal to metatibial width; interior
surface of distal half of metatibia with minute, stout, black spiculae, tibia without bristlelike setae.
Head: (Fig. 2). Triangular in dorsal view; subquadrate in lateral view; eye large, anterior margin
emarginate near and contiguous with antennal fossa; posterior margin slightly separated from pro¬
notum; vertex slightly elevated; frons with deep longitudinal sulcus; anterior margin of frons elevated
dorsad but not anteriad of base of tylus; tylus protuberant, rounded dorsally; anterior margin of frons
even with juga and lora, slightly protruding anteriad of antennal fossa; labium reaching middle of
mesocoxa, segment I reaching base of head. Antennae: Long, length slightly greater than body length;
segment I longer than length of head, II long, thinner than I, III longer than IV, III and IV filamentous.
Pronotum: (Fig. 2). Subtriangular with distinct anterior and dorsal lobes, disk convex; proepistemum
visible in dorsal view; calli weakly differentiated, confluent anteriomedially, not reaching lateral margin
of pronotum; lateral margin broadly curved, carinate dorsad of coxal cleft, with additional carinate
surface ventrad of lateral margin and adjacent to coxal cleft; collar flattened, with distinct posterior
sulcus and transverse carina posteriorly; coxal incisure deep, reaching under lateral carina. Mesoscutum
and scutellum: Confluent medially; mesoscutum broadly exposed; scutellum flattened. Hemelytra:
Macropterous, elongate, lateral margins straight; embolium thin; length of cuneus slightly less than
one-half length of hemelytra to cuneal fracture. Legs: Rounded, narrow throughout, metatibia longer
than metafemur and abdomen; metatarsus with segment I equal to combined length of segments II
and III. Claws: Long, narrow, curved distally; pul villus narrow, adhering to entire interior angle of
1 Canadian Government Laboratory Visiting Fellow.
242
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(3)
.*
* m, ; ” ' rw
Figures 1, 2. Nepalocoris elysae, adult male, holotype. Figure 1. Dorsal habitus, scale = 3 mm.
Figure 2. Dorsal view of head and pronotum, scale = 0.5 mm.
claw. Genitalia: Genital capsule: With slight tubercles dorsad of paramere insertions, left tubercle
larger than right; posteroventral portion of capsule not produced. Left paramere: Small, curved; sensory
lobe produced above arm; arm just longer than shaft; apex recurved, pointed; surface smooth (Figs.
3c, 3d). Right paramere: Linear, slightly expanded medially; tapering distally to narrowed hooked
apex (Fig. 3e). Vesica: Secondary gonopore: Aperture complete, circular (Fig. 3a). Membrane: With
spinose lobes; without sclerotized processes (Figs. 3a, 3b).
Adult female. — Unknown.
Diagnosis. — The antennal structure of adult males is similar to that in Acomo-
cera Eyles, Ebutius Distant and Lasiomiris Reuter; all have segment III thinner
and longer than segment II. Nepalocoris is distinguished from these and other
Asian stenodemine genera {Dolichomiris Reuter, Notostria Fieber, Stenodema
Laporte and Trigonotylus Fieber) by its combination of: dull, rugulose hemelytra
with sparse, short vestiture; an antennal segment I with setae shorter than the
width of the segment; a frons elevated dorsad of the tylus base, but not protruding
anteriad of it; a pronotum with a nearly complete posterior sulcus and a posterior
lobe with a strongly convex disk; and a complete and rounded aperture of the
secondary gonopore. Superficially, adult males of Nepalocoris are similar to those
of the North American Chaetofoveolocoris Knight but differ by the shorter dorsal
vestiture, the structure of the collar, and male genitalia.
Etymology. — From the Hindi, “Naipali,” for the Nepalese origin of the type
species, and from the Latin “coris,” meaning bug.
Remarks. — Male Nepalocoris will key to couplet 24 in the key to stenodemine
genera by Eyles & Carvalho (1975). At this couplet the new genus differs from
1990
SCHWARTZ: NEPALOCORIS, A NEW MIRID GENUS
243
Figure 3. Nepalocoris elysae, male genitalic structures, scale = 0.1 mm. A, B. Vesica. A. Anterior
view. B. Posterior view of uninflated distal portion of membrane. C, D. Left paramere. C. Lateral
view. D. Distal view. E. Right paramere, lateral view.
Acomocera and Schoutedenomiris Carvalho, which both possess an indistinct
anterior frons margin and a strongly pointed tylus, by the slightly rounded frons
which projects above the base of a broadly rounded tylus. The strongly convex
pronotal disk, nearly complete sulcus with an adjacent rounded carina posteriad
244
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(3)
of the collar, and short anteocular portion of the head distinguish males of Ne-
palocoris from those of all other Stenodemini.
A preliminary cladistic analysis of stenodemine genera (28 genera treated in
Schwartz (1987) plus Nepalocoris ) based on 49 morphological characters indicates
that Acomocera, Ebutius, Lasiomiris, all with distributions in the Indo-West Pa¬
cific (southern China, India, Sri Lanka, Indochina, Indonesia, New Britain, New
Guinea, and Philippines), and Nepalocoris may form a monophyletic group found¬
ed on antennal structure. All these genera have the third antennal segment much
narrower and longer than the second segment, whereas all other Stenodemini have
the third segment slightly narrower and shorter than the second. However, the
relationships of each of the four apparent monophyletic genera to one another
remains unresolved.
Nepalocoris elysae Schwartz, NEW SPECIES
Figures 1, 2, 3A-E
Types. — Holotype: male; data: NEPAL. [HELUMBU DISTRICT: Helumbu
Trail], 27°58' N, 85°00' E, 3383 m (11,100 ft), 18 Jun 1967, Can. Nepal Exped.,
CNC Type No. 20746; deposited: Canadian National Collection of Insects, Biosys-
tematics Research Centre, Ottawa, Ontario. Paratypes: 4 males, same data as
holotype, but: 24 June, 1 male; 25 Jun, 2 males; 27 Jun, 1 male; deposited in the
Canadian National Collection of Insects.
Description. —Adult male: Stramineous with faint red markings on head; faint patches or obscure
fascia on hemelytra fuscous. Measurements: Length from apex of tylus to apex of membrane 9.70-
9.85 mm; length from apex of tylus to cuneal fracture 6.10-6.35 mm. Length of hemelytra to cuneal
fracture 4.40-4.50 mm; cuneus length 1.90-1.95 mm. Maximum width of pronotum 1.60-1.74 mm;
median length of pronotum 0.83-0.93 mm. Head length 0.88-0.95 mm; width of head across eyes
0.98-1.06 mm; interocular width 0.35-0.38 mm; eye width 0.31-0.34 mm; eye height 0.50-0.53 mm.
Length of labium 2.20-2.30 mm. Length of antennal segments: I, 1.10-1.33 mm; II, 3.00-3.30 mm;
III, 3.10-3.40 mm; IV, 1.90-2.20 mm.
Diagnosis. — Adult males are distinguished from both sexes of Lasiomiris al-
bopilosus (Lethierry), with which it was collected, by the faint blotchy markings
on the clavus and corium; the nearly complete sulcus of the collar bordered
posteriorly by a transverse carina; and the strongly convex pronotal disk.
Etymology.— Named in honor of my wife Elyse, who is a constant source of
inspiration.
Remarks.— W. R. M. Mason (personal communication) recalls that the first
base camp of the expedition was the type locality of Nepalocoris elysae. The site
had a number of small grassy clearings, with a valley exposure partially bordered
by Himalayan fir, birch, and rhododendron forest. The bugs were collected at a
light attached to the side of a tent. Female mirids are less commonly collected at
light which may explain why all the specimens were male.
Acknowledgment
I thank: J. M. Cumming, K. G. A. Hamilton, and E. E. Lindquist, Biosystematics
Research Centre, Agriculture Canada, Ottawa, T. J. Henry, SEL, USDA, United
States National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C., and R. T. Schuh,
American Museum of Natural History, New York for reviewing an earlier version
of the manuscript and providing useful suggestions; and W. R. M. Mason (BRC)
1990
SCHWARTZ: NEPALOCORIS, A NEW MIRID GENUS
245
for kindly reviewing his field notes of the CNC Expedition to Nepal and detailing
the ecology of the type locality. This study was supported by a Visiting Fellowship
with Agriculture Canada.
Literature Cited
Eyles, A. C. & J. C. M. Carvalho. 1975. Revision of the genus Dolichomiris, with a revised key to
the genera of Stenodemini (Heteroptera: Miridae). J. Nat. Hist., 9: 257-269.
Schwartz, M. D. 1987. A phylogenetic review of the Mirinae and revision of the Stenodemini
(Heteroptera: Miridae). Ph.D. Thesis, City University of New York, New York.
Received 16 March 1990; accepted 4 September 1990.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66(3): 246-250, (1990)
SOIKIELLA NOWICKI
(HYMENOPTERA: TRICHOGRAMMATIDAE):
OCCURRENCE IN NORTH AMERICA, DESCRIPTION OF
A NEW SPECIES, AND ASSOCIATION OF THE MALE
Robert K. Yelten and John D. Pinto
Department of Entomology, University of California,
Riverside, California 92521
Abstract.—Soikiella is reported from North America for the first time. Soikiella occidentalis
NEW SPECIES is described and compared to the European S. mongibelli Nowicki, its only
congener. Although Soikiella has been known only from females, males of both species have
now been discovered and that of S. occidentalis is described and figured.
Key Words. — Insecta, Hymenoptera, Trichogrammatidae, Soikiella
Soikiella is one of the most uncommonly collected genera of Trichogramma¬
tidae. Previously, it was known from a single species, S. mongibelli Nowicki,
described from Sicily in 1933. We have found a second species occurring at several
locales in western North America. This species, S. occidentalis NEW SPECIES,
is described below and characteristics of the previously unknown males of Soikiel¬
la are provided. The hosts of S. occidentalis are unknown. A female of S. mon¬
gibelli from Israel in the University of Naples at Portici is labeled as ex egg of
Machimus negevensis Theodor (Diptera, Asilidae). This is the only host associ¬
ation recorded for the genus.
Soikiella Nowicki
Soikiella Nowicki 1933:1; 1935:579. Peck etal. 1964:109. Doutt & Viggiani 1968:
545.
Type Species.—Soikiella mongibelli Nowicki, by original designation.
Description.— Antenna sexually dimorphic (Figs. 1, 2); female with one anellus, one funicle and
three club segments, antenna normally setate; male with two funicle segments and with numerous
exserted, prominent seta-like sensilla on funicle and club. Maxillary palp one-segmented. Wing broad,
oblately rounded apically; vein tracts distinct; venation with a broad, relatively short marginal vein
and a short, broad, bilobed stigmal vein; RS-1 absent. Ovipositor very short, broad, gonoplacs short,
subtruncate apically. Male genitalia (Figs. 3, 4) typical of Trichogrammatini (as defined by Viggiani
1971): genital capsule open dorsally, gonostyli and volsellae present, aedeagus and apodemes distinct.
Relationships. —Soikiella has been difficult to place to subfamily, partly due to
lack of males. The discovery of males of both known species positions the genus
in the Trichogrammatinae as currently defined by Viggiani (1971).
Nowicki (1933) originally placed Soikiella within the Trichogrammatinae de¬
spite its antennal formula (with a single funicular segment in the female) which
it shares with several genera of Oligositinae. Within the Trichogrammatinae, he
considered it closest to Ufens, based primarily on wing characters. In their revision
of the family, Doutt & Viggiani (1968) related Soikiella to Bloodiella, a member
of the Oligositinae, but noted that its fore wing was most similar to that in Zagella,
a relative of Ufens.
1990
VELTEN & PINTO: SOIKIELLA IN NORTH AMERICA
247
Figures 1-4. Soikiella occidentalis. 1. Antenna, female holotype (lateral). 2-4. Male from Oak
Glen, California. 2. Antenna (lateral). 3. Genital capsule (dorsal). 4. Aedeagus.
The male of Soikiella makes relationship to Bloodiella unlikely. In Bloodiella
the antennae are not sexually dimorphic, and the male genitalia are different.
Viggiani (1971) associated Bloodiella with Chaetostricha and related genera in the
Oligositinae based on the strongly reduced male genitalia in which many of the
structures are presumably fused into a single tubular unit. The genitalia of Soikiel-
248
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(3)
la, although considerably deviant, retain the basic features considered character¬
istic of the Trichogrammatinae (Viggiani 1971). The presence of two funicular
segments in the male also argues against oligositine membership.
Affinities of Soikiella within the Trichogrammatinae are not clear. The simi¬
larity of its fore wing structure to that in Ufens and Zagella is not compelling
evidence for relationship. The correspondence is based on the relatively broad
wing, and the compact, robust venation. Several genera of Trichogrammatidae
have similar wings. Although it is premature to suggest close relationship, we do
note that Soikiella shares certain similarities with Paratrichogramma. They are
the only genera in the family in which the male adds a funicular segment to the
female norm. Also, the fore wings of both lack an RS-1, the marginal vein is of
similar shape and relative length, and the stigmal vein is short, subsessile and
apically bilobed. Other venation characteristics differ, however; see Doutt & Vig¬
giani (1968) for illustrations. The male genitalia also are different. The only fea¬
tures shared are presumably plesiomorphies for the Trichogrammatinae as a whole.
Association of Sexes. — Despite the lack of reared specimens we are confident
that males of both species are correctly linked to females given the congruence
in wing characters, color pattern, overall body shape and many other specific
structural traits. Both sexes are uncommon, especially males. So far, specimens
have been collected only by sweeping vegetation or in pan traps. Rarely have we
encountered more than one individual per collection. The two sexes of the new
species, S. occidentalis, have never been collected together (see Material Exam¬
ined). A male and female of S. mongibelli were taken together once in Italy in a
sweep sample at Camigliatello Silano, Calabria by Pinto.
Key to Species of Soikiella
Female funicle without placoid sensilla; scutellum with anterior pair of setae
<0.5 x as long as posterior pair; male antenna with F2 subquadrate in
outline, not tapering from basal third, and with single erect seta on FI and
F2 elongate, >2.0 x length of equivalent seta on Cl. (Europe) ... mongibelli
Female funicle with one linear placoid sensillum (Fig. 1); scutellum with
anterior pair of setae >0.67 x as long as posterior pair; male antenna (Fig.
2) with F2 subtrapezoidal in outline, tapering from basal third to apex, and
with single erect seta on FI, F2, and Cl elongate, subequal in length. (North
America) . occidentalis, NEW SPECIES
Soikiella occidentalis Velten & Pinto, NEW SPECIES
Types. — Holotype female. USA. WASHINGTON. YAKIMA Co.: Yakima, 20
Jul 1988, sweeping primarily Salix along river, R. Velten. The holotype is de¬
posited in the U.S. National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C.
Paratypes: 3 females with same data of holotype; in the Canadian National Col¬
lection, Ottawa (1), and the Department of Entomology, University of California,
Riverside (2). All types slide mounted except one paratype (UCR) on a card.
Description.— Body length and color notes from critical point dried specimens; other characters
described from specimens slide mounted in Canada Balsam.
Female: COLOR. Dark brown with head orange dorsad of toruli, antenna with flagellar segments
and pedicel orange brown, scape darker. Legs with trochanters, apex of femora, base and apex of tibiae
and tarsi pale yellow brown. Thoracic dorsum with an orange-yellow line medially from just anterior
1990
VELTEN & PINTO: SOIKIELLA IN NORTH AMERICA
249
to middle of mesoscutum posterior to juncture with gaster, and along posterolateral margins of meso-
scutum. Eyes and ocelli dark red. Variation slight in specimens examined, consisting of varying degree
of suffusion of lighter areas with predominant brown color. BODY. Length 0.62-0.70 mm. Elongate,
parallel sided, slightly flattened (especially dorsum of gaster), gaster evenly rounded apically, 1.7 x
length of thorax. HEAD. Antenna (Fig. 1) with relative length of scape, pedicel, funicle and club 26.5:
13.5:9.5:36.5 (n = 5); single funicular subcylindrical, slightly narrower at base than apex, one placoid
sensillum obliquely oriented on outer side of segment, curving dorsad apically, free of surface at apex;
club compact less than one-third as wide as long, Cl as wide as long, length nearly uniform on all
surfaces, C2 and C3 asymmetrically joined, C2 shortest on outer surface, approximately two-thirds
greatest length on inner surface; C3 asymmetrically narrowing to apex, ventral surface strongly curved,
dorsal surface straight, extended dorsoapically as a narrow tubular projection, C2 and C3 subequal in
length, each approximately 1.7 x as long as Cl, Cl and C2 each with 2 placoid sensilla, C3 with 4
placoids, two extending onto dorsal surface of apical projection, one curved along ventral margin;
ventral surface of C3 with many apically directed hollow setiform sensilla; all club segments with
scattered setae. Mandibles tridentate. Maxillary and labial palpi one segmented, the latter 0.3 x length
of former. THORAX. Mesoscutum lightly reticulate, scutellum obsolescently so, each with two pair
of elongate narrow setae, those on scutellum with anterior pair at least two-thirds length of posterior.
Mesophragma not extending beyond segment II of gaster. Relative length of coxa, trochanter, femur,
tibia and (tarsal segments) as follows (n = 1)—fore leg 27:12:41:41: (11:13:15); middle leg 20:13:41:
54: (14:15:13); hind leg 32:18:45:57: (13:15:15); relative length of fore, middle and hind tibial spurs
7, 13, 13, respectively; hind tibia with short subapical spine on dorsal surface. Fore wing slightly
fumate at base, broad, width averaging 0.58 its length (measured from apex of tegula), oblately rounded
apically, widest at apical fourth; marginal vein short, terminating abruptly apically, attaining 0.36
length of wing; stigmal vein broad, weakly bilobed apically, only slightly constricted at base; relative
length of subcostal, premarginal, marginal and stigmal veins 29.5: 16.0: 16.0: 8.0, respectively; fringe
short, longest seta varying from 0.06-0.1 x wing width. Hind wing with three distinct setal tracts on
disk, posterior tract with shorter setae than others, all tracts attaining wing apex; longest fringe setae
approximately 0.8 x greatest wing width. GASTER. Ovipositor short, broad, occupying apical fourth
of gaster, projecting only slightly beyond apex, 0.67-0.78 hind tibial length; gonoplacs short, sub¬
truncate apically. Hypogynium not developed, consisting of a simple, slightly rounded flap overlying
basal third of ovipositor.
Male.— Color pattern similar to female in single male examined except noticeably darker than
darkest female. Differs structurally from female in having a somewhat blunter abdominal apex and
distinct antennae (Fig. 2). Antennal characters as follows—FI and F2 subequal in length, FI slightly
wider than long (1.1:1.0), widest at base, F2 slightly longer than wide (1.1:1.0), widest at basal third,
tapering from there to apex; club approximately one-third as wide as long; segments more loosely
connected than in female, roughly symmetrical on all surfaces and subequal in length, variation less
than one-tenth segment length; funicle and club segments each bearing a ring of elongate, hollow,
robust and apically directed spiniform sensilla (appearing like elongate, elevated placoid sensilla),
those on C3 appressed, contiguous with surface for approximately half their length, those on other
segments free beyond base; C2 and C3 also with several pale apically directed setae; Cl and both
funicle segments each with a single long, heavy seta perpendicular to dorsolateral surface. Genitalia
(Figs. 3, 4) less than half the length of hind tibia, broadly ovoid, width approximately half its length,
broadly notched at base; volsellae dorsal to gonostyli, curved, highly sclerotized along entire length,
unarmed at apex, connected laterally to capsule sides; gonostyli blunt apically; length of aedeagus
including apodemes 0.7 x that of genital capsule, apodemes diverging anteriorly, elongate, 1.5 x length
of aedeagus, aedeagus abruptly broadened to apex.
Diagnosis. —Soikiella occidentalis is separated from S. mongibelli by characters
given in the key.
Range.— Known from scattered locales from British Columbia to southern
California. There is a single record from eastern Wyoming. The species occurs in
riparian and non-riparian zones. In southern California it has been collected in
desert, chaparral and coniferous habitats.
Material Examined. — 12 females, 2 males. CANADA. BRITISH COLUMBIA. Australian (between
Williams Lake & Quesnel, along Fraser River), 10 Mar 1953, “Pseudotsuga taxifolia cone associate,”
250
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(3)
1 female. USA. CALIFORNIA. GLENN Co.: 8.1 km (5 mi) N of Elk Creek, 8 Jun 1984 & 5 Jun
1987, J. Pinto, sweeping, 2 females. LOS ANGELES Co.: Cucamonga Wilderness Area, San Gabriel
Mts. (between Cucamonga & Etiwanda peaks), 2683 m (8800 ft), 26 Aug 1989, J. Pinto, sweeping
conifers & Castanopsis, 1 female. RIVERSIDE Co.: Hills on west end of Menifee Valley, Sep 1988,
J. Pinto, yellow pan trap under Eriogonum gracile Benth., 1 female. SAN BERNARDINO Co.: Fish
Creek Trail, San Bernardino Mts, 30 Jul 1981, G. Gordh, sweeping, 1 female. Oak Glen, 1500 m,
5/15 Aug 1985, R. Wagner, malaise trap, 1 male. 11.3 km (7 mi) E of Phelan (Baldy Mesa), 13/25
Jul 1981, J. Huber, yellow pan trap, 1 female. WASHINGTON. KLICKITAT Co.: Goldendale, 21
Jul 1988, J. Pinto, sweeping primarily Salix & Populus, 1 female. YAKIMA Co.: Yakima (see types
above). WYOMING. PLATTE Co.: Chugwater, 16 Aug 1986, J. Pinto, sweeping along Chugwater
Creek, 1 male.
Acknowledgment
We thank Gennaro Viggiani, of the University of Naples at Portici, for allowing
us to cite the host record for Soikiella mongibelli.
Literature Cited
Doutt, R. L. & G. Viggiani. 1968. The classification of the Trichogrammatidae (Hymenoptera:
Chalcidoidea). Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. (4th ser.), 35: 477-586.
Nowicki, S. 1933. Descriptions of a new genus and of new species of the superfamily Chalcidoidea
(Hymenoptera). Polsk, Pismo Entomol., 12: 1-5.
Nowicki, S. 1935. Descriptions of new genera and species of the family Trichogrammatidae (Hym.
Chalcidoidea) from the Palearctic Region, with notes—I. Zeit. Ang. Entomol., 21: 566-596.
Peck, O., Z. Boucek & A. Hoffer. 1964. Keys to the Chalcidoidea of Czechoslovakia (Insecta:
Hymenoptera). Mem. Entomol. Soc. Can., 34: 1-120.
Viggiani, G. 1971. Ricerche sugli Hymenoptera Chalcidoidea XXVIII. Studio morfologico com-
parativo dell’armatura genitale estema maschile dei Trichogrammatidae. Boll. Lab. Entomol.
Agr. Portici, 29: 181-222.
Received 9 April 1990; accepted 4 September 1990.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66(3): 251-252, (1990)
Scientific Note
SWALLOW BUG (HETEROPTERA: CIMICIDAE) IN
WASHINGTON WITH AN UNUSUAL
OVERWINTERING SITE
The swallow bug, Oeciacus vicarius Horvath, is recorded from much of the
range of its primary host, the cliff swallow, Hirundo pyrrhonota Vieillot. This area
includes the northern and western United States and southwestern Canada. It has
not been collected previously, however, in Washington state (Ryckman, R. E., D.
G. Bentley & E. F. Archbold. 1981. Bull. Soc. Vector Ecol., 6: 93-142; Froeschner,
R. C. 1988. Catalog of the Heteroptera, or true bugs, of Canada and the continental
United States. E. J. Brill, New York). On 25, 28 Sep and 2 Dec 1989, large
numbers of swallow bugs were found in empty mud dauber nest cells (Hymen-
optera: Sphecidae). Oeciacus vicarius has been recorded previously from mud
dauber nests; specimens have been taken from nests found under a bridge 7 mi
north of Davis, California (Usinger, R. L. 1966. Monograph of Cimicidae. Thomas
Say Foundation Vol. 7. Entomol. Soc. Amer.), but the account presents no further
information of that “strange record.”
In Washington, the bugs were taken from mud dauber cells constructed on the
end support walls of a small concrete bridge through which a canyon feeder stream
flows into the Snake River (WASHINGTON. WHITMAN Co.: 10.5 km W of
Wawawai Canyon). On the ceiling of the bridge were approximately 60 mud nests
of the cliff swallow, the preferred host of O. vicarius. The distance between these
cliff swallow nests and wasp cells was 20-33 m. Although the swallow nests were
used during the summer of 1989, they had probably been unoccupied for several
months because H. pyrrhonata usually fledges and departs its nests by early Sep¬
tember in eastern Washington.
Ten cells were chosen at random from the mud dauber nests collected, and the
number of swallow bugs were counted. An average of 28 bugs were found per cell
(range 3-71). I also examined five of the swallow nests on the bridge and found
bugs in each (x = 9, range 4-17). These numbers are quite low when compared
to the 6000+ bugs recorded from a single swallow nest previously (Loye, J. E.
1985. Cah. Orstom, ser. Entomol. Med. et Parasitol., 12: 133-139), but swallow
bug numbers vary widely, depending upon the time of year (C. E. Hopla, personal
communication). I found adult bugs and fourth and fifth nymphal stages in these
wasp cells. There were also large numbers of cast skins indicating that moulting
takes place after the birds have gone or during winter months.
Although the bridge had numerous small cracks and crevices where bugs could
overwinter, I could not get deep enough into these to search for bugs. No bugs
were found when I could pry loose small amounts of concrete. Although swallow
bugs were found in the abandoned bird nests, these may be less than optimal
overwintering sites because the nests are extremely fragile and break easily. Many
of the nests at this site were already partially destroyed. Swallow bugs were found,
however, in large piles of bird guano on the concrete beams under a few of the
252
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(3)
nests built along the sides of each section of bridge. Because this dung often
solidifies, becoming harder than the bird’s nest, the guano may be a suitable
overwintering site.
The large numbers of bed bugs in the mud dauber cells indicate that large
numbers of bugs leave the bird nests to search for overwintering sites. The mud
dauber cells are probably one of the more stable structures for overwintering
because they are difficult to dislodge from the bridge surface and are usually in
protected areas. Although at least 20 m had to have been traveled in this case to
reach the closest wasp cells, it is not uncommon to find swallow bugs 50 m from
the edge of a colony (C. E. Hopla, personal communication).
Acknowledgment.—I thank R. D. Akre, E. P. Catts, and C. E. Hopla for re¬
viewing the manuscript. Hopla also provided a wealth of information concerning
swallow bugs.
Richard S. Zack, Department of Entomology, James Entomological Collection,
Washington State University, Pullman, Washington 99164-6432.
Received 2 April 1990; accepted 20 August 1990.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66(3): 252-254, (1990)
Scientific Note
HOST RECORDS FOR SOME TROPICAL
PHYTOPHAGOUS AND PARASITIC INSECTS
This report documents host records of phytophagous insects, and their parasites,
that were reared at the Estacion de Biologia Chamela. Data for the site are:
MEXICO. JALISCO: Estacion de Biologia Chamela, 19°30' N, 105°03' W, ele¬
vations to 500 m. The climate of this site is monsoonal (Bullock, S. H. 1986.
Arch. Met. Geoph. Biocl. ser. B, 36: 297-316) with a mean annual rainfall (1977—
1989) of 724 mm. Vegetation is mostly tropical deciduous forest with semide-
ciduous forest along seasonal watercourses (Lott, E. J. et al. 1987. Biotropica, 19:
228-235); the deciduous aspect and reproductive seasonality of the site is detailed
elsewhere (Bullock, S. H. & J. A. Solis. 1990. Biotropica, 22: 22-35). The flora
of the site has been compiled (Lott, E. J. 1985. Listados floristicos de Mexico.
III. La Estacion de Biologia Chamela, Jalisco. Instit. Biologia, UNAM, Mexico).
Rearing data are given in Table 1. The insects reared are deposited at either
the Estacion de Biologia Chamela, Jalisco, or at the Instituto de Biologia, UNAM,
Mexico, D.F., Mexico; specimen numbers (SN) are listed here. Taxonomic de¬
terminations were made by: A. Pescador R. (APR), C. R. Beutelspacher B. (CRB),
J. Butze (JB), J. A. Chemsak (JAC), E. G. Monroe (EGM), C. W. O’Brien (CWO),
J. A. Halsted (JAH), N. E. Woodly (NEW), B. E. Cooper (BEC) and D. R. White-
head (DRW).
1990
SCIENTIFIC NOTE
253
Table 1. Rearing data.
Lepidoptera
Noctuidae:
Eudocima serpentifera (Walker), det. CRB, (SN 2295); ex leaves of Disciphahia mexicana Bullock
(Menispermaceae), August.
Notodontidae:
Heterocampa alector Druce, det. CRB, (SN 1837); ex leaves of Gouania rosei Wiggins (Rham-
naceae), July.
Pyralidae:
Hyalopsila sp. nr. semibrunella Ragonot, det. EGM, (SN 905, 910, 1999-2003); ex phloem of
Jacaratia mexicana A. L. P. P. de Candolle (Caricaceae), March-July.
Hyalopsila sp. ?, (SN 2004, 2005); ex trunk phloem of Cnidoscolus spinosus Lundell (Euphorbi-
aceae), April.
Sphingidae:
Aellopos tantalus zonata (Druce), det. CRB, (SN 1836); ex leaves of Ruellia albiflora Femald
(Acanthaceae), July.
Xylophanes turbata (H. Edwards), det. SHB, (SN 2292); ex leaves of Hamelia versicolor A. Gray
(Rubiaceae), August.
Pachyliaficus L., det. CRB, (SN 2294); ex leaves of Chlorophora tinctoria (L.) Gaudichaud-Beaupre
(Moraceae), October-December.
Eumorpha satellitia (L.), det. SHB, (SN 2293); ex leaves of Cissus sp. (Vitaceae) (SN 1955), July.
Erinnyis alope (Drury), det. APR, (SN 455, 463); ex leaves of Caricapapaya L. (Caricaceae), June.
Erinnyis ello (L.), det. SHB, (SN 566); ex leaves of Cnidoscolus spinosus Lundell (Euphorbiaceae),
August.
Papilionidae:
Battus polydamus (L.), det. CRB, (SN 357, 366, 367, 442); ex leaves of Aristolochia taliscana
Hooker & Amott (Aristolochiaceae), May.
Pieridae:
Ascia josephina josepha Salvin & Godman, det. CRB, (SN 454); ex leaves of Forchhammeria
pallida Liebmann (Capparidaceae), June.
Riodinidae:
Cremna umbra Boisduval, det. CRB, (SN 1940); ex leaves of Tillandsia makoyana Baker and
Bromelia plumieri (E. Morren) L. B. Smith (Bromeliaceae), October.
Nymphalidae:
Dionejuno var. cama Reakirt, det. CRB, (SN 3026); ex principally leaves of Passiflora sp. (Pas-
sifloraceae), November.
Diptera
Tachinidae:
Belvosia sp., det. BEC, (SN 3022); parasite of a Sphingidae larvae on Vitex mollis.
Chetogena floridensis, det. BEC, (SN 3021); parasite of Eumorpha satellitia (L.) on Cissus sp.
Bibionidae:
Plecia plagiata Wiedemann, det. JB, (SN 893); ex rotting wood of Jacaratia mexicana A. L. P.
P. de Candolle (Caricaceae).
Stratiomyidae:
Allognosta sp., det. JB, (SN 968); ex rotting wood of Jacaratia mexicana A. L. P. P. de Candolle
(Caricaceae).
Cyphomyia albitarsis (Fabr.), det. NEW, (SN 2006); ex rotting wood of Jacaratia mexicana A. L.
P. P. de Candolle (Caricaceae).
Syrphidae:
Ornida obesa (Fabr.), det. JB, (SN 887); ex rotting wood of Jacaratia mexicana A. L. P. P. de
Candolle (Caricaceae).
Coleoptera
Cerambycidae:
Lagocheirus undatus (Voet), det. JAC, (SN 624, 878); ex rotting wood of Jacaratia mexicana A.
L. P. P. de Candolle (Caricaceae).
254
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(3)
Table 1. Continued.
Curculionidae:
Rhynchophorus palmarum (L.), det. CWO, (SN 888); ex rotting wood of Jacaratia mexicana A.
L. P. P. de Candolle (Caricaceae).
Sternocoelus ? sp., det. DRW, (SN 2007); ex rotting wood of Jacaratia mexicana A. L. P. P. de
Candolle (Caricaceae).
Pseudomopsis sp. nr. inflatis LeConte, det. DRW, (SN 2007); ex rotting wood of Jacaratia mexicana
A. L. P. P. de Candolle (Caricaceae).
Hymenoptera
Chalcididae:
Brachymeria sp., det. JAH, (SN 535, 844, 908, 911); parasite of Hyalopsila sp.
Acknowledgment.—I thank the systematists listed above for their taxonomic
determinations.
Stephen H. Bullock, Estacion de Biologia Chamela, Universidad Nacional Au-
tonoma de Mexico, Apartado Postal 21, 48980 San Patricio, Jalisco, Mexico.
Received 20 March 1990; accepted 7 August 1990
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66(3): 254-255, (1990)
Scientific Note
DISCOVERY OF UROCTONUS MORDAX THORELL IN
WASHINGTON, WITH NOTES ON HABITAT AND
DISTRIBUTION (SCORPIONIDA: VAEJOVIDAE)
Only one scorpion species has been previously known to occur in the state of
Washington: Paruroctonus boreus (Girard), first recorded by Exline (1931. Pan-
Pacif. Entomol., 8: 84). Paruroctonus boreus is the most widely distributed scor¬
pion in North America and occurs from Arizona north to British Columbia and
Alberta (Gertsch, W. J. & M. Soleglad. 1966. Amer. Mus. Novit., 2278: 1-54).
At least two more scorpions range north from California into Oregon: Hadrurus
spadix Stahnke, which reaches Idaho and eastern Oregon (Williams, S. 1970. Occ.
Pap. Calif. Acad. Sci., 87: 1-62), and Uroctonus mordax Thorell, common in
California and southwestern Oregon (Gertsch, W. J. & M. Soleglad. 1972. Bull.
Amer. Mus. Natur. Hist., 148: 547-608). In 1986, Uroctonus mordax was collected
in two Washington counties. These specimens, which belong to the subspecies U.
mordax mordax Thorell (Hjelle, J. T. 1972. Occ. Pap. Calif. Acad. Sci., 92: 1-
59), are deposited at the Thomas Burke Memorial Washington State Museum,
University of Washington (UWBM). The records are as follows: WASHINGTON.
1990
SCIENTIFIC NOTE
255
KLICKITAT Co.: S of Husum, hwy 141, 168 m, 45.786° N, 121.496° W, 1 female,
1 juvenile, 11 Apr 1986, R. Crawford. SKAMANIA Co.: Cave Basalt Lava Row,
396 m, 46.073° N, 122.227° W, 2 males, 3 May 1986, C. M. Senger & K. Aubry;
Cave Basalt Lava Row, 421 m, 46.078° N, 122.224° W, 1 male, 3 May 1986, C.
M. Senger & K. Aubry.
The female from Klickitat County was in a burrow under a stone at the edge
of a recent clearing in serai mixed woodland of Pseudotsuga menziesii (Mirbel)
Franco, Pinus ponderosa Douglas, and Abies grandis (Douglas) Forbes. The males
from Skamania County were taken under 20 cm diameter stones and a log on
moss covered basalt in a lava flow forest of 50-55 yr old Pinus contorta Douglas.
Most previously published Oregon records of U. mordax are from the south¬
western part of the state, but there is one (Gertsch & Soleglad 1972) about 15 km
SE of the Husum site in Washington. A broader distribution in northern Oregon
is shown by unpublished records from Clackamas County (UWBM) and Crook,
Hood River, and Multnomah counties (California Academy of Sciences). The
Washington populations are apparently not disjunct except in that they are sep¬
arated from Oregon populations by the Columbia River. These first records from
north of the Columbia provide evidence that this river has not been an effective
dispersal barrier for scorpions.
In Washington, numerous records (UWBM) of P. boreus are all from semi-arid
areas with precipitation of 20-75 cm. In contrast, most collections of U. mordax
are from forests (Hjelle 1972); Gertsch & Soleglad (1972) stated that “Mesic
habitats in foothills or mountains are favored locations [for Uroctonus ], and no
species occurs in desert or xeric situations.” The Oregon localities of U. mordax
are in mesic areas with annual precipitation of 50-220 cm (climatic data: Ruffner,
J. A. [ed.] 1985. Climates of the states. Vol. 2. Gale Research Company, Detroit,
Michigan). In Washington, the Husum locality falls within this range (precipi¬
tation about 140 cm), but the Cave Basalt Lava Row localities receive precipi¬
tation of about 320 cm; this may be the wettest site at which scorpions have been
taken in western North America. Because the Cave Basalt lava is young (1900
years), it is highly permeable, which may reduce negative effects of this high
precipitation on scorpions. Most water sinks rapidly to the water table, giving the
surface some characteristics of a drier habitat, including Pinus contorta forest in
a climate where the chief forest trees are Pseudotsuga menziesii and Tsuga het-
erophylla (Rafinesque) Sargent.
Rodney L. Crawford, Thomas Burke Memorial Washington State Museum,
University of Washington, Seattle, Washington 98195.
Received 25 April 1990; accepted 20 August 1990.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66(3): 256-257, (1990)
Scientific Note
A NEW SYNONYM IN MASTOGENIUS SOLIER
(COLEOPTERA: BUPRESTIDAE)
Mastogenius castlei Champlain & Knull has been known only by the holotype
(sex not indicated), collected at Miami, Florida (Champlain, A. B. & J. N. Knull.
1922. Entomol. News, 33: 144-149). Mastogenius antennatus Cazier was de¬
scribed (Cazier, M. A. 1952. Amer. Mus. Nov., 1562: 1-10) from a male collected
on South Bimini Island, Bahamas, then recorded (Knull, J. N. 1954. Ohio J. Sci.,
54: 294-296) from southern Florida (Long Key, Monroe Co.; three specimens in
the Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago). On 31 May 1969, at Tavernier,
Key Largo Key, Monroe Co., Florida, I beat seven specimens from Conocarpus
erectus L., of which four match M. castlei and three match M. antennatus. One
specimen matching M. antennatus was reared from pods of Tamarindus indica
L. and was collected 17 Feb 1989 on Big Pine Key, Monroe Co., Florida, em. 18
Jul 1989, U.S. National Museum of Natural History.
A survey of the literature, particularly recent papers by Manley (e.g., Manley,
G. V. 1987. Entomol. News, 98: 1-9), indicates that sexual dimorphism is the
general rule in Mastogenius, most commonly in the antennae, less so in color. I
have examined these specimens and compared the male genitalia of the M. an¬
tennatus holotype to that on a Florida specimen. Specimens referable to M. castlei
are female. Based on this and the fact they were collected together at the same
time and from the same plant at Tavernier, I consider them to be conspecific and
create a synonymy as:
Mastogenius castlei Champlain & Knull 1922: 145.
Mastogenius antennatus Cazier 1952: 6. NEW SYNONYMY.
The heavily damaged holotype of M. castlei appears to be colored differently
than described by Knull. The head is black with strong green reflections, while
the pronotum is dark blue-green. The elytra are dark brown, with red-copper hues
laterally and with a golden to green strip adajcent and mesad along the apical
half. The basal quarters of the elytra are green-golden. This color pattern is evident
on two Tavernier specimens, but the metallic hues are subdued, especially on the
elytra. The other two specimens have the head and pronotum dark brown or
brown-black, and there are only vague metallic reflections of the brown elytra.
The holotype is 2.8 mm long and the others are 2.2 mm. The only variation I
found to be notable in males was size (1.9-2.3 mm) and the elytral vestiture,
which is denser on the holotype of M. antennatus. In both sexes the pronotal
setae are predominantly brown, instead of vaguely yellow-white as on the elytra.
Females primarily differ from males by having much shorter and less setose
antennae that scarcely, if at all, reach the base of the pronotum. Females also
differ in color (males are uniformly brown-black), and by their sparser vestiture.
The latter is particularly noticeable in comparing the elytra. Additionally, the last
visible abdominal segment of the male is more coarsely and densely punctate. A
key exists (Nelson, G. H. 1985. Coleop. Bull., 39: 133-146) to North American
1990
SCIENTIFIC NOTE
257
species (treated under Haplostethus LeConte), and no modification is necessary
except for a change of name in couplet 6.
Acknowledgment.— I am indebted to: C. L. Bellamy (U.S. National Museum
of Natural History, Washington, D.C.), L. H. Herman (American Museum of
Natural History, New York) and A. F. Newton (Field Museum of Natural History,
Chicago) for the loan of type material and other specimens.
Richard L. Westcott, Plant Division, Oregon Department of Agriculture, Salem,
Oregon 97310-0110.
Received 21 March 1990; accepted 1 May 1990.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66(3): 258-260, (1990)
Book Review
Huber, F., T. E. Moore & W. Loher (Eds.). 1989. Cricket Behavior and Neu¬
robiology. Comstock Publishing Associates, Cornell University Press, Ithaca,
New York, 565 pp.
The preface to the book states this “book offers an introduction to cricket
behavior.” I think this book goes well beyond an introduction. The authors of
each chapter are known worldwide for their contributions in unravelling cricket
behavior and neurobiology. The mixing and matching of the particular perspec¬
tives of the book’s authors blend both proximate and ultimate explanations in
describing the behavioral and neural complexity in this group. This combination
of proximate and ultimate views provides a welcome, comprehensive scope not
found in most books on animal behavior or neurobiology.
From the male Gryllus campestris L. inlaid on the front cover, to the excellent
author and subject indexes, the book itself is attractive. The text is easy to read,
and the figures are large, clear and well done.
Most of the book deals with cricket reproductive behavior and acoustic com¬
munication, but excellent chapters about other aspects of cricket biology are also
integrated into the book. The book begins with the natural history of crickets; a
unique chapter that compiles current knowledge about cricket life cycles, dispersal,
natural enemies and defensive strategies (Walker & Masaki). In Loher’s chapter
on temporal organization of behavior, both exogenous and endogenous factors
that affect and control the circadian rhythms of behavior are discussed, and he
shows how field and laboratory studies of temporal patterns of behavior have
complemented one another. There is a discussion of neurosecretion, endocrine
hormones and their function in organizing and regulating cricket behavior (Loher
& Zaretsky). Field and laboratory studies on cricket vision, visual perception and
homing behavior, although currently behind that of cricket acoustics and phono-
taxis, are gaining much needed attention and are the focus of a chapter by Honegger
& Campan. Predator/parasite detection and avoidance are covered in several
chapters of the book. Pollack & Hoy examine negative phonotaxis of flying crickets
in response to bat ultrasound from a behavioral and neurobiological perspective.
A separate chapter is devoted to the detection of low frequency substrate vibrations
as well as the production and detection of near-field particle motion in air (Dam-
bach). Gnatzy & Hustert review cricket mechanoreception and its role in groom¬
ing, molting, and predator/prey defensive behavior.
Loher & Dambach give a general discussion of cricket reproductive behavior
that includes descriptions of premating (pair formation and mate choice) and
postmating behavior of males and females. The other chapters on acoustic com¬
munication cover the physical and neural aspects of sound production and re¬
ception. These chapters begin with Kutsch & Huber’s discussion of the central
pattern generator and neuromuscular activity associated with sound production
by male crickets. Bennet-Clark provides an excellent description of calling songs
1990
BOOK REVIEW
259
and explains the physics and mechanics of sound production. The book also
includes a useful glossary of song terms (Moore). In the chapters on sound recep¬
tion, the cricket ear is modelled as a four-input pressure difference receiver that
provides the cricket with considerable directional information about sound sources
(Larsen, Kleindienst & Michelsen). Ball, Oldfield & Rudolph describe the tono-
topic, auditory sensilla involved in the transduction of the acoustic signals to
neural impulses and their role in peripheral signal processing. The transduced
signals travel the tympanic nerve to central auditory pathways where they proceed
along neurons that continue to filter and rectify signals during decision making
(Schildberger, Huber & Wohlers). These decisions and phonotactic responses of
females walking toward male calling songs are presented in a chapter by Weber
& Thorson.
Each chapter ends with a conclusion section where the authors point out gaps
in current knowledge and direct the readers to prospective areas for future research.
These gaps and future areas of research are brought together and expanded in the
final chapter by Huber. The book generates questions and stimulates thought
about experimentally answering the questions posed. Several projects (both lab¬
oratory and field) for graduate level behavior courses jump from the pages of the
book. The authors and editors repeatedly point out that crickets are ideally suited
for such projects.
A few of the chapters have minor faults. Prestwich & Walker (1981) are mis¬
quoted in Loher and Dambach’s chapter on reproductive behavior and in Loher’s
chapter on temporal organization. Energy consumption during calling increased
by factors of 10 to 16 (not 25) for Anurogryllus arboreus Walker [not A. muticus
(DeGeer)]. Honegger and Campan cite Beugnon (Beugnon, G. 1981. Fla. Entomol.
64: 463-468) as showing that attraction of mole crickets to male calling songs
was more successful when combined with ultraviolet light. Beugnon’s (1981) work
did not use UV light, but did show that crickets use visual cues during landing.
In particular, mole crickets landed significantly more often on white than black
surfaces surrounding the broadcasting signal, possibly due to greater UY radiation
reflected from the white surfaces. Bennet-Clark failed to incorporate data on
metabolic power used during sound production by crickets (Prestwich, K. N. &
T. J. Walker. 1981. J. Comp. Physiol. 143: 199-212) in measuring efficiency of
sound production. His estimates of efficiency for Gryllotalpa vineae Bennet-Clark
and Gryllus campestris are probably high (MacNally, R. & D. Young. 1981. J.
Exp. Biol. 90: 185-196; Kavanagh, M. W. 1987. J. Exp. Biol. 130: 107-119).
Crickets use their metathoracic wings for flight (Walker & Masaki) and not mes-
othoracic wings as stated by Bennet-Clark. In Larsen, Kleindienst & Michelsen’s
chapter, the vector diagrams (figs. 12.2, 12.8) would be easier to follow if the
direction of the vectors for internal pressure were drawn as if they were being
subtracted from the external pressure (pressure difference) by adding 180° to a,
the phase angle between the internal and external pressure components. The vector
diagram would correspond to equation 5 and summing these vectors would give
the resultant vector, F/S, shown in the figures.
Initially, I was disappointed that more comparative information, particularly
katydid sound production and reception, was not incorporated into the book.
However, it soon became obvious that inclusion of comparative information
would have detracted from the central theme of the book. The editors indicate
260
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(3)
that the book is written “for all who may come to love crickets” and I agree.
Anyone who has watched crickets for even a few minutes will find their behavior
simple yet complex, and stereotyped yet plastic, making them excellent experi¬
mental animals for behavioral neurophysiology. The text takes you to the field
and to the laboratory; it guides you inside and outside the subjects that the authors
enjoy so much. This book will be valuable to anyone generally interested in
behavioral neurobiology, and should be read by anyone remotely interested in
crickets.
T. G. Forrest, National Center for Physical Acoustics, University of Mississippi,
University, Mississippi 38677.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Information for Contributors
See volume 66 (1): 1-8, January 1990, for detailed format information and the issues thereafter for examples. Manuscripts must be
in English, but foreign language summaries are permitted. Manuscripts not meeting the format guidelines may be returned. Please
maintain a copy of the article on a word-processor because revisions are usually necessary before acceptance, pending review and copy¬
editing.
Format. — Type manuscripts in a legible serif font IN DOUBLE OR TRIPLE SPACE with 1.5 in margins on one side of 8.5 x 11 in,
nonerasable, high quality paper. THREE (3) COPIES of each manuscript must be submitted, EACH INCLUDING REDUCTIONS
OF ANY FIGURES TO THE 8.5 x 11 IN PAGE. Number pages as: title page (page 1), abstract and key words page (page 2), text
pages (pages 3+), acknowledgment page, literature cited pages, footnote page, tables, figure caption page; place original figures last.
List the corresponding author’s name, address including ZIP code, and phone number on the title page in the upper right corner. The
title must include the taxon’s designation, where appropriate, as: (Order: Family). The ABSTRACT must not exceed 250 words; use
five to seven words or concise phrases as KEY WORDS. Number FOOTNOTES sequentially and list on a separate page.
Text. — Demarcate MAJOR HEADINGS as centered headings and MINOR HEADINGS as left indented paragraphs with lead phrases
underlined and followed by a period and two hypens. CITATION FORMATS are: Coswell (1986), (Asher 1987a, Franks & Ebbet
1988, Dorly et al. 1989), (Burton in press) and (R. F. Tray, personal communication). For multiple papers by the same author use:
(Weber 1932, 1936, 1941; Sebb 1950, 1952). For more detailed reference use: (Smith 1983: 149-153, Price 1985: fig. 7a, Nothwith
1987: table 3).
Taxonomy. — Systematics manuscripts have special requirements outlined in volume 66 (1): 1-8, including SEPARATE PARAGRAPHS
FOR DIAGNOSES, TYPES AND MATERIAL EXAMINED (INCLUDING A SPECIFIC FORMAT). List the unabbreviated
taxonomic author of each species after its first mention.
Literature Cited. — Format examples are:
Anderson, T. W. 1984. An introduction to multivariate statistical analysis (2nd ed). John Wiley & Sons, New York.
Blackman, R. L., P. A. Brown & V. F. Eastop. 1987. Problems in pest aphid taxonomy: can chromosomes plus morphometries
provide some answers? pp. 233-238. In Holman, J., J. Pelikan, A. G. F. Dixon & L. Weismann (eds.). Population structure, genetics
and taxonomy of aphids and Thysanoptera. Proc. international symposium held at Smolenice Czechoslovakia, Sept. 9-14, 1985.
SPB Academic Publishing, The Hague, The Netherlands.
Ferrari, J. A. & K. S. Rai. 1989. Phenotypic correlates of genome size variation in Aedes albopictus. Evolution, 42: 895-899.
Sorensen, J. T. (in press). Three new species of Essigella (Homoptera: Aphididae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol.
Illustrations. — Illustrations must be of high quality and large enough to ultimately reduce to 117 x 181 mm while maintaining label
letter sizes of at least 1 mm; this reduction must also allow for space below the illustrations for the typeset figure captions. Authors
are strongly encouraged to provide illustrations no larger than 8.5 x 11 in for easy handling. Number figures in the order presented.
Mount all illustrations. Label illustrations on the back noting: (1) figure number, (2) direction of top, (3) author’s name, (4) title of
the manuscript, and (5) journal. FIGURE CAPTIONS must be on a separate, numbered page; do not attach captions to the figures.
Tables. — Keep tables to a minimum and do not reduce them. Table must be DOUBLE-SPACED THROUGHOUT and continued
on additional sheets of paper as necessary. Designate footnotes within tables by alphabetic letter.
Scientific Notes. — Notes use an abbreviated format and lack: an abstract, key words, footnotes, section headings and a Literature Cited
section. Minimal references are listed in the text in the format: (Bohart, R. M. 1989. Pan-Pacific. Entomol., 65: 156-161.). A short
acknowledgment is permitted as a minor headed paragraph. Authors and affiliations are listed in the last, left indented paragraph of
the note with the affiliation underscored.
Page Charges. — PCES members are charged $30 per page. Members without institutional or grant support may apply to the society
for a grant to cover up to one half of these charges. Nonmembers are charged $60 per page. Page charges do not include reprint costs,
or charges for author changes to manuscripts after they are sent to the printer.
Volume 66
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
July 1990
Number 3
Contents
BURGER, J. F., L. A. MARTINEZ, L. L. PECHUMAN & L. V. BERMUDEZ-A revision
of the horse fly genus Agkistrocerus Philip (Diptera: Tabanidae)... 181
SLIPINSKI, S. A., Q. D. WHEELER & J. V. McHUGH— Axiocerylon watrousi: a new species
of Aculognathus Cerylonidae from the Philippines (Coleoptera: Clavicomia). 195
LINHARES, A. X. & J. R. ANDERSON—The influence of temperature and moonlight on
flight activity of Culicoides variipennis (Coquillett) (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae) in north¬
ern California. 199
DALY, H. V.—Variation in worker brood cell widths and comb orientation in an exposed
honey bee nest in Berkeley, California. 208
DOWELL, R. V.—Oviposition by Aleurocanthus woglumi Ashby (Homoptera: Aleyrodidae)
as correlated with leaf characteristics. 212
CAMPBELL, C. L. & J. P. McCAFFREY—Survey of potential arthropod parasitoids and
predators of Chrysolina spp. (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae) associated with St. Johnswort
in northern Idaho____ 217
GAMB1NO, P. — Mark-recapture studies on Vespula pensylvanica (Saussure) queens (Hyme-
noptera: Yespidae).. 227
WARNER, W. B.—Two new North American Copris Muller, with notes on other species
(Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). 232
SCHWARTZ, M. D.— Nepalocoris, a new genus of Stenodemini (Heteroptera: Miridae: Miri-
nae). 241
VELTEN, R. K. & J. D. PINTO— Soikiella Nowicki (Hymenoptera: Trichogrammatidae):
occurrence in North America, description of a new species, and association of the
male. 246
SCIENTIFIC NOTES
ZACK, R. S. —Swallow bug (Heteroptera: Cimicidae) in Washington with an unusual over¬
wintering site. 251
BULLOCK, S. H.—Host records for some tropical phytophagous and parasitic insects. 252
CRAWFORD, R. L.—Discovery of Uroctonus mordax Thorell in Washington, with notes on
habitat and distribution (Scorpionida: Vaejovidae). 254
WESTCOTT, R. L.—A new synonym in Mastogenius Sober (Coleoptera: Buprestidae). 256
BOOK REVIEW
FORREST, T. G.—Huber, F., T. E. Moore & W. Loher (eds.). 1989. Cricket Behavior and
Neurobiology. Comstock Publishing Associates, Cornell University Press, Ithaca, New
York, 565 pp. 258
The
PAN-PACIFIC
ENTOMOLOGIST
Volume 66 October 1990 Number 4
Published by the PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
in cooperation with THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
(ISSN 0031-0603)
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
EDITORIAL BOARD
J. T. Sorensen, Editor
S. S. Shanks, Treasurer
J. T. Doyen J. E. Hafernik, Jr.
R. M. Bohart
J. A. Powell
Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed¬
ings usually appearing in the October issue. All communications regarding non¬
receipt of numbers, requests for sample copies, and financial communications
should be addressed to: Sandra Shanks, Treasurer, Pacific Coast Entomological
Society, Dept, of Biology, University of San Francisco, San Francisco, CA 94117.
Application for membership in the Society and changes of address should be
addressed to: Vincent F. Lee, Secretary, Pacific Coast Entomological Society,
Dept, of Entomology, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San
Francisco, CA 94118-4599.
Manuscripts, proofs, and all correspondence concerning editorial matters (but
not aspects of publication charges or costs) should be sent to: Dr. John T. Sorensen,
Editor, Pan-Pacific Entomologist, Insect Taxonomy Laboratory, California Dept,
of Food & Agriculture, 1220 N Street, Sacramento, CA 95814. See the back cover
for Information-to-Contributors, and volume 66 (1): 1-8, January 1990, for more
detailed information. Refer inquiries for publication charges and costs to the
Treasurer.
The annual dues, paid in advance, are $ 15.00 for regular members of the Society,
$7.50 for student members, or $20.00 for subscription only. Members of the
Society receive The Pan-Pacific Entomologist . Single copies of recent numbers
are $5.00 each or $20.00 per volume. Make checks payable to the Pacific Coast
Entomological Society.
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
OFFICERS FOR 1990
Robert V. Dowell, President Sandra S. Shanks, Treasurer
Leslie S. Saul, President-Elect Vincent F. Lee, Secretary
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST (ISSN 0031-0603) is published quarterly by the Pacific
Coast Entomological Society, c/o California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco,
CA 94118-4599. Second-class postage is paid at San Francisco, CA and additional mailing offices.
Postmaster: Send address changes to the Pacific Coast Entomological Society, c/o California Academy
of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-4599.
This issue mailed 17 January 1991
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist (ISSN 0031-0603)
PRINTED BY THE ALLEN PRESS, INC., LAWRENCE, KANSAS 66044, U.S.A.
THIS PUBLICATION IS PRINTED ON ACID-FREE PAPER.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66(4): 261-276, (1990)
OBITUARY:
ROBERT OSCAR SCHUSTER (1927-1989)
Timothy L. Tyler, Richard M. Bohart
and Albert A. Grigarick
Department of Entomology, University of California,
Davis, California 95616
Robert Oscar Schuster was bom 27 Jun 1928 in Winona, Minnesota and died
of cancer in Sacramento, California on 15 Aug 1989. Bob Schuster was married
twice. From his first marriage he is survived by a daughter, Tracy Lynn, a son,
Randall Owen, and three granddaughters, Claudia de la Fuente, Caroline Elizabeth
Schuster, and Kristen Michelle Schuster. He is also survived by his second wife,
Jeannette Clark.
Bob was an Eagle Scout in the Boy Scouts of America. He graduated from
Oakland High School in June, 1946. While attending Oakland High, he worked
part-time at the California Academy of Sciences in San Francisco, California, as
an insect preparator. He joined the U.S. Army as a cryptographer and was dis¬
charged in 1949 as a sergeant. Bob then attended City College of San Francisco
from 1949 to 1950, and transferred to the University of California, Berkeley in
1950. He again served as a sergeant in the U.S. Army from January to November,
1951. He graduated from Berkeley in February, 1955 with a Bachelor of Science
degree in Entomology with emphasis on systematics and museum practices and
a minor in botany.
He worked from October, 1954 through July, 1955 at U.C. Berkeley for the
California Insect Survey as a lab assistant in entomology; for the U.S. Forest
Service studying the anatomy of Pinus ponderosa Lawson and serving as curator
of a Forest Insect Collection; for Northwestern University at Evanston, Illinois
studying arthropods of Point Barrow, Alaska; and for the U.S. Department of
Agriculture on a Khapra beetle survey in the San Joaquin Valley of California.
Bob had a long and productive career beginning in his undergraduate years at
U.C. Berkeley, where he became familiar with several entomologists who became
his lifelong colleagues, correspondents, and friends. He began employment at the
University of California, Davis on 24 Sep 1956, where he worked on mite pests
of grapes with Dr. Leslie Smith. Following the retirement of Arthur McClay, Bob
took charge of the Entomology Museum. He became the Senior Museum Scientist
at the entomology museum (later to become the Bohart Museum of Entomology)
in 1965, and essentially assumed the duties of its curator. Through his efforts,
both in personal research and arthropod collecting, and in developing a worldwide
network of colleagues to collect and conduct systematic research, the museum
grew from a mostly local collection to a large worldwide enterprise containing
upwards of six million specimens of insects and other arthropods. He also was
responsible for the departmental policy of retaining primary type material de¬
scribed from the U.C. Davis collection.
Bob took several steps to ensure that the entomology museum at U.C. Davis
would remain a collection repository. He obtained recognition from the Regents
262
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(4)
of the University of California in 1983, that the museum was a university wide
resource with an official name as the R. M. Bohart Museum of Entomology.
Subsequently, Bob was the primary organizer of the Bohart Museum Society, the
duty of which is the support of the collection.
He belonged to several other professional societies, including the Association
of Systematic Collections, and maintained an interest in local, state and federal
policy and politics that could influence the continued support of systematics in
general, and the Bohart Museum, in particular. He hoped that all the museums
on the U.C. Davis campus would eventually be housed in a single new building,
with a director to increase their collective stability and utility in the face of shifting
academic priorities.
Bob’s special interest in the systematics were Pselaphidae, Tardigrada, and
Acarina. His work on Coleoptera began when he and Gordon Marsh did a major
study on the Pselaphidae, a remarkable accomplishment for two undergraduates.
Over the years he published many papers in cooperation with other experts, some
of whom became involved because of Bob’s enthusiasm. Examples are his mite
studies, first with A. E. Pritchard, later with Francis Summers and Michele La-
voipierre. In the Pselaphidae his cooperators were Gordon Marsh and Orlando
Park, and later Albert Grigarick. On Tardigrades he worked with Albert Grigarick,
Elizabeth Toftner, Diane Nelson, and Donald (Woody) Homing, Jr.
Bob tried to encourage interest in the Bohart Museum both inside and outside
the university system. Over the years, several thousand grade school children
from Davis and other communities came to view the spectacular arthropods on
display and to hear Bob talk about them. Bob also gave regular short courses on
use of the scanning electron microscope in the Department of Entomology at U.C.
Davis. Contrary to this interest in teaching, however, he refused to take additional
formal course work that would have led to a higher degree.
Bob had a compelling commitment to productivity and frequently had little
patience with those he felt were counter productive. His demanding work ethic
was fed by the love for his tasks and the self reward of accomplishment. Bob was
a strong competitor, whether it was with a ping-pong paddle, an insect net, or a
given volume of beverage. He was great company on his many collecting trips
that ranged from the Galapagos Islands, to the jungles of Venezuela, to the pop¬
ulated environs of San Domingo, to the shores of California’s Channel Islands,
to the mountain lakes of the Sierra Nevada. The success of these trips were insured
by his drive and resourcefulness. On the second of his two trips to the Galapagos,
the ship Bob was on caught fire and exploded; the passengers escaped to life boats,
but unfortunately without their personal possessions or Bob’s extensive insect
collections.
Bob was a remarkable person. He accomplished more in research than most
professionals even though not paid to do so. He worked many nights building
insect cases and drawers. Other nights he spent describing arthropods. For relax¬
ation and recreation, Bob was an avid sailor on weekends at Lake Washington,
near Sacramento. He was also an officer and member of the U.C. Davis Sailing
Club.
Bob had an outward mode of cynicism. This quickly broke down in the company
of students and other friends, and it disappeared completely in the last few months
of his life. In his last days he continued to come to the museum during regular
1990
TYLER ET AL.: ROBERT OSCAR SCHUSTER
263
working hours, and would return later for the regular Wednesday “sort night”
where volunteers practiced their insect sorting skills, talked with Bob, and gen¬
erally helped out with work around the Museum in return for the ever-present
popcorn, chips and salsa, and beverages. At his last sort night, Bob injected some
large sphingids and mounted them on a spreading board with the intention of
attending the next weekly “sort night.” During a visit (by RMB) to Bob in the
hospital on the day he died, he was asked if there was anything that he wanted.
He replied, “You can keep the Museum going.” Many people attended the me¬
morial rememberance held of Bob, which he wanted to be viewed as a “celebra¬
tion.” He wanted people to be positive and have fun at his passing, not be sad.
Robert Schuster died long before he accomplished many things he had hoped to,
but the results of his scientific endeavors will not be forgotten.
Taxa Named by Robert Oscar Schuster
Robert O. Schuster and his coauthors named 40 new genera, and 325 species
(in 75 genera from 22 families).
Phylum Tardigrada
Class Eutardigrada
Order Parachela
Family Hypsibiidae
Hypsibius (Diphascon) iltisi Schuster & Grigarick, 1965: 32.
Hypsibius (Isohypsibius) wilsoni Homing, Schuster & Grigarick, 1978: 217.
Isohypsibius saltursus Schuster, Toftner & Grigarick, 1977: 126.
Family Macrobiotidae
Dactylobiotus Schuster, 1980: 294; in Schuster, R. O., D. R. Nelson, A. A. Gri¬
garick & D. Christenberry, 1980.
Macrobiotus bisoctus Homing, Schuster & Grigarick, 1978: 236.
Macrobiotus grandipes Schuster, Toftner & Grigarick, 1977: 118.
Macrobiotus intermedius subjulietae Horning, Schuster & Grigarick, 1978: 237.
Macrobiotus rawsoni Horning, Schuster & Grigarick, 1978: 231.
Macrobiotus tridigitus Schuster, 1983: 254.
Macrobiotus zyxiglobus Homing, Schuster & Grigarick, 1978: 226.
Minibiotus Schuster, 1980: 294; in Schuster, R. O., D. R. Nelson, A. A. Grigarick
& D. Christenberry, 1980.
Pseudodiphascon dubius Schuster & Toftner, 1982: 228.
Order Apochela
Family Milnesiidae
Limmenius Horning, Schuster & Grigarick, 1978: 247.
Limmenius porcellus Horning, Schuster & Grigarick, 1978: 249.
Class Heterotardigrada
Family Echiniscidae
Bryodelphax crossotus Grigarick, Schuster & Nelson, 1983: 69.
Echiniscus (Bryodelphax) dominicanus Schuster & Toftner, 1982: 225.
Echiniscus (Echiniscus) laterculus Schuster, Grigarick & Toftner, 1980: 265.
264
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(4)
Echiniscus (Echiniscus) nigripustulus Homing, Schuster & Grigarick, 1978: 191.
Echiniscus (Echiniscus) porabrus Homing, Schuster & Grigarick, 1978: 198.
Echiniscus (Echiniscus) vinculus Horning, Schuster & Grigarick, 1978: 192.
Echiniscus (Echiniscus) zetotrymus Homing, Schuster & Grigarick, 1978: 198.
Echiniscus aliquantilus Grigarick, Schuster & Nelson, 1983: 73.
Echiniscus becki Schuster & Grigarick, 1966c: 127.
Echiniscus cavagnaroi Schuster & Grigarick, 1966b: 321.
Echiniscus horningi Schuster & Grigarick, 1971: 105.
Echiniscus knowltoni Schuster & Grigarick, 1971: 109.
Echiniscus kofordi Schuster & Grigarick, 1966b: 321.
Echiniscus mosaicus Grigarick, Schuster & Nelson, 1983: 76.
Echiniscus marginoporus Grigarick, Schuster & Nelson, 1983: 76.
Oreella breviclava Grigarick, Schuster & Nelson, 1983: 66.
Par echiniscus armadilloides Schuster, 1975: 335.
Pseudechiniscus conversus Homing & Schuster, 1983: 108.
Pseudechiniscus goedeni Grigarick, Mihelcic & Schuster, 1964: 5.
Pseudechiniscus parvisentus Homing & Schuster, 1983: 109.
Pseudechiniscus perplexus Homing & Schuster, 1983: 111.
Pseudechiniscus raneyi Grigarick, Mihelcic & Schuster, 1964: 6.
Pseudechiniscus (Echiniscus) robertsi Schuster & Grigarick, 1965: 56.
Class Arachnida
Order Acarina
Family Canestriniidae
Anapistes Summers & Schuster, 1982b: 43.
Anapistes unguiculatus Summers & Schuster, 1982b: 43.
Apalotacarus Summers & Schuster, 1981a: 20.
Apalotacarus aristatus Summers & Schuster, 1981a: 28.
Apalotacarus cidaris Summers & Schuster, 1981a: 25.
Apalotacarus echinatus Summers & Schuster, 1981a: 33.
Apalotacarus fulgens Summers & Schuster, 1981a: 31.
Apalotacarus fusticulus Summers & Schuster, 1981a: 31.
Apalotacarus fusulus Summers & Schuster, 1981a: 20.
Apalotacarus glaber Summers & Schuster, 1981a: 25.
Apalotacarus gracilis Summers & Schuster, 1981a: 33.
Apalotacarus luroris Summers & Schuster, 1981a: 33.
Apalotacarus paxillus Summers & Schuster, 1981a: 21.
Apalotacarus petilus Summers & Schuster, 1981a: 23.
Apalotacarus protensus Summers & Schuster, 1981a: 28.
Apalotacarus rigescens Summers & Schuster, 1981a: 27.
Apalotacarus scaurus Summers & Schuster, 1981a: 30.
Apalotacarus scissus Summers & Schuster, 1981a: 37.
Apalotacarus trullus Summers & Schuster, 1981a: 23.
Arraphosoma Summers & Schuster, 1981b: 44.
Arraphosoma minax Summers & Schuster, 1981b: 44.
Arraphosoma paraminax Summers & Schuster, 1981b: 44.
Chelinochroa Summers & Schuster, 1982b: 41.
Chelinochroa dictyophora Summers & Schuster, 1982b: 41.
1990
TYLER ET AL.: ROBERT OSCAR SCHUSTER
265
Cnecoderma Summers & Schuster, 1981b: 39.
Cnecoderma dolichopoda Summers & Schuster, 1981b: 41.
Cnecoderma ovalis Summers & Schuster, 1981b: 39.
Hypopyteryx Summers & Schuster, 1981b: 41.
Hypopyteryx collaris Summers & Schuster, 1981b: 41.
Melisia leptinotarsa Summers & Schuster, 1982a: 25.
Melisia sentosa Summers & Schuster, 1982a: 27.
Melisia superba Summers & Schuster, 1982a: 27.
Paramelisia Summers & Schuster, 1982a: 29.
Paramelisia alatus Summers & Schuster, 1982a: 29.
Paramelisia lacuna Summers & Schuster, 1982a: 29.
Phriknodora Summers & Schuster, 1982b: 43.
Phriknodora pustulosa Summers & Schuster, 1982b: 43.
Phriknodora scabra Summers & Schuster, 1982b: 46.
Taseopus Summers & Schuster, 1982a: 27.
Taseopus platythrix Summers & Schuster, 1982a: 27.
Thopia Summers & Schuster, 1982b: 35.
Thopia bulbocaudata Summers & Schuster, 1982b: 37.
Thopia pannucea Summers & Schuster, 1982b: 41.
Thopia tenax Summers & Schuster, 1982b: 37.
Family Diarthrophallidae
Abrotarsala Schuster & Summers, 1978: 323.
Abrotarsala arciformis Schuster & Summers, 1978: 334.
Abrotarsala cuneiformis Schuster & Summers, 1978: 333.
Abrotarsala firundale Schuster & Summers, 1978: 331.
Abrotarsala inconstans Schuster & Summers, 1978: 333.
Abrotarsala longifemoralis Schuster & Summers, 1978: 327.
Abrotarsala obesa Schuster & Summers, 1978: 331.
Abrotarsala pyriformis Schuster & Summers, 1978: 327.
Abrotarsala rimatoris Schuster & Summers, 1978: 325.
Abrotarsala simplex Schuster & Summers, 1978: 329.
Acaridryas Schuster & Summers, 1978: 301.
Atrema Schuster & Summers, 1978: 335.
Atrema crassa Schuster & Summers, 1978: 337.
Atrema nasica Schuster & Summers, 1978: 339.
Atrema parvula Schuster & Summers, 1978: 335.
Brachytremelloides brevipoda Schuster & Summers, 1978: 345.
Brachytremelloides mastigophora Schuster & Summers, 1978: 348.
Brachytremelloides minuta Schuster & Summers, 1978: 348.
Diarthrophallus aurosus Schuster & Summers, 1978: 293.
Diarthrophallus crinatus Schuster & Summers, 1978: 295.
Diarthrophallus fulvastrum Schuster & Summers, 1978: 295.
Eurysternodes Schuster & Summers, 1978: 303.
Liranotus Schuster & Summers, 1978: 372.
Liranotus liratus Schuster & Summers, 1978: 375.
Liranotus strigatus Schuster & Summers, 1978: 375.
Malasudis Schuster & Summers, 1978: 315.
266
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(4)
Malasudis echinopus Schuster & Summers, 1978: 317.
Malasudis tribulus Schuster & Summers, 1978: 317.
Miniplax Schuster & Summers, 1978: 313.
Miniplax africanus Schuster & Summers, 1978: 313.
Notoporus Schuster & Summers, 1978: 309.
Notoporus asperatus Schuster & Summers, 1978: 313.
Notoporus clypeolus Schuster & Summers, 1978: 309.
Paralana Schuster & Summers, 1978: 299.
Paralana proculae Schuster & Summers, 1978: 299.
Passolobia hunteri Schuster & Summers, 1978: 355.
Passolobia minygaster Schuster & Summers, 1978: 357.
Passolobiella Schuster & Summers, 1978: 359.
Passolobiella colaptes Schuster & Summers, 1978: 370.
Passolobiella colombiensis Schuster & Summers, 1978: 367.
Passolobiella comantis Schuster & Summers, 1978: 371.
Passolobiella ctenophora Schuster & Summers, 1978: 369.
Passolobiella patula Schuster & Summers, 1978: 365.
Passolobiella sellifera Schuster & Summers, 1978: 363.
Passolobiella spat ha Schuster & Summers, 1978: 367.
Passolobiella subnuda Schuster & Summers, 1978: 363.
Polytrechna Schuster & Summers, 1978: 341.
Polytrechna serrula Schuster & Summers, 1978: 341.
Trochtognathus Schuster & Summers, 1978: 319.
Trochtognathus tetradis Schuster & Summers, 1978: 319.
Tenuiplanta Schuster & Summers, 1978: 285.
Tenuiplanta polypora Schuster & Summers, 1978: 287.
Family Heterocheylidae
Heterocheylus becki Schuster & Lavoipierre, 1970: 21.
Heterocheylus bengalensis Schuster & Lavoipierre, 1970: 14.
Heterocheylus brevispinus Schuster & Lavoipierre, 1970: 11.
Heterocheylus cavagnaroi Schuster & Lavoipierre, 1970: 17.
Heterocheylus exiguus Schuster & Lavoipierre, 1970: 16.
Heterocheylus incohatus Schuster & Lavoipierre, 1970: 20.
Heterocheylus indicus Schuster & Lavoipierre, 1970: 15.
Heterocheylus keiferi Schuster & Lavoipierre, 1970: 24.
Heterocheylus laui Schuster & Lavoipierre, 1970: 23.
Heterocheylus longispinosus Schuster & Lavoipierre, 1970: 12.
Heterocheylus maai Schuster & Lavoipierre, 1970: 18.
Heterocheylus malkini Schuster & Lavoipierre, 1970: 11.
Heterocheylus minus Schuster & Lavoipierre, 1970: 23.
Heterocheylus nixus Schuster & Lavoipierre, 1970: 20.
Heterocheylus novellus Schuster & Lavoipierre, 1970: 22.
Heterocheylus parvus Schuster & Lavoipierre, 1970: 19.
Heterocheylus propinquus Schuster & Lavoipierre, 1970: 13.
Heterocheylus proximus Schuster & Lavoipierre, 1970: 27.
Heterocheylus recessus Schuster & Lavoipierre, 1970: 10.
Heterocheylus rossi Schuster & Lavoipierre, 1970: 9.
1990
TYLER ET AL.: ROBERT OSCAR SCHUSTER
267
Heterocheylus rugosus Schuster & Lavoipierre, 1970: 16.
Heterocheylus thai Schuster & Lavoipierre, 1970: 15.
Heterocheylus transversus Schuster & Lavoipierre, 1970: 25.
Family Phytoseiidae
Amblyseius ablusus Schuster & Pritchard, 1963: 243.
Amblyseius cavagnaroi Schuster, 1966e: 327.
Amblyseius chorites Schuster & Pritchard, 1963: 240.
Amblyseius corycus Schuster, 1966e: 329.
Amblyseius fructicolus Gonzalez & Schuster, 1962: 12.
Amblyseius globosus Gonzalez & Schuster, 1962: 9.
Amblyseius hujfakeri Schuster & Pritchard, 1963: 271.
Amblyseius incognitus Schuster, 1966e: 334.
Amblyseius intermedius Gonzalez & Schuster, 1962: 14.
Amblyseius inornatus Schuster & Pritchard, 1963: 255.
Amblyseius invictus Schuster, 1966e: 331.
Amblyseius kennetti Schuster & Pritchard, 1963: 265.
Amblyseius lassus Schuster, 1966e: 334.
Amblyseius lecanis Schuster & Pritchard, 1963: 231.
Amblyseius lindquisti Schuster & Pritchard, 1963: 246.
Amblyseius loxus Schuster & Pritchard, 1963: 263.
Amblyseius mckenziei Schuster & Pritchard, 1963: 269.
Amblyseius pegasus Schuster, 1966e: 329.
Amblyseius scyphus Schuster & Pritchard, 1963: 274.
Amblyseius tabis Schuster & Pritchard, 1963: 275.
Amblyseius tubus Schuster, 1966e: 337.
Amblyseius vallis Schuster & Pritchard, 1963: 261.
Amblyseius valpoensis Gonzalez & Schuster, 1962: 16.
Iphiseius exitus Schuster, 1966e: 325.
Iphiseius pappenfussi Schuster, 1966e: 323.
Metaseiulus brevicollis Gonzalez & Schuster, 1962: 19.
Metaseiulus pinnatus Schuster & Pritchard, 1963: 217.
Metaseiulus pomoides Schuster & Pritchard, 1963: 221.
Mumaseius evectus Schuster, 1966e: 321.
Mumaseius foraminosus Schuster, 1966e: 321.
Phytoseius globosus Gonzalez & Schuster, 1962: 21.
Typhlodromus (Typhlodromus) caudiglans Schuster, 1959b: 88.
Typhlodromus smithi Schuster, 1957: 203.
Order Chelonethida
Family Chelonethidae
Allochthonius incognitus Schuster, 1966b: 174.
Apochthonius irwini Schuster, 1966c: 179.
Apochthonius maximus Schuster, 1966c: 182.
Apochthonius minimus Schuster, 1966c: 178.
Kewochthonius amplus Schuster, 1962: 225.
Kewochthonius spingolus Schuster, 1962: 223.
268
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 66(4)
Parobisium hastatus Schuster, 1966d: 223.
Parobisium hesternus Schuster, 1966d: 225.
Order Coleoptera
Family Clambidae
Loricaster rotundus Grigarick & Schuster, 1961: 161.
Family Pselaphidae
Actiastes desertorum Grigarick & Schuster, 1971: 30.
Actiastes fovicinus Grigarick & Schuster, 1971: 32.
Actiastes fundatum Grigarick & Schuster, 1971: 33.
Actiastes spatium Grigarick & Schuster, 1971: 29.
Actium aculeatum Grigarick & Schuster, 1971: 23.
Actium arundineum Grigarick & Schuster, 1971: 5.
Actium barbatum Grigarick & Schuster, 1971: 17.
Actium calcaris Grigarick & Schuster, 1971: 11.
Actium chiloquinensis Grigarick & Schuster, 1971: 15.
Actium falcatum Grigarick & Schuster, 1971: 20.
Actium fastigium Grigarick & Schuster, 1971: 23.
Actium fastosum Grigarick & Schuster, 1971: 21.
Actium femineum Grigarick & Schuster, 1971: 25.
Actium formosum Grigarick & Schuster, 1971: 6.
Actium functum Grigarick & Schuster, 1971: 12.
Actium helferi Grigarick & Schuster, 1971: 8.
Actium ojaiensis Grigarick & Schuster, 1971: 22.
Actium pandum Grigarick & Schuster, 1971: 13.
Actium rothi Grigarick & Schuster, 1971: 9.
Actium tempus Grigarick & Schuster, 1971: 14.
Actium tenellum Grigarick & Schuster, 1971: 13.
Actium tentum Grigarick & Schuster, 1971: 12.
Actium wawonaensis Grigarick & Schuster, 1971: 7.
Allobrox stephani Grigarick & Schuster, 1977: 219.
Batrisodes indistinctus Grigarick & Schuster, 1962c: 201.
Batrisodes martini Grigarick & Schuster, 1962c: 201.
Batrisodes nebulosus Grigarick & Schuster, 1962c: 202.
Batrisodes obscurus Grigarick & Schuster, 1962c: 206.
Batrisodes opacus Grigarick & Schuster, 1962c: 210.
Bontomtes Grigarick & Schuster, 1980: 24.
Bontomtes riparie Grigarick & Schuster, 1980: 26.
Bythinoplectus peregrinus Schuster & Grigarick, 1966a: 53.
Cupila multifossa Grigarick & Schuster, 1968: 43.
Euboarhexius Grigarick & Schuster, 1966: 31.
Euboarhexius sinus Grigarick & Schuster, 1966: 31.
Euplecturga fideli Grigarick & Schuster, 1976: 108.
Euplecturga norstelcha Grigarick & Schuster, 1976: 109.
Hesperotychus Schuster & Marsh, 1958a: 126.
Hesperotychus aculeatus Schuster & Marsh, 1958a: 132.
Hesperotychus adustus Schuster & Marsh, 1958a: 126.
1990
TYLER ET AL.: ROBERT OSCAR SCHUSTER
269
Hesperotychus aspersus Schuster & Marsh, 1958a: 129.
Hesperotychus claudus Schuster & Marsh, 1958a: 128.
Hesperotychus fenysei Schuster & Marsh, 1958a: 130.
Hesperotychus nanus Schuster & Marsh, 1958a: 129.
Hesperotychus macclayi Schuster & Marsh, 1958a: 131.
Hesperotychus moratus Schuster & Marsh, 1958a: 129.
Hesperotychus stangei Grigarick & Schuster, 1962a: 99.
Hesperotychus tantillus Schuster & Marsh, 1958a: 136.
Hexirhexius Grigarick & Schuster, 1980: 20.
Hylotychus cornus Grigarick & Schuster, 1962b: 176.
Hylotychus dentatus Grigarick & Schuster, 1962b: 170.
Hylotychus intellectus Grigarick & Schuster, 1962b: 171.
Hylotychus remipenis Grigarick & Schuster, 1962b: 172.
Hylotychus simplicis Grigarick & Schuster, 1962b: 176.
Hylotychus stellatus Grigarick & Schuster, 1962b: 172.
Liniolis Grigarick & Schuster, 1980: 34.
Lucifotychus agomphius Grigarick & Schuster, 1962b: 169.
Lucifotychus inornatus Grigarick & Schuster, 1964: 201.
Mayetia hicorona Schuster, Marsh & Park, 1959: 124.
Mayetia bowmani Schuster, Marsh & Park, 1959: 120.
Mayetia domestica Schuster, Marsh & Park, 1959: 125.
Mayetia fistula Schuster, Marsh & Park, 1960: 22.
Mayetia grayae Schuster, 1961: 23.
Mayetia judsoni Schuster, 1961: 26.
Mayetia langei Schuster, Marsh & Park, 1960: 21.
Mayetia mendocinoensis Schuster, Marsh & Park, 1960: 15.
Mayetia pearsei Schuster, Marsh & Park, 1959: 124.
Mayetia pravitas Schuster, Marsh & Park, 1960: 22.
Mayetia putahensis Schuster, 1961: 23.
Mayetia raneyi Schuster, Marsh & Park, 1960: 20.
Mayetia scobina Schuster, Marsh & Park, 1960: 20.
Mayetia smithi Schuster, 1961: 26.
Mayetia turnerii Schuster, Marsh & Park, 1959: 122.
Mayetia walkeri Schuster, Marsh & Park, 1960: 18.
Megarafonus (Megarafonus) lentus Schuster & Marsh, 1958b: 189.
Megarafonus (Nanorafonus) parvus Schuster & Marsh, 1958b: 192.
Minibi Grigarick & Schuster, 1980: 40.
Mipseltyrus mirus Schuster, 1956: 84.
Mipseltyrus parki Schuster, 1956: 83.
Ocabaraja Schuster & Grigarick, 1980: 39.
Ocabaraja romingeri Schuster & Grigarick, 1980: 39.
Oropodes arcaps Grigarick & Schuster, 1976: 103.
Oropodes dybasi Grigarick & Schuster, 1976: 101.
Oropodes rumseyensis Grigarick & Schuster, 1976: 100.
Oropodes nuclere Grigarick & Schuster, 1976: 105.
Oropus acriculus Schuster & Grigarick, 1960: 292.
Oropus acumensis Schuster & Grigarick, 1960: 296.
Oropus cristatus Schuster & Grigarick, 1960: 285.
270
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(4)
Oropus cyranus Schuster & Grigarick, 1960: 289.
Oropus delimatus Schuster & Grigarick, 1960: 295.
Oropus helferi Grigarick & Schuster, 1962d: 307.
Oropus macneilli Schuster & Grigarick, 1960: 287.
Oropus magnidens Schuster & Grigarick, 1960: 286.
Oropus minimus Schuster & Grigarick, 1960: 295.
Oropus obtusus Schuster & Grigarick, 1960: 290.
Oropus orbatus Schuster & Grigarick, 1960: 297.
Oropus pectinis Schuster & Grigarick, 1960: 298.
Oropus sinifundus Schuster & Grigarick, 1960: 279.
Oropus tuberculatus Schuster & Grigarick, 1960: 289.
Oropus umbraticus Schuster & Grigarick, 1960: 281.
Oropus vellosus Schuster & Grigarick, 1960: 283.
Oropus verrucifundus Schuster & Grigarick, 1960: 297.
Perimelba Grigarick & Schuster, 1980: 44.
Pilactium Grigarick & Schuster, 1970: 37.
Pilactium benedictae Grigarick & Schuster, 1978: 9.
Pilactium summersi Grigarick & Schuster, 1970: 37.
Pselaptrichus burdicki Schuster & Marsh, 1956: 144.
Pselaptrichus carinatus Marsh & Schuster, 1954: 16.
Pselaptrichus cavatus Marsh & Schuster, 1954: 21.
Pselaptrichus chandleri Schuster & Marsh, 1956: 130.
Pselaptrichus cuspidatus Schuster & Marsh, 1956: 145.
Pselaptrichus frigidus Schuster & Marsh, 1956: 123.
Pselaptrichus helferi Schuster & Marsh, 1956: 137.
Pselaptrichus hocus Schuster & Marsh, 1956: 144.
Pselaptrichus incognitus Schuster & Marsh, 1956: 124.
Pselaptrichus intimus Schuster & Marsh, 1956: 126.
Pselaptrichus gibbosus Marsh & Schuster, 1954: 23.
Pselaptrichus levinei Schuster & Marsh, 1956: 138.
Pselaptrichus minimus Schuster & Marsh, 1956: 140.
Pselaptrichus oculatus Marsh & Schuster, 1954: 18.
Pselaptrichus ornatus Marsh & Schuster, 1954: 20.
Pselaptrichus parki Schuster & Marsh, 1956: 139.
Pselaptrichus pennatus Schuster & Marsh, 1956: 133.
Pselaptrichus perditus Schuster & Marsh, 1956: 128.
Pselaptrichus perfidus Schuster & Marsh, 1956: 125.
Pselaptrichus proprius Schuster & Marsh, 1956: 126.
Pselaptrichus propinquus Schuster & Marsh, 1956: 131.
Pselaptrichus rectus Marsh & Schuster, 1954: 13.
Pselaptrichus shastensis Schuster & Marsh, 1956: 130.
Pselaptrichus similis Schuster & Marsh, 1956: 145.
Pselaptrichus spinosus Marsh & Schuster, 1954: 15.
Pselaptrichus silvanus Schuster & Marsh, 1956: 141.
Pselaptrichus tenuis Schuster & Marsh, 1956: 132.
Pselaptrichus vanus Schuster & Marsh, 1956: 127.
Pselaptrichus venustrus Schuster & Marsh, 1956: 138.
Pygmactium Schuster & Grigarick, 1968: 112.
1990
TYLER ET AL.: ROBERT OSCAR SCHUSTER
271
Pygmactium steevesi Schuster & Grigarick, 1968: 113.
Reichenbachia clamer Grigarick & Schuster, 1967: 10.
Reichenbachia emoyteis Grigarick & Schuster, 1967: 13.
Reichenbachia kapones Grigarick & Schuster, 1967: 11.
Reichenbachia nodesa Grigarick & Schuster, 1967: 14.
Reichenbachia visda Grigarick & Schuster, 1967: 9.
Rhexidius aggestus Schuster & Grigarick, 1962: 6.
Rhexidius crenatus Schuster & Grigarick, 1962: 6.
Rhexidius cuspidatus Schuster & Grigarick, 1962: 10.
Rhexidius glareosus Schuster & Grigarick, 1962: 10.
Rhexidius hispidus Schuster & Grigarick, 1962: 11.
Rhexidius impensus Schuster & Grigarick, 1962: 13.
Rhexidius incomptus Schuster & Grigarick, 1962: 8.
Rhexinia (Rhexinia) tucamanensis Grigarick & Schuster, 1975: 315.
Saxet Grigarick & Schuster, 1980: 37.
Sonoma cuneata Marsh & Schuster, 1962: 43.
Sonoma dilopha Marsh & Schuster, 1962: 47.
Sonoma dolabra Marsh & Schuster, 1962: 37.
Sonoma humilis Marsh & Schuster, 1962: 45.
Sonoma priocera Marsh & Schuster, 1962: 48.
Sonoma repanda Marsh & Schuster, 1962: 35.
Sonoma spadica Marsh & Schuster, 1962: 36.
Sonoma triloba Marsh & Schuster, 1962: 43.
Sonoma vanna Marsh & Schuster, 1962: 38.
Tetrascapha Schuster & Marsh, 1957: 149.
Tetrascapha dasycerca Schuster & Marsh, 1957: 149.
Trisignis Park & Schuster, 1955: 1.
Trisignis helferi Park & Schuster, 1955: 5.
Trisignis mars hi Park & Schuster, 1955: 2.
Zonaira Grigarick & Schuster, 1980: 43.
Zonaria trilinea Grigarick & Schuster, 1980: 43.
Species Named After Robert O. Schuster
Phylum Tardigrada
Class Eutardigrada
Family Hypsibiidae
Parascon schusteri Pilato & Binda, 1987: 91. (Pilato, G. & M. G. Binda. 1987.
Animalia, 14:91-97.)
Diphascon schusteri Dastych, 1984: 412. (Dastych, H. 1984. The Tardigrada from
Antarctic with descriptions of several new species. Acta Zool. Cracov., 27: 377-
436. [sic].)
Class Arachnida
Order Acarina
Family Phytoseiidae
Amblyseius schusteri Chant, 1960. (Chant, D. A. 1960. Can. Entomol., 89:88.)
272
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(4)
Class Insecta
Order Coleoptera
Family Pselaphidae
Bythinoplectus schusteri Comellini, 1985 (Comellini, A. 1985. Rev. Suisse Zool.,
92: 738.)
Goniocerus schusteri Comellini (Comellini, A. [in press]. Rev. Suisse Zool.)
Oropus schusteri Chandler, 1983 (Chandler, A. 1983. Coleopt. Bull., 37: 222.)
Pyxidion schusteri Comellini, 1985 (Comellini, A. 1985. Rev. Suisse Zool., 92
746.)
Order Diptera
Family Agromyzidae
Napomyza schusteri Spencer, 1981 (Spencer, K. 1981. Univ. Calif. Special Publ.,
3273:361.)
Amauromyza schusteri Spencer, 1981 (Spencer, K. 1981. Univ. Calif. Special
Publ., 3273: 159.)
Family Tabanidae
Esenbeckia (Ricardoa) schusteri Philip, 1973 (Philip, C. 1973. Ann. Entomol. Soc.
Am., 66: 1143.)
Order Hymenoptera
Family Chrysididae
Chrysis schusteri Bohart, 1982 (Bohart, R. M. 1982. Mem. Am. Entomol. Instit.
[Gainesville, Florida], 33: 133.)
Family Sphecidae
Philanthus schusteri Bohart, 1972 (Bohart, R. M. 1972. Proc. Entomol. Soc.
Wash., 74: 400.)
Order Trichoptera
Family Psychomyiidae
Tinodes schusteri Denning, 1983 (Denning, D. 1983. Pan-Pac. Entomol. 58: 209.)
Publications by Robert O. Schuster
1. Marsh, G. A. & R. O. Schuster. 1954. A preliminary revision of the genus Pselaptrichus (Co¬
leoptera: Pselaphidae). Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 12: 3-28.
2. Park, O. & R. O. Schuster. 1955. A new subtribe of pselaphid beetles from California. Natur.
Hist. Misc., 148.
3. Schuster, R. O. 1956. Two new species of Mipseltyrus from California (Coleoptera: Pselaphidae).
Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 32: 83-86.
4. Schuster, R. O. & G. A. Marsh. 1956. A revision of the genus Pselaptrichus Brendel (Coleoptera:
Pselaphidae). Univ. Calif. Publ. Entomol., 11(2): 117-158.
5. Schuster, R. O. 1957. A new species of Typhlodromus from California (Phytoseiidae: Acarina).
Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 33: 203-205.
6. Schuster, R. O. & G. A. Marsh. 1957. A new genus of Euplectini from California. Pan-Pacif.
Entomol. 33: 149-152.
7. Schuster, R. O. & G. A. Marsh. 1958a. A new genus of Tychini from California (Coleoptera:
Pselaphidae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 34: 125-137.
1990
TYLER ET AL.: ROBERT OSCAR SCHUSTER
273
8. Schuster, R. O. & G. A. Marsh. 1958b. A study of the North American genus Megarafonus
Casey (Coleoptera: Pselaphidae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 34: 187-194.
9. Schuster, R. O. 1959a. Notes on Morious occidens Casey with a description of the male (Co¬
leoptera: Pselaphidae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 35: 95-97.
10. Schuster, R. O. 1959b. A new species of Typhlodromus near T. bakeri (Garman) and a consid¬
eration of the occurrence of T. rhenanus (Oud.) in California. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash., 61:
88-90.
11. Schuster, R. O., G. A. Marsh & O. Park. 1959. Present status of the tribe Mayetini in the United
States. Part I. (Excluding California) (Coleoptera: Pselaphidae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 35: 117-
127.
12. Schuster, R. O. & A. A. Grigarick. 1960. A revision of the genus Oropus Casey (Coleoptera:
Pselaphidae). Pacif. Insects, 2: 269-299.
13. Schuster, R. O., G. A. Marsh & O. Park. 1960. Present status of the tribe Mayetini in the United
States. Part II. California (Coleoptera: Pselaphidae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 36: 15-24.
14. Schuster, R. O. & L. M. Smith. 1960. The spermathecae as taxonomic features in phytoseiid
mites of Western North America. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash., 62: 181-188.
15. Grigarick, A. A. & R. O. Schuster. 1961. A new species of Loricaster from California (Coleoptera:
Clambidae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 27: 161-164.
16. Schuster, R. O. 1961. Four new species of Mayetia from western North America (Coleoptera:
Pselaphidae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 37: 23-27.
17. Gonzalez, R. H. & R. O. Schuster. 1962. Especies de la familia Phytoseiidae en Chile I. (Acarina:
Mesostigmata). Univ. Chile Fac. Agron. Estac. Exp. Agron. Bol. Tec., 16.
18. Grigarick, A. A. & R. O. Schuster. 1962a. Notes on Hesperotychus (Coleoptera: Pselaphidae).
Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 38: 99-102.
19. Grigarick, A. A. & R. O. Schuster. 1962b. Notes on Tychini from Western North America
(Coleoptera: Pselaphidae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 38: 169-177.
20. Grigarick, A. A. & R. O. Schuster. 1962c. Species of the genus Batrisodes from the Pacific Slope
of Western North America (Coleoptera: Pselaphidae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 38: 199-213.
21. Grigarick, A. A. & R. O. Schuster. 1962d. A new species of Oropus Casey (Coleoptera: Pse¬
laphidae). Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 75: 307-310.
21a. Grigarick, A. A. & R. O. Schuster. 1964. A new species of Lucifotychus (Coleoptera: Pselaph¬
idae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 40: 201-202 (citation added in galley).
22. Marsh, G. A. & R. O. Schuster. 1962. A revision of the genus Sonoma Casey (Coleoptera:
Pselaphidae). Coleopt. Bull., 16: 33-56.
23. Schuster, R. O. 1962. New species of Kewochthonius from California (Arachnida: Chelonethida).
Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 75: 223-226.
24. Schuster, R. O. & A. A. Grigarick. 1962. A revision of the genus Rhexidius Casey (Coleoptera:
Pselaphidae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 38: 1-14.
25. Schuster, R. O. & R. H. Gonzalez. 1963. Redescription and notes on Amblyseius cucumeris
(Oudemans) (Acari: Phytoseiidae). Acarologia (Paris), 5: 185-188.
26. Schuster, R. O. & A. E. Pritchard. 1963. Phytoseiid mites of California. Hilgardia, 34: 191—
285.
27. Smith, L. M. & R. O. Schuster. 1963. The nature and extent of Eriophyes vitis injury to Vitis
vinifera L. Acarologia (Paris), 5: 532-537.
28. Grigarick, A. A., F. Mihelcic & R. O. Schuster. 1964. New Tardigrada from western North
America: I. Pseudechiniscus. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 77: 5-8.
29. Schuster, R. O. & A. A. Grigarick. 1965. Tardigrada from western North America with emphasis
on the fauna of California. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 76: 1-67.
30. Grigarick, A. A. & R. O. Schuster. 1966. A new genus in the tribe Euplectini (Coleoptera:
Pselaphidae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 42: 31-33.
31. Schuster, R. O. 1966a. Description of immature stages of three California species of phytoseiids
including notes on their biology (Acarina: Phytoseiidae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 42: 58-66.
32. Schuster, R. O. 1966b. A new species of Allochthonius from the Pacific Northwest of North
America (Arachnida: Chelonethida). Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 42: 172-175.
33. Schuster, R. O. 1966c. New species of Apochthonius from Western North America (Arachnida:
Chelonethida). Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 42: 179-183.
34. Schuster, R. O. 1966d. New species of Parobisium Chamberlin (Arachnida: Chelonethida). Pan-
Pacif. Entomol., 42: 223-228.
274
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 66(4)
35. Schuster, R. O. 1966e. Phytoseiidae of the Galapagos Islands. Pacif. Insects, 8: 319-339.
36. Schuster, R. O. & A. A. Grigarick. 1966a. A pselaphid beetle from the Galapagos Islands
(Coleoptera: Pselaphidae). Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 79: 53-55.
37. Schuster, R. O. & A. A. Grigarick. 1966b. Tardigrada from the Galapagos and Cocos Islands.
Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 34: 315-328.
38. Schuster, R. O. & A. A. Grigarick. 1966c. New Tardigrada from western North America: II.
Echiniscus. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 79: 127-130.
39. Grigarick, A. A. & R. O. Schuster. 1967. Reichenbachia found in the United States west of the
Continental Divide (Coleoptera: Pselaphidae). Univ. Calif. Publ. Entomol., 47.
40. Grigarick, A. A. & R. O. Schuster. 1968. A revision of the genus Cupila Casey (Coleoptera:
Pselaphidae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol, 44: 38-44.
41. Schuster, R. O. 1968a. The identity of Roncus pacificus Banks (Arachnida: Chelonethida). Pan-
Pacif. Entomol., 44: 137-139.
42. Schuster, R. O. 1968b. Stanley F. Bailey thrips collection. Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 44: 257.
43. Schuster, R. O. & A. A. Grigarick. 1968. A new genus of Pselaphid beetle from southeast United
States (Coleoptera: Pselaphidae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 44: 112-118.
44. Grigarick, A. A. &R. O. Schuster. 1970. A new genus in the tribe Euplectini. Pan-Pacif. Entomol.,
46: 36-39.
45. Schuster, R. O. & A. A. Grigarick. 1970. Tardigrada of Santa Cruz Island, California. Pan-Pacif.
Entomol., 46: 184-193.
46. Schuster, R. O. & M. M. J. Lavoipierre. 1970. The mite family Heterocheylidae Tr&gardh.
Occas. Pap. Calif. Acad. Sci., 85: 1-42.
47. Grigarick, A. A. & R. O. Schuster. 1971. A revision of Actium and Actiastes Casey (Coleoptera:
Pselaphidae). Univ. Calif. Publ. Entomol., 67.
48. Schuster, R. O. 1971a. Systematics and ecology of Tardigrada of insular California, pp. 344-
345. Yearbook of the American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia.
49. Schuster, R. O. 1971b. Tardigrada from the Barranca del Cobre, Sinaloa and Chihuahua, Mexico.
Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 84: 213-224.
50. Schuster, R. O. & A. A. Grigarick. 1971. Two new species of Echiniscus from the Pacific
Northwest (Tardigrada: Echiniscidae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash., 73: 105-110.
51. Bohart, R. M. & R. O. Schuster. 1972. A host record for Fedtschenkia (Hymenoptera: Sapygidae).
Pan-Pacif. Entomol. 48: 149.
52. Grigarick, A. A. & R. O. Schuster. 1972. Synonymy of the pselaphid beetles Actium retractum
andT. hatchi (Coleoptera: Pselaphidae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 47: 278.
53. Bates, D. M., D. M. Cohen, R. S. Cowan, P. S. Humphrey, R. Inger, H. S. Irwin, R. W. Kiger,
G. E. Lindsay, G. W. Mead, J. F. Mello, C. D. Michener, R. Patrick, D. L. Pawson, W. W. Payne,
P. A. Rauch, P. H. Raven, R. C. Rollins, J. G. Rozen, Jr., R. O. Schuster, N. F. Sohl, A. Solem,
F. A. Taylor, J. H. Thomas, D. B. Wake & S. W. Yochelson. 1973. America’s systematics
collections: a national plan. Association of Systematics Collections, Washington, D.C.
54. Grigarick, A. A., R. O. Schuster & E. C. Toftner. 1973a. Macrobiotus montanus from California
(Tardigrada: Macrobiotidae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 49: 229-231.
55. Grigarick, A. A., R. O. Schuster & E. C. Toftner. 1973b. Descriptive morphology of eggs of
some species in the Macrobiotus hufelandii group (Tardigrada: Macrobiotidae). Pan-Pacif. En¬
tomol., 49: 258-263.
56. Miller, D. R., J. F. Miller, R. O. Schuster & C. Stover. 1973. A list of Coccoidea species deposited
in collection of University of California, Davis. Coccidologist’s Newsl., 1(1): 1-22.
57. Powell, J. A., R. O. Schuster, J. N. Belkin, G. A. Marsh, S. I. Frommer & J. C. Hall. 1973.
Entomological collections of the University of California. Bull. Entomol. Soc. Am., 19: 100-102.
58. Toftner, E. C., A. A. Grigarick & R. O. Schuster. 1974. Analysis of scanning electron microscope
images of Macrobiotus eggs. Mem. 1st. Ital. Idrobiol. Dott. Marco Marchi, Suppl., 32: 393-411.
59. Grigarick, A. A. & R. O. Schuster. 1975. A new species of Rhexinia from Argentina (Coleoptera:
Pselaphidae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol, 51: 315-317.
60. Grigarick, A. A., R. O. Schuster & E. C. Toftner. 1975. Morphogenesis of two species of
Echiniscus. Mem. 1st. Ital Idrobiol Dott. Marco Marchi, Suppl, 32: 133-151.
61. Schuster, R. O. 1975. A new species of Parechiniscus from Utah (Tardigrada: Echiniscidae).
Mem. 1st. Ital. Idrobiol. Dott. Marco Marchi, Suppl., 32: 105-110.
62. Schuster, R. O., A. A. Grigarick & E. C. Toftner. 1975. Ultrastructure of Tardigrade cuticle.
Mem. 1st. Ital Idrobiol. Dott. Marco Marchi, Suppl., 32: 337-375.
1990
TYLER ET AL.: ROBERT OSCAR SCHUSTER
275
63. Grigarick, A. A. & R. O. Schuster. 1976. A revision of the genus Oropodes Casey (Coleoptera:
Pselaphidae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 52: 97-109.
64. Grigarick, A. A. & R. O. Schuster. 1977. A new species of Allobrox Fletcher (Coleoptera:
Pselaphidae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 53: 219-222.
65. Schuster, R. O. 1977. Tardigrada. pp. 94-96. In Hurlbert, S. H. (ed.). Biotaacuaticade Sudameri-
ca austral: siendo una recopilacion de bibliografias taxonomicas referentes a la fauna y flora de
aguas continentales del sur de Sudamerica. Dept, of Biology, San Diego State University, San
Diego, Calif.
66. Schuster, R. O., E. C. Toftner & A. A. Grigarick. 1977. Tardigrada of Pope Beach, Lake Tahoe,
California. Wasmann J. Biol., 35: 333-336.
67. Grigarick, A. A. & R. O. Schuster. 1978. A new species of Pilactium from Oregon (Coleoptera:
Pselaphidae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 54: 9-10.
68. Homing, D. S. Jr., R. O. Schuster & A. A. Grigarick. 1978. Tardigrada of New Zealand. New
Zealand J. Zool., 5: 185-280.
69. Schuster, R. O. & F. M. Summers. 1978. Mites of the family Diarthrophallidae (Acari: Mesostig-
mata). Int. J. Acarol., 4: 279-385.
70. Summers, F. M. & R. O. Schuster. 1979. Eleven new species of Grandiella Lombardini (Acarina:
Canestriniidae). Int. J. Acarol., 5: 325-350.
71. Grigarick, A. A. & R. O. Schuster. 1980. Discrimination of genera of Euplectini of North and
Central America (Coleoptera: Pselaphidae). Univ. Calif. Publ. Entomol., 87.
72. Schuster, R. O. & A. A. Grigarick. 1980. A new neotropic genus of Pyxidicerini (Coleoptera:
Pselaphidae). Entomol. Scand., 11: 39-40.
73. Schuster, R. O., A. A. Grigarick & E. C. Toftner. 1980. A new species of Echiniscus from
California (Tardigrada: Echiniscidae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 56: 265-267.
74. Schuster, R. O., D. R. Nelson, A. A. Grigarick & D. Christenberry. 1980. Systematic criteria
of the Eutardigrada. Trans. Am. Microsc. Soc., 99: 284-303.
75. Summers, F. M. & R. O. Schuster. 1981a. Apalotacarus, a new genus of Canestriniid mites from
passalid beetles. Int. J. Acarol., 7: 17-38.
76. Summers, F. M. & R. O. Schuster. 1981b. Three new genera of Canestriniid mites associated
with Passalid beetles. Int. J. Acarol., 7: 39-46.
77. Nelson, D. & R. Schuster. 1981c. Tardigrada. pp. 161-166. In Hurlbert, S. H., G. Rodriguez
& N. D. Santos (eds.). Aquatic biota of Tropical South America, Part 2: Anarthropoda. San Diego
State University, San Diego, Calif.
78. Nelson, D. R., A. A. Grigarick & R. O. Schuster. 1982. Heterotardigrada of northwestern
Venezuela. Am. Zook, 22: 940.
79. Nelson, D. R., R. O. Schuster & A. A. Grigarick. 1982. Heterotardigrada of northern Venezuela.
ASB Bulk, 29: 73-74.
80. Schuster, R. O.&E. C. Toftner. 1982. Dominican Republic Tardigrada. pp. 221-236. In Nelson,
D. R. (ed.). Proceedings of the Third International Symposium on Tardigrada. East Tennessee
State University Press, Johnson City, Tennessee.
81. Summers, F. M. & R. O. Schuster. 1982a. The Melisiinae, new subfamily of mites in the
Canestriniidae associated with Passalid beetles. Int. J. Acarol., 8: 23-31.
82. Summers, F. M. & R. O. Schuster. 1982b. New Canestriniid mites from beetles of the family
Cerambycidae. Int. J. Acarol., 8: 33-46.
83. Grigarick, A. A., R. O. Schuster & D. R. Nelson. 1983. Heterotardigrada of Venezuela. Pan-
Pacif. Entomol., 59: 64-77.
84. Homing, D. S. Jr. & R. O. Schuster. 1983. Three new species of New Zealand Tardigrades. Pan-
Pacif. Entomol., 59: 108-112.
85. Nelson, D. R., A. A. Grigarick & R. O. Schuster. 1983. Heterotardigrada of Northwestern
Venezuela. J. Tenn. Acad. Sci., 58: 12.
86. Schuster, R. O. 1983. A new species of Macrobiotus from Tierra del Fuego (Tardigrada: Macro-
biotidae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 59: 254-255.
87. Schuster, R. O. 1983. R. M. Bohart’s impact on the U. C. Davis Insect Collection. Pan-Pacif.
Entomol., 59: 21-22.
88. Gon, S. M. III., R. A. Kimsey, R. O. Schuster & M. A. Willis. 1986. A prodromus of the water
bear fauna of Haleakala National Park, pp 15-22. In Stone, C. P. (ed.). Proceedings Sixth Con¬
ference in Natural Sciences Hawaii Volcanoes National Park. Cooperative National Park Re¬
sources Studies Unit, Department of Botany, University of Hawaii at Manoa, Honolulu, Hawaii.
276
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(4)
89. Nelson, D. R., R. Prins &R. O. Schuster. 1987a. Preliminary report on Tardigrada from southern
Chile. J. Tenn. Acad. Sci., 62: 42.
90. Nelson, D.R.,R. Prins &R.O. Schuster. 1987b. Preliminary report on Tardigrada from southern
Chile. ASB Bull., 34: 121.
91. Schuster, R. O. & J. P. Donahue. 1987. Obituary. John Steven Buckett (1939-1986). J. Lepid.
Soc., 41: 77-81.
92. Schuster, R. O., T. L. Tyler, J. A. Skinner & E. A. Sugden. (in press). Primary types of the
Richard M. Bohart Museum. I: Tardigrada. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash.
93. Schuster, R. O., T. L. Tyler & J. A. Skinner, (manuscript in preparation). Primary types of the
Richard M. Bohart Museum. II: Arachnida. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash.
Received 11 April 1990; accepted 4 September 1990.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66(4): 277-280, (1990)
IN MEMORIAM:
WILLARD HOLMES NUTTING, JR. (1916-1990)
Paul H. Arnaud, Jr.
California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park,
San Francisco, California 94118-4599
Willard (Bill) H. Nutting, Jr., a Senior Mechanical Engineer and an avocational
coleopterist, died on 19 Apr 1990, in his 73rd year, at Providence Hospital in
Oakland, California, after several years of declining health culminating in leu¬
kemia.
Bill Nutting was bom on 28 Jul 1916, in Berkeley, California, the eldest of two
children of Willard Holmes Nutting, Sr., and May Louise Frederickson. His father,
a chemist by profession, was bom in the northern California community of Etna,
in the Salmon Mountains of Siskiyou County, and moved to Piedmont, California,
with his family in 1927. His grandfather, Charles Wilbur Nutting, a medical doctor
who also served as head of the Grand Lodge of Masons of California, had settled
in Etna, moving from Georgia in 1878. The Nutting family can trace its origins
in America back twelve generations to John Nutting, who settled in Middlesex
County, Massachusetts, from England, prior to his marriage on 28 Aug 1650.
Bill Nutting attended public schools in Oakland and graduated from Piedmont
High School in 1934. It was during his high school days that he and Edward S.
Ross became friends, and they were introduced by Kenny Masero (who later went
into mining engineering) to the nurseryman and coleopterist Frederick William
Nunenmacher (1870-1946). Nunenmacher’s nursery was in the heart of Piedmont,
at 11 Arbor Drive, and his house and a separate building with his beetle collection
were situated in front of the nursery. Nunenmacher’s collection was stored in
black “Raisin and Thiebaut” boxes, which lined the inside walls of the building.
The young collectors Nutting and Ross would visit Nunenmacher each Saturday
to discuss their new collections. They were received with enthusiasm and were
aided with their identifications or given specimens, and they adopted the high
standards of Nunenmacher in preparing and labeling their collections. They were
encouraged to make labels for each of the Coleoptera families, whether they had
specimens of them or not, so that they could learn the names of families not yet
collected. Nutting received most help with the Coccinellidae, which was a spe¬
ciality of Nunenmacher, while Ross began to specialize in the Histeridae.
The young entomologists were also aided by Edwin R. Leach (1878-1971), a
mining engineer and avocational coleopterist and naturalist, of Piedmont, in their
introduction to the Coleoptera. Nunenmacher assisted Leach with his gardening,
and their homes were separated by only a few blocks. Nutting was to develop a
lifetime interest in the Coleoptera, particularly the Coccinellidae, from these early
contacts.
Bill Nutting received a Bachelor of Science degree in Mechanical Engineering
from the University of California, Berkeley, in 1938. He then taught at the Uni¬
versity of Santa Clara, and during the Second World War, he was employed by
General Electric in defense-related projects. After the war he joined the staff of
278
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(4)
Figure 1. Willard Holmes Nutting, Jr. (1916-1990).
Pacific Gas and Electric Company in San Francisco, from which he retired 34
years later in 1980 (Anonymous 1980).
In January 1953, Bill Nutting coauthored with R. A. Bowman of Bechtel Cor¬
poration the article “Atomic power plants are nearer reality.” In 1954, he and
his family moved to Chicago so that he could work on the Enrico Fermi Breeder
Reactor. Returning to California in 1957, he played an important role in nuclear
development with the Pacific Gas and Electric Company for the remainder of his
career. He participated in project engineering and licensing of the first commercial
nuclear power plant in this country, AEC No. 1, Vallecitos Nuclear Center, in
southern Alameda County, California, as well as the electric generating plant by
Humboldt Bay, near Eureka. He was elected in 1965 as a Director of the American
1990
ARNAUD: WILLARD HOLMES NUTTING, JR.
279
Nuclear Society for a three-year term (Anonymous 1965), and served as Chairman
of the Nuclear Engineering Division of the American Society of Mechanical En¬
gineers in 1971-1972.
Bill Nutting continued his avocational interest in the Coccinellidae throughout
his life. Although such a comparison is not parallel, it was a great contrast to have
such an imposing person, who was a good six feet six inches in height, finding
his specialization in some of the smallest members of this family, the Scymnini,
some but a millimeter and a quarter in length that require the most exacting care
in their collection and curation. He enjoyed the meticulous preparation of these
minute Coccinellidae. As acknowledged by Robert D. Gordon in his monograph
of the Scymnini (Gordon 1976:4), “To W. H. Nutting (WHN), I owe a special
debt of gratitude for his generosity in loaning me his specimens of Scymnini, in
view of the interest he has maintained in the group for many years,” and in turn
Gordon named Scymnus ( Pullus ) nuttingi Gordon in his honor. Bill Nutting, with
the encouragement of Kenneth S. Hagen of the Division of Biological Control,
University of California, Albany, described four new species of California Hy-
peraspis ( H. longicoxitis Nutting, H. elali Nutting, H. querquesi Nutting, and H.
mckenziei Nutting) in 1980.
The Nutting collection of Coleoptera has been donated by his family to the
California Academy of Sciences. It was arranged in 82 Cornell glass-topped draw¬
ers with specimens pinned in polyethylene foam trays, with some additional
specimens stored in Schmitt boxes. Forty-one drawers are devoted to the Coc¬
cinellidae, and the remaining drawers to each of the following families: 16 to
Scarabaeidae, 7 to Buprestidae, 5 to Tenebrionidae, 3 to Cerambycidae, 2 to
Carabidae: Cicindelinae, 2 to Lucanidae, 1 to Meloidae, 1 to Histeridae, 1 to
miscellaneous Coleoptera, and 3 empty drawers. The collection, which contains
approximately 20,000 specimens, will have a Willard H. Nutting, Jr./Califomia
Academy of Sciences collection label applied to each pinned specimen prior to
its incorporation into the Academy’s Coleoptera collection. The collection con¬
tains paratypes of dozens of species, but it was Bill Nutting’s policy not to retain
holotypes in his collection; he deposited them previously at the California Acad¬
emy of Sciences. His entomological library and correspondence have also accom¬
panied the collection.
Between 1969 and 1978 Bill Nutting corresponded with the great Brazilian
naturalist/collector Fritz Plaumann, of Nova Teutonia, Santa Catarina, Brazil,
and received important collections of Coccinellidae and of other families, such
as Buprestidae, from him.
Coleoptera material donated by Bill Nutting to the Academy in earlier years
included the John E. Blum collection (of 150 Arbor Drive, Piedmont), which
consisted of 6305 specimens of Coleoptera (3450 identified and 2855 unidentified)
and contained the W. F. Leng collection of Mordellidae and Bruchidae. (According
to Blum’s correspondence with Leng, the four boxes of Mordellidae were pur¬
chased on 4 Apr 1939 for just $20!). In June 1974, Nutting donated 15 types of
Diomus (holotype and 12 paratypes of D. arizonicus Gordon, 1 paratype of D.
humilis Gordon, and holotype of D. pseudotaedatus Gordon), and 150 types of
Scymnus (holotype and 20 paratypes of S. apithanus Gordon, 8 paratypes of S.
aridoides Gordon, 5 paratypes of S. barberi Gordon, 18 paratypes of S. erythrono-
tum Gordon, holotype and 2 paratypes of S. hesperius Gordon, holotype and 3
280
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(4)
paratypes of S. huachuca Gordon, 1 paratype of S. impletus Gordon, holotype of
S. martini Gordon, holotype and 2 paratypes of S. mimoides Gordon, holotype
of S. neomexicanus Gordon, 2 paratypes of S. nuttingi Gordon, holotype of S.
simulans Gordon, 3 paratypes of S. tenebricus Gordon, 78 paratypes of S. utah-
ensis Gordon, and 1 paratype of S. wickhami Gordon), as well as 34 identified
and unidentified Scymnus. In February 1976, 88 determined European Mordel-
lidae (ex Leng collection) were also donated.
Throughout his life, Bill Nutting had a great love of nature and the outdoors.
He was proud to be a member of the Sierra Club, but he was disappointed when
his membership was cancelled by that organization because of his work in the
nuclear industry. Bill Nutting was a member of the Pacific Coast Entomological
Society for 43 years, having been elected to membership at the 191st meeting,
held on 4 Jan 1947. He was also a member of the Coleopterists Society, the
Entomological Society of Washington, and the New York Entomological Society.
Bill Nutting’s life was a fine example of how a person can contribute in an
avocational way to the field of entomology, by not only adding to his own en¬
joyment, but by also making a lasting contribution to science.
Bill Nutting is survived by his wife, Priscilla (nee King) Nutting; two sons,
Willard H. Nutting, III, of San Francisco, California, and Richard D. Nutting of
Colorado Springs, Colorado; his sister, Jean Thallon, of Nevada City, California;
and three grandchildren, Phillip and Judith Nutting of Kensington, California,
and Nathan Nutting of Colorado Springs.
Acknowledgment.— Thanks are extended to Edward S. Ross, Vincent F. Lee,
and Brian Lym, California Academy of Sciences, and Willard H. Nutting, III, for
information utilized in this article and for their review.
Literature Cited
Anonymous. 1965. Willard H. Nutting. [Election to Director of American Nuclear Society]. Electrical
West, 132(9): 34.
Anonymous. 1980. Willard H. Nutting. [Retirement]. PG&E Life, May, 1980: 26.
Gordon, Robert D. 1976. The Scymnini (Coleoptera: Coccinellidae) of the United States and Canada:
key to genera and revision of Scymnus, Nephus and Diomus. Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci., 28:
1-362.
Nutting, Willard H. 1980. New California Hyperaspis (Coleoptera: Coccinellidae). Pan-Pacif. En-
tomol., 56: 260-264.
Nutting, Willard H. & R. A. Bowman. 1953. Atomic power plants are nearer reality. Electrical West,
110(1): 67-72.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66(4): 281-291, (1990)
KAESTNERIELLA ROESLER
(PSOCOPTERA: PERIPSOCIDAE): NEW AND LITTLE
KNOWN SPECIES FROM THE SOUTHWESTERN UNITED
STATES AND MEXICO AND A REVISED SPECIES KEY
Edward L. Mockford and D. Michael Sullivan
Department of Biological Sciences, Illinois State University,
Normal, Illinois 61761
Abstract. —Kaestneriella fumosa (Banks) is redescribed based on the type and other material. All
records since 1959 are from at least 250 km south of the type locality, and that discrepancy is
briefly discussed. K. tenebrosa NEW SPECIES is described and differentiated from K. fumosa.
Its range is primarily north of that of K. fumosa, but the two species overlap in west central New
Mexico and southeastern Arizona. A new male form is assigned to K. setosa Mockford & Wong.
A revised species key is included.
Key Words. — Insecta, Psocoptera, Peripsocidae, Kaestneriella
Kaestneriella Roesler (1943) was originally based on a single species from Costa
Rica. Mockford & Wong (1969) described eight new species from Mexico and
Guatemala, and presented a species key. They also noted that Peripsocus fumosus
Banks, from southwestern Colorado, is a Kaestneriella, but this discovery was
made after their manuscript had been accepted, and they did not redescribe Banks’
species. In extensive psocid collecting throughout southwestern United States,
one of us (DMS) has established numerous new records of K. fumosa and has
found a closely related undescribed species. Here we redescribe K fumosa, describe
the new species, and suggest that the male assigned to K setosa Mockford & Wong
is not the true male of that species. We describe and figure the presumed male.
We have revised the species key to include the new forms described here, as well
as K similis Badonnel (1986) described from coastal Jalisco, Mexico, and K
ecuatoriana Garcia Aldrete (1989) described from Ecuador.
Materials and Methods
We examined 107 adults of K. fumosa and 20 adults of K tenebrosa. Two males
of K. setosa and three associated females were also examined. All of the material
except the type (returned to the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge,
Massachusetts) and one female (Canadian National Collection, Ottawa, Ontario)
of K fumosa is in the Mockford collection, Illinois State University, Normal,
Illinois. The type of K tenebrosa will ultimately be deposited in the Florida State
Collection of Arthropods, Gainesville, Florida.
All illustrations were made using a drawing tube or microprojector. A set of
standardized measurements for the order is included with the descriptions. Mea¬
surements were taken on ten females of each species, five from area of sympatry
or parapatry with the sister species and five from areas of allopatry. Four males
of K. fumosa and the single (presumed) male of the new species were also measured.
All measurements were made with a filar micrometer; those for IO/d (least distance
between compound eyes divided by transverse eye diameter) and some antennae
282
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(4)
Table 1. Measurements (/am), IO/d ratios, and ctenidial counts for species of Kaestneriella.
Species and sex
FW
F
T
t,
K. fumosa
male
3003
525
1057
311
K. fumosa
male
2982
509
1004
298
K. fumosa
male
2601
466
959
281
K. fumosa
male
3096
555
1095
326
K. fumosa
female (type)
2580
457
906
262
K. fumosa females,
(Min)
2596
446
883
217
in = 10)
(Max)
2801
502
984
257
(x)
2867.1
474.8
929.8
239.4
(<rn - 1)
69.01
15.75
26.98
13.01
K. tenebrosa
male
2914
484
938
283
K. tenebrosa females,
(Min)
1991
436
789
223
in = 10)
(Max)
2517
498
950
272
(*)
2245.5
459.8
865.6
242.7
(an - 1)
147.65
22.90
55.81
15.31
K. setosa
male
2230
451
844
260
were made on temporary alcohol mounts. All others were made on slide-mounted
material. Leg measurements were made condyle to condyle. Color observations
were made through a dissecting microscope with direct light on specimens pre¬
served in 80% ethanol.
Abbreviations for measurements and body parts follow Mockford (1989) and
are defined as: length divided by width of basal bulge of cell R 5 of forewing (R 5
index) (Mockford & Wong 1969); length of third valvula, or external valve divided
by length of second valvula, or dorsal valve (ve/vd) (Badonnel 1986, fig. 64);
forewing length (FW); hind femur length (F); hind tibia length (T); length of first
and second hind tarsomeres (t l5 1 2 ); number of ctenidia, or comb-based setae on
first hind tarsomere (t, ct); least distance between compound eyes divided by the
transverse eye diameter (IO/d); length of first. . . fourth flagellomeres (fj . . . f 4 ).
Kaestneriella Roesler, 1943
Conspicuous wing ciliation is characteristic of the type species, K. pilosa Roesler.
Mockford & Wong (1969) modified the original diagnosis to include forms with
wing ciliation less conspicuous but which agree with the type in several other
seemingly important characters. In all species for which males were available to
us (all but K. pilosa Roesler and K. similis Badonnel) the distal process of the
phallosome is bent at an angle of 20-30°, so that a distal portion consisting of
one-third to slightly less than one-half the entire length of the process lies above
the basal portion. This character has not been reported previously for the genus.
It is absent in several species of Peripsocus which we have examined.
Kaestneriella fumosa and K. tenebrosa require no further modification of the
generic diagnosis. They are similar, and their distinction was made in part by
morphometric methods based entirely on females (the single male representing
K. tenebrosa is a tentative assignment which must be confirmed by additional
collecting). Females are probably completely separable on the basis of fore wing
length, but wing length in the Psocoptera is subject to enormous intraspecific
variation, especially in females. Although forewing length variation in these spe¬
cies is minor (Table 1), better distinction was required. If forewing length is plotted
1990
MOCKFORD & SULLIVAN: KAESTNERIELLA
283
Table 1. Extended.
^2
t,ct
IO/d
f,
U
U
U
148
18
0.83
350
281
247
231
133
18
346
257
124
19
0.96
318
243
215
180
127
21
0.70
398
301
266
227
131
14
3.72
249
191
180
122
12
2.85
231
181
166
132
144
16
3.81
290
220
190
156
135.3
13.5
3.25
265.4
201.3
175.0
145.0
7.09
1.27
20.23
11.72
7.77
10.00
145
14
1.48
351
268
236
182
129
3
3.40
201
156
134
121
156
17
5.31
264
208
176
150
143.5
9.7
4.02
229.6
176.6
158.3
135.9
7.68
5.12
19.49
15.85
14.38
11.12
120
16
0.84
253
192
189
155
against the subgenital plate indentation (Fig. 16, i), the resulting scattergrams (Fig.
2) (n = 10, each species) show complete separation. The trend of increasing
indentation size with increasing wing length is approximately the same in the two
species, but the indentation is much shallower in K. fumosa than in K. tenebrosa.
The clunial protrusion (Fig. 10, p, compare to Fig. 18) also affords partial sepa¬
ration of females, but there is much overlap. The species so assigned are largely,
but not completely, allopatric (Fig. 1).
These two species are similar to several other Kaestneriella with their forewing
ciliation short and sparse (more so in males than in females) and the phallosome
parallel-sided. They differ from all other Kaestneriella in that the principal en-
dophallic sclerites of the two sides are yoked together by a sclerotic band, and
each principal endophallic sclerite bears two blades with a rounded lobe between
them rather than three blades or a single hook-shaped structure.
Kaestneriella fumosa (Banks)
Peripsocus fumosus Banks 1903: 237.
Kaestneriella fumosa (Banks), Mockford & Wong 1969: 245.
Types. — Holotype female, southwestern Colorado (Oslar), in Museum of Com¬
parative Zoology, Cambridge, Massachusetts.
Male.— Measurements in Table 1. Color: Eyes black; ocellar interval dark brown; remainder of
head, antennae, and maxillary palpi dusky brown, paler around ocellar interval and between postclypeal
striations, labrum darker. Thorax dusky brown, paler between notal lobes, on large areas of pleura
below wing attachments, and on all femora. Forewing (Fig. 7) dusky red-brown, darker on pterostigma
except paler at base; a colorless spot before, behind, and just distad of R-M junction and on wing
margin distad of vein Cu la ; veins mostly dark brown. Hindwings unmarked, with pale dusky brown
wash. Preclunial abdominal segments each with a pale, diffuse purple-brown ring (subcuticular pigment)
covering most of segment but broadly interrupted ventrally; remainder of preclunial region colorless
in cuticle, with white underlying tissues showing through; clunium, epiproct, paraprocts, hypandrium,
and phallosome pale brown, becoming dark brown on heavily sclerotized edges. Structural characters:
R 5 index = 1.33-1.41 (x = 1.37, n = 3). Phallosome (Fig. 3) broad approximately parallel sided; pore¬
bearing parameres distinct basally, their tips extending to posterior edge of phallosome frame; pores
limited to distal half; apical beak of phallosome relatively long and narrow; distal one-third bent
284
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(4)
O both
Figure 1. Distribution of Kaestneriella fumosa (Banks) and K. tenebrosa n. sp.
approximately 30° to basal two-thirds. Endophallic sclerites (Fig. 4) two lateral groups joined together
anteriorly by broad ribbon-like sclerite; each lateral group consisting of basal blade joined to broad
lateral shaft bearing two rounded lobes on its median surface and terminating distally as a slightly
medially bent blade. Clunial margin before epiproct (Fig. 5) indented medially, 16-18 denticles in
marginal row, 9-10 smaller denticles in submarginal row (n = 4). Knobbed setae of paraproct long
and slender (Fig. 6).
Female. — Measurements in Table 1. Color: As male, but head largely pale tan with medium brown
spots on vertex bordering median ecdysial line, posterior head margin, and median edges of compound
eyes; rings of subcuticular pigment of abdomen darker; terminal abdominal segments more extensively
medium to dark brown. Forewings as Fig. 7. Structural characters: R 5 index = 1.21-1.35 (x = 1.28,
n = 3). Subgenital plate (Fig. 8) with small, darkly pigmented central area; arms broad medially
tapering to blunt ends; anterior indentation shallow; posterior process length approximately equalling
basal width, tapering to bilobed tip, lobes bearing two or three long and several short setae. Ovipositor
valvulae (Fig. 9): first valvula slender, slightly upturned at tip, distal one-third bearing numerous
minute spines; second valvula with numerous short articulated spines and four to seven long setae
along distal margin, wide unpigmented area bordering median margin near base; third valvula with
Fw L
285
1990 MOCKFORD & SULLIVAN: KAESTNERIELLA
Figure 2. Scattergram of forewing length (vertical axis, FwL) plotted against subgenital plate in¬
dentation (horizontal axis, S PI I) for two species of Kaestneriella. Regression lines fitted by Bartlett
method (Simpson et al. 1960). units = ixm.
21-24 marginal setae (n = 3,6 valvulae), ve/vd (Badonnel 1986) = 0.68-0.74 (n = 3). Clunial protrusion
(Fig. 10) moderate.
Diagnosis.—See key for diagnostic traits.
Remarks. —Note that the type locality “southwestern Colorado” although vague,
would appear to be at least 250 km outside the present distribution of the species,
as established by the above data. This observation has several possible expla¬
nations. First, the collector of the type erroneously recorded the locality of col¬
lection. Second, the species is present in southwestern Colorado, but was not
found in our sampling. Third, the range of the species has shifted southward
during the minimum of 82 years between collection of the type and most of our
sampling. Thorpe (1970) has indicated considerable doubt about some of the
286
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(4)
Figures 3-10. Structures of Kaestneriella fumosa. Figure 3. Phallosome of male. Figure 4. Endo-
phallus of male (scale of Fig. 5). Figure 5. Epiproct and posterior margin of clunium before epiproct
of male. Figure 6. Distal end of paraproct of male showing clubbed setae. Figure 7. Forewing of female.
Figure 8. Subgenital plate of female. Figure 9. Ovipositor valvulae of female. Figure 10. Epiproct and
posterior margin of clunium of female; p = clunial protrusion. Scales in mm.
1990
MOCKFORD & SULLIVAN: KAESTNERIELLA
287
collection localities of E. J. Oslar. Thus, the first possible explanation seems most
likely.
Material Examined.— (D. M. Sullivan collector unless otherwise indicated). ARIZONA. COCHISE
Co.: 6.4 km SW of Paradise, 1570 m, 7 Sep 1984, beating Pinus leiophylla chihuahuana Engelmann,
Juniperus deppeana Steudel, Cupressus arizonica Greene, Quercus arizonica Sargent, Acacia greggii
Gray, Vitis arizonica Engelmann, Salix sp., dead branches of Quercus sp. with hanging dead leaves,
5 males, 18 females; Portal, 6 Sep 1960, Quercus emoryi Torrey, H. F. Howden, 1 female; Chiricahua
Mts, 19.3 km NW of Rustler Park, U.S. Forest Service rd 142, 1829 m, 10 Sep 1984, beating general
vegetation, 4 females; Chiricahua Mts, Welch Seep, 1890 m, 8 Sep 1984, beating dead branches of
Quercus sp. with hanging dead leaves, 2 males, 4 females. GRAHAM Co.: Pinaleno Mts, hwy 366,
32.2 km W of Prison, 1859 m, 12 Aug 1985, beating Q. emoryi, Q. hypoleucodes Camus, 1 male, 3
nymphs; Pinaleno Mts, below Turkey Flat, 2195 m, 16 Aug 1985, beating Abies grandis (Douglas)
Lindley, Acer grandidentatum Nuttal, 2 males, 1 female, 3 nymphs; Pinaleno Mts, 20.9 km W of hwy
666 on hwy 366, 2210 m, 16 Aug 1985, beating Quercus rugosa Nye, 1 female, 2 nymphs. PIMA Co.:
ca. 64 km NE of Tucson, Santa Catalina Mts, 1631 m, 19 Aug 1985, beating Q. rugosa, C. arizonica,
4 males, 2 females, 16 nymphs; Santa Catalina Mts, General Hitchcock Campgd, 1829 m, 20 Aug
1985, beating/, deppeana, Quercus griseahiebmann, Juglans major (Torrey) Heller, 3 males, 3 females,
14 nymphs; Santa Catalina Mts, Rose Canyon Lake, ca. 48 km NE of Tucson, 2103 m, 21 Aug 1985,
beating Alnus oblongifolia Torrey, Q. hypoleucodes, 2 males, 3 females, 33 nymphs. SANTA CRUZ
Co.: hwy 289, 9.1 km NW of hwy 1-19, 23 Jul 1975, beating dead branches of Quercus sp., E. L.
Mockford, 1 female; Patagonia Mts, 24.1 km S of Patagonia, 27 Aug 1959, beating Quercus limbs,
G. H. Nelson, 1 female; Santa Rita Mts, Madera Canyon, 21 Aug 1959, on Quercus sp., G. H. Nelson,
1 female. NEW MEXICO. CATRON Co.: Continental Divide nr Elk Mountain, 2316 m, 19 Sep 1984,
beating J. deppeana, 1 female; jet hwy 28 and hwy 78, 2499 m, 19 Sep 1984, beating J. deppeana, 2
females; Negrito Creek at U.S. Forest Service rd 141, 2438 m, 16 Sep 1984, beating Q. emoryi, Q.
gambelii Nuttal, J. deppeana, 1 male, 7 females; jet hwy 180 and hwy 12, 1951 m, 15 Sep 1984,
beating Q. emoryi, 1 female; 48 km SW of Reserve, Pueblo Park Campgd, Gila Nat’l Forest, 1905
m, 8 August 1985, beating Q. chrysolepis Liebmann, 1 female. LINCOLN Co.: Capitan Gap rd 56,
9-10.5 km N of hwy 380, 2134-2286 m, 11 Aug 1983, beating Quercus turbinella Greene, Pinus
ponderosa Lawson, Pinus cembroides Zuccarini, E. L. Mockford and J. M. Sullivan, 1 male, 6 females;
Capitan Mts, 2195 m, 2 Sep 1984, beating P. cembroides, Q. emoryi, Q. grisea, 4 males, 7 females,
10 nymphs; Capitan Mtn, 2164 m, 3 Sep-19 Oct 1984, beating P. cembroides, J. deppeana, 2 males,
2 females; 24 km NE of Capitan Town, 2134 m, 11 Aug 1983, beating P. cembroides, Quercus sp, 1
male, 4 females; Rio Hondo Crk, 8 km NE of Capitan Town, 1951 m, 5 Sep 1984, beating dead
hanging leaves of perennial plant, 1 male. TORRANCE Co.: Manzano Mts, Red Canyon Campgd,
2438 m, beating Abies concolor Lindley, Robinia neomexicana Gray, E. L. Mockford and D. M.
Sullivan, 3 females.
Kaestneriella tenebrosa Mockford & Sullivan, NEW SPECIES
Types. — Holotype female. COLORADO. TELLER Co.: ca. 32 km S of Victor,
2499 m, 9 Sep 1985, beating P. ponderosa. Paratypes: 8 females, same data as
holotype, 4 females same locality and date as holotype, beating A. concolor.
Male. —Measurements in Table 1. Color: Head as K. fumosa except: diffuse medium brown spots
along median eedysial line and bordering eyes medially; paler cream tan between spots, around ocellar
interval and between postclypeal striations. Body, wings as K. fumosa. Structural Characters: R 5 index
= 1.29 (n = 1). Phallosome (Fig. 11, distorted in mounting) as K. fumosa-, tips of pore-bearing parameres
bent forward, pores visible on reflexed portion; apical beak with portion basal to bend relatively short,
rounded. Endophallic sclerites (Fig. 12) as K. fumosa but basal ribbon-like sclerite more slender, longer
transversely. Clunial margin before epiproct (Fig. 13) indented medially, 16 small denticles in marginal
row, two minute denticles submarginally (n = 1). Knobbed setae long, slender, knobs only slightly
developed (Fig. 14).
Female. — Measurements in Table 1. Color: As K. fumosa except wings brighter red-brown; abdom¬
inal pigment rings darker, not interrupted ventrally in basal half of abdomen on darker individuals.
Forewing as Fig. 15. Structural Characters: R 5 index = 1.19-1.27 (x = 1.24, n = 3). Subgenital plate
(Fig. 16) with small, darkly pigmented central area, arms relatively broad medially, tapering usually
288
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(4)
Figures 11-22. Structures of Kaestneriella tenebrosa and K. setosa. Figure 11 . K. tenebrosa, phal-
losome of male. Figure 12. K. tenebrosa, endophallus of male (complete sclerites of right side, right
half of basal connecting piece, left distal prong). Figure 13. K. tenebrosa, posterior margin of clunium
before epiproct of male (scale of Fig. 12). Figure 14. K. tenebrosa, distal end of paraproct of male
showing clubbed setae. Figure 15. K. tenebrosa, forewing of female. Figure 16. K. tenebrosa, subgenital
plate of female; i = indentation. Figure 17. A', tenebrosa, ovipositor valvulae of female. Figure 18. AT.
tenebrosa, epiproct and posterior edge of clunium of female. Figure 19. K. setosa, phallosome of male
(scale of Fig. 11). Figure 20. K. setosa, right endophallic sclerites of male (scale of Fig. 12). Figure 21.
1990
MOCKFORD & SULLIVAN: KAESTNERIELLA
289
to slender tips laterally; median indentation deep; distal process as K.fumosa but tapering only slightly
distally. Ovipositor valvulae (Fig. 17) as K. fumosa. but basal marginal unpigmented area of v 2 less
broad, ve/vd = 0.65-0.70 (n = 3). Clunial protrusion (Fig. 18) slight.
Diagnosis.—Sec key for diagnostic traits.
Material Examined.— ARIZONA. COCHISE Co.: ca. 6.4 km SW of Paradise, 1600 m, 8 Sep 1984,
beating Arctostaphylos patula Greene, 1 female. COLORADO. MINERAL Co.: ca. 32 km NE of
Pagosa Springs, 2469 m, 19 Aug 1983, beating Pseudotsuga taxifolia Britton, 1 male (?). NEW MEXI¬
CO. CATRON Co.: ca. 16 km SE of Reserve, U.S. Forest Service rd 141, 2195 m, 15 Sep 1984,
beating P. ponderosa, 1 female; ca. 32 km E of Alpine, hwy 180, 2195 m, 15 Sep 1984, beating P.
ponderosa, 1 female; Continental Divide nr Elk Mountain, 2316 m, 19 Sep 1984, beating/, deppeana,
1 female; Negrito Crk and U.S. Forest Service rd 141, 2286 m, 17 Sep 1984, beating live branch tips
of Pice a englemannii Parry, 1 female. VALENCIA Co.: Lobo Cyn Cibola Nat’l Forest, 2316 m, 23
Sep 1984, beating P. ponderosa, 1 female.
Kaestneriella setosa Mockford & Wong
Kaestneriella setosa Mockford & Wong (1969: 243).
The male reported by Mockford & Wong (1969) as this species is a distinct
undescribed species. Two males of another species collected in the same area (nr
Tuxtlas, southern Veracruz) are more probably K. setosa, based on: (1) one of the
present males was collected with females of K. setosa, (2) they are of similar color
and size with female K. setosa (the male reported was teneral so color comparison
could not be made), (3) the previously assigned male has only a single seta on the
anal cell of the forewing posterior margin and one male of the present species has
five (a condition closer to the possible 11-19 of female K. setosa ).
Genitalic features of the male now assigned to K. setosa are shown in Figs. 20-
22, and measurements are in Table 1.
The record of K. setosa from Sinaloa (Mockford & Wong 1969: fig. 57, north¬
ernmost record) is erroneous; Badonnel (1986) correctly noted it represents K.
similis Badonnel. The record of that species from El Tuito, Jalisco, attributed by
Badonnel to Mockford & Wong (1969) was made in 1980 and does not appear
on Mockford & Wong’s map.
New Records. — MEXICO. VERACRUZ: 10.4 km NW of Santiago Tuxtla on rd to El Vigia, 13 Jul
1973, beating broad-leaf trees, J. R. Taber, 1 male; 20.7 km NE of San Andres Tuxtla on rd to Cerro
San Martin, 14 Jul 1973, beating shrubs and log, J. R. Taber, 1 male, 3 females.
Key to Species of Kaestneriella
This key modifies that of Mockford & Wong (1969), including new forms and
correcting an error in couplet 8; see Mockford & Wong (1969) for illustrations in
couplets.
1. Forewing ciliation consisting of minute sparse setae on veins, anterior
margin, and surface of pterostigma; marginal setae visible only
above 70 x; large setae, if any, limited to veins R and part of
forming posterior margin of pterostigma. 7
K. setosa, epiproct and posterior margin of clunium in middle of male (scale of Fig. 12). Figure 22.
K. setosa, distal end of paraproct of male showing clubbed setae (scale of Fig. 14). Scales in mm.
Vol. 66(4)
290
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Forewing ciliation as above but consisting of abundant setae readily
visible at 70 x . 2
2(1). Postclypeus marked with a conspicuous pair of large spots formed by
the striations . K. maculosa Mockford & Wong
Postcylpeus with no conspicuous markings. 3
3(2). Small species, forewings 2.0-2.8 mm; relatively slight sexual dimor¬
phism in wing length (extent unknown for K. pilosa Roesler). 4
Larger species, male forewing approximately 4.0 mm; marked sexual
dimorphism in wing length, wings of female extending only to
seventh abdominal segment at rest (known only above 2800 m,
Guatemala). K. guatemalensis Mockford & Wong
4(3). Forewing 1.57-2.28 mm (El Salvador, north to southern Mexico and
Pacific lowlands north to Sinaloa). 6
Forewing approximately 2.5-2.8 mm. 5
5(4). Principal endophallic sclerites a pair of stout hook-shaped structures
(Roesler 1943: fig. 13); male forewing approximately 2.5 mm (Costa
Rica) . K. pilosa Roesler
Principal endophallic sclerites a complex pair of structures: elongate,
slender process attached basally to stouter process bearing 3 blades;
male forewing approximately 2.5 mm, that of female 2.4 mm (Ec¬
uador) . K. ecuatoriana Garcia Aldrete
6(4). Setae absent on hind margin of anal cell on forewing (Pacific lowlands
of Mexico from Jalisco to Sinaloa) .... K. similis Badonnel (female)
Hind margin of anal cell in forewing with 5-19 setae (El Salvador,
north to Tuxtlas, southern Veracruz) .
. K. setosa Mockford & Wong (both sexes)
7(1). Major endophallic sclerites (male) a simple pair of hook-shaped struc¬
tures with a small, rounded sclerite lateral to base of each hook
(Mockford & Wong 1969; figs. 14, 17, 21); dark central region of
subgenital plate (female) diffuse, conspicuously constricted medi¬
ally, or divided in two . 8
- Major endophallic sclerites two or three pairs of prongs; dark central
region of subgenital plate entire or very slightly constricted medially
.. 11
8(7). Distinct pair of large spots on clypeus present, formed by striations
. K. minor Mockford & Wong
Clypeus lacking distinct marks. 9
9(8). Forewing of both sexes uniformly tawny brown on distal one-third;
forewing of male <2.10 mm long . 10
- Female forewing darker in cells Rj-R 3 , Mj-M 3 but male as above;
forewing of male > 2.78 mm long .. . K. obscura Mockford & Wong
10(9). Inconspicuous forewing ciliation (both sexes); arm of each major en¬
dophallic sclerite acuminate distally with broadly attached median
lobe (male) (Mockford & Wong 1969: fig. 17) .
. K. pacifica Mockford & Wong
Males (females keyed in couplet 6); setae short but numerous on veins
R and R, of forewing including posterior margin of pterostigma;
arm of each major endophallic sclerite blunt distally, with narrow
1990
MOCKFORD & SULLIVAN: KAESTNERI ELLA
291
attachment of median lobe (Badonnel 1986: fig. 61).
. K. similis Badonnel (male)
11(7). Each major endophallic sclerite with three pointed prongs (Mockford
& Wong 1969: figs. 26, 29). 12
- Middle “prong” of each major endophallic sclerite a rounded lobe 13
12(11). Middle prong of each major endophallic sclerite shorter and stouter
than basal prong (Mockford & Wong 1969: fig. 29); a distinct dark
spot just distad of colorless spot in base of cell R 5 of forewing ..
. K. occidentalis Mockford & Wong
- Middle prong of each major endophallic sclerite long and slender,
differing little from basal prong (Mockford & Wong 1969: fig. 26);
region just distad of colorless spot in base of cell R 5 concolorous
with surrounding tawny membrane K. mexicana Mockford & Wong
13(11). Female forewing length 1.99-1.52 mm; median indentation of pig¬
mented area of subgenital plate relatively deep (fig. 16). Eyes of
(presumed) male relatively small (IO/d = 1.48).
. K. tenebrosa NEW SPECIES
Female forewing length >2.52 mm; median indentation of pigmented
area of subgenital plate relatively shallow (Fig. 8). Eyes of male
relatively large (IO/d = 0.70-0.96 . K. fumosa (Banks)
Acknowledgment
We thank: S. R. Shaw (Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mas¬
sachusetts) and J. E. H. Martin (Canadian National Collection, Ottawa, Ontario)
for arranging the loan of specimens; J. K. Bouseman (Illinois Natural History
Survey, Champaign) for discussion and reference to Thorpe (1970); the Illinois
Field Entomologists Club and the Illinois State University Chapter of Phi Sigma
for grants covering DMS’s field work in part.
Literature Cited
Badonnel, A. 1986. Psocopteres (Insecta) de la bordure pacifique de l’Etat de Jalisco, Mexique. Revue
Suisse Zool., 93: 693-723.
Banks, N. 1903. Some new Neuropteroid insects. J. N.Y. Entomol. Soc., 11: 236-243.
Garcia Aldrete, A. N. 1989. Description de una especie nueva de Kaestneriella (Psocoptera: Per-
ipsocidae) de Ecuador. Anales Inst. Biol. Univ. Nal. Auton. Mexico, Ser. Zool., 59: 53-58.
Mockford, E. L. 1989. Xanthocaecilius (Psocoptera: Caeciliidae), a new genus from the Western
Hemisphere: I. description, species complexes, and species of the quillayute and granulosus
complexes. Trans. Am. Entomol. Soc., 114: 265-294.
Mockford, E. L. & S. K. Wong. 1969. The genus Kaestneriella (Psocoptera: Peripsocidae). J. N.Y.
Entomol. Soc., 77: 221-249.
Roesler, R. 1943. Uber einige Copeognathengenera. Stett. Entomol. Zeit, 104: 1-14.
Simpson, G. G., A. Roe, & R. C. Lewontin. 1960. Quantitative Zoology (Revised ed.). Harcourt,
Brace, New York.
Thorpe, R. 1970. The type locality of Bombus franklini and notes on putative Arizona records of
other Bombini. Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 46: 177-180.
Received 14 July 1989; accepted 24 September 1990.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66(4): 292-300, (1990)
THREE NEW SPECIES OF INDO-PACIFIC COLPURINI
(HEMIPTERA: HETEROPTERA: COREIDAE)
Harry Brailovsky
Departamento de Zoologia, Instituto de Biologia,
Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico, Apdo Postal 70153,
Mexico 04510 D.F., Mexico
Abstract .—Hygia ( Trichocolpura ) blotei NEW SPECIES, from Sumatra, and Sciophyrus striatus
NEW SPECIES and Sciophyrus trifurcatus NEW SPECIES, from New Guinea, are described in
the tribe Colpurini (Coreidae). Dorsal view illustrations and drawings of the male and female
genitalia are provided.
Key Words.— Insecta, Hemiptera, Heteroptera, Coreidae, Sumatra, New Guinea
The Sumatran and New Guinean fauna of the tribe Colpurini (Coreidae) is very
large and diverse. For the most part it consists of species adapted to forest edge
and forest habitats although there has been radiation into many other ecological
niches. These are usually black or dark colored insects and one of the striking
features of the group is the great diversity in male genital capsule and female
genital plates. Unfortunately, we know very little about the habits of these insects
and nothing of the possible adaptive significance of the variety of male and female
external genitalic shapes in a group that is otherwise quite similar. Three new
species are described here as part of ongoing studies relating to the Indo-Pacific
Colpurini.
The following abbreviations are used for the institutions where the types are
deposited: Bernice P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu, Hawaii (BPBM); British Mu¬
seum (Natural History), London (BMNH); Coleccion Entomologica del Instituto
de Biologia Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico (IBUNAM); Rijksmu-
seum Van Naturlijke Histoire, Leiden, Netherlands (RNHL).
Hygia (Trichocolpura) blotei Brailovsky, NEW SPECIES
(Fig. 1)
Type.— Holotype: male; data: SUMATRA. Col. Muller (deposited RNHL).
Description. —Male (holotype): Body medium sized, oblong, conspicuously hairy, with surface dull,
not shining. Head: Subquadrate, rather elongate, dorsally convex; tylus and juga prominent, unarmed;
preocellar pits deep; side of head in front of eye subparallel; vertex much wider than dorsal width of
one eye; postocular tubercles strongly prominent; antenniferous tubercles relatively large, unarmed;
antennae slender, segment I curved, II—III terete and IV fusiform; bucculae rounded with short teeth
near anterior half; rostral segments I—III long (segment IV missing). Pronotum: Trapeziform, declivent,
wider than long; collar distinct; anterolateral angles broadly rounded, not prominent; lateral margins
weakly concave to sinuate; humeral angles rounded, only very slightly produced laterally; callar region
transversely convex, entire. Scutellum: Triangular, flat, with apex acute. Legs: Fore and middle femora
unarmed; posterior femora armed with a small tooth distally on ventral surface; tibiae with dorsal
sulci wholly obsolete. Abdomen: Abdominal sterna III-VI shallowly sulcate along midline. Male genital
capsule conspicuously concave on posterior margin with lateral angles extended into short winglike
processes (Fig. 4). Erect and suberect bristlelike pubescence on head, antennae, rostrum, pronotum,
scutellum, pleura, thoracic and abdominal sterna, clavi, coria, laterotergites and exposed parts of
genital segments. Circular grey-white, farinose punctures on head, pronotum, scutellum, pleura, ab-
1990
BRAILOVSKY: NEW SPECIES OF COREIDAE
293
Figure 1. Dorsal view of Hygia ( Trichocolpura) blotei Brailovsky new species.
dominal sterna, clavi and coria. Coloration: Dark brown; clavus and corium redder than rest of body;
antennal segment I dark brown; segments II—III dark brown with bases yellow; IV creamy white with
base dark brown; dorsal aspect of postocular tubercle, anterior half of bucculae, rostrum, apex of
scutellum and a spot on corium near to middle of distal margin yellow; pronotum with posterior
margin and a short longitudinal stripe on middle dirty yellow; hemelytral membrane dirty yellow with
veins dark brown; posterolateral angles of metathorax with a yellow spot; each lateroterguite of sternal
segments III to VII with a yellow spot at the anterolateral and posterolateral angles; coxae dark brown;
trochanters yellow; femora yellow, with apical third, three or four incomplete rings, and few scattered
spots dark brown; tibiae dark brown with two large yellow rings; tarsi dark brown-red with diffuse
yellow markings. Measurements: Head length: 1.88 mm; interocellar space: 0.47 mm; interocular
294
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(4)
Figures 2, 3. Head and pronotum in dorsal view. Figure 2. Sciophyrus rugulosus Blote. Figure 3.
Sciophyrus striatus Brailovsky new species.
1990
BRAILOVSKY: NEW SPECIES OF COREIDAE
295
Figures 4-7. Figures 4, 5. Frontal view of the male genital capsule of Hygia ( Trichocolpura ) spp.
Figure 4. H. (77) blotei Brailovsky new species. Figure 5. H. (77) schultheissi (Breddin). Figures 6, 7.
Male genital capsule of Sciophyrus trifurcatus Brailovsky new species. Figure 6. Lateral view. Figure
7. Frontal view.
space: 1.00 mm; width across eyes: 1.64 mm; length antennal segments: I, 2.16 mm; II, 3.12 mm;
III, 1.84 mm; IV, 1.86 mm. Pronotal length: 2.04 mm; width across frontal angles: 1.32 mm; width
across humeral angles: 3.60 mm. Scutellar length: 1.68 mm; width: 1.60 mm. Total body length:
11.23 mm.
Female. — Unknown.
Diagnosis. — This handsome species is similar in color and general habitus to
H. (T.) schultheissi Breddin, but differs in having: a bicolorous bucculae, the
anterolateral angles of the sternal segments III to VII yellow, the body more robust,
the pronotum larger and wider, and rostral segment II shorter. In H. ( T .) schul¬
theissi the bucculae are unicolorous and the anterolateral angles of sternal segments
III to VII dark brown. Also in H. ( T .) blotei, the posterior margin of the male
genital capsule is conspicuously concave and the lateral angles are extended into
short winglike processes (Fig. 4), whereas in H. ( T .) schultheissi the genital capsule
has a short median projection and lacks lateral processes (Fig. 5). The only other
species included in this subgenus H.{T.) cliens Dolling, has all the femora armed
with two rows of ventral teeth and the posterior margin of male genital capsule
entire (Maschwitz et al. 1987). On the previous two species the femora are unarmed
or have only small teeth on the posterior femora.
296
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(4)
Figures 8-13. Female genital plates of Sciophyrus spp. Figures 8, 9. S. rugulosus Blote. Figure 8.
Lateral view. Figure 9. Frontal view. Figures 10, 11. S. striatus Brailovsky new species. Figure 10.
Lateral view. Figure 11. Frontal view. Figures 12, 13. S. trifurcatus Brailovsky new species. Figure
12. Lateral view. Figure 13. Frontal view.
1990
BRAILOVSKY: NEW SPECIES OF COREIDAE
297
Remarks. — The only known specimen of this new species was previously iden¬
tified by the late H. C. Blote (1936:43) as Hygia (Trichocolpura) schultheissi.
Etymology. —Named for the late H. C. Blote, in recognition of his many fun¬
damental contributions to hemipteran systematics.
Scjophyrus striatus Brailovsky, NEW SPECIES
(Fig. 14)
Types. — Holotype: female; data: NEW GUINEA (NE). 13 km SE of Okapa
(1650-1870 m), 26 Aug 1964, J. & M. Sedlacek (deposited BPBM). Paratype: 1
female; data: NEW GUINEA (NE). Okapa Purosa (1700-2000 m), 18 Jan 1966,
J. Sedlacek (deposited IBUNAM).
Description.—Female (holotype): Medium size, relatively robust. Head: Eyes small, prominent;
ocelli small placed beneath eyes, at level of middle third of posterior tubercle; preocellar pits deep;
tylus and genae without prominent teeth; antenniferous tubercles unarmed; rostrum reaching middle
of sternal segment V and with rostral segment I reaching anterior margin of prostemum. Pronotum:
Middle and posterior lobule, abruptly striate and irregularly punctate, the punctures of large diameter;
anterior lobule with small diameter punctures never connected by transversely striations; frontal angles
produced forward as conical teeth; anterolateral border obliquely straight; humeral angles rounded,
not exposed, in lateral view feebly convex; posterolateral border obliquely straight; posterior border
straight (Fig. 3). Legs: All femora with two rows of small subdistal teeth; tibiae terete, sulcate and
unarmed. Scutellum: Triangular, conspicuously striate, with few punctures; apex large and acute.
Hemelytra: Submacropterous, reaching anterior margin of abdominal segment VI; clavus and corium
not clearly differentiated, their surfaces with medium or large punctures, arranged in rows without
transverse striation; membrane well developed. Genital plates: Relatively short, with an antero-pos-
terior oblique direction and with the external face entire, feebly convex (Figs. 10-11). Dorsal coloration:
Bright brown-red, with following areas bright yellow-ochre: a short longitudinal band running between
eye and ocelli up to the posterior border of neck, irregular spots on middle third of the pronotal disc
and apex of scutellum; antennal segment I dark orange-red, segments II and III pale orange red with
base of segment III pale yellow (segment IV absent); hemelytral membrane pale brown with veins
slightly obscured; abdominal terga I to V pale orange-red, VI to VII dark orange-red. Ventral coloration:
Bright brown-red with following areas bright yellow-ochre: a small spot located near ventral area of
eye, a larger spot expanded on mesopleura and metapleura and a small series of spots scattered on
prothorax and abdominal sterna III to VII; rostral segments orange hazel; coxae, trochanters and
femora bright red, only posterior femora with a yellow ring; tibiae pale orange with two somewhat
diffused yellow rings; tarsi pale orange; anterior lobule of the metathoracic scent gland red, the posterior
lobule black with apex bright red; genital plates dark brown-red. Measurements: Head length: 2.08
mm; interocellar space: 0.64 mm; interocular space: 1.04 mm; width across eyes: 1.88 mm; length
antennal segments: I, 2.16 mm; II, 2.72 mm; III, 1.80 mm; IV, absent. Pronotal length: 2.36 mm;
width across frontal angles: 1.76 mm; width across humeral angles: 4.12 mm. Scutellar length: 2.40
mm; width: 1.88 mm. Total body length: 13.90 mm.
Male. — Unknown.
Diagnosis.— Like S. rugulosus Blote, this is a submacropterous species, with
the hemelytra not extending beyond the anterior margin of the abdominal segment
VI. In S. striatus, the frontal angles of the pronotum are produced forward as
large and conical teeth, the humeral angles are entirely bright brown-red and the
genital plates of the female are shorter, oblique, with an antero-posterior direction
and with the external face entire and feebly convex (Figs. 3, 10-11). In S. rugulosus
the frontal angles of the pronotum are shorter, the humeral angles bright brown-
red with the external margin yellow-ochre and the genital plates are conspicuously
enlarged dorso-ventrally and in lateral view the external face has two convexities
(Figs. 2, 8-9).
298
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(4)
Figures 14, 15. Dorsal view of Sciophyrus spp. Figure 14. S. striatus Brailovsky new species. Figure
15. S. trifurcatus Brailovsky new species.
Etymology .—The taxon name is based in the remarkable transversal striation
of the pronotal disc.
Sciophyrus trifurcatus Brailovsky, NEW SPECIES
(Fig. 15)
Types. — Holotype: male; data: NEW GUINEA. Mt. Missim (2100 m), 15 Mar
1968, P. Colman (deposited: BPBM). Paratypes: 3 males, 1 female; data: NEW
GUINEA. Mt. Missim (1500-2000 m), 15-21 Apr 1968, J. Sedlacek, 1 male
(deposited BPBM); (NE) Wau Morobe District (2500 m), 28 Dec 1961, J. & M.
Sedlacek, G. Monteith and native, 1 male (deposited BPBM); (NE) Wau Edie Ck
(2000-2150 m), 6 Apr 1965, J. & M. Sedlacek, 1 male (deposited IBUNAM);
Neth. Ind. Amer. New Guinea Exp. Lower Mist Camp (1400 m), 2 Feb 1939,
L. J. Toxopeus, 1 female (deposited RNHL).
Description. —Male (holotype): Large, elongate. Head: Eyes small, prominent; ocelli with large di¬
ameter and based on an hypothetic line, the superior margin hardly in contact with eyes; tylus and
genae without prominent teeth; antenniferous tubercles unarmed; rostrum reaching posterior border
of sternal segment V, rostral segment I reaching anterior margin of prostemum. Pronotum: Surface
densely punctate, inconspicuously striate transversely; frontal angles produced forward as a large,
conical tooth; anterolateral border not emarginate, obliquely straight; humeral angles rounded, not
exposed, in lateral view feebly convex; posterolateral border sinuate; posterior border straight. Legs:
All femora with dorsal surface smooth, ventrally armed, with two rows of small subdistal teeth; tibiae
terete, sulcate, unarmed. Scutellum: Triangular, flat, with large, acute apex. Hemelytra: Macropterous,
reaching posterior margin of the abdominal segment VII; apical endocorium with few scattered punc-
1990
BRAILOVSKY: NEW SPECIES OF COREIDAE
299
tures. Abdomen: Male genital capsule with posterior margin trifurcated, lateral arms large, robust,
apically bifurcated, central arm short and bifid (Figs. 6, 7). Dorsal coloration: Head brown-red, tylus
orange-brown; punctures, rugosities and postocular tubercles black; space from between eye and ocellus
up to posterior border of neck yellow; antennal segments I to III dark orange to red, base of segment
III pale yellow; segment IV pale yellow with base orange to red; pronotum, scutellum, clavus and
corium bright orange hazel, with the following areas yellow-ochre: apex of scutellum, and few scattered
spots on anterior and middle lobule of pronotal disc; humeral angles with a short yellow-ochre band;
hemelytral membrane amber, veins slightly obscured; connexival segments pale brown to orange-red
with posterior margin pale yellow; abdominal terga pale orange-red. Ventral coloration: Head bright
brown-orange to red, punctures and rugosities black: rostral segments I to III dark orange hazel, IV
somewhat paler; thorax and abdomen bright brown to orange hazel, some scattered ochre spots on
abdominal sterna III to IV; prostemum, mesosternum, metastemum and sternum VII dark orange
with extensive black spots; pleural margins of the abdomen dark orange, posterior margin pale yellow
ochre; coxae, trochanters and femora bright orange to red; tibiae pale orange with one pale yellow
ring (absent on posterior tibiae); tarsi pale orange. Measurements: Head length: 2.12 mm; interocellar
space: 0.48 mm; interocular space: 1.04 mm; width across eyes: 1.84 mm; length antennal segments:
I, 2.20 mm; II, 2.92 mm; III, 1.88 mm; IV, 2.04 mm. Pronotal length: 2.88 mm; width across frontal
angles: 1.72 mm; width across humeral angles: 4.96 mm. Scutellar length: 2.64 mm; width: 2.48 mm.
Total body length: 14.70 mm.
Female (paratyp e).—Hemelytra: Macropterous, reaching posterior margin of abdominal segment
VIII. Genital plates: Relatively short, oblique, with an antero-posterior enlargement; external face
entire, feebly convex (Figs. 12-13). Measurements: Head length: 2.16 mm; interocellar space: 0.50
mm; interocular space: 1.08 mm; width across eyes: 1.90 mm; length antennal segments: I, 2.20 mm;
II, 2.88 mm; III, 1.91 mm; IV, 1.88 mm. Pronotal length: 3.08 mm; width across frontal angles: 1.76
mm; width across humeral angles: 5.20 mm. Scutellar length: 2.45 mm; width: 2.24 mm. Total body
length: 15.18 mm.
Diagnosis. — This is a very distinctive species of Sciophyrus. It is large and can
be recognized by the trifurcated posterior border of the male genitalia capsule,
with the lateral arms large, robust and apically bifurcate and the central arm short
and bifid (Figs. 6, 7). In addition the genital plates of the female are relatively
short, with an antero-posterior enlargement and with the external face entire and
feebly convex (Figs. 12, 13). The non-emarginate and obliquely straight antero¬
lateral border of the pronotum, as well as the frontal angles produced as large and
conical teeth, are characteristic of S. trifurcatus.
Variation.— The following variation in the general coloration of the body is
present in the type series: head to totally black, tibiae anterior and middle with
or without pale yellow ring, connexival segments and pleural margins of the
abdomen pale yellow or pale brown to orange red and with the posterior margin
unicolorous or with a pale yellow contrast area.
Etymology. — The taxon name is based on the trifurcated posterior border of
the male genital capsule.
Acknowledgment
I am indebted to the following individuals and institutions for the loan of
specimens and other assistance relevant to this study: Gordon M. Nishida (Bernice
P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu); W. R. Dolling (British Museum [Natural History],
London); and Jan Van Tol (Rijksmuseum Van Naturlijke Histoire, Leiden); Biol.
Ernesto Barrera for the preparation of the dorsal view illustrations, and Dra.
Patricia Davila for assistance with the manuscript (both of the Instituto de Biolo-
gia, Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico). Special thanks are extended to
Direccion General del Personal Academico de la Universidad Nacional Autonoma
300
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(4)
de Mexico (DGAPA) and to the Consejo Nacional de Ciencia y Tecnologia,
Mexico (CONACyT) for financial assistance.
Literature Cited
Blote, H. C. 1936. Catalogue of the Coreidae in the Rijksmuseum van Naturlijke Histoire. Part
III. Coreinae (second part). Zool. Meded., 19: 23-66.
Maschwitz, U., B. Fiala & W. R. Dolling. 1987. New trophobiotic symbioses of ants with South
Asian Bugs. J. Nat. Hist., 21: 1097-1107.
Received 6 February 1990; accepted 15 September 1990.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66(4): 301-306, (1990)
NEW WINTER STONEFLIES (PLECOPTERA: CAPNIIDAE)
FROM THE COAST RANGE OF CALIFORNIA
C. Riley Nelson 1 and Richard W. Baumann 2
department of Zoology and Brackenridge Field Laboratory,
University of Texas, Austin, Texas 78712
2 M. L. Bean Museum and Department of Zoology,
Brigham Young University, Provo, Utah 84602
Abstract.— Two species of phylogenetic importance are named from the Coast Range of Cali¬
fornia: Capnia fialai NEW SPECIES and Mesocapnia bulbosa NEW SPECIES. Descriptions,
diagnoses, illustrations, and modifications of existing keys are presented. The phylogenetic re¬
lationships of these species in their respective genera are given.
Key Words.— Insecta, Plecoptera, Capniidae, Capnia fialai, Mesocapnia bulbosa, California,
aquatic insects
After completion of our revision of Capnia (Nelson & Baumann 1989) we saw
an unusual series of capniids collected by Gene and Lola Fiala. Additionally, we
collected the species of Mesocapnia described herein. We were amazed to see a
radically different species from western North America after viewing more than
20,000 specimens of Capnia. The Mesocapnia are also unique and readily dis¬
cernible as new. Following are descriptions and comments on these; measurements
and morphological interpretations follow Nelson & Baumann (1987, 1989).
Abbreviations.— We use the following abbreviations for specimen deposition:
(BYU), the Monte L. Bean Life Science Museum, Brigham Young University;
(CAS), the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco; (USNM), Smithsonian
Institution, U.S. National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C.
Capnia fialai Nelson & Baumann, NEW SPECIES
(Figs. 1-3, 8)
Types. — Male holotype and female allotype, Data: CALIFORNIA. HUM¬
BOLDT Co.: stream 1 km E of Cedar Creek crossing hwy 299 (milemarker 31.5),
21 Mar 1988, G. R. Fiala. Holotype and allotype deposited at CAS; paratype,
same data as holotype, 1 female, deposited at BYU.
Description.— Male. — Body length 6.0 mm; wings: apterous; body and appendages black, interseg-
mental membranes white; paired tergal knobs present on abdominal segments five through seven,
increasing in size posteriorly, knobs on segments six and seven with acute apices, apices directed
slightly posterior to a plane perpendicular to the long axis of the abdomen (lateral view, Fig. 1); terga
eight and nine nearly divided by medial membranous areas (Fig. 2), division incomplete because of
narrow bridge on anterior margin of both segments; epiproct recurved over abdomen, reaching to
midlength of abdominal segment eight (Fig. 1); epiproct (lateral aspect): length 0.72 mm, greatest
width 0.18 mm, narrow neck, greatest bulb depth approximately 3 x narrowest neck width with greatest
depth expansion at area one-third distance from neck to apex; tip long (one-half epiproct length) and
shallow (one-half neck depth) with dorsomedial membranous area apparent even in lateral view (Fig.
1); epiproct (Fig. 2) (dorsal aspect) with narrow neck expanded laterally to form bulb 3x narrowest
neck width at greatest extent, narrowing into tip which is slightly narrower than neck.
Female.—Body length 6.8 mm; wings: apterous; body and appendages black; subgenital plate with
medial excavation on posterior margin one-third width of segment and one-third length of sternum
302
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(4)
Figures 1-3. Capnia fialai. Figure 1. Lateral view male terminalia. Figure 2. Dorsal view male
terminalia. Figure 3. Ventral view female terminalia.
eight, margin of excavation with in-folded lip of light colored sclerotization, internal sclerotization of
vagina scarcely visible through subgenital plate (Fig. 3); sterna seven and eight joined medially for
one-third width of segments (approximately width of excavated area of subgenital plate) but actual
juncture not visible because heavily sclerotized posterior margin of sternum seven overlaps base of
sternum eight.
Diagnosis. — Within Capnia, the males of this species may be diagnosed using
the following key modified from the species group key in Nelson & Baumann
(1989:292).
4(1). Male abdominal terga bearing three pairs of knobs, either on segments
six to eight or on five to seven (Figs. 1, 2; Nelson & Baumann 1989:
figs. 153, 154) . 4a
Male terga with fewer knobs (may be absent), never on all three listed
segments (Nelson & Baumann 1989: figs. 14, 26, 66, 70) . 5
4a(4). Paired tergal knobs on segments six to eight. sextuberculata Jewett
Paired tergal knobs on segments five to seven (Figs. 1,2) .
. fialai NEW SPECIES
Males of C. fialai superficially resemble some species in the nana group in
having shortened wings, a laterally expanded epiproct, and an elongate epiproct
1990
NELSON & BAUMANN: NEW WINTER STONEFLIES
303
tip. No species of this group share this particular combination of characters.
Additionally, no members of the nana group have three pairs of tergal knobs.
Females of C. fialai share a medially excavated subgenital plate with C. cheama
Ricker, C. confusa Claassen, and C. teresa Claassen. None of these species has
the posterior margin of sternum seven joined to and overlapping sternum eight.
Sternum seven of C. confusa is joined to sternum eight in a much narrower medial
bridge than in C. fialai but this does not overlap the anterior margin of sternum
eight. The female of C. fialai would run to the vernalis group in couplet 14 of
Nelson & Baumann’s key (1989). It differs from members of this group in having
a broad overlapping junction of sterna seven and eight.
Etymology. — This species is named for Gene Fiala of Gresham, Oregon, who
caught the only known specimens.
Taxonomic placement. — This species does not fit well into any of the presently
defined species groups (Nelson & Baumann 1989). The basis for its inclusion in
Capnia is the general shape of the epiproct and subgenital plate, showing simi¬
larities to C. melia, C. nana, and C. sextuberculata. It could be alternatively placed
in Paracapnia because of some similarity in the shape of the epiproct and the
extensive dorsomedial membranous area of the epiproct; the females of Para¬
capnia, however, have characteristic notches on the posterior margin of sternum
eight that demarcate the lateral extent of the subgenital plate on that segment.
These lateral notches are absent in both the allotype and paratype females of C.
fialai. Based on this female character we include C. fialai in Capnia. If winged
populations of this species were found, support for this placement could come
from the base of R! vein curving forward; absence of such a curve would indicate
a necessary transfer to Paracapnia. Additional support for placement in Capnia
is the relative paucity of hairs, especially long ones on the abdomen. All Paracapnia
examined have dense, long hairs covering most of the abdomen.
Ecology. — The stream where this species was collected has a very high gradient
with many waterfalls. The stream substrate is large granite boulders intermingled
with cobble and sharp-edged sand. Additional comments regarding streams of
this area which might harbor this species are available in Baumann & Lauck
(1987) and Wilkinson (1986). Other species found with this species which might
indicate the water quality of this stream include: Soliperla quadrispinula (Jewett)
(Peltoperlidae), Kathroperla takhoma Stark & Surdick (Chloroperlidae), Salmo-
perla sylvanica Baumann & Lauck (Perlodidae), Doroneuria baumanni Stark &
Gaufin (Perlidae), Capnia excavata Claassen (Capniidae), Paraleuctra andersoni
Harper & Wildman (Leuctridae), Malenka cornuta (Claassen) (Nemouridae), and
Agathon comstocki (Diptera: Blephariceridae) (stonefly records from Nelson &
Stark 1988).
Phylogenetic characters.— This species shares characters thought to be apo-
morphic with both the nana and vernalis groups, as well as the unplaced species
C. sextuberculata, which indicates its potential importance in the phylogeny of
the genus. There is a fairly close relationship between the nana and vernalis groups
(unpublished data); possible character transformations include the multiple tergal
knobs: as plesiomorphic to the clade containing the nana and vernalis groups, as
a synapomorphy uniting C. fialai and C. sextuberculata, or as homoplasy. We
tentatively believe that this character is a synapomorphy for the entire group
mentioned.
304
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(4)
Figures 4-7. Mesocapnia bulbosa. Figure 4. Lateral view male terminalia. Figure 5. Dorsal view
male terminalia. Figure 6. Dorsal view male epiproct. Figure 7. Lateral view male epiproct.
Mesocapnia bulbosa Nelson & Baumann, NEW SPECIES
(Figs. 4-8)
Types. — Male holotype, Data: CALIFORNIA. STANISLAUS Co.: Del Puerto
Creek, Frank Raines Regional Park, 20 Feb 1985, R. W. Baumann and C. R.
Nelson; deposited in CAS. Paratypes: CALIFORNIA. ALAMEDA Co.: Arroyo
Mocho, Mines Rd nr Santa Clara County line, 20 Feb 1985, R. W. Baumann and
C. R. Nelson, 1 male deposited at BYU; Mines Rd, 34km (9 mi) SE of Livermore,
20 Feb 1985, R. W. Baumann and C. R. Nelson, 1 male deposited at BYU.
SANTA CLARA Co.: 1.6 km (1 mi) E of jet Del Puerto Rd and Mines Rd, 18
Mar 1958, S. W. Hitchcock, 8 males deposited in BYU and USNM.
Description. — Male, body length 4.25 mm; wings: macropterous, very slightly brachypterous, fore¬
wing length 3.6 mm; body color brown, wings evenly brown infuscate, not particularly lighter or darker
at cord or near veins; tergal knobs absent, all abdominal terga with both anterior and posterior margins
entire; epiproct apex acute, with a short spine (Fig. 4); epiproct inflated both laterally and dorsoven-
trally, bulb seven-eighths length of epiproct in both dorsal and lateral views (Figs. 4-7); epiproct curved
over abdomen, reaching only to midpoint of tergum nine.
Female.—Unknown.
Diagnosis. — Within Mesocapnia, bulbosa is unique in having the epiproct in¬
flated in both lateral and dorsoventral planes. In dorsal view (Figs. 5, 6) it resem¬
bles Mesocapnia arizonensis (Baumann & Gaufin) (Baumann & Gaufin 1970: fig.
28) but that species has a dorsoventrally compressed epiproct (Baumann & Gaufin
1970: fig. 27). The extent of dorsoventral inflation of the epiproct in M. bulbosa
is unique in the genus. Dorsoventral inflation of a much more limited extent is
present in M. oenone (Neave) and M. ogotoruka (Jewett) but the linear facies of
the epiproct is maintained in both of these species.
This species can be included in the key of Baumann & Gaufin (1970) with the
following modifications:
1990
NELSON & BAUMANN: NEW WINTER STONEFLIES
305
Figure 8. Distribution map. Capnia fialai, solid circle; Mesocapnia bulbosa, solid triangles.
2(1). Supra-anal process [epiproct, by current terminology] very broad dor-
sally (Fig. 6; Baumann & Gaufin 1970: fig. 28); wings slightly to
considerably brachypterous. 2a
Supra-anal process [epiproct] narrow or only moderately broad dor-
sally . 3
2a(2). Epiproct dorsoventrally compressed (Baumann & Gaufin 1970: fig.
28), wings distinctly shorter than abdomen. arizonensis
Epiproct dorsoventrally inflated (Fig. 6), wings at most slightly shorter
than abdomen . bulbosa NEW SPECIES
Etymology. — The specific epithet bulbosa is the feminine form of the latin
bulbosus, in reference to the broad expanded and inflated epiproct of the male
and is used as an adjective agreeing in feminine gender with Mesocapnia.
Taxonomic placement. —Mesocapnia bulbosa is unmistakably placed in Meso¬
capnia. It has the distinctive spine at the epiproctal tip (Figs. 6, 7) a synapomorphy
uniting this clade. It also lacks tergal knobs as do all members of the clade.
Ecology. — The stream from which this species was taken is intermittent. Surface
flow of Del Puerto Creek at Frank Raines Park was completely absent 29 May
306
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 66(4)
1989 (CRN, unpublished data), a condition which occurred also during the sum¬
mer of 1988 (Norman D. Penny, personal communication). Other stoneflies oc¬
curring at the sites where this species was collected include (as recorded in Nelson
& Baumann, 1987 under C. hitchcocki Nelson & Baumann): Bolshecapnia macula-
ta (Jewett), C. hitchcocki, C. umpqua Frison, M. projecta (Frison), and Taenionema
californicum (Needham & Claassen).
Phylogenetic characters.— The laterally expanded epiproct as well as the small
size of this species and of M. arizonensis are interpreted here as synapomorphies.
The character state of unicolorous wings of both of these species is considered to
be a relatively low weight synapomorphy. These sister species are joined with M.
oenone and M. ogotoruka by a synapomorphy of a dorsoventrally inflated epiproct.
The deflation of the epiproct in M. arizonensis is interpreted as apomorphic
reduction, because of the rippled dorsal surface of the epiproct of this species
when viewed in lateral aspect (Baumann & Gaufin 1970: fig. 27).
Acknowledgment
We thank Gene R. and Lola Fiala for their efforts in collecting winter stoneflies
from throughout the Pacific Northwest. We also thank O. S. Flint, Jr., at the
Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C., for providing some of the material
upon which this study is based, Jean A. Stanger for the illustrations, and Paul H.
Amaud of the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, for information
regarding collection localities in Arroyo Mocho and Del Puerto Canyon. We thank
Tom and Marion Tilton and the administrators of the Tilton Fellowship at the
California Academy of Sciences for support given the senior author. We also
acknowledge the directors and staff of the Monte L. Bean Life Science Museum
and Department of Zoology at Brigham Young University for financial assistance.
Literature Cited
Baumann, R. W. & A. R. Gaufin. 1970. The Capnia projecta complex of western North America
(Plecoptera: Capniidae). Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc., 96: 435-468.
Baumann, R. W. & D. R. Lauck. 1987. Salmoperla, a new stonefly genus from northern California
(Plecoptera: Perlodidae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Washington, 89: 825-830.
Nelson, C. R. & R. W. Baumann. 1987. New winter stoneflies of the genus Capnia with notes and
an annotated checklist of the Capniidae of California (Plecoptera: Capniidae). Entomography,
5: 485-521.
Nelson, C. R. & R. W. Baumann. 1989. Systematics and distribution of the winter stonefly genus
Capnia (Plecoptera: Capniidae) in North America. Great Basin Natur., 49: 289-363.
Nelson, C. R. & B. P. Stark. 1988. The Salmoperla safari: hit and run stonefly collecting in Nevada
and California. Perla, 8 (1986-87): 7-11.
Wilkinson, P. 1986. The spring emergence of Plecoptera (stoneflies) in the Willow Creek drainage,
Humboldt Co., California, April-July 1984. M.S. Thesis, Humboldt State University, Areata,
California.
Received 22 February 1990; accepted 13 September 1990.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66(4): 307-311, (1990)
THE JAPANESE PYROCHROID GENUS TOSADENDROIDES
KONO, 1935: A NEW JUNIOR SYNONYM OF
PEDILUS FISCHER YON WALDHEIM, 1822
(COLEOPTERA: PYROCHROIDAE: PEDILINAE)
Daniel K. Young
Department of Entomology, University of Wisconsin,
Madison, Wisconsin 53706
Abstract .—Critical examination of the monotypic Japanese genus Tosadendroides Kono, 1935
suggests that it is synonymous with Pedilus. Genitalic characters and secondary sexual charac¬
teristics associated with the antennae and elytra of the male are clearly congeneric with Pedilus
Fischer von Waldheim, 1822, as is the venation of the metathoracic wings. None of these
character states are found in pyrochroine taxa. With this proposed change, okamotoi Kono
becomes the first Pedilus recorded from Japan, and Tosadendroides NEW SYNONYM, is es¬
tablished as a junior synonym of Pedilus.
Key Words. — Insecta, Coleoptera, Pyrochroidae, Tosadendroides, Pedilus, synonymy
The monotypic Tosadendroides was erected by Kono (1935) for T. okamotoi
Kono, a species indigenous to Shikoku, the smallest of the main Japanese islands,
wedged between the southwestern arm of Honshu and northeastern Kyushu. Sa-
danari Hisamatsu sent me an individual of this beetle, unique because of the
highly modified elytral apices of the male (Figs. 1-3). Striking cranial modifications
are commonly encountered in the males of several pyrochroine genera (cranial
pits, sensu Young 1975). On the other hand, sexually dimorphic elytral modifi¬
cations are well known in pediline pyrochroids belonging to Pedilus. Because of
this inconsistency, a closer examination of Tosadendroides was made, and a re¬
description of T. okamotoi is presented. Further, Tosadendroides is synonymized
with Pedilus.
Pedilus okamotoi (Kono, 1935)
Tosadendroides okamotoi Kono, 1935. Insecta Matsumurana 9: 157-161. NEW
SYNONYM
Types. — Holotype: male; JAPAN. SHIKOKU: Mt. Kamegamori, 2 Jul 1934,
Hiroshi Okamoto; type not examined, repository unknown.
Description.—Male: Length 8.0-8.2 mm. Head black, rufopiceous near base of “neck”; prothorax,
coxae, trochanters, femora, basal three-quarters of elytra and abdominal stemites three through six
rufopiceous; ventrally exposed mesothorax and metathorax piceous to black; labrum, palpi, antennal
segments one through three, distal one-quarter of elytra, abdominal stemites seven through eight and
external genitalia yellow-brown; tibiae testaceous; antennomeres four through eleven and tarsi yellow-
brown basally to rufopiceous distally. Head (Fig. 4) narrowed immediately behind eyes, sparsely and
shallowly punctate except “neck” coarsely sculptured, vertex bearing shallow, mesal canaliculus. An¬
tennae (Fig. 5) flabellate beyond segment two. Pronotum subovate, widest slightly anteriad of middle,
vestiture of sparse, short setae, surface sparsely, finely punctulate. Prothoracic and mesothoracic tarsi
no more dilated and tomentose beneath than metathoracic tarsi; tarsal claws each with a small, poorly
developed basal tooth. Elytral surface (Figs. 1-3) sparsely setulose, basal three quarters punctate, apex
sparsely, shallowly punctulate; elytra with apical one-half (Fig. 1-3) highly modified. Metathoracic
308
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(4)
Figures 1-4. Pedilus okamotoi (K6no), male. Figure 1. Habitus, posteriodorsal view. Figures 2, 3.
Elytral apices. Figure 4. Anteriodorsal view of head.
wing (Fig. 7) with radial cell open narrowly. Posterior margin of eighth abdominal stemite broadly
emarginate. Parameres (Figs. 9, 10) fused proximally, widely separated and subparallel distally, each
bearing setae dorsolaterally along distal one-half, and narrowly rounded apically, forming an inwardly
projecting subapical tooth from the inner dorsal surface; median lobe shallowly excavated ventrally,
apex narrowly rounded.
Female. — External anatomy similar to male except: antennae serrate, elytra not modified, posterior
margin of eighth abdominal stemite entire.
1990
YOUNG: TOSADENDROIDES SYNONYMOUS WITH PEDILUS
309
Figures 5-8. Figure 5. Pedilus okamotoi (Kono), male, right antenna. Figure 6. Pedilus parvicollis
Fall, male, right antenna. Figure 7. Pedilus okamotoi (Kono), male, right metathoracic wing. Figure
8. Pedilus lugubris (Say), male, right metathoracic wing.
Diagnosis.—Pedilus okamotoi males can be distinguished from males of all
other Pedilus by the unique combination of flabellate antennae (Fig. 5) and con¬
figuration of elytral apices (Figs. 1-3). The species is also the only Pedilus from
Japan.
Material Examined.— JAPAN. SHIKOKU: Mt. Tsurugi, 7 Jun 1970, S. Hisamatsu, 1 male; Tsu-
chigoya, Ehime Pref., 13 Jun 1980, M. Kotani, 1 female; Yanadani-Mura, Kamiukena-Gun, Ehime
Pref., 4 Jun 1988, Y. Ito, 1 male.
Discussion
Upon examination of Tosadendroides, I am convinced that it is synonymous
with Pedilus. In addition to the sexually dimorphic elytral modifications already
described (Figs. 1-3), the radial cell of the metathoracic wing (Fig. 7) is narrowly
open. This is also characteristic for Pedilus (Fig. 8), and unlike the entirely open
radial cell in all Pyrochroinae I have examined. The orientation and configuration
310
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 66(4)
Figures 9, 10. Pedilus okamotoi (Kono), male genitalia. Figure 9. Parameres and median lobe.
Figure 10. Setation of parameres (lower frame) with inset blown up (upper frame).
of the male genitalia also provide useful diagnostic characters. Pyrochroinae ex¬
hibit normal heteromeroid genitalia with the tegmen (= parameres + basal piece)
oriented dorsad of the median lobe. In Tosadendroides and Pedilus, the male
genitalia are generally of the inverted type, although it is not uncommon to see
individual specimens in which the orientation has become reversed (Figs. 1-3),
presumably through torsion, as has commonly been noted in certain Diptera.
The question of generic placement for okamotoi, led me to recall a similar case
regarding Pedilus parvicollis Fall (1919). Like P. okamotoi, P. parvicollis males
have antennae that are flabellate beyond the second segment (Fig. 6). Furthermore,
1990 YOUNG: TOSADENDROIDES SYNONYMOUS WITH PEDILUS
311
the cranium is not produced behind the eyes as is typical of many Pedilus species.
These characters, which are far more suggestive of the pyrochroine genus Den-
droides, led Van Dyke (1928) to challenge Fall’s generic placement. In rebuttal,
Fall (1929) presented convincing evidence that P. parvicollis was correctly assigned
to Pedilus and that similarities to Dendroides were due to convergence. Young
(in press) comments further on this and provides evidence to support evolutionary
convergence between Dendroides and the flabellatus species group of Pedilus [=
P. flabellatus (Horn) and its sister species, P. parvicollis ].
As a Pedilus, okamotoi shares likenesses to both the flabellatus and punctulatus
species groups as defined by Young (in press). The antennae of P. okamotoi (Fig.
5) and P. parvicollis (Fig. 6) are nearly identical. However, the male genitalia of
okamotoi closely resemble those of the cavatus subgroup of the punctulatus species
group (Young, in press). Those of P. parvicollis and P. flabellatus are more closely
related to certain Russian species. Because Eurasian Pedilus have not been formally
reviewed or examined within a modem conceptual framework, it seems best to
defer the question of where, within Pedilus, okamotoi might be placed. It is,
without doubt, a Pedilus (Pedilinae), however, and not a pyrochroine. Thus,
Tosadendroides Kono represents a new synonym for Pedilus and the proper des¬
ignation for T. okamotoi becomes, Pedilus okamotoi (Kono). With the proposed
change, P. okamotoi becomes the first Pedilus to be recorded from Japan. Pedilus
is also known from Eurasia and North America north of Mexico.
Acknowledgment
I am grateful to Sadanari Hisamatsu and Akira Fukuda for providing male
specimens of P. okamotoi. The loan of a female P. okamotoi from the collection
of the Entomological Laboratory, College of Agriculture, Ehime University (Sa¬
danari Hisamatsu) is also gratefully acknowledged. Thanks are extended to Stanley
Carlson and Melissa Curtis for assistance with scanning electron photomicroscopy
at the University of Wisconsin, Madison.
Literature Cited
Fall, H. C. 1919. New Coleoptera VIII. Can. Entomol., 51: 212-216.
Fall, H. C. 1929. Pedilus parvicollis not a Dendroides. Bull. Brooklyn Entomol. Soc., 24: 13-14.
Kono, H. 1935. Drei neue Heteromeren aus Japan und Formosa, mit einer Liste der geographischen
Verbreitung der japanischen Pyrochroiden und Pediliden. Insecta Matsumurana, 9: 157-161.
Van Dyke, E. C. 1928. New species of heteromerous Coleoptera. Bull. Brooklyn Entomol. Soc., 23:
251-262.
Young, D. K. 1975. A revision of the family Pyrochroidae (Coleoptera: Heteromera) for North
America based on the larvae, pupae, and adults. Contrib. Amer. Entomol. Inst., 11: 1-39.
Young, D. K. (in press). Bionomics, phylogeny and systematics of the North American species of
Pedilus Fischer (Coleoptera: Pyrochroidae). Knull Ser., Ohio J. Sci.
Received 25 April 1990; accepted 10 September 1990.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66(4): 312-321, (1990)
A NEW TRIBAL PLACEMENT FOR THE AUSTRALASIAN
GENERA HOMETHES AND AEOLODERMUS
(COLEOPTERA: CARABIDAE: ODACANTHINI)
James K. Liebherr
Department of Entomology, Cornell University,
Ithaca, New York 14853-0999
Abstract. —Homethes Newman and Aeolodermus Andrewes are removed from tribe Platynini
and placed in Odacanthini based on synapomorphies of the male terminalia and female repro¬
ductive tract. Cladistic analysis based on 25 internal and external morphological characters of
11 odacanthine taxa supports Scopodes Erichson as the sister-group to the clade of Homethes
+ Aeolodermus, and corroborates the synonymy of tribe Pentagonicini with Odacanthini.
Key Words. — Insecta, Odacanthini, Homethes, Aeolodermus, cladistics
In 1842, when Edward Newman described Homethes elegans as the single
member of a new genus, he commented “This elegant little insect somewhat
resembles Anchomenus pallipes .” Over the ensuing 149 years, Homethes has
remained misclassified, being variously considered a member of the tribes Lebiini
and Platynini; the latter tribe containing Anchomenus. Shared derived characters
of the male and female reproductive structures allow a corrected taxonomic place¬
ment for Homethes and the related Aeolodermus Andrewes. In this paper, I review
the classificatory history of these two genera, and illustrate the male terminalia
and female reproductive tract for Homethes guttifer Germar and Aeolodermus
emarginatus Chaudoir. Cladistic interpretation of male terminalic and female
reproductive tract characters necessitates transfer of both genera from the Platyni¬
ni to the Odacanthini sensu Liebherr (1988). Cladistic analysis using a data set
modified from Liebherr (1988) is used to place Homethes and Aeolodermus within
the Odacanthini. Scopodes Erichson is suggested as the sister-group to Homethes
+ Aeolodermus. Biogeographic consequences for the Platynini are reviewed in
light of this taxonomic adjustment.
Materials and Methods
Specimens of Homethes and Aeolodermus were relaxed in near-boiling soapy
distilled water, dissected, and cleared overnight in cold 10% potassium hydroxide.
After clearing, the pH of dissected parts was neutralized using dilute acetic acid.
Male terminalia were placed directly into glycerin for examination. Female re¬
productive tracts were stained in chlorazol black® in methyl cellusolve, and
mounted on temporary glycerin microslides. Phase-contrast compound micros¬
copy was used from x 40 to x 400 for examination of female reproductive struc¬
tures. All dissected parts are stored in plastic glycerin vials under the pinned
specimens.
Cladistic analysis was used to establish placement of the two genera within the
Odacanthini by adding them to a data set extracted from Liebherr (1988). In that
study, nine odacanthine taxa were used as out-groups for an analysis of West
Indian Lachnophorini. For this study, the nine odacanthine taxa plus Homethes
1990
LIEBHERR: HOMETHES AND AEOLODERMUS
313
guttifer and Aeolodermus emarginatus were considered the in-group, and char¬
acters were polarized assuming Lachnophorini as the sister group to Odacanthini
(see Liebherr 1988: fig. 7). Twenty-five characters (Table 1) proved cladistically
informative in the new 11-taxon data set (i.e., the derived condition of the char¬
acters was represented in more than one but less than all of the taxa of the in¬
group). Twenty-two of these characters, herein numbered 1, 2, 4-22, and 25, were
derived from Liebherr (1988). The primitive and derived states of these characters
are given in Liebherr (1988), with the appropriate character numbers from that
publication listed in Table 1. Three more characters are new additions to the data
set: character 3—temples behind eyes moderately developed (0 = primitive),
temples elongate, neck quite constricted (1 = derived); character 23 — spermathecal
gland spherical (0), gland bipartite (1) (Figs. 1, 4, 7); character 24—lumen ofbursa
copulatrix glabrous or with fine microtrichia (0), lumen with short, stout spines
(1) (Figs. 1,4,7). One character coding was changed from Liebherr (1988); Eudalia
latipennis was coded for the derived state of character 22.
Cladistic analysis was conducted using the Hennig86 computer package (Farris
1988). The ie* option was used, so that all possible cladogram topologies for the
11-taxon data set were exhaustively searched in order to find the most parsi¬
monious solutions.
Classificatory History
Homethes elegans Newman (1842) was described as the first member of the
genus. Chaudoir (1872) adopted an incorrect emended spelling, Homothes, pro¬
posed by Gemminger & Harold (1868), and described “ Homothes ” emarginatus,
now the type species of Aeolodermus. Chaudoir placed “ Homothes ” immediately
preceding Scopodes in his paper, but stated that “ Homothes ” and Stenocheila
Laporte were closely related. MacLeay (1873) and Blackburn (1893) placed Home¬
thes amongst the lebiine genera.
Sloane (1920) transferred Homethes to the Platynini (his Anchomenini), basing
his decision on the uniperforate anterior coxal cavity, and his contention that the
male tarsal vestiture was most similar to platynines, and unlike that of the Odacan¬
thini. The former character occurs in the identical state in both the Platynini and
Odacanthini. For the latter character, both the Platynini and Odacanthini possess
two longitudinal rows of male adhesive squamo-setae (Stork 1980) on protarsal
segments 1 to 3. The setal apices are broader in Aeolodermus and Homethes than
in other odacanthine genera, but substantial variation in this trait also occurs
throughout the Platynini. Male protarsal setation is thus of ambiguous phyloge¬
netic importance in this case. Sloane (1923: 245) distinguished the Odacanthini
from the Platynini by “Head narrowed behind eyes (hardly ever not narrowed).
Prothorax narrow (hardly ever wider than head).” Both of these characters are
unreliable for diagnosis of the Odacanthini when the numerous characters of the
male and female reproductive structures are included in the analysis (Liebherr
1988).
Andrewes (1929) described Aeolodermus for the single species Homethes emar¬
ginatus Chaudoir. He distinguished the genus from Homethes by the form of the
prothorax and the elytral apex, the upper surface sculpture, and the pubescence
of the palpi and tarsi. He followed Sloane in considering both genera members
of the Platynini.
314
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(4)
Figures 1-3. Homethes guttifer Germar. Figure 1. Female reproductive tract, ventral view. Figure
2. Male aedeagal median lobe, eudextral view. Figure 3. Male aedeagal median lobe and parameres,
euventral view. Scale bar = 0.5 mm; be = bursa copulatrix; co = common oviduct; gel = basal
gonocoxite; gcll = apical gonocoxite; sab = spermathecal apical bulb; sbb = spermathecal basal bulb;
sc = U-shaped spermathecal sclerite; sg = spermathecal gland.
Darlington (1956) reviewed the genera of the Platynini (his Agonini) from
Australia, listing a total of seven genera native to the continent. Of these, he
considered two to be Oriental genera, and one to be a New Guinean genus; all
three extending only into northern Australia. A fourth monotypic genus was
considered an Australian authochthon, although it too was restricted to northern
Queensland. Colpodes and Notagonum, which he considered genera of conve¬
nience, possess Pantropical and New Guinean Indo-Pacihc distributions, respec¬
tively. Three species of the former and seven species of the latter are known from
Australia (Moore et al., 1987). Within Darlington’s concept of the Platynini, only
Homethes exhibits a center of diversity in Australia.
Most recently, Homethes was placed in the supertribe Pterostichitae (Moore et
al. 1987), with nine species currently recognized from Australia and Tasmania.
A tenth species has been described from Java and also recorded from Luzon, the
Philippines (Louwerens 1952).
Results and Discussion
Characters. — The Odacanthini is characterized by a number of synapomorphies
of the female reproductive tract that distinguish it from its sister-group, the Lach-
nophorini, as well as other tribes such as the Platynini, Lebiini, and Ctenodactylini
(Liebherr 1988). These include a bipartite spermatheca joined to the common
oviduct by a sclerotized, U-shaped duct (Figs. 1, 4, 7), and an elongate, cylindrical
bursa copulatrix. All odacanthine genera examined, with the exception of Odacan-
1990
LIEBHERR: HOMETHES AND AEOLODERMUS
315
Figures 4-6. Aeolodermus emarginatus Chaudoir. Figure 4. Female reproductive tract, ventral
view. Figure 5. Male aedeagal median lobe, eudextral view. Figure 6. Male aedeagal median lobe and
parameres, euventral view. Scale bar = 0.5 mm; female tract labeled as in Figure 1.
tha, possess the synapomorphy of spermathecal basal bulb narrowed basally,
usually connecting with the spermathecal base via a thin duct.
The male aedeagus of the Odacanthini is also cladistically diagnostic, exhibiting
the following derived character states: (1) apex of median lobe moderately straight,
the lobe not crescent shaped (Figs. 2, 5, 8); (2) apex of median lobe with a knoblike
or with a hooklike process; (3) median lobe curved ventrally near apex, the apex
therefore asymmetrical (Figs. 3, 6, 9). In general, the ventral paramere is much
smaller than the dorsal one, although taxa within tribes such as the Platynini
exhibit this trait in less exaggerated form.
The pygidial defensive gland structure of Homethes and Aeoloermus is also
consistent with membership in the Odacanthini, as the gland reservoir is spherical
as observed in other members of that tribe, and lacks the dorsal lobe observed
in the Platynini (Forsyth 1972).
The female reproductive tracts of Homethes guttifer and Aeolodermus emar¬
ginatus exhibit several striking, and taxonomically very restricted synapomor-
phies. The spermathecal gland, which is primitively globose or ovoid when present
in carabids, is bipartite (Figs. 1, 4). The basal portion of the lumenal walls of the
316
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 66(4)
Figures 7-9. Scopodes aeneus MacLeay. Figure 7. Female reproductive tract, ventral view. Figure
8. Male aedeagal median lobe, internal sac distended, eudextral view. Figure 9. Male aedeagal median
lobe and parameres, euventral view. Scale bar = 0.5 mm; female tract labeled as in Figure 1.
bursa couplatrix are covered with strong spinose teeth. The only other taxon in
which I have observed these derived character states is Scopodes aeneus MacLeay
(Fig. 7).
Homethes and Aeolodermus do not possess the dorsal habitus of many taxa
traditionally placed in the Odacanthini, as their pronota are not narrow and
cylindrical, and their necks are not strongly constricted. However, the former
character is also not diagnostic for taxa long included in the Odacanthini (e.g.,
Eudalia Laporte). Pronotal shape is usefully diagnostic at the species level, but
may change quite drastically even among closely related species (Liebherr 1986),
and should be discounted when judging cladistic affinity. A constricted neck is
exhibited by most odacanthines, with Scopodes a notable exception. That Scopodes
shares several other synapomorphies with Homethes and Aeolodermus suggests
that their broad necks may be the result of relatively recent common ancestry.
Cladistic Analysis. — The 11 taxa and 25 characters (Table 1) may be arranged
on three equally parsimonious cladograms of 46 steps, each possessing a consis-
v,o
Vo
o
Table 1. Taxon x character data matrix for cladistic analysis of 11 odacanthine taxa using 25 characters; 0 = primitive state, 1 = derived. Out-group assumed
represented by all 0-state characters.
Characters
Character No. used here
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
Character No. in Liebherr (1988)
7
9
10
11
12
13
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
26
29
30
34
44
50
Eudalia latipennis MacLeay
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
Pentagonica picticornis Bates
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
Scopodes aeneus MacLeay
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
Lachnothorax sp.
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
Dicraspeda brunnea Chaudoir
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
Odacantha melanura L.
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
Colliuris pensylvanicus L.
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
Colliuris sp.
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
Colliuris hubenthali Liebke
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
Homethes guttifer Germar
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
Aeolodermus emarginatus Andrewes
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
LIEBHERR: HOMETHES AND AEOLODERMUS 317
318
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 66(4)
tency index of 0.54, and a retention index of 0.60 (Farris 1989). Taking the strict
consensus of the three cladograms (Fig. 10), which is also one of the three initial
cladograms produced, Odacantha is the cladistically most basal taxon of the 11.
The other 10 taxa are divided into two clades; the one of interest here composed
of Pentagonica, Scopodes, Homethes, and Aeolodermus. Homethes and Aeolo-
dermus are integral members of the Odacanthini based on this analysis. They
share four synapomorphies with Scopodes : character 2—a broad neck (considered
a reversal from the constricted state); character 17—dorsal elytral setal impressions
foveate; character 23 —spermathecal gland bipartite; and character 24—bursal
lumenal wall of bursa copulatrix with stout spinose teeth. Homethes and Aeolo¬
dermus can be distinguished cladistically from Scopodes by three character-state
advances and from none to two reversals depending on character optimization.
The advances include: character 8—integument with fine pelage of microsetae;
character 9—pronotal base with recurved margin and median lobe; and character
16—more than three setae in the third elytral interval. The reversals to the prim¬
itive state potentially include: character 7—mentum with distinct mentum suture;
14—pronotal margin not angled at the position of the lateral seta. Alternatively,
the derived states for these characters—mentum not separated from gula by a
suture, and pronotal lateral margin angulate-may have arisen independently in
Pentagonica and Scopodes. At least for character 14, the former scenario may be
preferred, because some specimens of Aeolodermus emarginatus exhibit a slight
angulation at the lateral seta. Other specimens do not, however, and in any case
the angulation is not pronounced. As mentioned above, pronotal shape is often
phylogenetically plastic, and reversals or parallelisms should not be unexpected
in evolution of this structure.
In this analysis, Scopodes aeneus is cladistically distinguished from Homethes
and Aeolodermus by the presence of a laterobasal pronotal seta (a reversal of
character 10), and by punctate elytral striae (character 21). Scopodes spp. from
New Guinea vary in both characters; the laterobasal pronotal seta may be present
or absent, and elytral striae are either present and impunctate, or much reduced
(Darlington 1968). Scopodes is separable from the other two genera by its ex¬
tremely convex compound eyes, considered an autapomorphy in this analysis.
The only character state difference between Aeolodermus and Homethes in this
data set is the possession of the derived state for character 19 by Homethes guttifer
(elytra with testaceous maculae on a darker ground color). This character is not
diagnostic for all Homethes species, as a number of them have uniformly colored
elytra. The characters cited by Andrewes (1929) as diagnostic for Aeolodermus
(see Classificatory History section) may be autapomorphies of this species, and
it is possible that Homethes is a paraphyletic taxon containing Aeolodermus.
Moreover, as Scopodes can be reliably separated from Aeolodermus and Homethes
only by eye development, the latter two genera should be cladistically analyzed
in concert with a number of Scopodes species, as well as the closely related
monotypic genera Parascopodes Darlington and Actenonyx White (Darlington
1968), in order to reliably determine the relationships of all genera in this complex.
Taxonomic and Biogeographic Consequences. — Based on the cladistic analysis,
Homethes and Aeolodermus are not properly placed in the Platynini. All characters
of the male and female reproductive and copulatory structures examined point
to membership in the Odacanthini. Removal of these genera from the Platynini
1990
LIEBHERR: HOMETHES AND AEOLODERMUS
319
Figure 10. Consensus cladogram (and 1 of 3 equally parsimonious cladograms) for the 11 exemplar
taxa of Odacanthini. Character-state advances shown by slashes, reversals shown by “x’”s. Other two
equally parsimonious cladograms resolve trichotomy so that either Dicraspeda, or Eudalia + Lach-
nothorax are sister groups to Colliuris.
reduces the presence of that tribe in the Australian biota. The remaining genera
of the Platynini in Australia can be characterized either by being restricted to
New Guinea or southeast Asia plus northern Australia, or by being widely dis¬
tributed and quite diverse, with only a few member species in Australia (Dar¬
lington 1956). No generic-level platynine taxon possesses a distribution centered
on Australia. Without knowing the cladistic relationships within taxa including
Australian species, definitive biogeographic conclusions are not possible. How¬
ever, it appears likely that platynine taxa present in Australia are derived from
Oriental or Indo-Malayan groups with Tertiary relationships to New Guinea and
the Indonesian islands, or from members of more recent groups with Pleistocene
connections to New Guinea (MacKerras 1970).
The close relationship between Homethes, Aeolodermus, and Scopodes is strong-
320
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(4)
ly supported by the highly unusual synapomorphies observed in the female tracts.
Scopodes is distributed on Java, New Guinea, New Caledonia, New Zealand, and
Australia (Moore et al. 1987). The strongly overlapping geographic distributions
of the three genera suggest either extensive dispersal during the divergence of
these taxa, or paraphyly of one or more of the genera relative to another.
The establishment of the clade of Scopodes + (Homethes + Aeolodermus )
corroborates the synonymy of the tribe Pentagonicini with Odacanthini. Of genera
in the above analysis, Scopodes and Pentagonica have been traditionally included
in Pentagonicini (e.g., Moore et al. 1987), based on the angulate lateral margin
of the pronotum. Homethes species exhibit convexly rounded pronotal margins,
and Aeolodermus emarginatus has variably rounded to slightly angulate margins.
The clade containing these taxa (Fig. 10) thus has angulate, variably angulate, and
rounded pronotal margins represented in the member taxa. In Liebherr (1988),
the tribe Pentagonicini was synonymized with the Odacanthini, because recog¬
nition of the Pentagonicini would have rendered the Odacanthini paraphyletic.
By the current cladistic scheme, the taxa previously placed in the Pentagonicini
also comprise a paraphyletic group. Therefore, recognition of the Pentagonicini
based on this analysis would involve recognition of two paraphyletic groups,
clearly an undesirable and unnecessary alternative.
Acknowledgment
I thank Ross T. Bell, University of Vermont, Burlington, for stimulating this
study by loaning me specimens of Homethes. Additional specimens of Homethes
and Aeolodermus were obtained through the courtesy of Stuart J. Hine and Nigel
E. Stork, British Museum (Natural History), London, and David G. Furth, Mu¬
seum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts.
This research was supported by NSF grant BSR-8614628.
Literature Cited
Andrewes, H. E. 1929. Papers on Oriental Carabidae, 22. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 10, 4: 353—
371.
Blackburn, T. 1893. Notes on Australian Coleoptera, with descriptions of new species. Proc. Linn.
Soc. New South Wales, 7: 65-151.
Chaudoir, M. 1872. Observations sur quelques genres de carabiques, avec la description d’especes
nouvelles. Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou, 45(1): 382-420.
Darlington, P. J. Jr. 1956. Australian carabid beetles 3. Notes on the Agonini. Psyche, 63: 1-10.
Darlington, P. J. Jr. 1968. The carabid beetles of New Guinea part 3. Harpalinae (continued):
Perigonini to Pseudomorphini. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. No. 137.
Farris, J. S. 1988. Hennig: Hennig86 reference (Version 1.5). (A cladistic computer program dis¬
tributed by the author). J. S. Farris, State University of New York, Stony Brook, New York.
Farris, J. S. 1989. The retention index and the rescaled consistency index. Cladistics, 5: 417-419.
Forsyth, D. J. 1972. The structure of the pygidial defence glands of Carabidae (Coleoptera). Trans.
Zool. Soc. Lond., 32: 249-309.
Gemminger, M. & B. de Harold. 1868. Catalogus Coleopterorum, 1, Cicindelidae-Carabidae. E.
Deyrolle fils, Paris.
Liebherr, J. K. 1986. Cladistic analysis of North American Platynini and revision of the Agonum
extensicolle species group (Coleoptera: Carabidae). Univ. Calif. Publ. Entomol., 106.
Liebherr, J. K. 1988. Redefinition of the supertribe Odacanthitae, and revision of the West Indian
Lachnophorini (Coleoptera: Carabidae). Quaest. Entomol., 24: 1-42.
Louwerens, C. J. 1952. New Carabidae from the Malay Archipelago (Col.). Treubia, 21: 211-229.
MacKerras, I. M. 1970. Chapter 9. Composition and distribution of the fauna, pp. 187-203. In
1990
LIEBHERR: HOMETHES AND AEOLODERMUS
321
Waterhouse, D. F. (ed.). The insects of Australia. Division of Entomology, Commonwealth
Scientific and Industrial Research Organization, Canberra.
MacLeay, W. 1873. Notes on a collection of insects from Gayndah. Trans. Entomol. Soc. New South
Wales, 2: 79-205.
Moore, B. P., T. A. Weir & J. E. Pyke. 1987. Rhysodidae and Carabidae. pp. 20-320. In Walton,
D. W. (ed.). Zoological catalogue of Australia 4, Coleoptera: Archostemata, Myxophaga and
Adephaga. Bureau of Flora and Fauna, Canberra, Australia.
Newman, E. 1842. List of insects collected at Port Philip, New South Wales, by Edmund Thomas
Higgins, Esq. Entomologist, 25: 401-405.
Sloane, T. J. 1920. The Carabidae of Tasmania. Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, 45: 113-178.
Sloane, T. J. 1923. The classification of the family Carabidae. Trans. Roy. Entomol. Soc. Lond.,
1923: 234-250.
Stork, N. 1980. A scanning electron microscope study of tarsal adhesive setae in the Coleoptera.
Zool. J. Linn. Soc., 68: 173-306.
Received 3 June 1990; accepted 18 September 1990.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66(4): 322-323, (1990)
Scientific Note
HOST SPECIFICITY OF TWO SHADE TREE
APHID PARASITOIDS
Trioxys (Betuloxys) hortorum (Stary) (Hymenoptera: Braconidae: Aphidiinae)
is a relatively host-specific primary parasitoid. It is recorded (Stary, P. 1978. Acta
Entomol. Bohemoslav., 75:164-177) from Myzocallis carpini Koch and Tinocallis
platani Kaltenbach, both drepanosiphid aphids in the tribe Phyllaphidina (Heie,
O. 1982. The Aphidoidea [Hemiptera] of Fennoscandia and Denmark. II. The
family Drepanosiphidae. Fauna Entomol. Scand., 11. Scandinavian Science Press,
Ltd., Klampenborg, Denmark). In 1982, T. hortorum parasitizing Tuberculatus
annulatus (Hartig) were collected on Quercus robur L. in Rheine, Germany. We
successfully reared FI and F2 generations in the laboratory from this aphid as
well as from Eucallipterus tiliae L. on Tilia cordata Miller (both aphids are in the
tribe Phyllaphidina). These new records suggest that this species may be collected
from one of several hosts in Europe for release in northern California for potential
control of these aphids.
Another aphidiidine, Praon flavinode (Haliday) was also collected from T. an¬
nulatus in Germany. It is a polyphagous parasitoid which Stary recorded from
10 aphid species, all in the tribe Phyllaphidina. We conducted choice experiments
by P. flavinode for three European aphid species that develop large populations
on populations of Quercus, Betula and Tilia shade trees in northern California.
The tested individuals were 11 FI offspring of individuals collected from T.
annulatus in Germany. For each replicate, a mated female parasitoid was placed
in a cotton-stoppered glass vial (9 x 2.5 cm) with six third- and fourth instar
aphids: two each of T. annulatus on Q. robur, Eucallipterus tiliae on Tilia cordata
and Euceraphis betulae (Koch) on Betula pendula Roth. We observed each par¬
asitoid for 10 min, recording the number of times the parasitoid touched the
aphid in any manner, as well as the number of ovipositor insertions (dissections
were not conducted to test for actual egg placement). Our results (Table 1) show
that P. flavinode had significantly more encounters than expected (P = 0.05, x 2
analysis) with E. betulae nymphs than either E. tiliae or T. annulatus nymphs.
Ovipositor insertions were also higher for E. betulae, but not significantly different
from the other two hosts. These findings imply that P. flavinode exhibits a pref¬
erence for certain host aphid species. This preference is contrary to the one an-
Table 1. Parasite-prey interaction.
Host species
Total encounters
Expected encounters
Ovipositor insertions (%)
T. annulatus
73
99
57 (78.1)
E. tiliae
92
99
79 (85.9)
E. betulae
131
99
126 (96.2)
1990
SCIENTIFIC NOTE
323
ticipated by the Hopkins Host Selection Principle, which states that a polyphagous
species will select the host it was reared on.
Acknowledgment.— We thank Robert Zuparko, Junji Hamai, Gunter, Renate
and Claudia Braukmann, and Leonard and Janet Dahlsten for their assistance.
Funds were provided in part by the Elvenia J. Slosson Endowment Fund for
Ornamental Horticulture.
Donald L. Dahlsten, Ann E. Hajek & Marilyn Wilson, Division of Biological
Control, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720.
Received 25 April 1990; accepted 8 August 1990.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66(4): 323-324, (1990)
Scientific Note
FIRST CALIFORNIA RECORD FOR ANTHOCORIS
NEMORALIS (FABR.) (HEMIPTERA: ANTHOCORIDAE),
A PREDATOR IMPORTANT IN THE BIOLOGICAL
CONTROL OF PSYLLIDS (HOMOPTERA: PSYLLIDAE)
Anthocoris nemoralis (Fabr.) is a predator of psyllids, aphids, thrips, eggs and
larvae of moths, and some mites in Europe. It was first recorded in the Nearctic
in 1958 (Anderson, N. H. & L. A. Kelton. 1963. Can. Entomol., 95: 439-442) in
eastern Canada, where its introduction was apparently accidental. It was subse¬
quently introduced successfully into British Columbia from Europe in 1963 to
control the pear psylla (McMullen, R. D. & C. Jong. 1967. J. Entomol. Soc. Brit.
Columbia, 64: 35-40), and had not been found in the Pacific Northwest prior to
then (Anderson, N. H. 1962. Can. Entomol., 94: 1325-1334). There are no reports
of its introduction in California. However, A. nemoralis is now established in
three counties in northern California where it feeds on three exotic psyllids on
introduced landscape plants.
We have observed and studied A. nemoralis nymphs and adults in California
at sites along Carlson Boulevard in Richmond, Contra Costa County, and in the
Presidio of San Francisco, San Francisco County, feeding on all life stages of
Acizzia uncatoides (Ferris & Klyver), a psyllid on Acacia longifolia Willdenow.
All life stages of the anthocorid occur on this acacia, especially in the spring and
early summer after psyllid populations have increased. Anthocoris nemoralis, and
an introduced lady beetle, Diomus pumilio Weise (Coleoptera: Coccinellidae),
appear to be important in the biological control of this psyllid in Richmond where
we have been studying these insects since April, 1989. Psyllid and anthocorid
populations are relatively lower at our San Francisco study area; Madubunyi
(Madubunyi, L. C. 1967. M.S. thesis, University of California, Berkeley) did not
find A. nemoralis during his study of A. uncatoides. Madubunyi (1967) reported
324
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(4)
that Anthocoris antevolens White was an uncommon predator on acacia in San
Francisco. We have not observed A. antevolens during our study and it may have
been displaced by A. nemoralis.
We also found A. nemoralis in Albany, Alameda County, feeding on Calophya
rubra (Blanchard) on Schinus molle L. and on Trioza eugeniae (Froggatt) on a
Syzygium sp. Both psyllids were introduced in California during the 1980s. We
have reared A. nemoralis in the laboratory on eugenia and acacia psyllid nymphs
and eggs.
Anthocoris nemoralis was easily identified using the key in Kelton (Kelton, L.
A. 1978. The Anthocoridae of Canada and Alaska, Can. Dept. Agric., Publ. 1639).
Acknowledgment. — Our identification was confirmed by Michael D. Schwartz
(Biosystematics Research Centre, Agriculture Canada, Ottawa) using Kelton’s
reference collection.
Kenneth S. Hagen and Steve H. Dreistadt, Division of Biological Control, Uni¬
versity of California, Berkeley, California 94720.
Received 8 May 1990; accepted 25 September 1990.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66(4): 324-325, (1990)
Scientific Note
NEW AND UPDATED HOST NAMES
(LEGUMINOSAE: DESMANTHUS) FOR
SOME BRUCHIDAE (COLEOPTERA)
Melissa Luckow of Cornell University recently examined the voucher specimens
of species of Desmanthus (Leguminosae) that I have published as hosts for bru-
chids. According to her, some of the published hosts had been incorrectly identified
or the plants had only been identified to genus. In order to clarify the host rela¬
tionships of bruchids for studies currently under way, the authentic hosts are
presented here. Desmanthus virgatus (L.) Willdenow was reported (Johnson, C. D.
1977. Pan-Pacif. Entomol. 53: 60-73) as a host for Acanthoscelides desmanthi
Johnson (page 65) and A. compressicornis (Schaeffer) (page 71). The host plant
(#142-68) is actually D. leptophyllus H.B.K. Johnson (1977) also published Des¬
manthus spp. as hosts for Stator pruininus (Horn) (page 72, #182-72), and A.
desmanthi (page 64, #182-72, 187-72, 124-73, 133-73, 192-73, 224-73). The host
plants are in fact D. bicornutus S. Watson. Desmanthus sp. was reported (Johnson,
C. D. & J. M. Kingsolver. 1976. U.S. Dept. Agric. Tech. Bull. 1537) as a host for
S. pruininus (page 48, #68-73, 124-73, 201-72). The host plant is actually D.
bicornutus. Desmanthus virgatus was reported (Johnson, C. D. 1983. Misc. Publ.
Entomol. Soc. Amer. 56: 1-370) as a host for A. desmanthi (page 73, #1059-79)
1990
SCIENTIFIC NOTE
325
but the host is actually D. leptophyllus. This is the first time that D. bicornutus
and D. leptophyllus have been reported as hosts for bruchids.
Acknowledgment. — I thank Melissa Luckow for determining the plants.
Clarence Dan Johnson, Department of Biological Sciences, Northern Arizona
University, Flagstaff, Arizona, 86011-5640.
Received 23 May 1990; accepted 26 September 1990.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66(4): 325, (1990)
Scientific Note
A NEW HOMONYM IN THE CARYENTINAE
(HEMIPTERA: ARADIDAE)
In 1965 (Kormilev, N. A. 1965. Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland, 77: 18), I estab¬
lished a new genus, Rhombocoris Kormilev, for a then newly described species,
Rhombocoris distinctus Kormilev. I have now been advised (L. Hoberlandt, per¬
sonal communication) that Rhombocoris Kormilev, 1965, is a junior homonym
of Rhombocoris Mayr, 1864 (Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges., Wien, 14: 912), which was
erected for Rhombocoris regularis (Herrich-Schaffer), 1851. To rectify this hom¬
onym I therefore now propose the replacement name Pararhombocoris Kormilev,
NEW GENERIC NAME, for Rhombocoris Kormilev, 1965.
Acknowledgment .—I thank L. Hoberlandt (National Museum, Prague) for
bringing this situation to my attention.
Nicholas A. Kormilev, 211 Pasadena Avenue, N., Apt. 312, St. Petersburg,
Florida 33710.
Received 20 July 1990; accepted 19 September 1990.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66(4): 326-328, (1990)
Scientific Note
WASP PREDATION ON OVERWINTERING MONARCH
BUTTERFLIES (LEPIDOPTERA: DAN AID AE) IN
CENTRAL CALIFORNIA
' In the fall of each year, hundreds of thousands of monarch butterflies, Danaus
plexippus (L.), migrate to coastal California to winter in selected groves. These
groves are generally located within the coastal fog belt and provide shelter from
strong gusty winds, freezing temperatures, and direct and prolonged exposure to
the sun (Leong, K. H. L. 1990. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 83:906-910). Monarchs
that overwinter in these groves have few natural enemies. We have observed,
however, evidence of bird predation on the wings of the butterflies collected in
winters of 1988-89 and 1989-90, but saw no direct predation. In 1989-90, yel-
lowjackets, Vespula vulgaris (L.), were observed preying upon live monarch but¬
terflies from early November to late January at three central California coast
wintering sites in San Luis Obispo County. A site at the Pismo Ranger Station is
a Monterey pine grove located in Oceano, and sites at Los Osos (Monarch Lane)
and Montana de Oro Park are eucalyptus groves. The highest wasp predation of
the three study sites (Table 1) was recorded at the Pismo Ranger Station.
The yellowjackets flew about 15 cm above the ground, in a sinuous pattern,
and attacked only butterflies that were on the ground. The wasp crawled on the
back of its prey, between the wings, grasped either the thorax or abdomen with
its mandibles and legs and then stung the butterfly (Fig. 1). Butterflies beset by
yellowjackets were often observed doing somersaults over the surface of the ground
in an apparent attempt to dislodge the wasp.
The predators would usually feed directly on the butterfly’s abdomen, tearing
segments off the integument to eat the exposed fat bodies and internal organs. In
other cases, they would cut off the abdomen at its base and then feed on the
severed abdomen. The wasp’s venomous sting did not completely paralyze the
Table 1. The number of live monarch butterflies observed being preyed upon by the common
coastal yellowjacket, Vespula vulgaris (L.) in winter 1989-90.
Date
Pismo Ranger Station
Monarch Lane
Monatan de Oro
November 3
3
_
_
November 16
16 a
1
December 6
25
1
December 13
1
3
December 27
2
January 31
1
a Recovered two monarch butterflies from a Pismo Ranger Station cluster showing indication of
yellowjacket predation.
1990
SCIENTIFIC NOTE
327
Figure 1. A yellowjacket attacking a live monarch butterfly in Pismo Ranger Station site in Oceano,
California.
butterflies. The butterflies continued to move their wings or do occasional flips
while being fed upon by the yellowjackets even after being stung. Interestingly,
two monarchs recovered from the tree cluster at Pismo Ranger Station showed
evidence of yellowjacket predation. Both butterflies had abdominal damage. One
had only a hollow, shredded abdomen.
328
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(4)
The yellowjacket, V. vulgaris, is a common coastal species that is considered
to be a general predator and/or scavenger (Akre, R. D., A. Greene, J. F. Mac¬
Donald, P. J. Landolt & H. G. Davis. 1980. U.S. Dept. Agric., Agric. Handbook,
552.). Like most species of yellowjackets, the newly mated females overwinter in
logs or sheltered areas and will be the nuclei of new colonies in the spring. In¬
dividuals from the previous season, including the old queen, will not survive the
winter. The seasonal history of a colony normally ranges from May to early
November. The colony life of a coastal vespid, therefore, generally ends about
the time that the monarch butterflies arrive in the fall. Because the late fall and
early winter of 1989-90 were mild, with no major winter storms or cold tem¬
peratures from October to December, these mild fall-winter months most likely
extended the vespid colony life to January. Monarch butterflies on the ground at
their winter grove then provided easy prey and a food source for this opportunistic
predator.
Acknowledgment.— We are grateful to Roy Snelling (Los Angeles Natural His¬
tory Museum) and Marius Wasbauer (California Department of Food and Ag¬
riculture) for their independent identification of the Vespula vulgaris (L.).
Kingston Leong, 1 Dennis Frey 1 & Christopher Nagano, 2 1 Biological Sciences,
California Polytechnic State University, San Luis Obispo, California 93407; 2 U.S.
Fish and Wildlife Service, Sacramento, California 95825.
Received 21 Aug 1990; accepted 25 September 1990.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66(4): 329, (1990)
Pan-Pacific Entomologist Reviewers
Volume 66
The following people generously served as reviewers for the manuscripts that
were submitted during the editorial tenure of Volume 66. The Pan-Pacific En¬
tomologist thanks them for their service.
Alcock, J.
Alexander, B.
Andrews, F.
Amaud, P. H.
Arnold, R. A.
Ball, G. E.
Banks, W. A.
Bezark, L.
Bohart, R. M.
Brailovsky, H.
Byers, G. W.
Caltagirone, L. E.
Chandler, D.
Chemsak, J. A.
Daly, H. V.
Day, J. F.
Dingle, H.
Dowell, R. V.
Doyen, J. T.
Ehler, L. E.
Eichlin, T.
Eickwort, G.
Evans, H. E.
Evenhuis, N.
Foottit, R. G.
Forrest, T. G.
Froeschner, R. C.
Furth, D. G.
Garrison, R. W.
Gibson, G. A. P.
Gill, R. J.
Goeden, R. D.
Hafemik, J.
Hagen, K.
Halbert, S. E.
Hardy, A.
Henry, T.
Hey don, S. L.
Hodkinson, I. D.
Hopla, C. E.
Hubner, J.
Ivie, M. A.
Johnson, J. B.
Kavanaugh, D.
Kimsey, L.
Kingsolver, J. M.
Kono, T.
La Salle, J.
Lattin, J. D.
Lawerence, J. F.
Liebherr, J. K.
Loher, W.
Loughner, G.
MacKay, W. P.
McGinley, R.
Mead, F. W.
Michner, C. D.
Middlekauff, W. W.
Nakahara, S.
Parker, F.
Penrose, R.
Peterson, R. V.
Pinto, J. D.
Pipa, R. L.
Powell, J. A.
Pulawski, W. J.
Rawlins, J. A.
Reed, D. K.
Rinderer, T. E.
Rogers, E. J.
Savery, W.
Schaefer, C.
Schuh, R.
Schwartz, M.
Scudder, G. G. E.
Scudder, H. I.
Seeno, T.
Shapiro, A.
Shelley, R.
Shepard, W. D.
Slater, J. A.
Smith, N.
Snelling, R.
Somerby, R. E.
Spilman, T. J.
Stark, B. P.
Steck, G. J.
Taylor, O. R.
Thorpe, R.
Townsend, L. H., Jr.
Tschinkel, W. R.
Voegtlin, D. J.
Walker, T. J.
Wasbauer, J.
Wasbauer, M.
Westcott, R.
Wharton, R. A.
Wheeler, G. C.
Williams, S.
Woodley, N.
Woolley, J. B.
Zimmerman, J.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66(4): 330-332, (1990)
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Contents for Volume 66
Alcock, J. —Body size and territorial behavior in
the bee Protoxaea gloriosa (Fox) (Hymenop-
tera: Oxaeidae) . 157
Andersen, H. E.—Three new Nearctic species of
Halticopterina Erdos (Hymenoptera: Pter-
omalidae). 131
Anderson, J. R. —See Linhares, A. X. . . 199
Arnaud, P. H., Jr—I n memoriam: Willard
Holmes Nutting, Jr. (1916-1990) .... 277
Baumann, R. W. — See Nelson, C. R. ... 301
Bermudez, L. Y.—See Burger, J. F. ... 181
Bohart, R. M.—See Tyler, T. L. 261
Bousquet, Y. & H. Goulet—D escription of a
new species of Metrius (Coleoptera: Carabi-
dae: Paussini) from Idaho with comments on
the taxonomic status of the other taxa of the
genus. 13
Brailovsky, H.—Three new species of Indo-Pa-
cific Colpurini (Hemiptera: Heteroptera: Co-
reidae) . 292
Bullock, S. H.—Host records for some tropical
phytophagous and parasitic insects .. 253
Burger, J. F., L. A. Martinez, L. L. Pechuman
& L. V. Bermudez—A revision of the horse
fly genus Agkistrocerus Philip (Diptera: Ta-
banidae). 181
Cambell, J. L. & J. P. McCaffrey—S urvey of
potential arthropod parasitoids and preda¬
tors of Chrysolina spp. (Coleoptera: Chrys-
omelidae) associated with St. Johnswort in
northern Idaho . 217
Casanave, K.—See Turner, C. E. 162
Chapco, W. —See Guenther, S. J. 39
Crawford, R. I. —Discovery of Uroctonus mor-
dax Thorell in Washington, with notes on
habitat and distribution (Scorpionida: Vae-
jovidae) . 255
Cuda, J. P. —See Turner, C. E. 162
Dahlsten, D. L., A. E. Hajek & M. Wilson—
Host specificity of two shade tree aphid par¬
asitoids . 322
Daly, H. V.—Variation in worker brood cell
widths and comb orientation in an exposed
honey bee nest in Berkeley, California ....
. 208
Dowell, R. V.—Influence of hostplant on fecun¬
dity of Aleurocanthus woglumi Ashby (Ho-
moptera: Aleyrodidae) . 62
Dowell, R. V. —Oviposition by Aleurocanthus
woglumi Ashby (Homoptera: Aleyrodidae)
as correlated with leaf characteristics .
. 212
Dowell, R. V.—See Sorensen, J. T. 44
Dowell, R. V., J. M. Scriber & R. C. Le-
derhouse—S urvival of Papilio rutulus Lucas
(Lepidoptera: Papilionidae) larvae on 42 po¬
tential host plants . 140
Dreistadt, S. H.—See Hagen, K. S. 323
Editorial notice: changes in journal format and
editorial protocol . 96
Ehler, L. E., M. G. Kinsey & W. A. Palmer—
Further observations on the biology and host
specificity of Prochoerodes truxaliata (Gue-
nee) (Lepidoptera: Geometridae), a biologi¬
cal-control agent for Baccharis halimifolia L.
in Australia . 79
Forrest, T. G. —Huber, F., T. E. Moore & W.
Loher (eds.). 1989. Cricket Behavior and
Neurobiology. Comstock Publishing Asso¬
ciates, Cornell University Press, Ithaca, New
York, 565 pp. 259
Frey, D.—See Leong, K. 326
Gambino, P.—Mark-recapture studies on Ves-
pula pensylvanica (Saussure) queens (Hy¬
menoptera: Vespidae) . 227
Garrison, R. W.—See Sorensen, J. T. .. 44
Gill, R. J.—See Sorensen, J. T. 44
Goeden, R. D.—Life history of Eutreta diana
(Osten Sacken) on Artemisia tridentata Nut-
tall in southern California (Diptera: Tephriti-
dae). 24
Goeden, R. D. — Life history of Eutreta simplex
Thomas on Artemisia ludoviciana Nuttall in
southern California (Diptera: Tephretidae)
. 33
Goulet, H. —See Bousquet, Y. 13
Grigarick, A. A.—See Tyler, T. L. 261
Grissell, E. E.—See Turner, C. E. 162
Guenther, S. J. & W. Chapco— A morphometric
analysis of Melanoplus females (Orthoptera:
Acrididae) . 39
Hagen, K. S. & S. H. Dreistadt— First Califor¬
nia record for Anthocoris nemoralis (Fabr.)
(Hemiptera: Anthocoridae), a predator im¬
portant in biological control of psyllids (Ho¬
moptera: Psyllidae) . 323
Hajek, A. E.—See Dahlsten, D. L. 322
Halstead, J. A.—New hosts for Cephalonomia
utahensis Brues (Hymenoptera: Bethylidae)
. 170
Harris, A. C.—Podagritus cora (F. Smith) and
P. albipes (Cameron) (Hymenoptera: Spheci-
dae: Crabroninae) preying on Ephemeroptera
and Trichoptera . 55
1990
CONTENTS FOR VOLUME 66
331
Hynes, C. D.—Description of the immatures of
Styringomyia neocaledoniae Alexander
(Diptera: Tipulidae) and notes on its biology
. 89
Johnson, C. D. — Confirmation of Hedysarum bo-
reale Nuttall (Leguminosae) as a host plant
for Acanthoscelides fraterculus (Horn) (Co-
leoptera: Bruchidae) . 175
Johnson, C.D.—New and updated host names
(Leguminosae: Desmanthus) for some Bru¬
chidae (Coleoptera) . 324
Johnson, C. D. & J. A. Nilsson—N ew synonymy
of Bruchus crotonae Fahraeus, with a lecto-
type designation and a new combination for
B. podagricus (Coleoptera: Bruchidae: Cteno-
colum) . 171
Johnson, K .—Penaincisalia, a new genus of “elf-
in”-like butterflies from the high andes (Lep-
idoptera: Lycaenidae) . 97
Kamm, J. A.—Biological observations of glassy
cutworm (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae) in west¬
ern Oregon . 66
Kinsey, M. G. —See Ehler, L. E. 79
Kormilev, N. A.—A new homonym in the Car-
ventinae (Hemiptera: Aradidae) . 325
Lederhouse, R. C. — See Dowell, R. V.
. 140
Leong, K., D. Frey & C. Nagano—W asp pre¬
dation on overwintering monarch butterflies
(Lepidoptera: Danaidae) in central California
. 326
Liebherr, J. K.—A new tribal placement for the
Australasian genera Homethes and Aeolo-
dermus (Coleoptera: Carabidae: Odacanthi-
ni) . 312
Linhares, A. X. & J. R. Anderson—T he influ¬
ence of temperature and moonlight on flight
activity of Culicoides variipennis (Coquillett)
(Diptera: Ceratopogonidae) in northern Cal¬
ifornia . 199
Lockwood, J. A.—See McCahon, T. J. .. 147
MacKay, W. P., D. Sparks & S. B. Vinson—
Destruction of electrical equipment by Sole-
nopsis xyloni McCook (Hymenoptera: For-
micidae). 174
Martin, R. F.—See Martin, W. F. 71
Martin, W. F. & R. F. Martin—R eproduction
of the sand wasps Strictia signata (L.) and
Bicyrtes variegata (Olivier) (Hymenoptera:
Sphecidae) on the Caribbean coast of Quin¬
tana Roo, Mexico . 71
Martinez, L. A.—See Burger, J. F. 181
McCaffrey, J. P. —See Cambell, J. I. ... 217
McCahon, T. J. & J. A. Lockwood— Nest ar¬
chitecture and pedoturbation of Formica ob-
scuripes Forel (Hymenoptera: Formicidae)
. 147
McHugh, J. V. —See Slipinski, S. A. 195
Miller, T. D.—New additions to the bethyloid
fauna of Arizona (Hymenoptera) .... 167
Mockford, E. L. & D. M. Sullivan— Kaestner-
iella Roesler (Pscoptera: Peripsocidae): new
and little known species from the south¬
western United States and Mexico and a re¬
vised species key . 281
Nagano, C. —See Leong, K. 326
Nelson, C. R. & R. W. Baumann—N ew winter
stoneflies (Plecoptera: Capniidae) from the
coast range of California . 301
Nilsson, J. A.—See Johnson, C. D. 171
Olsen, A. R. & T. H. Sidebottom—B iological
observations on Chrysomya megacephala
(Fabr.) (Diptera: Calliphoridae) in Los An¬
geles, California and the Palau Islands ....
. 126
O’Neill, K. M. —Female nesting behavior and
male territoriality in Aphilanthops subfrigi-
dus Dunning (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae) . ..
. 19
Palmer, W. A.—See Ehler, L. E. 79
Pan-Pacific Entomologist—F ormat informa¬
tion for contributors . 1
Pan-Pacific Entomologist—R eviewers, Vol¬
ume 66 . 329
Parker, F. D. & V. J. Tepedino—B ee pollination
of Cuphea (Lythraceae) species in greenhouse
and field. 9
Pechuman, L. L. — See Burger, J. F. 181
Pemberton, R. W.—The selling of Gampsocleis
gratiosa Brunner (Orthoptera: Tettigoniidae)
as singing pets in China . 93
Pemberton, R. W.—The Korean water beetle
game. 172
Pinto, J. D.—See Velten, R. K. 246
Schwartz, M. D.—Nepalocoris, a new genus of
Stenodemini (Heteroptera: Miridae: Miri-
nae). 241
Scriber, J. M.—See Dowell, R. V. 140
Shelley, R. M.—Kevan, D. K. McE. & G. G.
Scudder. 1989. Illustrated Keys to the Fam¬
ilies of Terrestrial Arthropods of Canada. 1.
Myriapods (Millipedes, Centipedes, etc.). Bi¬
ological Survey of Canada Taxonomic Series
No. 1, Ottawa, 88 pp. + I-VI. 177
Sidebottom, T. H.—See Olsen, A. R. .. 126
Slipinski, S. A., Q. D. Wheeler & J. V. Mc¬
Hugh— Axiocerylon watrousi: a new species
of Aculognathous Cerylonidae from the Phil¬
ippines (Coleoptera: Clavicornia) .... 195
Sorensen, J. T., R. J. Gill, R. V. Dowell & R.
W. Garrison—T he introduction of Siphoni-
nus phillyreae (Haliday) (Homoptera: Aley-
rodidae) into North America: niche compe¬
tition, evolution of host plant acceptance, and
prediction of its potential range in the Ne¬
ar ctic . 44
332
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 66(4)
Sparks, D. —See MacKay, W. P. 174
Sullivan, D. M. — See Mockford, E. L.
. 281
Tepedino, V. J.—See Parker, F. D. 9
Turner, C. E., E. E. Grissell, J. P. Cuda & K.
Casanave — Microdontomerus anthonomi
(Crawford) (Hymenoptera: Torymidae), an
indigenous parasitoid of the introduced bi¬
ological control insects Bangasternus orien-
talis (Capiomont) (Coleoptera: Curculioni-
dae) and Urophora affinis Frauenfeld (Diptera:
Tephretidae) . 162
Tyler, T. L., R. M. Bohart & A. A. Grigarick—
Obituary: Robert Oscar Schuster (1927-1989)
. 261
Velten, R. K. & J. D. Pinto— Soikiella Nowicki
(Hymenoptera: Trichogrammatidae): occur¬
rence in North America, description of a new
species, and association of the male . 246
Vinson, S. B. —See MacKay, W. P. 174
Warner, W. B.—Two new North American Co-
pris Muller with notes on other species (Co¬
leoptera: Scarabaeidae) . 232
Westcott, R. L.—A new synonym in Mastoge-
nius Solier (Coleoptera: Buprestidae).
. 257
Wheeler, Q. D.—See Slipinski, S. A. ... 195
Wilson, M.—See Dahlsten, D. L. 322
Young, D. K.—The Japanese pyrochroid genus
Tosadendroides Kono, 1935: a new junior
synonym of Pedilus Fischer von Waldheim,
1822 (Coleoptera: Pyrochroidae: Pedilinae)
. 307
Zack, R. S.—Aquatic Heteroptera (Notonectidae
and Macroveliidae) new to Washington and
Idaho . 168
Zack, R. S.—Swallow bug (Heteroptera: Cimici-
dae) in Washington with an unusual over¬
wintering site . 251
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
66(4): 333, (1990)
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Index of New Taxa in Volume 66
Axiocerylon watrousi Slipinski, Wheeler &
McHugh, NEW SPECIES, 195
Capnia fialai Nelson & Baumann, NEW SPE¬
CIES, 301
Copris igualensis Warner, NEW SPECIES, 236;
macclevei Warner, NEW SPECIES, 232
Halticopterina altiverticalis Andersen, NEW SPE¬
CIES, 135; magnistipes Andersen, NEW
SPECIES; tahoensis Andersen, NEW SPE¬
CIES, 133
Hygia ( Trichocolpura ) blotei Brailovsky, NEW
SPECIES, 292
Kaestneriella tenebrosa Mockford & Sullivan,
NEW SPECIES, 287
Mesocapnia bulbosa Nelson & Baumann, NEW
SPECIES, 304
Metrius explodens Bousquet & Goulet, NEW
SPECIES, 13
Nepalocoris Schwartz, NEW GENUS; elysae
Schwartz, NEW SPECIES, 241
Penaincisalia Johnson, NEW GENUS, 97; au-
rulenta Johnson, NEW SPECIES, 111; bi-
mediana Johnson, NEW SPECIES, 121; cau-
data Johnson, NEW SPECIES, 112; descimoni
Johnson, NEW SPECIES, 117; downeyi
Johnson, NEW SPECIES, 114; patagonae-
vaga Johnson, NEW SPECIES, 117; penai
Johnson, NEW SPECIES, 118; pichincha
Johnson, NEW SPECIES, 116; rawlinsi
Johnson, NEW SPECIES, 115
Sciophyrus striatus Brailovsky, NEW SPECIES,
297; trifurcatus Brailovsky, NEW SPECIES,
198
Soikiella occidentalis Velten & Pinto, NEW SPE¬
CIES, 248
Announcement
PUBLICATIONS OF THE PACIFIC COAST
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
PROCEEDINGS OF THE PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Vol. 1 (16 numbers, 179 pages) and vol. 2 (9 numbers, 131 pages). 1901-1930.
Price $5.00 per volume.
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST.
Vol. 1 (1924) to vol. 51 (1975), price $10.00 per volume of4 numbers, or $2.50
per single issue. Vol. 52 (1976) to vol. 57 (1981), price $15.00 per volume, or
$3.75 per single issue, except for vol. 57, no. 1, $10.00. Vol. 58 (1982) and
subsequent issues, $20.00 per volume or $5.00 per single issue.
MEMOIRS OF THE PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Volume 1. The Sucking Lice by G. F. Ferris. 320 pages. Published October
1951. Price $10.00 (plus $1.00 postage and handling).*
Volume 2. A Revision of the Spider Mite Family Tetranychidae by A. Earl
Pritchard and Edward W. Baker. 472 pages. Published July 1955. OUT-OF-
PRINT.
Volume 3. Revisionary Studies in the Nearctic Decticinae by David C. Rentz
and James D. Birchim. 173 pages. Published July 1968. Price $4.00 (plus
$0.75 postage and handling).*
Volume 4. Autobiography of an Entomologist by Robert L. Usinger. 343 pages.
Published August 1972. SPECIAL PRICE $5.00 (plus $1.00 tax, postage, and
handling for California orders, $0.70 postage and handling for non-California
U.S. orders, or $1.70 for foreign orders). No members discount at this special
price.
Volume 5. Revision of the Millipede Family Andrognathidae in the Nearctic
Region by Michael R. Gardner. 61 pages. Published January 21, 1975. Price
$3.00 (plus $0.75 postage and handling).*
Send orders to:
Pacific Coast Entomological Society, % California Academy of Sciences, Golden
Gate Park, San Francisco, California 94118-9961, U.S.A.
* (Add 6% sales tax on all California orders (residents of Alameda, Contra Costa, San Francisco,
Santa Clara, and Santa Cruz counties add 6 x h%). Members of the Society will receive a 20% discount
on the price of the books.)
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Information for Contributors
See volume 66 (1): 1-8, January 1990, for detailed format information and the issues thereafter for examples. Manuscripts must be
in English, but foreign language summaries are permitted. Manuscripts not meeting the format guidelines may be returned. Please
maintain a copy of the article on a word-processor because revisions are usually necessary before acceptance, pending review and copy¬
editing.
Format. — Type manuscripts in a legible serif font IN DOUBLE OR TRIPLE SPACE with 1.5 in margins on one side of 8.5 x 11 in,
nonerasable, high quality paper. THREE (3) COPIES of each manuscript must be submitted, EACH INCLUDING REDUCTIONS
OF ANY FIGURES TO THE 8.5 x 11 IN PAGE. Number pages as: title page (page 1), abstract and key words page (page 2), text
pages (pages 3+), acknowledgment page, literature cited pages, footnote page, tables, figure caption page; place original figures last.
List the corresponding author’s name, address including ZIP code, and phone number on the title page in the upper right comer. The
title must include the taxon’s designation, where appropriate, as: (Order: Family). The ABSTRACT must not exceed 250 words; use
five to seven words or concise phrases as KEY WORDS. Number FOOTNOTES sequentially and list on a separate page.
Text. — Demarcate MAJOR HEADINGS as centered headings and MINOR HEADINGS as left indented paragraphs with lead phrases
underlined and followed by a period and two hypens. CITATION FORMATS are: Coswell (1986), (Asher 1987a, Franks & Ebbet
1988, Dorly et al. 1989), (Burton in press) and (R. F. Tray, personal communication). For multiple papers by the same author use:
(Weber 1932, 1936, 1941; Sebb 1950, 1952). For more detailed reference use: (Smith 1983: 149-153, Price 1985: fig. 7a, Nothwith
1987: table 3).
Taxonomy. — Systematics manuscripts have special requirements outlined in volume 66(1): 1-8, including SEPARATE PARAGRAPHS
FOR DIAGNOSES, TYPES AND MATERIAL EXAMINED (INCLUDING A SPECIFIC FORMAT). List the unabbreviated
taxonomic author of each species after its first mention.
Literature Cited. — Format examples are:
Anderson, T. W. 1984. An introduction to multivariate statistical analysis (2nd ed). John Wiley & Sons, New York.
Blackman, R. L., P. A. Brown & V. F. Eastop. 1987. Problems in pest aphid taxonomy: can chromosomes plus morphometries
provide some answers? pp. 233-238. In Holman, J., J. Pelikan, A. G. F. Dixon & L. Weismann (eds.). Population structure, genetics
and taxonomy of aphids and Thysanoptera. Proc. international symposium held at Smolenice Czechoslovakia, Sept. 9-14, 1985.
SPB Academic Publishing, The Hague, The Netherlands.
Ferrari, J. A. & K. S. Rai. 1989. Phenotypic correlates of genome size variation in Aedes albopictus. Evolution, 42: 895-899.
Sorensen, J. T. (in press). Three new species of Essigella (Homoptera: Aphididae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol.
Illustrations. — Illustrations must be of high quality and large enough to ultimately reduce to 117 x 181 mm while maintaining label
letter sizes of at least 1 mm; this reduction must also allow for space below the illustrations for the typeset figure captions. Authors
are strongly encouraged to provide illustrations no larger than 8.5 x 11 in for easy handling. Number figures in the order presented.
Mount all illustrations. Label illustrations on the back noting: (1) figure number, (2) direction of top, (3) author’s name, (4) title of
the manuscript, and (5) journal. FIGURE CAPTIONS must be on a separate, numbered page; do not attach captions to the figures.
Tables. — Keep tables to a minimum and do not reduce them. Table must be DOUBLE-SPACED THROUGHOUT and continued
on additional sheets of paper as necessary. Designate footnotes within tables by alphabetic letter.
Scientific Notes. — Notes use an abbreviated format and lack: an abstract, key words, footnotes, section headings and a Literature Cited
section. Minimal references are listed in the text in the format: (Bohart, R. M. 1989. Pan-Pacific. Entomol., 65: 156-161.). A short
acknowledgment is permitted as a minor headed paragraph. Authors and affiliations are listed in the last, left indented paragraph of
the note with the affiliation underscored.
Page Charges. — PCES members are charged $30 per page. Members without institutional or grant support may apply to the society
for a grant to cover up to one half of these charges. Nonmembers are charged $60 per page. Page charges do not include reprint costs,
or charges for author changes to manuscripts after they are sent to the printer.
Volume 66
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
October 1990
Number 4
Contents
TYLER, T. L., R. M. BOHART & A. A. GRIGARICK-Obituary: Robert Oscar Schuster
(1927-1989). 261
ARNAUD, P. H., Jr. —In memoriam: Willard Holmes Nutting, Jr. (1916-1990). 277
MOCKFORD, E. L. & D. M. SULLIVAN— Kaestneriella Roesler (Pscoptera: Peripsocidae):
new and little known species from the southwestern United States and Mexico and a
revised species key. 281
BRAILOVSKY, H.—Three new species of Indo-Pacific Colpurini (Hemiptera: Heteroptera:
Coreidae). 292
NELSON, C. R. & R. W. BAUMANN—New winter stoneflies (Plecoptera: Capniidae) from
the coast range of California. 301
YOUNG, D. K.—The Japanese pyrochroid genus Tosadendroides Kono, 1935: a new junior
synonym of Pedilus Fischer von Waldheim, 1822 (Coleoptera: Pyrochroidae: Pedil-
inae)__ 307
LIEBHERR, J. K.—A new tribal placement for the Australasian genera Homethes and Aeolo-
dermus (Coleoptera: Carabidae: Odacanthini). 312
SCIENTIFIC NOTES
DAHLSTEN, D. L., A. E. HAJEK & M. WILSON—Host specificity of two shade tree aphid
parasitoids. 322
HAGEN, K. S. & S. H. DREISTADT—First California record fox Ant hoc oris nemoralis (Fabr.)
(Hemiptera: Anthocoridae), a predator important in biological control of psyllids (Ho-
moptera: Psyllidae)_ 323
JOHNSON, C. D.—New and updated host names (Leguminosae: Desmanthus ) for some Bru-
chidae (Coleoptera). 324
KORMILEV, N. A.—A new homonym in the Carventinae (Hemiptera: Aradidae). 325
LEONG, K., D. FREY & C. NAGANO—Wasp predation on overwintering monarch butter¬
flies (Lepidoptera: Danaidae) in central California. 326
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST REVIEWERS, Volume 66 . 329
CONTENTS FOR VOLUME 66. 330
INDEX OF NEW TAX A FOR VOLUME 66 . 333